<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Prospectus Supplement dated June 15, 1999 (To Prospectus dated June 15, 1999)
$700,000,000
AFC MORTGAGE LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1999-2
SUPERIOR BANK FSB
DEPOSITOR AND SERVICER
<S> <C>
YOU SHOULD CONSIDER THE TRUST WILL ISSUE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATES WHICH ARE OFFERED
CAREFULLY THE RISK FACTORS HEREBY:
BEGINNING ON PAGE S-10 IN
THIS PROSPECTUS INITIAL CERTIFICATE PASS-THROUGH
SUPPLEMENT AND PAGE 7 IN CLASS PRINCIPAL BALANCE RATE
THE PROSPECTUS. ----- ------------------- -------------
1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $375,000,000 Variable(1)
The certificates will 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $325,000,000 Variable(1)
represent interests only in a ---------------------
trust consisting primarily of (1) Calculated as described herein. The Pass-Through Rate is generally based on
mortgage loans and will not one-month LIBOR plus an applicable spread rate subject to a rate cap at the
represent ownership weighted average of the applicable mortgage rates less certain fees.
interests in or obligations of
the servicer, the depositor, THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST WILL INCLUDE:
the trustee of the trust or
any of their affiliates. o a pool of fixed-rate mortgage loans;
This prospectus supplement
may be used to offer and o a pool of adjustable-rate mortgage loans;
sell the offered certificates
only if accompanied by the o cash accounts for the purpose of purchasing additional
prospectus. mortgage loans; and
o credit enhancement in the form of a certificate insurance policy.
</TABLE>
[LOGO] FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY.
FGIC is a registered service mark used by Financial Guaranty Insurance Company,
a private company not affiliated with any U.S. Government agency.
OFFERING INFORMATION:
================================================================================
PRICE TO UNDERWRITING PROCEEDS TO
PUBLIC DISCOUNT DEPOSITOR
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 1A 100% 0.27% 99.73%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 2A 100% 0.27% 99.73%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total $700,000,000 $1,890,000 $698,110,000
================================================================================
The underwriters listed below will offer the certificates described above
subject to certain conditions, which are discussed in the "Method of
Distribution" section of this prospectus supplement. Delivery of the offered
certificates is expected to be on or about June 24, 1999. The proceeds to the
depositor from the sale of such certificates has been determined prior to
deducting expenses of approximately $550,000. See "Method of Distribution" in
this prospectus supplement.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES OR DETERMINED
THAT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT OR THE PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY
REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE. THE ATTORNEY GENERAL OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK HAS NOT PASSED ON OR ENDORSED THE MERITS OF THIS OFFERING.
ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS UNLAWFUL.
MERRILL LYNCH & CO. J. P. MORGAN & CO.
<PAGE>
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND
THE ACCOMPANYING PROSPECTUS
We provide information to you about the offered certificates in two separate
documents that progressively provide more detail:
o the accompanying prospectus, which provides general information, some
of which may not apply to the offered certificates; and
o this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of the
offered certificates.
If information varies between this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus, you should rely on the information in this prospectus supplement.
We include cross-references in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus to captions in these materials where you can find further related
discussions. The following table of contents included in the accompanying
prospectus provides the pages on which these captions are located.
S-2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
SUMMARY INFORMATION.........................................................S-5
RISK FACTORS................................................................S-11
THE MORTGAGE POOL...........................................................S-19
General...............................................................S-19
Group 1...............................................................S-19
Group 2...............................................................S-32
CERTAIN YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS.................................S-46
Delay in Distributions................................................S-46
Prepayment Considerations and Risks...................................S-46
Optional Purchase of Defaulted Mortgage Loans.........................S-48
Effect of Prepayments and Mortgage Loan Yield on Class 1A
Pass-Through Rate...................................................S-48
Prepayment Model for Class 1A Certificates............................S-49
Effect of Prepayments and Mortgage Loan Yield on Class 2A
Pass-Through Rate...................................................S-53
Prepayment Model for Class 2A Certificates............................S-54
Limitation on Adjustments.............................................S-59
THE DEPOSITOR...............................................................S-59
Loan Origination History..............................................S-59
Underwriting Criteria.................................................S-59
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES.............................................S-68
Registration of Certificates..........................................S-69
The Principal and Interest Accounts...................................S-71
The Certificate Accounts..............................................S-72
Calculation of One-Month LIBOR........................................S-72
Allocation of Amount Available .......................................S-73
Definitions...........................................................S-78
Interest Coverage Account and Reserve Account.........................S-84
Advances..............................................................S-84
Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization
Provisions..........................................................S-85
POOLING AGREEMENT...........................................................S-86
General...............................................................S-86
The Servicer..........................................................S-86
The Trustee...........................................................S-88
Payment of Expenses...................................................S-89
Termination; Purchase of Mortgage Loans...............................S-89
Removal and Resignation of Servicer...................................S-89
Recordation of Assignments of Mortgages...............................S-91
Amendment.............................................................S-91
THE CERTIFICATE INSURER AND THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY ...............S-91
Capitalization........................................................S-93
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES.....................................S-95
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS........................................................S-97
LEGAL INVESTMENT............................................................S-99
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION.....................................................S-100
EXPERTS....................................................................S-101
RATINGS....................................................................S-101
LEGAL MATTERS..............................................................S-102
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL DEFINITIONS.............................................S-103
ANNEX I......................................................................I-1
S-3
<PAGE>
================================================================================
SUMMARY INFORMATION
THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS A VERY BROAD OVERVIEW OF THE CERTIFICATES AND DOES
NOT CONTAIN ALL OF THE INFORMATION THAT YOU SHOULD CONSIDER IN MAKING YOUR
INVESTMENT DECISION. TO UNDERSTAND ALL OF THE TERMS OF THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES,
READ CAREFULLY THIS ENTIRE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ENTIRE ACCOMPANYING
PROSPECTUS. Certain capitalized terms used in this prospectus supplement are
defined elsewhere or in the prospectus. A listing of the pages on which some of
such terms are defined is found in the "Index of Principal Definitions" at the
end of this prospectus supplement and at the end of the prospectus.
Title of Series......AFC Mortgage Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1999-2.
Cut-off Date.........June 1, 1999.
Closing Date.........On or about June 24, 1999.
Depositor............Superior Bank FSB, a federally chartered stock savings
bank. Superior Bank FSB's principal offices are located at
One Lincoln Centre, Oakbrook Terrace, Illinois 60181 and
its phone number is (630) 916-4000.
Servicer.............Superior Bank FSB.
Trustee..............LaSalle Bank National Association. LaSalle Bank National
Association's principal offices are located at 135 South
LaSalle Street, Suite 1625, Chicago, Illinois 60674.
THE TRUST
The depositor will establish a trust with respect to the Series 1999-2
Certificates, pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement dated as of June 1,
1999 among the depositor, the servicer, and the trustee. On the closing date,
the depositor will deposit two separate pools of mortgage loans into the trust.
The first pool is "GROUP 1" and consists of fixed-rate mortgage loans. The
second pool is "GROUP 2" and consists of adjustable-rate mortgage loans.
The Series 1999-2 Certificates will consist of Class 1A, Class 2A and Class R
Certificates. Each Series 1999-2 Certificate will evidence a partial undivided
interest in the trust.
THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES
Only the Class 1A and Class 2A Certificates are offered hereby. The offered
certificates will have the characteristics shown in the first table on the cover
of this prospectus supplement.
The offered certificates will initially be represented by one or more book-entry
certificates registered in the name of CEDE & Co., as nominee of the Depository
Trust Company, in minimum denominations of $100,000 and integral multiples of
$1,000 in excess thereof.
See "Description of the Certificates--Registration of the Certificates" in this
prospectus supplement and "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry
Registration and Definitive Certificates" in the prospectus.
DISTRIBUTIONS ON THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES
The trustee will remit interest and principal on the 25th of each month
beginning in July 1999. However, if the 25th is not a business day,
distributions will be made on the next business day after the 25th of the month.
The first remittance date will be July 26, 1999.
As described in greater detail in this prospectus supplement, distributions on
the Class 1A Certificates will generally be paid from collections on the Group 1
================================================================================
S-4
<PAGE>
================================================================================
mortgage loans and distributions on the Class 2A Certificates will generally be
paid from collections on the Group 2 mortgage loans.
INTEREST PAYMENTS
Interest will accrue on each of the offered certificates at the related
pass-through rate. The pass-through rates are adjustable and will be calculated
for each remittance date based on one-month LIBOR plus an applicable spread
rate, subject to a rate cap at the weighted average of the applicable mortgage
rates less certain fees. The spread rate is 0.41% for the Class 1A Certificates
and 0.25% for the Class 2A Certificates.
If on any remittance date the interest paid on the Class 2A Certificates is
based on the rate cap rather than LIBOR plus the applicable spread rate, the
resulting difference, subject to an available funds cap rate, together with
interest on such amount, will be carried forward and paid as an additional
interest payment on future remittance dates from funds available to such group
after all other distributions, other than distributions on the Class R
Certificates, have been made.
See "Description of the Certificates--Calculation of One Month LIBOR";
"--Allocation of Amount Available"; and "--Definitions" in this prospectus
supplement.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
Generally, the required amount of principal distributable on each class of
offered certificates on each remittance date will be the lesser of:
(1) principal actually received on the mortgage loans in the related group plus
any excess of the certificate principal balance of such class over the mortgage
loan balance of such group due to losses on such mortgage loans; and
(2) the amount, if any, needed to pay down the certificate principal balance of
such class so that the outstanding balance of the related group exceeds such
certificate principal balance by the amount required by the certificate insurer
for the related group. Such excess is referred to as the "REQUIRED
OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AMOUNT."
However, the amount of principal distributable on a certificate will never be
greater than the outstanding principal balance of such certificate.
Under certain circumstances, the amount of required principal distributable to
you may be zero. This can occur on any remittance date on which the required
overcollateralization amount for the group related to your certificate has been
reached or maintained.
See "Description of the Certificates-Allocation of Amount Available"; and
"--Definitions" in this prospectus supplement.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
Credit enhancement refers to features of the offered certificates that are
intended to reduce the effect on holders of such certificates of losses on the
mortgage loans. The credit enhancement consists of excess spread,
cross-collateralization, overcollateralization and the certificate insurance
policy, each as described below.
EXCESS SPREAD
On each remittance date, the amount of interest due on the mortgage loans of
each group will generally be greater than the amount needed to make monthly
interest payments on the related certificates and to pay certain fees for such
month. Such excess interest that is collected is referred to as "EXCESS SPREAD".
As described in greater detail in this prospectus supplement, excess spread from
a group of mortgage loans will be used first to cover any shortfalls in the
required payments of principal on the offered certificates related to such
group, and then for cross-collateralization and/or overcollateralization as
described below.
On the closing date, the certificate insurer will establish for each group of
mortgage loans a maximum dollar amount of excess spread that may be used to
cover realized losses in principal for such group. On the date on which the
aggregate amount of excess spread applied to cover such losses is equal to such
dollar amount, excess spread will no longer be available to cover shortfalls in
required principal payments, or to create overcollateralization on that
================================================================================
S-5
<PAGE>
================================================================================
group. Such date is referred to as the "CROSS-OVER DATE" for a group.
See "Description of the Certificates--Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and
Cross-Collateralization Provisions"; and "-Definitions" in this prospectus
supplement.
CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION
Cross-collateralization generally refers to the use of amounts received on one
group of mortgage loans, after payment of required interest and principal on the
related offered certificates, to pay shortfalls of required interest and
principal on the offered certificates related to the other group. In addition,
after payments of required interest and principal payments on both groups,
excess funds for such group will be used, if necessary, first to reach the
required overcollateralization amount for such group, and then to reach the
required overcollateralization amount for the other group.
The excess funds for a group are from two sources: (1) excess spread that is not
needed to pay shortfalls in principal for such group and (2) excess principal
that is not needed because principal received for such group exceeds the amount
necessary to reach or maintain the required overcollateralization amount.
See "Description of the Certificates--Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and
Cross-Collateralization Provisions"; and "-Definitions" in this prospectus
supplement.
OVERCOLLATERALIZATION
Overcollateralization refers to the actual amount by which the aggregate
principal balance due on the mortgage loans in a group exceeds the aggregate
principal balance due on the related offered certificates. That excess is
intended to protect certificateholders against shortfalls in required payments
on the related offered certificates.
An initial amount of overcollateralization will be required for each group. The
following chart indicates the amount of initial overcollateralization as of the
closing date:
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cut-off Date Over-
Mortgage Loan Closing Date collateralization
Balance and Pre- Certificate (expressed as a % of
Funding Amount Balance group balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 1: Class 1A:
$384,445,958.25 $375,000,000 2.46%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group 2: Class 2A:
$331,971,399.39 $325,000,000 2.10%
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
On the closing date, the certificate insurer will also specify the required
overcollateralization amount for each group (which will vary throughout the life
of the certificates). The required overcollateralization amount for a group is
intended to be reached by an additional payment of principal from amounts that
are available for such group after payments of required principal and interest
payments on all offered certificates and certain fees and expenses. Such amount,
if any, will be used to pay principal on the related offered certificates on an
accelerated basis in relation to the related mortgage loans, thereby increasing
the amount of overcollateralization for the related group.
See "Description of the Certificates--Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and
Cross-Collateralization Provisions"; and "-Definitions" in this prospectus
supplement.
CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, a New York stock insurance corporation,
will issue a certificate insurance policy. Subject to certain limitations
described in this prospectus supplement, the policy will irrevocably and
unconditionally guarantee payment to the holders of the Class A Certificates of
the required monthly payment of interest due (which does not include the payment
of interest carried forward and payable to the Class 2A Certificateholders) to
each such certificateholder and the ultimate receipt of the certificate
principal balance of each such certificate.
If the certificate insurer fails to make a payment due under the certificate
insurance policy, you will directly bear the risk of loss.
See "The Certificate Insurer and the Certificate Insurance Policy" in this
prospectus supplement.
================================================================================
S-6
<PAGE>
================================================================================
PRIORITY OF PAYMENTS
In general, the trustee will remit funds available for a group (after payment of
certain fees and expenses) on each remittance date in the following order of
priority:
first, to make the required payments of interest on the offered certificates
related to such group;
second, to make the required payments of principal on the offered certificates
related to such group;
third, to pay any accrued but unpaid trustee's fees related to such group;
fourth, to make the required payments of interest and principal on the offered
certificates related to the other group, if funds available for such other group
are insufficient;
fifth, if the remittance date is prior to the cross-over date for such group, to
make an additional payment of principal on the offered certificates related to
such group, if necessary, in order to reach the required overcollateralization
amount for such group;
sixth, if the remittance date is prior to the cross-over date for the other
group, to make an additional payment of principal on the offered certificates
related to such other group, if necessary, in order to reach the required
overcollateralization amount for such other group;
seventh, to reimburse the servicer and/or depositor for certain unreimbursed
expenses or advances related to such group;
eighth, if the offered certificates related to such group are Class 2A
Certificates, to make an additional payment of interest on such offered
certificates equal to any additional interest amount carried forward;
ninth, to pay the balance of any such funds available to the Class R
certificateholders.
See "Description of the Certificates--Allocation of Amount Available" in this
prospectus supplement.
THE MORTGAGE LOANS
The trust will consist of two groups of mortgage loans. The Group 1 mortgage
loans are fixed-rate mortgage loans secured by first or second liens on
residential, commercial or mixed-use residential and commercial real properties.
The Group 1 mortgage loans have an aggregate principal balance of approximately
$250,516,968.20 as of June 1, 1999.
For additional information regarding the fixed-rate mortgage loans, see "The
Mortgage Pool-Group 1" in this prospectus supplement.
The Group 2 mortgage loans are adjustable-rate mortgage loans secured by first
liens on residential real properties. The adjustable-rate mortgage loans have an
aggregate principal balance of approximately $213,783,852.37 as of June 1, 1999.
For additional information regarding the adjustable-rate mortgage loans, see
"The Mortgage Pool-Group 2" in this prospectus supplement.
COLLECTIONS ON THE MORTGAGE LOANS AND ADVANCES BY
THE SERVICER
The servicer will collect monthly payments of principal and interest on the
mortgage loans. Each month, the servicer will retain its servicing fee and
amounts payable or reimbursable to it or the depositor and forward the remainder
of the collections, including unscheduled payments, to the trustee. For any
month, if the servicer receives an interest payment on a mortgage loan that is
less than the full interest payment due (or if no interest payment is received
at all), the servicer will advance to the trustee its own funds to cover that
shortfall in interest.
See "Description of the Certificates--The Principal and Interest Accounts"; and
"Advances" in this prospectus supplement and "Description of the
Certificates-Monthly Advances in Respect of Delinquencies" and "Compensating
Interest" in the prospectus.
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNTS AND SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS
On the closing date, the depositor will pay to the trustee approximately
$252,116,537.07 which will be
================================================================================
S-7
<PAGE>
================================================================================
held by the trustee in two separate pre-funding accounts as follows:
Group 1 Pre-Funding Account $133,928,990.05
Group 2 Pre-Funding Account $118,187,547.02
For a period of not more than 90 days after the closing date, the depositor will
be obligated to sell and the trustee will be obligated to purchase with the
funds in each pre-funding account additional mortgage loans to be included in
the related group. Each mortgage loan purchased by the trust during this period
must meet the criteria set forth in the pooling and servicing agreement, which
are described in this prospectus supplement. Any amounts remaining in the
pre-funding accounts at the end of the 90-day period following the closing date
will be distributed on the next remittance date to the holders of the related
Class A Certificates as a payment of principal.
See "The Mortgage Pool-Group 1-Conveyance of Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans
and the Group 1 Pre-Funding Account" and--"Group 2-Conveyance of Group 2
Subsequent Mortgage Loans and the Group 2 Pre-Funding Account" in this
prospectus supplement.
OPTIONAL TERMINATION
When the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans (and properties
acquired in respect thereof) remaining in the trust has been reduced to less
than 5% of the sum of (1) the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans
as of June 1, 1999, and (2) the aggregate amounts on deposit in the pre-funding
accounts on the closing date, the servicer, at its option, may purchase all of
such mortgage loans and properties on behalf of the trust, and thereby cause an
early retirement of the certificates.
See "The Pooling Agreement--Termination; Purchase of Mortgage Loans" in this
prospectus supplement.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
An election will be made to treat designated portions of the trust as a real
estate mortgage investment conduit for federal income tax purposes. The offered
certificates will represent ownership of regular interests in the trust. Such
certificates will generally be treated as debt instruments for federal income
tax purposes. You will be required to include in your income all interest and
original issue discount, if any, on your certificate in accordance with the
accrual method of accounting regardless of your usual method of accounting. For
federal income tax purposes, the Class R Certificates will be the sole residual
interest in the real estate mortgage investment conduit.
For further information regarding the federal income tax consequences of
investing in the offered certificates, see "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in
this prospectus supplement and "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
prospectus.
RATINGS
When issued, the offered certificates will receive the following ratings from
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a
Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies:
OFFERED
CERTIFICATES MOODY'S S&P
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Class 1A Aaa AAA
Class 2A Aaa AAA
The security ratings address the likelihood that you will receive all
distributions on the underlying mortgage loans to which you are entitled. A
security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold a security and is
subject to change or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating agency. The
ratings do not address the frequency of prepayments on the mortgage loans or the
corresponding effect on yield to investors. In addition, the ratings do not
address the likelihood of payment of any interest carried forward and payable to
the Class 2A Certificateholders on future remittance dates.
See "Ratings" in this prospectus supplement.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
The Class 1A Certificates will not constitute "mortgage related securities" for
purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984
================================================================================
S-8
<PAGE>
================================================================================
("SMMEA"). When issued, the Class 2A Certificates will not constitute "mortgage
related securities" for purposes of SMMEA. However, when the Group 2 pre-funding
account has been reduced to zero, the Class 2A Certificates will constitute
"mortgage related securities" for purposes of SMMEA for so long as they are
rated not lower than the second highest rating category by one or more
nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and, as such, will be
legal investments for certain entities to the extent provided in SMMEA and
applicable state laws. You should consult your legal advisors in determining
whether and to what extent the offered certificates constitute legal investments
for you.
See "Legal Investment" in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
If you are buying the offered certificates on behalf of an individual retirement
account, Keogh plan or employee benefit plan, special rules may apply to you.
These rules are described in this prospectus supplement under the caption "ERISA
Considerations." Buying certificates on behalf of an employee benefit plan may
result in a so-called "prohibited transaction" unless you meet the requirements
of certain exemptions. The Department of Labor has given exemptions to the two
underwriters listed on the cover page of this prospectus supplement. These
exemptions generally apply to certificates like the offered certificates if
certain requirements are met.
See "ERISA Considerations" in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus.
================================================================================
S-9
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
You should consider, among other things, the following factors in
connection with the purchase of the offered certificates.
PREPAYMENTS ON THE MORTGAGE LOANS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT YIELD
The yield to maturity on each class of offered certificates will depend on
a variety of factors, including:
o the rate and timing of principal payments on the mortgage loans
related to that class;
o the rate and timing of payments of excess spread and excess principal
to accelerate payments of principal on such class;
o the pass-through rate for that class; and
o the purchase price of that class.
Since a majority of the mortgagors are permitted to prepay their mortgage
loans at any time, without penalty, the rate and timing of principal
distributions on the offered certificates are highly uncertain. Generally, when
market interest rates increase, borrowers are less likely to prepay their
mortgage loans. Conversely, when market interest rates decrease, borrowers are
more likely to prepay their mortgage loans. General economic conditions and
homeowner mobility will also influence such decisions.
Refinancing programs, which may involve soliciting all or some of the
mortgagors to refinance their mortgage loans, may increase the rate of
prepayments on the mortgage loans.
Prepayments of principal may also be caused by the following: liquidations
of defaulted mortgage loans; insurance payments on the mortgage loans;
repurchases due to breaches of representations and warranties or defective
documentation; optional purchase by the servicer of defaulted mortgage loans and
the optional purchase by the servicer of all the mortgage loans in connection
with the termination of the trust.
A prepayment of a mortgage loan in a group will usually result in a
prepayment of principal on the related offered certificates which would
otherwise be distributed over the term of the related mortgage loan. Increased
prepayments could result in a faster return of principal to you at a time when
you may not be able to reinvest such funds at an interest rate as high as the
pass-through rate on your class of certificates. Conversely, reduced prepayments
could result in a slower return of principal to you at a time when you may be
able to reinvest such funds at a higher rate of interest than the pass-through
rate on your class of certificates. In particular, a reduction in the rate of
principal payments will occur when interest only vouchers are used to defer
principal payments and interest only payments are made under the depositor's
periodic payment loan program described in this prospectus supplement.
In general, if you purchase a class of offered certificates at a price
higher than its outstanding principal balance and principal distributions on
such class occur faster than you anticipate at the time of purchase, the yield
will be lower than you anticipate. Conversely, if you purchase a class of
offered certificates at a price lower than its outstanding principal balance and
principal distributions on that class occur more slowly than you anticipate at
the time of purchase, the yield will be lower than you anticipate.
See "Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus
supplement and "Yield Considerations" in the prospectus.
S-10
<PAGE>
ACCELERATED PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL ON THE OFFERED CERTIFICATES WILL AFFECT YIELD
Your yield to maturity will also depend on whether, and to what extent,
excess spread and excess principal are used to make additional principal
payments to you in order to reach the required overcollateralization amount for
your group. If the required overcollateralization amount with respect to the
group related to your certificate has not been reached, excess spread and excess
principal may be used to accelerate the return of principal to you on each
remittance date prior to the cross-over date for your group. However, excess
spread and excess principal will first be used to cover any shortfalls in the
required payments of interest and principal on your certificates. By applying
such amounts first to shortfalls, the amounts available to accelerate payment of
principal in satisfaction of the required overcollateralization amount is
reduced and the rate at which payments of principal would otherwise be
accelerated is less than it would have been if excess spread and excess
principal were first applied to reach the required overcollateralization amount.
On and after the cross-over date for a group, this acceleration of principal
feature will no longer apply to the offered certificates related to such group.
In general, if you purchase a class of offered certificates at a price
higher than its outstanding principal balance and principal distributions on
such class occur faster than you anticipate at the time of purchase, the yield
will be lower than you anticipate. Conversely, if you purchase a class of
offered certificates at a price lower than its outstanding principal balance and
principal distributions on that class occur more slowly than you anticipate at
the time of purchase, the yield will be lower than you anticipate.
See "Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus
supplement and "Yield Considerations" in the prospectus.
VARIABLE PASS-THROUGH RATE MAY REDUCE YIELD
The pass-through rate applicable to your certificate on each remittance
date will affect your yield to maturity. The pass-through rates on the offered
certificates are based on one-month LIBOR plus an applicable fixed spread rate
(subject to certain caps). The mortgage rates on the Group 1 mortgage loans are
fixed. The mortgage rates on the Group 2 mortgage loans adjust annually or
semi-annually based upon six-month LIBOR. One-month LIBOR will fluctuate in
response to economic and market conditions, whereas the fixed mortgage rates
will remain fixed. Six- month LIBOR will also fluctuate but may respond
differently to the same economic and market conditions than one-month LIBOR, and
there is not necessarily any correlation between them. One-month LIBOR may
increase to a level such that the amount of interest collected on the mortgage
loans is insufficient to pay interest on some or all of the offered certificates
at one-month LIBOR plus the applicable spread rate. If that occurs, the rate
payable on the affected offered certificates will be capped at the rate equal to
the weighted average of the mortgage rates for the related group less certain
fees. The Class 1A Certificates do not contain a "carry forward" or "catch-up"
feature if the amount of interest paid is so capped. Accordingly, if mortgage
market interest rates or market yields for securities similar to the Class 1A
offered certificates rise, the value of such certificates may decline. The Class
2A Certificates do contain a "carry forward" or "catch-up" feature and the
amount of the shortfall resulting from paying interest based on the cap rate
will be paid on future remittance dates, but only on a subordinated basis from
any amounts that would otherwise be distributable on the Class R Certificates
and such "carry forward" or "catch up" payments are subject to an available
funds cap rate.
See "Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus
supplement and "Yield Considerations" in the prospectus.
UNPREDICTABILITY OF PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTIONS
If you require a particular amount of principal on a specific date or an
otherwise predictable stream of principal distributions, an investment in any
class of offered certificates may be an inappropriate investment for you. As
described in greater detail in this prospectus supplement, the amount and rate
at which principal distributions will be made on the offered certificates is
unpredictable. The amount of principal distributable to each class on a
remittance
S-11
<PAGE>
date may be any one of the following: the amount of principal received on the
mortgage loans from the related group, a lesser or greater amount based on the
required overcollateralization amount for such group, or zero if such required
overcollateralization amount has been reached on such remittance date. The
depositor cannot assure you as to the amount of or the rate at which principal
distributions will be made to you.
GREATER RISK OF LOSS ASSOCIATED WITH CERTAIN MORTGAGE LOANS
The excess spread, cross-collateralization, overcollateralization and
certificate insurance features described in this prospectus supplement are
intended to enhance the likelihood that you will receive regular payments of
interest and principal. However, higher than anticipated rates of delinquencies
or defaults on the mortgage loans may result in delays in the receipt of
principal by you, thereby affecting the yield to maturity on your certificates.
In the event that the mortgaged properties fail to provide adequate security for
the mortgage loans, any resulting losses will be covered by funds available
through the excess spread, cross-collateralization and overcollateralization
features described above and by amounts paid under the certificate insurance
policy. Any such payments would result in prepayments of principal that would
otherwise be distributed over the remaining terms of the mortgage loans and thus
will affect the yield to maturity of your certificate as described above. The
risk of delinquency, defaults or losses may be higher for certain mortgage
loans. You should consider the following:
MULTIFAMILY, COMMERCIAL, MIXED-USE LOANS. Approximately 1.71% of the Group
1 mortgage loans (by Group 1 statistical principal balance) are secured by
multifamily properties. Approximately 0.26% of the Group 1 mortgage loans (by
Group 1 statistical principal balance) are secured by commercial properties.
Approximately 1.03% of the Group 1 mortgage loans (by Group 1 statistical
principal balance) are secured by mixed-use residential and commercial
properties. Multifamily loans, commercial loans and mortgage loans secured by
mixed residential and commercial properties are generally viewed by lenders as
exposing the lender to a greater risk of loss than mortgage loans secured by
one- to four-family residential properties, units in planned unit developments,
individual condominium units or manufactured homes. That is because multifamily
lending, commercial lending and mixed use lending typically involves larger
loans that may result in larger losses than those on residential properties. In
addition, repayment of multifamily, commercial and mixed-used loans is typically
dependent upon the successful operation of the related mortgaged property.
Income from and the market value of the mortgaged property would be adversely
affected if space in the mortgaged property could not be leased, if tenants were
unable to meet their obligations or if for any other reason rental payments
could not be collected. Successful operation of an income-producing mortgaged
property is dependent upon, among other factors, economic conditions generally
and in the geographic area, operating costs and the performance of the
management agent, if any. In some cases, that operation may be subject to
circumstances outside the control of the borrower or lender, including the
quality or stability of surrounding neighborhoods, the development of competing
properties or businesses, maintenance expenses (including energy costs), rent
control or stabilization laws and changes in the tax laws. If the cash flow from
a particular mortgaged property is reduced (for example, if leases are not
renewed, if tenants default or if rental rates decline), the borrower's ability
to repay the loan may be impaired and the resale value of the particular
property may decline. No assurance can be given to you that the values of the
mortgaged properties securing the multifamily loans, commercial loans and
mixed-use loans have remained or will remain at the levels in effect on the
dates of origination of the related loans. For further information regarding the
primary risk to holders of mortgage loans secured by multifamily properties,
commercial properties and mixed-use properties, see "Risk Factors" and "Certain
Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans" in the prospectus.
SECOND LIENS. Approximately 18.25% of the Group 1 mortgage loans (by Group
1 statistical principal balance) are secured by second liens and the related
first liens are not included in the trust. The primary risk to holders of
mortgage loans secured by second liens is the possibility that funds received in
connection with a foreclosure of the related first lien will be inadequate to
satisfy fully both the first lien and the second lien. In the event that a
holder of the first lien forecloses on a mortgaged property, the proceeds of the
foreclosure or similar sale will be applied first to the payment of court costs
and fees in connection with the foreclosure, second to real estate taxes, third
in satisfaction of all principal, interest, prepayment or acceleration
penalties, if any, and any other sums due and owing to the holder of the first
lien. The claims of the holder of the first lien will be satisfied in full out
of proceeds of the liquidation of the
S-12
<PAGE>
mortgage loan, if such proceeds are sufficient, before the trust as holder of
the second lien receives any payments in respect of the mortgage loan.
Consequently, the trust as holder of the second lien may receive substantially
less than it is owed on such loan, or nothing. Even assuming that the mortgaged
properties provide adequate security for the mortgage loans, substantial delays
could be encountered in connection with the liquidation of defaulted mortgage
loans and corresponding delays in the receipt of related proceeds by
certificateholders could occur. For further information regarding the primary
risk to holders of mortgage loans secured by second liens see "Risk Factors-Risk
Associated with the Mortgage Loans and Mortgaged Properties" and "Certain Legal
Aspects of Mortgage Loans" in the prospectus.
MANUFACTURED HOMES. Approximately 9.58% of the Group 1 mortgage loans (by
Group 1 statistical principal balance) and approximately 8.70% of the Group 2
mortgage loans (by Group 2 original principal balance) are secured by a lien on
real estate to which a manufactured home (as defined in the prospectus) has been
permanently attached. Under the laws of most states, a manufactured home that
has been permanently attached to its site becomes subject to real estate title
and recording laws. The depositor has recorded or caused to be recorded a real
estate mortgage or deed of trust where the related manufactured home is located
in order to perfect a security interest in each manufactured home securing the
manufactured home loans to be conveyed to the trust. The depositor also obtains
a manufactured housing unit (ALTA 7 or state equivalent) endorsement from each
title insurer of a manufactured home loan stating that the insurer agrees that
the related manufactured housing unit is included within the term "land" when
used in the title policy. If however, the manufactured home is deemed not
permanently attached to the real estate, under the laws of most states, it will
be considered personal property and perfection of a security interest in such
manufactured home is effected, depending on applicable state law, either by
noting the security interest on the certificate of title for the manufactured
home or by filing a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code with
the office of the Secretary of State and, in some states, the office of the
county clerk of the state where the home is located. Consequently, if a
determination is made that the manufactured home is considered personal
property, other parties could obtain an interest in the manufactured home which
is prior to the security interest retained by the trust. For further information
regarding the primary risk to holders of mortgage loans secured by manufactured
homes, see "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans - Contracts" in the
prospectus.
BALLOON PAYMENTS. Because borrowers of balloon loans are required to make a
relatively large single payment upon maturity, it is possible that the default
risk associated with balloon loans is greater than that associated with
fully-amortizing mortgage loans. Approximately 26.07% of the Group 1 mortgage
loans (by Group 1 statistical principal balance) are balloon loans which provide
for equal monthly payments of principal and interest based on a 30-year
amortization schedule, and a single payment of the remaining principal balance
of the balloon loan at the end of the 15th year following origination.
In addition, approximately 18.08% of the Group 1 mortgage loans (by Group 1
statistical principal balance) provide that the mortgagors have the option, at
any time during the term of the related mortgage loan, to use a limited number
of payment vouchers provided to them at origination in order to defer payment of
the principal portion of the corresponding payment. If such a voucher is used,
the mortgagor is only required to pay the interest portion due on a payment
date. Any principal so deferred will increase the principal balance that would
otherwise be due at the maturity of such loan, creating a final payment that may
be substantially greater than any other previous payment depending on how many
interest only vouchers are used by the mortgagor. For further information
regarding the primary risk to holders of mortgage loans secured by balloon
loans, see "Risk Factors-Risk Associated with the Mortgage Loans and Mortgaged
Properties-Balloon Payments" in the prospectus.
YIELD TO MATURITY MAY BE AFFECTED BY GEOGRAPHIC CONCENTRATION OF MORTGAGE LOANS
The yield to maturity on your certificates may be affected by the
geographic concentration of the mortgaged properties securing the mortgage
loans. If the regional economy or housing market of any region having a
significant concentration of properties underlying the mortgage loans becomes
weak, the mortgage loans related to properties in that region may experience
high rates of loss and delinquency, or the value of properties located in such
regions may decline resulting in an increase in the loan-to-value ratios. In
addition, regardless of its location, manufactured housing generally depreciates
in value. Accordingly, when coupled with a deteriorating real estate market in a
particular region,
S-13
<PAGE>
the value of the mortgaged property improved by a manufactured home could be or
become lower than the outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loan it
secures. Approximately 16.06%, 12.73%, 7.75%, 7.33% and 5.50% of the Group 1
mortgage loans (by Group 1 statistical principal balance) are located in New
York, Florida, Pennsylvania, Ohio and Michigan. Approximately 13.25%, 10.85%,
9.01%, 7.56%, 6.83%, 6.54% and 5.20% of the Group 2 mortgage loans (by Group 2
original principal balance) are located in New York, Ohio, New Jersey, Indiana,
Michigan, Pennsylvania and Colorado. Any deterioration of economic conditions in
such states which adversely affects the ability of borrowers to make payments on
the mortgage loans may increase the likelihood of losses on the mortgage loans.
Such losses, if they occur, will be covered through the credit enhancement
features described above but may result in unanticipated rates and timing of
prepayments that have an adverse affect on the yield to maturity of your
certificates.
LIMITED ABILITY TO RESELL CERTIFICATES
The underwriters are not required to assist in resales of the offered
certificates, although they may do so. A secondary market for any class of
offered certificates may not develop. If a secondary market does develop, it
might not continue or it might not be sufficiently liquid to allow you to resell
any of your certificates.
SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS MAY DIFFER
The mortgage loans transferred to the trust after the closing date may have
characteristics different from those of the mortgage loans expected to be in the
trust on the closing date. However, each mortgage loan subsequently transferred
to the trust must satisfy the eligibility criteria referred to herein, as
applicable, under "The Mortgage Pool--Group 1--Conveyance of Group 1 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans and the Group 1 Pre-Funding Account" and "--Group 2--Conveyance
of Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans and the Group 2 Pre-Funding Account" at the
time of its conveyance to the trust and be underwritten in accordance with the
criteria set forth herein, as applicable, under "The Depositor--Underwriting
Criteria--Group 1" and "--Group 2".
MANDATORY PREPAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL
To the extent that amounts on deposit in the related pre-funding account
have not been fully applied to the purchase of subsequent mortgage loans by the
trust, the holders of the related offered certificate will receive, pro rata, a
prepayment of principal in an amount equal to the related pre-funded amount
remaining in the related account. Such prepayment, in general, will have the
same effect on Class A Certificateholders as prepayments on the mortgage loans.
Although no assurance can be given to you, it is anticipated by the depositor
that the principal amount of subsequent mortgage loans sold to the trust after
the closing date will require the application of substantially all of the
amounts on deposit in the pre-funding accounts on the closing date so that there
should be no material amount of principal prepaid to you from such pre-funding
accounts. However, it is unlikely that the depositor will be able to deliver
subsequent mortgage loans with an aggregate principal balance identical to the
original amounts on deposit in each pre-funding account, with the result being
that some prepayment to you will occur on the September 27, 1999 remittance
date. See "Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in this prospectus
supplement and "Yield Considerations" in the prospectus.
DIFFICULTY IN PLEDGING
Transfer of the offered certificates can be effected only through the
book-entry system of DTC, Cedelbank or Euroclear, their participants and
indirect participants. Therefore, your ability to pledge your certificate to
persons or entities that do not participate in the DTC, Cedelbank or Euroclear
systems, or otherwise to take actions in respect of such certificates, may be
limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing such certificates.
See "Description of the Certificates-Registration of the Certificates" in this
prospectus supplement and "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry
Registration and Definitive Certificates" in the prospectus.
S-14
<PAGE>
POTENTIAL DELAYS IN RECEIPT OF DISTRIBUTIONS
You may experience some delay in the receipt of distributions of interest
and principal on your certificates since such distributions will be forwarded by
the trustee to DTC and DTC will credit such distributions to the accounts of its
participants which will thereafter credit them to the accounts of
certificateholders either directly or indirectly through indirect participants.
See "Description of the Certificates-Registration of the Certificates" in this
prospectus supplement and "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry
Registration and Definitive Certificates" in the prospectus.
VIOLATIONS OF FEDERAL AND STATE LAWS MAY RESULT IN LOSSES ON THE MORTGAGE LOANS
Federal and state laws, public policy and general principles of equity
relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and deceptive practices and debt
collection practices:
o regulate interest rates and other charges on mortgage loans;
o require certain disclosures to borrowers;
o require licensing of originators; and
o regulate generally the origination, servicing and collection process
for the mortgage loans.
Depending on the specific facts and circumstances involved, violations may
limit the ability of the trust to collect all or a part of the principal of or
interest on the mortgage loans, may entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts
previously paid and could result in liability for damages and administrative
enforcement against the originator or an assignee thereof, such as the trust, or
the initial servicer or a subsequent servicer, as the case may be. In
particular, it is possible that some mortgage loans included in the trust will
be subject to the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994 (the
"Homeownership Act"). The Homeownership Act adds certain additional provisions
to Regulation Z, the implementing regulation of the Federal Truth-In-Lending
Act. These provisions impose additional disclosure and other requirements on
creditors with respect to non-purchase money mortgage loans with high interest
rates or high up- front fees and charges. In general, mortgage loans within the
purview of the Homeownership Act have annual percentage rates over 10 percentage
points greater than the yield on Treasury Securities of comparable maturity
and/or fees and points which exceed the greater of 8% of the total loan amount
or $441 (the $441 amount is adjusted annually based on changes in the Consumer
Price Index for the prior year). The provisions of the Homeownership Act apply
on a mandatory basis to all mortgage loans originated on or after October 1,
1995. These provisions can impose specific statutory liabilities upon creditors
who fail to comply with their provisions and may affect the enforceability of
the related loans. In addition, any assignee of the creditor, such as the trust,
would generally be subject to all claims and defenses that the consumer could
assert against the creditor, including, without limitation, the right to rescind
the mortgage loan. Recently, class action lawsuits under the Homeownership Act
have been brought naming as a defendant securitization trusts such as the trust
with respect to the mortgage loans.
In addition, certain amendments to the federal bankruptcy laws have been
proposed that could result in (1) the treatment of a claim secured by a junior
lien in a borrower's principal residence as protected only to the extent that
the claim was secured when the security interest was made and (2) the
disallowance of claims based on secured debt if the creditor failed to comply
with certain provisions of the Truth in Lending Act (15 U.S.C. ss.1639). Such
amendments could apply retroactively to secured debt incurred by the debtor
prior to the date of effectiveness of such amendments.
The depositor has represented that all applicable federal and state laws
were complied with in connection with the origination of the mortgage loans. If
there is a material and adverse breach of such representation, the depositor
will be obligated to repurchase any affected mortgage loan or to substitute a
new mortgage loan. See "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans" in the
prospectus.
S-15
<PAGE>
LACK OF HISTORICAL DATA FOR MULTIFAMILY LOANS, COMMERCIAL LOANS, MIXED-USE LOANS
AND MANUFACTURED HOME LOANS ORIGINATED BY THE DEPOSITOR
The depositor's mortgage loan programs pertaining to multifamily loans,
mixed-use loans, commercial loans and manufactured home loans described in
"Description of the Mortgage Pool--Underwriting" in this prospectus supplement
have produced a relatively low total volume of mortgage loans. As a result, the
depositor does not have significant historical delinquency, foreclosure or loss
experience with respect to its multifamily loan, mixed-use loan, commercial loan
or manufactured home loan programs that may provide a basis to you for purposes
of estimating the future delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience on mortgage
loans similar to the multifamily loans, mixed-use loans, commercial loans and
manufactured home loans included in the trust. See "The Depositor" in this
prospectus supplement.
LOSSES MAY RESULT BECAUSE UNDERWRITING STANDARDS FOR A MAJORITY OF THE MORTGAGE
LOANS ARE LESS STRINGENT THAN FANNIE MAE OR FREDDIE MAC
A majority of the mortgage loans have been originated using program
criteria and underwriting standards that are less stringent than the program
criteria and underwriting standards applied by other first mortgage loan
purchase programs such as those run by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac. Accordingly,
such mortgage loans may experience rates of delinquency, foreclosure and loss
that are higher than mortgage loans originated in accordance with Fannie Mae or
Freddie Mac guidelines. In the event that the mortgaged properties fail to
provide adequate security for such loans, any resulting losses will be covered
through the credit enhancement features described above, but may result in
unanticipated rates and timing of prepayments that have an adverse affect on the
yield to maturity on your certificates. In particular, because in the absence of
such shortfalls excess spread and excess principal will, prior to the cross-over
date for a group, be used to accelerate payments of principal on the related
offered certificates, and in certain circumstances described above, the offered
certificates with respect to the other group, application of excess spread to
cover such shortfalls will reduce accelerated payments of principal to you. See
"The Depositor-Underwriting Criteria".
POTENTIAL INADEQUACY OF CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
The excess spread, cross-collateralization and overcollateralization
features described above are intended to protect you against shortfalls in
required payments of interest and principal to you. If excess spread and excess
principal on the mortgage loans are insufficient to protect against such
shortfalls, the certificate insurer, subject to certain limitations described in
this prospectus supplement, will be required to make a payment to you. If the
certificate insurer is unable to meet its obligations under the certificate
insurance policy, you could experience a loss on your investment. For financial
and other information concerning the certificate insurer, see "The Certificate
Insurer and The Certificate Insurance Policy" and Appendix A and Appendix B in
this prospectus supplement.
LIMITED NATURE OF RATINGS
It is a condition to the issuance of the offered certificates that each
class of offered certificates be rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's and Aaa by
Moody's. A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
securities and is subject to revision or withdrawal at any time. There can be no
assurance to you that the rating assigned to any class of the offered
certificates will not be lowered or withdrawn by a rating agency at any time
after the initial issuance. If any rating is revised or withdrawn, the liquidity
of your certificates may be adversely affected. In addition, the rating of the
offered certificates will depend primarily on the creditworthiness of the
certificate insurer. Any reduction in the rating assigned to the claims-paying
ability of the certificate insurer below the rating initially given to the
offered certificates would likely result in a reduction in the rating of the
offered certificates. See "Ratings" in this prospectus supplement and "Risk
Factors-Limited Nature of Ratings" in the prospectus.
S-16
<PAGE>
YEAR 2000 SYSTEMS RISK COULD AFFECT THE ABILITY OF THE SERVICER TO PERFORM ITS
DUTIES
As is the case with most companies using computers in their operations, the
Servicer is faced with the task of completing its compliance goals in connection
with the year 2000 issue. The year 2000 issue is the result of prior computer
programs being written using two digits, rather than four digits, to define the
applicable year. Any of the Servicer's computer programs that have
time-sensitive software may recognize a date using "00" as the year 1900 rather
than the year 2000. Any such occurrence could result in major computer system
failure or miscalculations. The Servicer has completed its renovation, testing
and implementation efforts to make its applicable servicing systems and software
year 2000 compliant. However, in the event that any of the Servicer's suppliers,
customers, brokers or agents do not successfully and timely achieve year 2000
compliance, the performance of obligations of the Servicer under the pooling and
servicing agreement could be adversely affected. See "Pooling Agreement--The
Servicer-Year 2000 Compliance" in this prospectus supplement.
S-17
<PAGE>
THE MORTGAGE POOL
GENERAL
The Class A Certificates will represent a senior undivided interest in a
trust fund (the "Trust Fund") created by Superior Bank FSB (the "Depositor"),
consisting of, among other things, two pools of mortgage loans (the "Mortgage
Loans") evidenced by promissory notes (each, a "Mortgage Note") secured by
mortgages, deeds of trust or other similar security instruments (each, a
"Mortgage") creating a first or second lien on one- to four-family properties,
units in planned unit developments, individual condominium units, manufactured
homes, multifamily properties, commercial properties and mixed-use residential
and commercial structures and all proceeds thereof due after the Cut-off Date,
with respect to the Initial Mortgage Loans, or the Subsequent Cut-off Date with
respect to the Subsequent Mortgage Loans, as such terms are defined herein
(other than the Depositor's Yield as described in the Prospectus). The two pools
are referred to herein as "Group 1" and "Group 2", each, a "Group" and
collectively, the "Mortgage Pool". The initial Mortgage Pool will consist of
mortgage loans (the "Initial Mortgage Loans") with an aggregate principal
balance as of the Cut-off Date equal to approximately $464,300,820.57 (the
"Original Pool Principal Balance").
Additional Mortgage Loans (the "Subsequent Mortgage Loans") are intended to
be purchased by the Trust Fund from the Depositor from time to time on or before
September 17, 1999, from funds on deposit in the related Pre-Funding Account.
The Initial Mortgage Loans and the Subsequent Mortgage Loans, if available, will
be originated or purchased by the Depositor, and sold by the Depositor to the
Trust. The Pooling Agreement will provide that the Mortgage Loans in the related
Groups, following the conveyance of the related Subsequent Mortgage Loans, must
conform to certain specified characteristics described below under "--Group
1--Conveyance of Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans and the Group 1 Pre-Funding
Account" and "--Group 2--Conveyance of Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans and the
Group 2 Pre-Funding Account". Funds on deposit in the Group 1 Pre-Funding
Account will only be used to purchase Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans and
funds on deposit in the Group 2 Pre-Funding Account will only be used to
purchase Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans. In the sole discretion of the
Certificate Insurer, Subsequent Mortgage Loans with characteristics varying from
those described herein may be purchased by the Trust Fund; provided, however,
that the addition of such Mortgage Loans will not materially affect the
aggregate characteristics of the entire Mortgage Pool.
Prior to the issuance of the certificates, Mortgage Loans may be removed
from the Mortgage Pool as a result of incomplete documentation or otherwise, if
the Depositor deems such removal necessary or appropriate, and may be prepaid at
any time. A limited number of other mortgage loans may be included in the
Mortgage Pool prior to the issuance of the Certificates unless including such
mortgage loans would materially alter the characteristics of the Mortgage Pool
as described herein. The Depositor believes that the information set forth
herein will be representative of the characteristics of the Mortgage Pool as it
exists at the time the Certificates are issued, although the range of interest
rates borne by the related Mortgage Notes ("Mortgage Rates") and maturities and
certain other characteristics of the Mortgage Loans in the Mortgage Pool may
vary as described herein.
GROUP 1
The initial Group 1 (the "Initial Group 1") consists of mortgage loans (the
"Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans") with an aggregate principal balance
outstanding as of the Cut-off Date, after deducting all payments of principal
received or deferred on or before such date, of $250,516,968.20 (the "Original
Group 1 Principal Balance"). The Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans consist of
conventional, fixed-rate Mortgage Loans secured by first or second liens on one-
to four-family residential properties, units in planned unit developments,
individual condominium units and manufactured homes (collectively referred to
herein as "Single Family Properties"), residential properties consisting of five
or more dwelling units ("Multifamily Properties"), commercial properties
("Commercial Properties") and mixed-use residential and commercial structures
("Mixed Use Properties"; collectively with Single Family Properties, Commercial
Properties and Multifamily Properties, the "Mortgaged Properties"), with
original terms to maturity of up to 360 months. Approximately 74.84% of the
Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance, were
originated and underwritten by the Depositor and the remainder of the Group 1
Initial Mortgage Loans were purchased and re-underwritten by the Depositor. In
each case the underwriting was performed in accordance with
S-18
<PAGE>
the criteria set forth under "The Depositor--Underwriting Criteria--Group 1"
herein. The predecessor of the Depositor began originating and purchasing
mortgage loans pursuant to its Fixed Rate Mortgage Program in 1985. The
Depositor began originating and purchasing mortgage loans pursuant to its Fixed
Rate Mortgage Program-Multifamily and Mixed Use Properties in September 1994,
pursuant to its Manufactured Home Loan Program in March 1997 and pursuant to its
Commercial Property Program in August 1997. See "The Depositor--Loan Origination
History" herein.
FOR PURPOSES OF THE STATISTICAL INFORMATION SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING
PARAGRAPHS AND THE TABLES WITH RESPECT TO GROUP 1, THE AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL
BALANCE OF THE GROUP 1 INITIAL MORTGAGE LOANS WILL BE $248,139,272.81 WHICH
EXCLUDES THE PERMANENT BUYDOWN COMPANION LOANS (AS DEFINED HEREIN) AND THE
AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL PORTION OF ANY DEFERRED PAYMENTS (AS DEFINED HEREIN)
INCLUDED IN THE INITIAL GROUP 1 (SUCH PRINCIPAL BALANCE IS REFERRED TO HEREIN AS
THE "GROUP 1 STATISTICAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE").
PAYMENTS ON THE GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS
Simple Interest Loans. Approximately 78.78% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage
Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance, provide for substantially equal
monthly payments (except, in the case of a Balloon Loan, for the final monthly
payment) that are allocated to principal and interest according to the daily
simple interest method (the "Simple Interest Loans"). Each monthly payment with
respect to substantially all of the Simple Interest Loans consists of an
installment of interest which is calculated according to the simple interest
method on the basis of the outstanding principal balance of the Simple Interest
Loan multiplied by the stated note rate and further multiplied by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the number of days in the period elapsed since the
last day interest was satisfied and the denominator of which is 365 days (the
"Simple Interest Method"), as opposed to the customary method, on which 30 days
of interest is owed each month irrespective of the day on which the payment is
received. As payments are received, the amount received is applied first to
interest accrued to the date of payment and the balance is applied to reduce the
unpaid principal balance. Accordingly, if a mortgagor pays a fixed monthly
installment before its scheduled due date, the portion of the payment allocable
to interest for the period since the preceding payment was made will be less
than it would have been had the payment been made as scheduled, and the portion
of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance will be
correspondingly greater. However, if the next succeeding payment is made on the
due date, a greater amount will be allocated to interest than would be the case
if the previous payment had also been on the due date.
Conversely, if a mortgagor pays a fixed monthly installment after its
scheduled due date, the portion of the payment allocable to interest for the
period since the preceding payment was made will be greater than it would have
been had the payment been made as scheduled, and the remaining portion, if any,
of the payment applied to reduce the unpaid principal balance will be
correspondingly less. If each scheduled payment is made on or prior to its
scheduled due date, the principal balance of the Simple Interest Loan will
amortize in the manner described in the preceding paragraph. However, if the
mortgagor consistently makes scheduled payments after the scheduled due date the
Simple Interest Loan will amortize more slowly than scheduled. Any remaining
unpaid principal is payable on the final maturity date of the Simple Interest
Loan.
With respect to the Simple Interest Loans, the mortgagor is required to pay
interest only to the date of prepayment in the case of Principal Prepayments and
Curtailments.
Periodic Payment Loans. Approximately 16.84% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance, provide for
substantially equal payments to be made every 28 days (each, a "Periodic
Payment" and each such loan, a "Periodic Payment Loan"). Each Periodic Payment
consists of an installment of interest which is calculated according to the
customary method, applied on a 28/364 day basis, so that each payment is applied
first to accrued and unpaid interest as if the payment were made on its due
date, regardless of when the payment is actually received, and the remainder to
the unpaid principal balance. Although partial prepayments of principal on
Periodic Payment Loans are applied on scheduled Periodic Payment dates, with no
resulting reduction in interest payable for the period in which the partial
prepayment is made, the related mortgagors are required to pay interest only to
the date of prepayment if accompanied by a prepayment of principal in full.
S-19
<PAGE>
Loans with Payment Vouchers. Approximately 18.08% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance, are Mortgage Loans the
Mortgage Notes of which provide that the Mortgagors have the option at any time
during the term of the related Mortgage Loan, to use a limited number of payment
vouchers provided to them at origination in order to defer payment of the
principal portion of the corresponding payment and pay only the interest portion
due on such payment date. Any principal deferred in such a manner will be due in
full on the maturity date of the related Mortgage Loan.
Deferred Payment Loans. Approximately 6.31% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage
Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance, are Mortgage Loans for which
the mortgagor has elected, pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note,
to defer the first two or three payments due (each, a "Deferred Payment") on the
related payment dates thereunder ("Deferred Payment Loans") and the principal
balance conveyed to the Trust Fund has been reduced by the principal amount so
deferred. If the mortgagor has not prepaid the loan before a certain date and
the maturity date is not otherwise accelerated by the Servicer, such Deferred
Payments will be forgiven. On the Closing Date and, if necessary, on any
Subsequent Transfer Date, the Depositor will deposit into the Group 1 Interest
Coverage Account an amount to be applied by the Trustee to cover the interest
that will accrue during the period of deferment on the principal balance of such
Deferred Payment Loan as transferred to the Trust Fund. To the extent such
Deferred Payments are not forgiven, the Servicer will retain Deferred Payments
collected for payment to the Depositor as part of the Depositor's Yield.
Temporary Buydown Loans. Approximately 0.96% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance, provide that the
Mortgage Rate stated in the related Mortgage Note will be reduced by 2% during
the first twelve month period of the loan, and reduced by 1% during the second
twelve month period of the loan, after which such stated Mortgage Rate will
apply (each such loan, a "Temporary Buydown Loan").
Permanent Buydown Loans and Permanent Buydown Companion Loans.
Approximately 9.86% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans, by Group 1
Statistical Principal Balance, are loans (each, a "Permanent Buydown Loan") made
by the Depositor to a borrower together with a "Permanent Buydown Companion
Loan" for the purpose of financing a buydown of the interest rate on the
Permanent Buydown Loan. Each Permanent Buydown Companion Loan provides for equal
payments of principal only for a term not to exceed 5 years. Although the
Permanent Buydown Loan and the Permanent Buydown Companion Loan are evidenced by
separate notes, the Servicer will treat both loans as a single obligation. The
Permanent Buydown Loan and the Permanent Buydown Companion Loan are given a
single loan number and are billed on a single statement. Both notes are secured
by either a first or second lien on the same mortgaged property, and a default
under one note will trigger a default under the other.
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS
As of the Cut-off Date, none of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans were
contractually delinquent for two or more payments. Since the origination of the
Group 1 Mortgage Loans, ten of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans have been
contractually delinquent for two consecutive payments on any occasion prior to
the Cut-off Date.
Each Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loan was originated on or after April 24,
1998.
In addition, the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will have the following
characteristics as of the Cut-off Date (expressed, where applicable, as a
percentage of the Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance):
None of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will have had a first
payment date prior to June 1, 1998 and none of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage
Loans will have a remaining term to maturity of less than approximately
57.46 months. The latest maturity date of any of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans will be June 1, 2029.
Approximately 22.03% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be
Mortgage Loans the proceeds of which were used to purchase a Mortgaged
Property. The proceeds of not more than approximately 10.15%
S-20
<PAGE>
of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be used to refinance an existing
mortgage loan and not more than approximately 67.82% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans will be cash-out loans.
No more than approximately 0.40% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans
will be secured by Mortgaged Properties located in any one zip code area.
Approximately 26.07% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans are Balloon
Loans.
Approximately 18.08% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans are
Mortgage Loans which allow the mortgagor to use a number of interest only
payment vouchers and which, if used, may increase the amount of the final
payment.
None of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans provide for negative
amortization.
None of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be insured by any
primary mortgage insurance policy.
Approximately 18.25% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans, by Group 1
Statistical Principal Balance, are secured by second liens with a first
lien on the related underlying Mortgaged Property. Approximately 0.34% of
the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans secured by a second lien have the
related first liens included in Group 1. With respect to the remainder of
the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans there exists no other mortgage lien
senior to that of such Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans.
Approximately 73.60% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be
secured by attached or detached one-family dwelling units. Approximately
1.46% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by units in
condominiums. Approximately 9.58% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans
will be secured by Manufactured Homes. Approximately 2.16% of the Group 1
Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by units in planned unit
developments. No more than approximately 10.20% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans will be secured by units in properties consisting of two- to
four-family dwelling units. Approximately 1.71% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans will be secured by Multifamily Properties. Approximately
0.26% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by Commercial
Properties and no more than approximately 1.03% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans will be secured by Mixed Use Properties.
Based on representations of mortgagors at origination, approximately
17.57% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by investor
properties and approximately 90.12% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans
will be secured by owner-occupied properties. The apparent discrepancy in
these percentages results from there being approximately 7.70% of the Group
1 Initial Mortgage Loans that are secured by (a) units in properties
consisting of two- to four-family dwelling units, (b) Multifamily
Properties and Mixed Use Properties partially occupied by the mortgagor as
the mortgagor's primary residence and partially rented out as investor
property, and (c) Commercial Properties partially operated by the mortgagor
as the mortgagor's primary place of business.
Permanent Buydown Loans and Permanent Buydown Companion Loans. The
Permanent Buydown Loans, all of which will be included in the Initial Group 1,
will have an aggregate principal balance as of the Cut-off Date, after deducting
all payments received on or before such date, of $24,477,061.47 (the "Original
Buydown Principal Balance"). The aggregate principal balance of the
corresponding Permanent Buydown Companion Loans as of the Cut-off Date, after
deducting all payments received on or before such date, will be $2,377,695.39.
At origination, no CLTV (as defined herein) of any Permanent Buydown Loan and
Permanent Buydown Companion Loan exceeded 100.55%.
As of the Cut-off Date, the average principal balance of the Permanent
Buydown Loans is $76,490.82. The lowest and highest principal balances of the
Permanent Buydown Loans, as of the Cut-off Date are $13,483.07 and $310,200.00,
respectively.
S-21
<PAGE>
As of the Cut-off Date, the average principal balance of the Permanent
Buydown Companion Loans is $7,430.30. The lowest and highest principal balances
of the Permanent Buydown Companion Loans, as of the Cut-off Date, are $117.71
and $34,800.00, respectively.
As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity of
the Permanent Buydown Loans will be approximately 251.23 months. As of the
Cut-off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity of the Permanent
Buydown Companion Loans will be approximately 58.54 months. All of the Permanent
Buydown Companion Loans had an original term to maturity of 60 months.
TABLES
THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION SETS FORTH IN TABULAR FORMAT CERTAIN ADDITIONAL
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUP 1 INITIAL MORTGAGE LOANS (OTHER THAN THE PERMANENT
BUYDOWN COMPANION LOANS) AS OF THE CUT-OFF DATE. THE PRINCIPAL BALANCES OF THE
GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING TABLES ARE AS REDUCED BY
THE PRINCIPAL PORTION OF ANY DEFERRED PAYMENTS.
S-22
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the range of principal balances of the Group
1 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 1
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
RANGE OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ---------------------------- ----------------- ------------ ----------
$ 0.01 -- $ 10,000.00 $ 340,098.74 0.14% 37
$ 10,000.01 -- $ 20,000.00 6,867,654.83 2.77 431
$ 20,000.01 -- $ 30,000.00 17,161,452.23 6.92 667
$ 30,000.01 -- $ 40,000.00 24,541,275.11 9.89 693
$ 40,000.01 -- $ 50,000.00 25,533,930.28 10.29 565
$ 50,000.01 -- $ 60,000.00 29,639,690.74 11.94 537
$ 60,000.01 -- $ 70,000.00 21,593,383.46 8.70 332
$ 70,000.01 -- $ 80,000.00 19,248,014.53 7.76 257
$ 80,000.01 -- $ 90,000.00 13,909,729.34 5.61 164
$ 90,000.01 -- $ 100,000.00 12,561,768.84 5.06 131
$ 100,000.01 -- $ 110,000.00 11,372,562.09 4.58 108
$ 110,000.01 -- $ 120,000.00 8,979,151.59 3.61 78
$ 120,000.01 -- $ 130,000.00 7,300,162.94 2.94 58
$ 130,000.01 -- $ 140,000.00 5,789,998.25 2.33 43
$ 140,000.01 -- $ 150,000.00 5,652,125.31 2.28 39
$ 150,000.01 -- $ 160,000.00 4,648,073.15 1.87 30
$ 160,000.01 -- $ 170,000.00 3,317,134.85 1.34 20
$ 170,000.01 -- $ 180,000.00 3,357,703.04 1.35 19
$ 180,000.01 -- $ 190,000.00 3,170,814.31 1.28 17
$ 190,000.01 -- $ 200,000.00 1,176,036.15 0.47 6
$ 200,000.01 -- $ 250,000.00 7,682,663.90 3.10 34
$ 250,000.01 -- $ 300,000.00 5,948,483.01 2.40 22
$ 300,000.01 -- $ 350,000.00 2,891,373.45 1.17 9
$ 350,000.01 -- $ 400,000.00 1,876,128.31 0.76 5
$ 400,000.01 -- $ 450,000.00 2,090,878.79 0.84 5
$ 450,000.01 -- $ 500,000.00 963,985.57 0.39 2
$ 500,000.01 -- $ 550,000.00 525,000.00 0.21 1
----------------- ------ -----
Totals ..................... $ 248,139,272.81 100.00% 4,310
================= ====== =====
S-23
<PAGE>
As of the Cut-off Date, the average principal balance is $57,572.92 for the
Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans. The lowest and highest principal balances of the
Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans, as of the Cut-off Date, are $4,978.87 and
$525,000.00, respectively.
The average principal balance of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans at
origination was approximately $57,682.96. No Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loan had a
principal balance at origination of less than $5,000.00 or greater than
$525,000.00.
S-24
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of the Group 1
Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cutoff Date:
GROUP 1
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ----------------------- --------------- ---------- --------
Alabama $ 1,409,191.60 0.57% 34
Arizona 1,553,244.98 0.63 37
Arkansas 362,833.19 0.15 9
California 7,183,799.79 2.90 117
Colorado 6,112,120.50 2.46 115
Connecticut 5,851,515.91 2.36 96
Delaware 1,118,749.69 0.45 18
District of Columbia 498,272.85 0.20 7
Florida 31,581,642.57 12.73 713
Georgia 4,250,408.28 1.71 83
Idaho 267,726.57 0.11 6
Illinois 10,018,605.10 4.04 169
Indiana 9,194,886.20 3.71 187
Iowa 206,592.05 0.08 6
Kansas 221,281.63 0.09 8
Kentucky 571,726.12 0.23 14
Louisiana 249,462.90 0.10 5
Maine 308,605.91 0.12 5
Maryland 5,514,184.73 2.22 99
Massachusetts 6,149,168.86 2.48 78
Michigan 13,647,401.33 5.50 240
Minnesota 1,672,035.85 0.67 33
Mississippi 412,594.40 0.17 6
Missouri 1,877,807.37 0.76 36
Montana 96,300.00 0.04 1
Nebraska 37,273.06 0.01 2
Nevada 308,140.17 0.12 5
New Hampshire 966,129.94 0.39 13
New Jersey 11,882,499.68 4.79 147
New Mexico 1,180,581.09 0.48 17
New York 39,853,656.75 16.06 455
North Carolina 7,630,097.50 3.07 150
North Dakota 211,691.73 0.08 3
Ohio 18,195,981.06 7.33 332
Oklahoma 729,675.47 0.29 16
Oregon 3,216,245.57 1.30 45
Pennsylvania 19,221,705.71 7.75 382
Rhode Island 1,660,794.10 0.67 24
South Carolina 9,233,098.77 3.72 183
South Dakota 347,786.46 0.14 6
Tennessee 3,569,996.54 1.44 55
Texas 3,469,903.76 1.40 55
Utah 3,273,821.55 1.32 69
Vermont 106,459.79 0.04 2
Virginia 5,113,011.42 2.06 92
Washington 4,593,091.62 1.85 88
West Virginia 727,895.67 0.29 12
Wisconsin 2,225,864.89 0.90 32
Wyoming 53,712.13 0.02 3
--------------- ------ -----
Totals .................... $248,139,272.81 100.00% 4,310
=============== ====== =====
S-25
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the original combined loan-to-value ratios
of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 1
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
ORIGINAL COMBINED PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ----------------------- --------------- --------- ---------
5.01% - 10.00% $ 45,823.81 0.02% 3
10.01% - 15.00% 88,699.14 0.04 4
15.01% - 20.00% 316,143.84 0.13 10
20.01% - 25.00% 348,739.93 0.14 12
25.01% - 30.00% 598,024.56 0.24 15
30.01% - 35.00% 1,295,172.86 0.52 33
35.01% - 40.00% 1,468,375.43 0.59 34
40.01% - 45.00% 2,373,595.51 0.96 50
45.01% - 50.00% 3,688,411.52 1.49 71
50.01% - 55.00% 4,845,405.83 1.95 90
55.01% - 60.00% 6,414,989.57 2.58 120
60.01% - 65.00% 14,621,316.46 5.89 263
65.01% - 70.00% 19,775,401.88 7.97 316
70.01% - 75.00% 28,485,681.23 11.48 507
75.01% - 80.00% 61,049,078.14 24.60 1,046
80.01% - 85.00% 58,703,265.89 23.66 1,011
85.01% - 90.00% 44,021,147.21 17.74 725
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ................. $248,139,272.81 100.00% 4,310
=============== ====== =====
At origination, no Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loan had a combined
loan-to-value ratio ("CLTV") exceeding 90.00%. The weighted average CLTV of the
Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans, as of the Cut-off Date and without considering
the Permanent Buydown Companion Loans, was approximately 77.11%. Taking into
consideration the Permanent Buydown Companion Loans, no Group 1 Initial Mortgage
Loan had a CLTV exceeding 100.55%, at origination, and the weighted average CLTV
of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans was approximately 77.85% as of the Cut-off
Date.
The original "CLTVs" shown on the table above are equal, with respect to
each Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loan, to (i) the sum of (a) the original principal
balance of such Mortgage Loan at the date of origination plus (b) the then
outstanding principal balance of any related first lien, divided by (ii) the
Collateral Value of the related Mortgaged Property. The "Collateral Value" of a
Mortgaged Property is the lesser of (x) the appraised value based on an
appraisal made for the originator of the Initial Mortgage Loan by an independent
fee appraiser (or, in certain instances, by a licensed in-house appraiser of the
Depositor) at the time of the origination of such Initial Mortgage Loan and (y)
the sales price of such Mortgaged Property at such time of origination. With
respect to an Initial Mortgage Loan for which the proceeds were used to
refinance an existing mortgage loan, the Collateral Value is the appraised value
of the related Mortgaged Property based upon the appraisal obtained at the time
of refinancing.
S-26
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the Mortgage Rates borne by the Mortgage
Notes relating to the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 1
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
MORTGAGE RATES BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ----------------------- --------------- ----------- ---------
6.000 - 6.249% $ 93,000.00 0.04% 1
7.000 - 7.249% 57,000.00 0.02 1
7.250 - 7.499% 12,299,505.78 4.96 160
7.500 - 7.749% 1,578,366.64 0.64 19
7.750 - 7.999% 5,526,088.95 2.23 73
8.000 - 8.249% 4,181,437.53 1.69 55
8.250 - 8.499% 4,919,678.55 1.98 74
8.500 - 8.749% 5,114,419.51 2.06 76
8.750 - 8.999% 8,393,786.16 3.38 111
9.000 - 9.249% 6,586,766.29 2.65 99
9.250 - 9.499% 6,555,743.57 2.64 109
9.500 - 9.749% 11,564,653.06 4.66 172
9.750 - 9.999% 14,896,126.20 6.00 225
10.000 - 10.249% 8,962,233.63 3.61 171
10.250 - 10.499% 12,079,498.37 4.87 226
10.500 - 10.749% 15,561,259.72 6.27 263
10.750 - 10.999% 15,578,326.59 6.28 286
11.000 - 11.249% 11,354,902.04 4.58 214
11.250 - 11.499% 12,279,221.42 4.95 247
11.500 - 11.749% 13,954,928.57 5.62 270
11.750 - 11.999% 15,805,378.35 6.37 266
12.000 - 12.249% 9,520,835.04 3.84 190
12.250 - 12.499% 8,108,430.73 3.27 163
12.500 - 12.749% 10,291,409.25 4.15 174
12.750 - 12.999% 9,002,555.61 3.63 190
13.000 - 13.249% 5,161,475.15 2.08 98
13.250 - 13.499% 6,639,617.40 2.68 120
13.500 - 13.749% 5,047,791.31 2.03 113
13.750 - 13.999% 2,683,507.85 1.08 55
14.000 - 14.249% 1,393,924.67 0.56 29
14.250 - 14.499% 1,343,141.10 0.54 30
14.500 - 14.749% 493,319.72 0.20 13
14.750 - 14.999% 400,787.98 0.16 8
15.000 - 15.249% 86,625.00 0.03 3
15.250 - 15.499% 467,646.35 0.19 4
15.500 - 15.749% 155,884.72 0.06 2
--------------- ------ -----
Totals .................... $248,139,272.81 100.00% 4,310
=============== ====== =====
As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average Mortgage Rate of the Group 1
Initial Mortgage Loans was approximately 10.744% per annum and ranged from
6.000% to 15.500%.
S-27
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the number of remaining months to maturity
of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 1
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
REMAINING MONTHS TO MATURITY BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ---------------------------- --------------- ---------- ---------
48.01 - 60.00 $ 727,405.88 0.29% 24
60.01 - 72.00 147,700.00 0.06 4
72.01 - 84.00 519,071.78 0.21 12
84.01 - 96.00 545,003.83 0.22 12
96.01 - 108.00 489,082.00 0.20 8
108.01 - 120.00 8,074,808.41 3.25 230
120.01 - 132.00 490,125.57 0.20 8
132.01 - 144.00 826,403.72 0.33 15
144.01 - 156.00 378,891.23 0.15 7
156.01 - 168.00 744,485.05 0.30 11
168.01 - 180.00 103,766,301.74 41.82 1,912
180.01 - 192.00 269,364.25 0.11 3
192.01 - 204.00 918,348.10 0.37 15
204.01 - 216.00 476,464.53 0.19 9
216.01 - 228.00 1,028,961.69 0.41 14
228.01 - 240.00 30,848,559.16 12.43 611
240.01 - 252.00 1,211,146.38 0.49 16
252.01 - 264.00 681,565.53 0.27 8
264.01 - 276.00 460,345.61 0.19 6
276.01 - 288.00 1,012,459.95 0.41 11
288.01 - 300.00 10,292,286.01 4.15 173
300.01 - 312.00 317,681.42 0.13 5
312.01 - 324.00 375,627.38 0.15 5
324.01 - 336.00 591,861.83 0.24 6
336.01 - 348.00 367,181.00 0.15 4
348.01 - 360.00 82,437,754.75 33.22 1,178
360.01 - 360.25 140,386.01 0.06 3
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ........................ $248,139,272.81 100.00% 4,310
=============== ====== =====
As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity of
the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans will be approximately 250.01 months.
S-28
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the distribution of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans by the Depositor's underwriting class as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 1
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
UNDERWRITING CLASS BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
------------------ --------------- ---------- ---------
AAA $ 8,469,208.60 3.41% 126
AA 41,007,624.30 16.53 635
ANIV 31,024,410.46 12.50 489
I 63,687,958.50 25.67 1,068
II 30,482,476.60 12.28 578
III 12,216,802.19 4.92 182
III-SE 7,258,943.94 2.93 125
IIB 21,151,040.64 8.52 434
IV 27,428,812.06 11.05 574
IV-PI 1,129,371.27 0.46 19
V 4,282,624.25 1.73 80
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ...................... $248,139,272.81 100.00% 4,310
=============== ====== =====
The following table sets forth the property types of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans:
GROUP 1
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
PROPERTY TYPES BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- --------------------------------- --------------- ---------- --------
Single Family (attached/detached) $182,629,299.87 73.60% 3,226
Condominium 3,635,222.33 1.46 85
Two-to-Four Family 25,305,454.68 10.20 349
Planned Unit Development 5,353,740.17 2.16 91
Manufactured Homes 23,769,691.66 9.58 518
Multifamily 4,247,855.58 1.71 25
Mixed Use 2,554,519.10 1.03 13
Commercial Properties 643,489.42 0.26 3
--------------- ------ -----
Totals .......................... $248,139,272.81 100.00% 4,310
=============== ====== =====
S-29
<PAGE>
CONVEYANCE OF GROUP 1 SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS AND THE GROUP 1 PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT
Under the Pooling Agreement, following the initial issuance of the
Certificates, the Depositor has committed to sell, and the Trust Fund will be
obligated to purchase from the Depositor, on or before September 17, 1999,
subject to the availability thereof, additional conventional, fixed-rate
residential Mortgage Loans (the "Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans") secured by
first or second liens on Single Family Properties, Multifamily Properties,
Commercial Properties and Mixed Use Properties which will be originated and
underwritten or purchased and re-underwritten by the Depositor. In each case the
underwriting will be performed in accordance with the criteria set forth herein
under "The Depositor--Underwriting Criteria--Group 1". Group 1 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans will be transferred to the Trust Fund pursuant to Subsequent
Transfer Instruments (the "Group 1 Subsequent Transfer Instruments") between the
Depositor and the Trustee. In connection with the purchase of Group 1 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans on such dates of transfer (the "Group 1 Subsequent Transfer
Dates"), the Trust Fund will be required to pay the Depositor from amounts on
deposit in the Group 1 Pre-Funding Account a cash purchase price of (i) for each
Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loan that is not a Permanent Buydown Loan or a
Permanent Buydown Companion Loan, 100% of the principal balance thereof (as
already reduced by the principal portion of any Deferred Payments) or (ii) for
each Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loan that is a Permanent Buydown Loan and for
its corresponding Permanent Buydown Companion Loan, an amount equal to the
principal balance of such Permanent Buydown Loan over the sum of the principal
balance of such Permanent Buydown Loan and the principal balance of the related
Permanent Buydown Companion Loan multiplied by the sum of the principal balances
of such Permanent Buydown Loan and Permanent Buydown Companion Loan. The
Depositor will designate the close of business on the day prior to the related
Group 1 Subsequent Transfer Date as the cut-off date (a "Group 1 Subsequent
Cut-off Date") with respect to the related Subsequent Mortgage Loans purchased
on such date and, as a result, the Trust Fund will not be required to pay
accrued interest with respect thereto. Therefore, the aggregate principal
balance of the related Group after the Closing Date will increase by an amount
equal to the aggregate principal balance of the related Group 1 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans so purchased and the amount in the related Pre-Funding Account
will decrease accordingly.
With respect to Group 1, the Trustee will establish a Pre-Funding Account
(the "Group 1 Pre-Funding Account") into which it will deposit upon receipt from
the Depositor $133,928,990.05 (the "Original Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount"), to be
used to purchase the Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans. The Original Group 1
Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced during the Funding Period by the amount
thereof used to purchase Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans in accordance with
the Pooling Agreement (on any date of determination, the Original Group 1
Pre-Funded Amount as so reduced, the "Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount"). During the
period (the "Group 1 Funding Period") from the Closing Date until the earlier of
(i) the date on which the amount on deposit in the Group 1 Pre-Funding Account
is zero or (ii) September 17, 1999, the Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount will be
maintained in the Group 1 Pre-Funding Account.
Any conveyance of Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans on a Group 1 Subsequent
Transfer Date is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to:
(a) each such Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loan must satisfy the representations
and warranties specified in the Group 1 Subsequent Transfer Instrument and the
Pooling Agreement; (b) the Depositor will not select such Subsequent Mortgage
Loans in a manner that it believes is adverse to the interests of the
Certificateholders; (c) the Depositor will deliver certain opinions of counsel
with respect to the validity of the conveyance of such Subsequent Mortgage
Loans; (d) the difference between (1) the sum of the aggregate principal balance
of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, excluding the Permanent Buydown Companion Loans,
and the Pre-Funded Amount and (2) the certificate principal balance of the Class
1A Certificates, will be the same immediately following the purchase of each
Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loan as it was immediately prior to the purchase of
each such Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loan; (e) as of the respective Subsequent
Cut-off Date, the Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans will satisfy the following
criteria: (i) such Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loan may not be contractually
delinquent for two or more consecutive payments as of the related Group 1
Subsequent Cut-off Date; (ii) the original term to maturity of such Subsequent
Mortgage Loan will not be less than 60 months and will not exceed 360 months;
(iii) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan may not provide for negative amortization;
(iv) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan (other than any Permanent Buydown Companion
Loan) will have a Mortgage Rate not less than 6.0%; (v) such Subsequent Mortgage
Loan will be underwritten in accordance with the criteria set forth under "The
Depositor--Underwriting Criteria--Group 1" herein; (vi) such Subsequent Mortgage
Loan will have been serviced by
S-30
<PAGE>
the Servicer since origination or purchase by the Depositor; (vii) such
Subsequent Mortgage Loan will not have a CLTV (excluding any Permanent Buydown
Companion Loan) greater than 92.0%; and (viii) such Subsequent Mortgage Loans
will have (A) as of the end of the Group 1 Funding Period, a weighted average
number of months since origination of not over 4 months and (B) no Subsequent
Mortgage Loan will have a first payment date later than November 1, 1999 and at
least 80% of such Subsequent Mortgage Loans by aggregate principal balance will
have a first payment date on or prior to October 1, 1999.
In addition, following the purchase of any Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loan
by the Trust Fund, the Group 1 Mortgage Loans (including the Group 1 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans but excluding any Permanent Buydown Companion Loans) as of the
end of the Group 1 Funding Period will: (i) have a weighted average Mortgage
Rate of at least 10.000%; (ii) have a weighted average remaining term to stated
maturity of not more than 290 months and not less than 195 months; (iii) have a
weighted average CLTV of not more than 82%; (iv) have not in excess of 35% by
aggregate principal balance of Group 1 Mortgage Loans that are Balloon Loans;
(v) have no Group 1 Mortgage Loan with a principal balance in excess of
$995,000; (vi) not have in excess of 22% by aggregate principal balance of Group
1 Mortgage Loans secured by non-owner occupied Mortgaged Properties; (vii) not
have a concentration of Mortgaged Properties in a single zip code in excess of
5% by aggregate principal balance of Group 1 Mortgage Loans; (viii) not have in
excess of 4% by aggregate principal balance of Group 1 Mortgage Loans secured by
Mortgaged Properties that are condominiums; (ix) have at least 65% by aggregate
principal balance of Group 1 Mortgage Loans secured by fee simple interests in
attached or detached Single Family Properties; (x) not have in excess of 10% by
aggregate principal balance of Group 1 Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily
Properties and Mixed Use Properties; (xi) not have in excess of 15% by aggregate
principal balance of Group 1 Mortgage Loans secured by Manufactured Homes and
(xii) not have in excess of 5% by aggregate principal balance of Group 1
Mortgage Loans secured by Commercial Properties. In the sole discretion of the
Certificate Insurer, Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans with characteristics
varying from those set forth in this paragraph may be purchased by the Trust
Fund; provided, however, that the addition of such Mortgage Loans will not
materially affect the aggregate characteristics of Group 1.
GROUP 2
The initial Group 2 (the "Initial Group 2") consists of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans with an aggregate principal balance outstanding as of the Cut-off
Date, after deducting all payments of principal received or deferred on or
before such date, of $213,783,852.37 (the "Original Group 2 Principal Balance").
The Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans consist of conventional, adjustable-rate
Mortgage Loans secured by first liens on Single Family Properties with original
terms to maturity of up to 360 months. Approximately 56.50% of the Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans, by Original Group 2 Principal Balance, were originated
and underwritten by the Depositor, and the remainder of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans were purchased and re-underwritten by the Depositor. In each case
the underwriting was performed in accordance with the criteria set forth herein
under "The Depositor--Underwriting Criteria--Group 2". The Depositor began
originating and purchasing mortgage loans pursuant to its Adjustable Rate First
Mortgage Program in the fourth calendar quarter of 1992.
PAYMENTS ON THE GROUP 2 MORTGAGE LOANS
The Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans have Mortgage Rates subject to an
annual or semiannual adjustment after an initial six month, twenty-four month or
thirty-six month period on the day of the month specified in the related
Mortgage Note (each such date, an "Adjustment Date") to equal the sum, rounded
to the nearest 0.125%, of (i) a per annum rate equal to the average of interbank
offered rates for six-month U.S. dollar-denominated deposits in the London
market based on quotations of major banks as published in The Wall Street
Journal and as most recently available as of the date specified in the related
Mortgage Note (the "Six-Month LIBOR Index", (ii) a fixed percentage amount
specified in the related Mortgage Note (the "Gross Margin"); provided, however,
that the Mortgage Rate will not increase or decrease on any Adjustment Date by
more than 1%, or, with respect to the initial Adjustment Date, not increase by
more than 2% with respect to Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans that are subject to
an adjustment after an initial twenty-four month period (each, a "Periodic Rate
Cap"). All of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans provide that over the life of
the Mortgage Loan the Mortgage Rate will in no event be more than the fixed
percentage set forth in the Mortgage Note (such rate, the "Maximum Mortgage
Rate"). Approximately 97.54% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage
S-31
<PAGE>
Loans provide that the Mortgage Rate may be 1% lower than the initial Mortgage
Rate (such rate, the "Minimum Mortgage Rate"). Effective with the first payment
due on a Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loan after each related Adjustment Date, the
monthly payment will be adjusted to an amount which will fully amortize the
outstanding principal balance of such Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loan over its
remaining term, and pay interest at the Mortgage Rate as so adjusted. 99.91% of
the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans were originated with a Mortgage Rate less
than the sum of (i) the Six-Month LIBOR Index at the time the initial Mortgage
Rate was established and (ii) the Gross Margin, such sum rounded as described
above.
If the Six-Month LIBOR Index ceases to be published or is otherwise
unavailable, the Servicer will select an alternative index for mortgage loans on
comparable properties, based upon comparable information, over which it has no
control and which is readily verifiable by Mortgagors.
Deferred Payment Loans. Approximately 5.42% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage
Loans, by Original Group 2 Principal Balance, are Mortgage Loans for which the
mortgagor has elected, pursuant to the terms of the related Mortgage Note, to
defer the first two payments due (a "Deferred Payment") on the related payment
dates thereunder ("Deferred Payment Loans") and the principal balance conveyed
to the Trust has been reduced by the principal amount so deferred. If the
Mortgagor has not prepaid the loan before a certain date and the maturity date
is not otherwise accelerated by the Servicer, such Deferred Payments will be
forgiven. On the Closing Date and, if necessary, on any Subsequent Transfer
Date, the Depositor will deposit into the Group 2 Interest Coverage Account an
amount to be applied by the Trustee to cover the interest that will accrue
during the period of deferment on the principal balance of such Deferred Payment
Loan as transferred to the Trust Fund. To the extent such Deferred Payments are
not forgiven, the Servicer will retain Deferred Payments collected for payment
to the Depositor as part of the Depositor's Yield.
Temporary Buydown Loans. Approximately 1.05% of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans, by Original Group 2 Principal Balance, provide that the Mortgage
Rate stated in the related Mortgage Note will be reduced by 2% during the first
twelve month period of the loan, and reduced by 1% during the second twelve
month period of the loan, after which such stated Mortgage Rate, as subject to
adjustment, will apply (each such loan, a "Temporary Buydown Loan").
CHARACTERISTICS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS
As of the Cut-off Date, none of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans were
contractually delinquent for two or more consecutive payments. Since the
origination of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans, four of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans have been contractually delinquent for two consecutive payments
on any occasion prior to the Cut-off Date.
Each Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loan was originated on or after March 27,
1998, and has an initial or next Adjustment Date on or before November 1, 2001.
In addition, the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will have the following
characteristics as of the Cut-off Date (expressed, where applicable, as a
percentage of the Original Group 2 Principal Balance):
None of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will have had a first
payment date prior to May 1, 1998 and none of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage
Loans will have a remaining term to maturity of less than approximately
119.00 months. The latest maturity date of any of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans will be June 1, 2029.
Approximately 49.04% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will be
Mortgage Loans the proceeds of which were used to purchase a Mortgaged
Property. The proceeds of not more than approximately 9.81% of the Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans will be used to refinance an existing mortgage loan
and the proceeds of not more than approximately 41.15% of the Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans will be cash-out mortgage loans.
No more than approximately 0.70% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans
will be secured by Mortgaged Properties located in any one zip code area.
S-32
<PAGE>
None of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans provide for negative
amortization.
None of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will be insured by any
primary mortgage insurance policy.
Approximately 74.67% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will be
secured by attached or detached one-family dwelling units (not including
Manufactured Homes). Approximately 2.23% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage
Loans will be secured by units in condominiums. Approximately 1.94% of the
Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by units in planned unit
developments. Approximately 8.70% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans
will be secured by Manufactured Homes. No more than approximately 12.46% of
the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by units in properties
consisting of two- to four-family dwelling units. None of the Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by Multifamily Properties,
Commercial Properties or Mixed Use Properties.
Based on representations of Mortgagors at origination, approximately
16.40% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will be secured by investor
properties and approximately 93.89% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans
will be secured by owner-occupied properties. The apparent discrepancy in
these percentages results from there being approximately 10.29% of the
Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans that are secured by units in properties
consisting of two- to four-family dwelling units partially occupied by the
mortgagor as the mortgagor's primary residence and partially rented out as
investor property.
TABLES. THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION SETS FORTH IN TABULAR FORMAT CERTAIN
ADDITIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUP 2 INITIAL MORTGAGE LOANS AS OF THE
CUT-OFF DATE. THE PRINCIPAL BALANCES OF THE GROUP 2 MORTGAGE LOANS AS SET FORTH
IN THE FOLLOWING TABLES ARE AS REDUCED BY THE PRINCIPAL PORTION OF ANY DEFERRED
PAYMENTS.
S-33
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the range of principal balances of the Group
2 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
RANGE OF PRINCIPAL BALANCE BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- --------------------------- --------------- ---------- ----------
$ 0.01 - $ 10,000.00 $ 2,499.36 0.00% 1
$ 10,000.01 - $ 20,000.00 257,018.89 0.12 15
$ 20,000.01 - $ 30,000.00 2,471,220.05 1.16 92
$ 30,000.01 - $ 40,000.00 6,061,507.51 2.84 170
$ 40,000.01 - $ 50,000.00 10,967,457.01 5.13 239
$ 50,000.01 - $ 60,000.00 18,719,304.22 8.76 337
$ 60,000.01 - $ 70,000.00 18,066,791.71 8.45 278
$ 70,000.01 - $ 80,000.00 19,203,115.63 8.98 257
$ 80,000.01 - $ 90,000.00 14,780,945.74 6.91 174
$ 90,000.01 - $ 100,000.00 12,839,006.67 6.01 135
$100,000.01 - $ 110,000.00 11,757,471.19 5.50 112
$110,000.01 - $ 120,000.00 11,387,596.65 5.33 99
$120,000.01 - $ 130,000.00 7,588,307.13 3.55 61
$130,000.01 - $ 140,000.00 7,571,926.03 3.54 56
$140,000.01 - $ 150,000.00 7,571,165.68 3.54 52
$150,000.01 - $ 160,000.00 6,487,838.65 3.03 42
$160,000.01 - $ 170,000.00 5,940,637.97 2.78 36
$170,000.01 - $ 180,000.00 5,629,469.39 2.63 32
$180,000.01 - $ 190,000.00 4,262,412.66 1.99 23
$190,000.01 - $ 200,000.00 4,509,710.99 2.11 23
$200,000.01 - $ 250,000.00 14,562,425.09 6.81 66
$250,000.01 - $ 300,000.00 6,942,326.88 3.25 25
$300,000.01 - $ 350,000.00 5,504,233.61 2.57 17
$350,000.01 - $ 400,000.00 1,886,611.97 0.88 5
$400,000.01 - $ 450,000.00 1,273,281.61 0.60 3
$450,000.01 - $ 500,000.00 2,822,196.97 1.32 6
$500,000.01 - $ 550,000.00 529,844.09 0.25 1
$550,000.01 - $ 600,000.00 1,745,106.40 0.82 3
$650,000.01 - $ 700,000.00 689,669.45 0.32 1
$750,000.01 - $ 800,000.00 753,715.13 0.35 1
$950,000.01 - $1,000,000.00 999,038.04 0.47 1
--------------- ------ -----
Totals .................... $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
As of the Cut-off Date, the average principal balance is $90,471.37 for the
Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans. As of the Cut-off Date, the lowest and highest
principal balances of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans are $2,499.36 and
$999,038.04, respectively.
The average principal balance of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans at
origination was approximately $90,521.10. No Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loan had a
principal balance at origination of less than $2,500.00 or greater than
$1,000,000.00.
S-34
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the geographic distribution of the Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
----------------------- --------------- ---------- ---------
Alabama $ 379,544.59 0.18% 3
Arizona 2,476,526.84 1.16 27
Arkansas 235,739.75 0.11 2
California 2,625,837.38 1.23 14
Colorado 11,120,765.04 5.20 84
Connecticut 6,959,264.30 3.26 55
Delaware 794,215.33 0.37 7
District of Columbia 149,745.85 0.07 2
Florida 9,036,032.19 4.23 122
Georgia 3,782,398.52 1.77 48
Idaho 253,765.02 0.12 4
Illinois 8,258,819.39 3.86 92
Indiana 16,161,231.67 7.56 274
Iowa 353,945.06 0.17 8
Kentucky 356,664.58 0.17 5
Louisiana 197,178.50 0.09 2
Maine 124,100.00 0.06 1
Maryland 4,690,382.14 2.19 47
Massachusetts 3,467,665.28 1.62 29
Michigan 14,591,950.50 6.83 171
Minnesota 925,442.62 0.43 10
Missouri 777,070.20 0.36 12
Montana 26,600.00 0.01 1
Nebraska 30,381.53 0.01 1
New Hampshire 243,740.81 0.11 2
New Jersey 19,267,334.20 9.01 151
New Mexico 543,752.86 0.25 6
New York 28,335,861.56 13.25 182
North Carolina 8,944,115.56 4.18 119
Ohio 23,185,242.57 10.85 342
Oklahoma 142,233.57 0.07 4
Oregon 821,196.94 0.38 8
Pennsylvania 13,983,969.81 6.54 186
Rhode Island 1,297,160.07 0.61 14
South Carolina 8,578,609.13 4.01 125
South Dakota 37,031.04 0.02 1
Tennessee 1,215,864.36 0.57 16
Texas 4,042,727.62 1.89 50
Utah 6,716,244.44 3.14 49
Vermont 311,883.99 0.15 2
Virginia 2,726,889.57 1.28 27
Washington 3,520,774.10 1.65 26
West Virginia 599,225.00 0.28 8
Wisconsin 1,444,747.71 0.68 23
Wyoming 49,981.18 0.02 1
--------------- ------ -----
Totals..................... $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
S-35
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the original loan-to-value ratios of the
Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
LOAN-TO-VALUE RATIO BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- --------------------- --------------- ---------- ---------
10.01% - 20.00 % $ 2,499.36 0.00% 1
20.01% - 25.00 % 131,932.30 0.06 3
25.01% - 30.00 % 93,968.97 0.04 2
30.01% - 35.00 % 464,483.48 0.22 4
35.01% - 40.00 % 66,973.39 0.03 3
40.01% - 45.00 % 510,338.88 0.24 6
45.01% - 50.00 % 1,651,967.27 0.77 21
50.01% - 55.00 % 2,185,204.42 1.02 25
55.01% - 60.00 % 1,955,211.67 0.92 24
60.01% - 65.00 % 10,768,747.48 5.04 111
65.01% - 70.00 % 10,053,620.96 4.70 119
70.01% - 75.00 % 20,006,924.30 9.36 226
75.01% - 80.00 % 67,667,716.79 31.65 793
80.01% - 85.00 % 54,657,450.41 25.57 627
85.01% - 90.00 % 43,566,812.69 20.38 398
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ...................... $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
The original loan-to-value ratios ("LTV") shown on the previous table are
equal, with respect to each Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loan, to (i) the principal
balance of such Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loan at the date of origination,
divided by (ii) the Collateral Value of the related Mortgaged Property.
At origination, no Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loan had an LTV exceeding
90.00%. As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average LTV of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans (weighted based upon the Original Group 2 Principal Balance) was
approximately 80.04%.
S-36
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the Mortgage Rates borne by the Mortgage
Notes relating to the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
MORTGAGE RATES BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ------------------------ --------------- ---------- ---------
6.250 - 6.499% $ 34,434.37 0.02% 1
6.500 - 6.749% 28,101.35 0.01 1
7.000 - 7.249% 129,500.00 0.06 1
7.250 - 7.499% 429,790.78 0.20 3
7.500 - 7.749% 659,486.28 0.31 6
7.750 - 7.999% 754,720.17 0.35 8
8.000 - 8.249% 2,024,915.22 0.95 21
8.250 - 8.499% 2,965,393.72 1.39 29
8.500 - 8.749% 1,985,830.32 0.93 23
8.750 - 8.999% 8,053,455.00 3.77 92
9.000 - 9.249% 5,993,849.42 2.80 55
9.250 - 9.499% 8,671,114.10 4.06 88
9.500 - 9.749% 16,904,807.97 7.91 163
9.750 - 9.999% 15,045,626.10 7.04 139
10.000 - 10.249% 14,579,785.61 6.82 157
10.250 - 10.499% 13,648,968.69 6.38 161
10.500 - 10.749% 12,639,225.78 5.91 138
10.750 - 10.999% 23,106,991.64 10.81 264
11.000 - 11.249% 11,019,773.86 5.15 118
11.250 - 11.499% 12,460,622.15 5.83 139
11.500 - 11.749% 15,060,799.42 7.05 183
11.750 - 11.999% 12,504,079.44 5.85 143
12.000 - 12.249% 5,943,659.54 2.78 70
12.250 - 12.499% 10,573,927.34 4.95 136
12.500 - 12.749% 5,857,272.79 2.74 62
12.750 - 12.999% 3,876,404.18 1.81 43
13.000 - 13.249% 3,793,375.33 1.77 48
13.250 - 13.499% 3,103,286.12 1.45 38
13.500 - 13.749% 1,179,137.45 0.55 19
13.750 - 13.999% 667,550.47 0.31 12
14.000 - 14.249% 87,967.76 0.04 2
--------------- ------ -----
Totals .................. $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average Mortgage Rate of the Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans was approximately 10.707% per annum and ranged from
6.250% to 14.000%.
S-37
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the number of remaining months to
maturity of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
REMAINING MONTHS TO MATURITY BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ---------------------------- --------------- ---------- ---------
109.00 - 120.99 $ 39,500.00 0.02% 2
169.00 - 180.99 141,553.77 0.07 4
229.00 - 240.99 668,446.31 0.31 14
289.00 - 300.99 1,209,978.13 0.57 29
337.00 - 348.99 260,072.74 0.12 3
349.00 - 357.99 33,031,771.54 15.45 300
358.00 - 358.99 71,178,320.36 33.29 797
359.00 - 359.99 66,772,820.42 31.23 767
360.00 - 361.00 40,481,389.10 18.94 447
--------------- ------ -----
Totals $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity of
the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans will be approximately 357.50 months.
S-38
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the distribution of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans by month of next rate adjustment as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
MONTH OF NEXT PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
RATE ADJUSTMENT BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- --------------------- --------------- ----------- ----------
July 1999 $ 110,692.29 0.05% 1
August 1999 170,154.50 0.08 1
September 1999 107,649.25 0.05 2
October 1999 2,177,720.93 1.02 19
November 1999 1,707,297.52 0.80 16
December 1999 917,645.79 0.43 12
April 2000 94,273.15 0.05 1
May 2000 165,799.59 0.08 2
July 2000 49,266.61 0.02 1
August 2000 207,005.97 0.10 2
September 2000 64,587.56 0.03 1
October 2000 731,577.85 0.34 3
November 2000 748,890.08 0.35 6
December 2000 2,739,021.88 1.28 30
January 2001 3,650,708.63 1.71 31
February 2001 5,897,903.76 2.76 59
March 2001 18,650,586.72 8.72 167
April 2001 69,158,580.58 32.35 782
May 2001 66,122,911.89 30.93 773
June 2001 40,239,477.67 18.82 453
November 2001 72,100.15 0.03 1
--------------- ------ -----
Totals .............. $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
S-39
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the distribution of the gross margins set
forth in the Mortgage Notes relating to the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans as of
the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
GROSS MARGIN BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
--------------- --------------- ---------- ----------
3.500 - 3.749% $ 35,500.00 0.02% 1
3.750 - 3.999% 456,224.26 0.21 3
4.000 - 4.249% 1,202,704.11 0.56 15
4.250 - 4.499% 1,107,259.58 0.52 14
4.500 - 4.749% 2,039,193.97 0.95 25
4.750 - 4.999% 2,373,798.56 1.11 25
5.000 - 5.249% 9,645,140.85 4.51 99
5.250 - 5.499% 5,743,530.61 2.69 63
5.500 - 5.749% 12,731,144.01 5.96 130
5.750 - 5.999% 15,809,812.47 7.40 187
6.000 - 6.249% 14,087,816.89 6.59 124
6.250 - 6.499% 30,468,549.44 14.25 340
6.500 - 6.749% 14,224,462.44 6.65 155
6.750 - 6.999% 17,150,486.56 8.02 195
7.000 - 7.249% 20,549,190.96 9.61 241
7.250 - 7.499% 14,844,368.49 6.94 147
7.500 - 7.749% 11,019,990.19 5.16 123
7.750 - 7.999% 6,944,398.84 3.25 73
8.000 - 8.249% 17,522,021.00 8.20 211
8.250 - 8.499% 4,951,463.28 2.32 56
8.500 - 8.749% 2,266,366.39 1.06 29
8.750 - 8.999% 4,747,304.76 2.22 50
9.000 - 9.249% 1,869,970.59 0.87 26
9.250 - 9.499% 1,792,183.49 0.84 27
9.500 - 9.749% 87,967.76 0.04 2
9.750 - 9.999% 65,600.00 0.03 1
10.000 - 10.249% 47,402.87 0.02 1
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ............... $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
As of the Cut-off Date the weighted average gross margins on the Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans was approximately 6.683% per annum and ranged from 3.500%
to 10.000%.
S-40
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the distribution of the Maximum Mortgage
Rates set forth in the Mortgage Notes relating to the Group 2 Initial Mortgage
Loans as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
MAXIMUM MORTGAGE RATES BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ---------------------- --------------- ---------- ---------
12.250 - 12.499% $ 34,434.37 0.02% 1
12.500 - 12.749% 28,101.35 0.01 1
13.000 - 13.249% 129,500.00 0.06 1
13.250 - 13.499% 271,890.78 0.13 2
13.500 - 13.749% 532,920.73 0.25 4
13.750 - 13.999% 438,238.12 0.20 6
14.000 - 14.249% 1,763,474.30 0.83 16
14.250 - 14.499% 2,965,393.72 1.39 29
14.500 - 14.749% 1,985,830.32 0.93 23
14.750 - 14.999% 7,877,964.21 3.69 89
15.000 - 15.249% 5,949,405.46 2.78 55
15.250 - 15.499% 8,771,443.19 4.10 88
15.500 - 15.749% 16,824,375.58 7.87 162
15.750 - 15.999% 15,251,415.86 7.13 140
16.000 - 16.249% 14,675,782.08 6.87 160
16.250 - 16.499% 13,197,140.61 6.17 155
16.500 - 16.749% 12,639,225.78 5.91 138
16.750 - 16.999% 23,393,174.72 10.94 268
17.000 - 17.249% 11,199,675.54 5.24 119
17.250 - 17.499% 12,446,092.91 5.82 139
17.500 - 17.749% 15,157,032.77 7.09 185
17.750 - 17.999% 12,504,079.44 5.85 143
18.000 - 18.249% 5,909,296.27 2.77 70
18.250 - 18.499% 11,097,855.57 5.19 143
18.500 - 18.749% 5,857,272.79 2.74 62
18.750 - 18.999% 3,876,404.18 1.81 43
19.000 - 19.249% 3,793,375.33 1.78 48
19.250 - 19.499% 3,103,286.12 1.45 38
19.500 - 19.749% 1,289,902.04 0.60 20
19.750 - 19.999% 667,550.47 0.31 12
20.000 - 20.249% 152,317.76 0.07 3
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ....................... $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
S-41
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the distribution of Minimum Mortgage Rates
set forth in the Mortgage Notes relating to the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans
as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
MINIMUM MORTGAGE RATES BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ---------------------- ---------------- ---------- ---------
5.250 - 5.499% $ 34,434.37 0.02% 1
6.000 - 6.249% 129,500.00 0.06 1
6.250 - 6.499% 132,000.00 0.06 1
6.500 - 6.749% 561,022.08 0.26 5
6.750 - 6.999% 438,238.12 0.21 6
7.000 - 7.249% 1,470,306.77 0.69 13
7.250 - 7.499% 3,105,284.50 1.45 30
7.500 - 7.749% 1,985,830.32 0.93 23
7.750 - 7.999% 7,627,433.60 3.57 87
8.000 - 8.249% 5,507,513.58 2.58 51
8.250 - 8.499% 8,510,021.46 3.98 86
8.500 - 8.749% 16,774,899.29 7.85 161
8.750 - 8.999% 15,105,601.47 7.07 138
9.000 - 9.249% 15,239,635.73 7.13 165
9.250 - 9.499% 13,147,155.56 6.15 154
9.500 - 9.749% 11,767,725.10 5.50 132
9.750 - 9.999% 23,789,519.72 11.13 272
10.000 - 10.249% 11,226,481.30 5.25 119
10.250 - 10.499% 12,491,642.85 5.84 139
10.500 - 10.749% 15,307,904.02 7.16 184
10.750 - 10.999% 12,300,079.44 5.75 141
11.000 - 11.249% 5,994,600.48 2.80 71
11.250 - 11.499% 11,363,712.41 5.32 146
11.500 - 11.749% 6,437,258.79 3.01 68
11.750 - 11.999% 4,080,404.18 1.91 45
12.000 - 12.249% 3,852,471.12 1.80 49
12.250 - 12.499% 3,103,286.12 1.45 38
12.500 - 12.749% 1,480,021.76 0.69 22
12.750 - 12.999% 667,550.47 0.31 12
13.000 - 13.249% 152,317.76 0.07 3
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ..................... $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
S-42
<PAGE>
The following table sets forth the distribution of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans by the Depositor's underwriting class as of the Cut-off Date:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
UNDERWRITING CLASS BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
------------------ --------------- ---------- ---------
AA $ 13,487,822.32 6.31% 139
ANIV 24,324,703.21 11.38 207
I 54,492,143.99 25.49 544
II 31,796,159.67 14.87 402
III 12,140,948.26 5.68 116
III-SE 10,267,427.37 4.80 74
IIB 27,005,715.15 12.63 363
IV 31,486,847.35 14.73 417
IV-PI 618,409.31 0.29 8
V 8,163,675.74 3.82 93
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ................. $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
The following table sets forth the number of months since origination of
the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
MONTHS SINCE ORIGINATION BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- ------------------------ --------------- ----------- ---------
0 $ 41,098,027.67 19.22% 464
0.01 - 1 67,694,751.69 31.67 788
1.01 - 2 71,336,301.51 33.37 801
2.01 - 12 33,394,698.76 15.62 307
12.01 - 24 260,072.74 0.12 3
--------------- ------ -----
Totals.................. $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
The following table sets forth the property types of the Group 2 Initial
Mortgage Loans:
GROUP 2
PERCENT BY NUMBER OF
PRINCIPAL PRINCIPAL MORTGAGE
PROPERTY TYPES BALANCE BALANCE LOANS
- -------------------------------- --------------- ---------- ---------
Single Family (attached/detached) $159,634,495.45 74.67% 1,752
Condominium 4,773,665.92 2.23 56
Two-to-Four Family 26,627,671.58 12.46 255
Planned Unit Development 4,143,486.72 1.94 31
Manufactured Homes 18,604,532.70 8.70 269
--------------- ------ -----
Totals ........................... $213,783,852.37 100.00% 2,363
=============== ====== =====
S-43
<PAGE>
CONVEYANCE OF GROUP 2 SUBSEQUENT MORTGAGE LOANS AND THE GROUP 2 PRE-FUNDING
ACCOUNT
Under the Pooling Agreement, following the initial issuance of the
Certificates, the Depositor has committed to sell, and the Trust Fund will be
obligated to purchase from the Depositor, on or before September 17, 1999,
subject to the availability thereof, additional conventional, adjustable-rate
residential Mortgage Loans (the "Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans", together
with the Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans, the "Subsequent Mortgage Loans")
secured by first liens on Single Family Properties which will be originated and
underwritten or purchased and re-underwritten by the Depositor. In each case the
underwriting will be performed in accordance with the criteria set forth herein
under "The Depositor--Underwriting Criteria--Group 2". Group 2 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans will be transferred to the Trust Fund pursuant to Subsequent
Transfer Instruments (the "Group 2 Subsequent Transfer Instruments", together
with the Group 1 Subsequent Transfer Instruments, the "Subsequent Transfer
Instruments") between the Depositor and the Trustee. In connection with the
purchase of Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans on such dates of transfer (the
"Group 2 Subsequent Transfer Dates", together with the Group 1 Subsequent
Transfer Dates, the "Subsequent Transfer Dates"), the Trust Fund will be
required to pay to the Depositor from amounts on deposit in the Group 2
Pre-Funding Account a cash purchase price of 100% of the principal balance
thereof as already reduced by the principal portion of any Deferred Payments.
The Depositor will designate the close of business on the day prior to the Group
2 Subsequent Transfer Date as the cut-off date (the "Group 2 Subsequent Cut-off
Date", together with the Group 1 Subsequent Cut-off Date, the "Subsequent
Cut-off Dates") with respect to the related Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans
purchased on such date and, as a result, the Trust Fund will not be required to
pay accrued interest with respect thereto. Therefore, the aggregate principal
balance of Group 2 after the Closing Date will increase by an amount equal to
the aggregate principal balance of the Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans so
purchased and the amount in the Group 2 Pre-Funding Account will decrease
accordingly.
With respect to Group 2, the Trustee will establish a Pre-Funding Account
(the "Group 2 Pre-Funding Account", together with the Group 1 Pre-Funding
Account, the "Pre-Funding Accounts") into which it will deposit upon receipt
from the Depositor, $118,187,547.02 (the "Original Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount",
together with the Original Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount, the "Original Pre-Funded
Amount") to be used to purchase Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans. The Original
Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount will be reduced during the Funding Period by the
amount thereof used to purchase Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans in accordance
with the Pooling Agreement (on any date of determination, the Original Group 2
Pre-Funded Amount as so reduced, the "Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount", together with
the Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount, the "Pre-Funded Amounts"). During the period (the
"Group 2 Funding Period", together with the Group 1 Funding Period, the "Funding
Periods") from the Closing Date until the earlier of (i) the date on which the
amount on deposit in the Group 2 Pre-Funding Account is zero and (ii) September
17, 1999, the Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount will be maintained in the Group 2
Pre-Funding Account.
Any conveyance of Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans on a Group 2 Subsequent
Transfer Date is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to:
(a) each such Subsequent Mortgage Loan must satisfy the representations and
warranties specified in the Group 2 Subsequent Transfer Instrument and the
Pooling Agreement; (b) the Depositor will not select such Subsequent Mortgage
Loans in a manner that it believes is adverse to the interests of the
Certificateholders; (c) the Depositor will deliver certain opinions of counsel
with respect to the validity of the conveyance of such Subsequent Mortgage
Loans; (d) as of the respective Subsequent Cut-off Date the Group 2 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans will satisfy the following criteria: (i) such Group 2 Subsequent
Mortgage Loan may not be 30 or more days contractually delinquent as of the
related Group 2 Subsequent Cut-off Date; (ii) the original term to maturity of
such Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loan will not be less than 120 months and will
not exceed 360 months; (iii) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan may not provide for
negative amortization; (iv) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan will have a Gross
Margin not less than 3.000%; (v) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan will be
underwritten in accordance with the criteria set forth under "The
Depositor--Underwriting Criteria--Group 2" herein; (vi) such Subsequent Mortgage
Loan will have been serviced by the Servicer since origination or purchase by
the Depositor; (vii) such Subsequent Mortgage Loan will not have an LTV greater
than 90.00%; (viii) such Subsequent
S-44
<PAGE>
Mortgage Loan will have a Maximum Mortgage Rate not less than 9.000%; and (ix)
such Subsequent Mortgage Loans will have (A) as of the end of the Group 2
Funding Period, a weighted average number of months since origination of not
over 4 months and (B) no Subsequent Mortgage Loan will have a first payment date
later than November 1, 1999 and at least 80% of such Subsequent Mortgage Loans
by aggregate principal balance will have a first payment date on or prior to
October 1, 1999.
In addition, following the purchase of any Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loan
by the Trust Fund, the Group 2 Mortgage Loans (including the Group 2 Subsequent
Mortgage Loans) as of the end of the Group 2 Funding Period will: (i) have a
weighted average Gross Margin of at least 5.000% and a weighted average coupon
of at least 9.000%; (ii) have a weighted average remaining term to stated
maturity of not more than 360 months and not less than 300 months; (iii) have a
weighted average LTV of not more than 86%; (iv) have no Group 2 Mortgage Loan
with a principal balance in excess of $995,000; (v) not have in excess of 15% by
aggregate principal balance of Group 2 Mortgage Loans secured by non-owner
occupied Mortgaged Properties; (vi) not have a concentration of Mortgaged
Properties in a single zip code in excess of 5% by aggregate principal balance
of Group 2 Mortgage Loans; (vii) not have in excess of 5% by aggregate principal
balance of Group 2 Mortgage Loans secured by Mortgaged Properties that are
condominiums; (viii) have at least 65% by aggregate principal balance of Group 2
Mortgage Loans secured by fee simple interests in attached or detached Single
Family Properties; (ix) not be secured by Multifamily Properties; (x) not be
secured by Mixed Use Properties; (xi) not be secured by Commercial Properties;
(xii) not have in excess of 15% by aggregate principal balance of the Group 2
Mortgage Loans secured by Manufactured Homes and (xiii) be secured by a first
priority lien on the related Mortgaged Property. In the sole discretion of the
Certificate Insurer, Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans with characteristics
varying from those set forth in this paragraph may be purchased by the Trust
Fund; provided, however, that the addition of such Group 2 Mortgage Loans will
not materially affect the aggregate characteristics of Group 2.
CERTAIN YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
DELAY IN DISTRIBUTIONS
The effective yield to the Class A Certificateholders will be slightly
lower than the yield otherwise produced by the related Class A Pass-Through Rate
because the distribution of such interest will not be made until the 25th day
(or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the first Business Day thereafter) of
the month following the month in which interest accrues on the Mortgage Loans
(without any additional distribution of interest or earnings thereon in respect
of such delay). A "Business Day" is any day other than Saturday or Sunday, or a
day on which banking institutions in the States of New York, Illinois or New
Jersey are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed. See
"Description of the Certificates" herein.
PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS AND RISKS
A substantial majority of the Mortgage Loans may be prepaid by the
mortgagors at any time without a prepayment penalty. Upon prepayment of a
Deferred Payment Loan, the Deferred Payments may be due and payable. Any
prepayment charges and Deferred Payments collected shall be retained by the
Servicer and paid to the Depositor.
Interest shortfalls on the Mortgage Loans due to principal prepayments
("Principal Prepayments") and curtailments ("Curtailments") will be covered to
the extent described herein and in the Prospectus by payments of Compensating
Interest by the Servicer and any shortfalls not covered by such payments that
would otherwise be borne by the Class A Certificates will be covered by
distributions of Excess Spread from the related Group, Net Excess Spread and
Excess Principal from the other Group (prior to the related Cross-Over Date),
and payments pursuant to the Certificate Insurance Policy, subject to the
limitations described herein. Because in the absence of such shortfalls the
Excess Spread will, prior to the related Cross-Over Date, be used to accelerate
payments of principal on the related
S-45
<PAGE>
Class A Certificates, and in certain circumstances, the Class A Certificates
with respect to the other Group, application of Excess Spread to cover any
interest shortfalls will reduce accelerated payments of principal to the Class A
Certificates.
To the extent that the Original Pre-Funded Amount with respect to a Group
has not been fully applied to the purchase of related Subsequent Mortgage Loans
by the Trust Fund by the end of the related Funding Period, the Holders of the
related Class A Certificates will receive, pro rata, a prepayment of principal
in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Pre-Funded Amount remaining in the
related Pre-Funding Account on the first Remittance Date following the
termination of the Funding Period and (ii) the related outstanding Class A
Principal Balance. Although no assurance can be given, it is anticipated by the
Depositor that the principal amount of Subsequent Mortgage Loans sold to the
Trust Fund will require the application of substantially all of the Original
Pre-Funded Amounts and that there should be no material amount of principal
prepaid to the related Class A Certificateholders from the related Pre-Funding
Account. However, it is unlikely that the Depositor will be able to deliver
Subsequent Mortgage Loans with an aggregate principal balance identical to the
related Original Pre-Funded Amounts, with the result that some prepayment of the
related Class A Certificates will occur on the September 27, 1999 Remittance
Date.
In addition, the yield to maturity of the Class A Certificates will depend
on whether, to what extent, and the timing with respect to which, Excess Spread,
Available Transfer Cashflow and Net Excess Principal is used to accelerate
payments of principal on such Class A Certificates. With respect to each Group,
on any Remittance Date on which the Overcollateralization Amount equals the
Required Overcollateralization Amount, Excess Spread, Available Transfer
Cashflow and Net Excess Principal will not be applied to accelerate payments of
principal on such Class A Certificates. In addition, on any such date,
distributions in respect of principal to the related Class A Certificates may
only equal that amount necessary to maintain the Required Overcollateralization
Amount with respect to a Group, which amount may be zero, therefore reducing the
rate of principal payments allocated to the related Class A Certificates.
Greater than anticipated prepayments of principal will increase the yield
on Class A Certificates purchased at a price less than par. Greater than
anticipated prepayments of principal will decrease the yield on Class A
Certificates purchased at a price greater than par. The effect on an investor's
yield due to principal prepayments on the Mortgage Loans occurring at a rate
that is faster (or slower) than the rate anticipated by the investor in the
period immediately following the issuance of the Class A Certificates will not
be entirely offset by a subsequent like reduction (or increase) in the rate of
principal payments. The weighted average life of the Class A Certificates will
also be affected by the amount and timing of delinquencies and defaults on the
Mortgage Loans and the recoveries, if any, on defaulted Mortgage Loans and
foreclosed properties.
The rate of principal payments on the Class A Certificates, the aggregate
amount of distributions on the Class A Certificates and the yield to maturity of
the Class A Certificates is directly related to the rate of payments of
principal on the Mortgage Loans in the related Group, which may be in the form
of scheduled and unscheduled payments. In particular, a reduction in the rate of
principal payments will occur when interest only vouchers are used to defer
principal payments and interest only payments are made under the Periodic
Payment Loans. In general, when the level of prevailing interest rates for
similar loans significantly declines, the rate of prepayment is likely to
increase, although the prepayment rate is influenced by a number of other
factors, including general economic conditions and homeowner mobility. The rate
of principal payments will in turn be affected by the amortization schedules
(which will change periodically to accommodate adjustments to the Mortgage Rates
on Group 2 Mortgage Loans) and by the rate of Principal Prepayments and
Curtailments on the related Mortgage Loans (including, for this purpose,
prepayments resulting from (i) refinancings, (ii) liquidations due to defaults,
casualties and condemnations and (iii) repurchases by the Depositor or the
Servicer). The rate of default on second mortgage loans may be greater than that
of mortgage loans secured by first liens on comparable properties. Prepayments,
liquidations and purchases of the Mortgage Loans will result in distributions to
related Class A Certificateholders of amounts of principal which would otherwise
be distributed over the remaining terms of the related Mortgage Loans. A
substantial majority of the Mortgage Loans may
S-46
<PAGE>
be prepaid by the mortgagors at any time without a prepayment penalty and the
mortgagor is required to pay interest only to the date of prepayment.
OPTIONAL PURCHASE OF DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS
Although the Servicer has no obligation to do so, the Servicer may purchase
from the Trust Fund a Mortgage Loan which is delinquent in payment 90 days or
more. The purchase price for such Mortgage Loan will be equal to 100% of the
Principal Balance thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon.
In addition, the Servicer may, at its option, with written notice to the
Certificateholders and the Trustee, purchase from the Trust Fund all of the
outstanding Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, and thus effect the early
retirement of the related Class A Certificates, on any Remittance Date on which
the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the Mortgage Loans is less than
or equal to 5% of the sum of the Original Pool Principal Balance and the
Original Pre-Funded Amounts. See "Pooling Agreement-- Termination; Purchase of
Mortgage Loans" herein and "Description of the Certificates--Termination" in the
Prospectus.
EFFECT OF PREPAYMENTS AND MORTGAGE LOAN YIELD ON CLASS 1A PASS-THROUGH RATE
The Class 1A Pass-Through Rate for each Remittance Date will be equal to
the lesser of (i) One-Month LIBOR plus 0.41% per annum, and (ii) the weighted
average of the Mortgage Rates of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans minus, with respect
to Group 1, the sum of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate, (b) the rate at which the
monthly premium payable to the Certificate Insurer is calculated and (c) the
rate at which the Annual Trustee Expense Amount is calculated (the rate
described in clause (ii), the "Class 1A Cap Rate"); provided that on any
Remittance Date on which the Servicer does not exercise its option to purchase
the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties as described under "Pooling
Agreement-Termination; Purchase of the Mortgage Loans" herein, the rate provided
in clause (i) of this sentence will be One-Month LIBOR plus 0.81% per annum.
Disproportionate principal payments (whether resulting from Principal
Prepayments or Curtailments) on Group 1 Mortgage Loans having Mortgage Rates
higher or lower than the then current Class 1A Pass-Through Rate may also affect
the yield on the Class 1A Certificates. The yield to maturity of the Class 1A
Certificates may be lower than that otherwise produced if disproportionate
principal payments (including Principal Prepayments) are made on Group 1
Mortgage Loans having Mortgage Rates that exceed the Class 1A Pass-Through Rate.
The Class 1A Pass-Through Rate is based upon, among other factors as
described above, the value of an index ("One-Month LIBOR") which is different
from the fixed rates applicable to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, as described
under "The Mortgage Pool-Group 1" herein. See "Description of the Certificates-
Calculation of One-Month LIBOR" herein. Each Group 1 Mortgage Loan bears a fixed
rate whereas the Class 1A Pass-Through Rate adjusts monthly and may be based
upon One-Month LIBOR. Because the Mortgage Rates on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans
are fixed, such rates will not change in response to changes in market interest
rates. Accordingly, if mortgage market interest rates or market yields for
securities similar to the Class 1A Certificates were to rise, the market value
of the Class 1A Certificates may decline in cases where the Class 1A
Pass-Through Rate did not increase accordingly. One-Month LIBOR may respond to
economic and market factors, while the Mortgage Rates on the Group 1 Mortgage
Loans will be fixed. One-Month LIBOR may increase to a level at which the amount
of interest collected on all of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans during the related
Accrual Period may be insufficient to pay interest on the Class 1A Certificates
at the Class 1A Pass-Through Rate calculated using One-Month LIBOR and the rate
payable on the Class 1A Certificates will be the Class 1A Cap Rate. The Class 1A
Certificates do not contain any "carry-forward" or "catch-up" feature if the
amount of interest paid is so limited.
S-47
<PAGE>
PREPAYMENT MODEL FOR CLASS 1A CERTIFICATES
Prepayments on mortgage loans are commonly measured relative to a
prepayment standard or model. The model used in this Prospectus Supplement with
respect to Group 1 is based on a constant annual rate of prepayment relative to
the then outstanding principal balance of the related Mortgage Loans applied
monthly during the period indicated of the life of the Group 1 Mortgage Loan.
The prepayment model does not purport to be either a historical description of
the prepayment experience of any pool of mortgage loans or a prediction of the
anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of mortgage loans, including the
Group 1 Mortgage Loans. The Depositor does not make any representation about the
appropriateness of any prepayment model.
The percentages and weighted average lives in the following tables were
determined assuming that (i) scheduled interest and principal payments
(including balloon payments) on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans are received in a
timely manner and prepayments of Group 1 Mortgage Loans in full are made at the
indicated scenario level (each, a "Prepayment Model") set forth in the tables;
(ii) the Servicer exercises its right of optional termination described above on
the earliest permissible date; (iii) distributions are made on the 25th day of
each calendar month regardless of the day on which the Remittance Date actually
occurs, commencing in July 1999; (iv) the Group 1 Mortgage Loans have been
aggregated into nine hypothetical Initial Mortgage Loans, one of which is a
Permanent Buydown Companion Loan and two of which are Temporary Buydown Loans,
and sixteen hypothetical Subsequent Mortgage Loans, four of which are Temporary
Buydown Loans, with the characteristics set forth in the first following table;
and the Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans are purchased by September 17, 1999
resulting in no mandatory prepayment of the Class 1A Certificates on September
27, 1999; (v) no losses on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans have occurred; (vi) the
sum of the Servicing Fee and fees payable out of the Trust Fund to the Trustee
and the Certificate Insurer, respectively, equals approximately 0.86% per annum
of the scheduled principal balance of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans for each
Remittance Date; (vii) no interest shortfalls will arise in connection with
prepayment in full of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans; (viii) the initial Class 1A
Pass-Through Rate is equal to 5.37375% per annum and the initial Class 1A
Principal Balance is equal to $375,000,000, (ix) the Class A Principal
Remittance Amount with respect to each of the Class 1A Certificates on each
Remittance Date occurring prior to the Step-Down Date is equal to principal
received from Group 1 plus the related Unrecovered Class A Portion for such
Remittance Date and on each Remittance Date occurring on or after the Step-Down
Date is equal to that amount required to reach or maintain the Required
Overcollateralization Amount; (x) on each Remittance Date prior to the
Cross-Over Date, the Excess Spread for Group 1 is applied in an amount required
to reach or maintain the Required Overcollateralization Amount for Group 1 and
to reduce the principal balance of the Class 1A Certificates to the extent that
the amount of such current application plus such amounts applied on all prior
Remittance Dates does not exceed $45,848,191.54 for Group 1 (not including the
Permanent Buydown Companion Loans); (xi) each Remittance Date is deemed to occur
before the CrossOver Date; (xii) the Class 1A Certificates are purchased on June
24, 1999; (xiii) no Available Funds Shortfall with respect to Group 1 exists and
Available Transfer Cashflow and Net Excess Principal is applied to reach or
maintain the Required Overcollateralization Amount as described in the Pooling
Agreement; and (xiv) the Required Overcollateralization Amount for Group 1 is
the Overcollateralization Amount required by the Certificate Insurer at any time
as set forth in the Insurance Agreement with respect to Group 1 among the
Depositor, the Servicer, the Certificate Insurer and the Trustee. The first and
second following tables assume that there are no delinquencies on the Group 1
Mortgage Loans and that the related Interest Coverage Account has sufficient
funds on deposit to cover shortfalls in interest of the Class 1A Certificates
during the Funding Period attributable to the pre-funding feature. The
"Step-Down Date" will be the Remittance Date following the later to occur of (i)
the thirtieth Remittance Date and (ii) the date on which the then outstanding
Group 1 Principal Balance is equal to 50% of the sum of the Original Group 1
Pre-Funded Amount and the Original Group 1 Principal Balance.
S-48
<PAGE>
GROUP 1
HYPOTHETICAL GROUP 1 MORTGAGE LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REMAINING
ORIGINAL REMAINING MONTHS TO
AMORTIZATION AMORTIZATION BALLOON
MORTGAGE TERM TERM PAYMENT
PRINCIPAL BALANCE INTEREST-RATE (IN MONTHS) (IN MONTHS) (IN-MONTHS)
- ----------------------- ------------- ------------- ------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Mortgage Loans:
$ 10,550,071.90 9.823% 112 110 N/A
$ 41,459,454.94 10.610% 178 177 N/A
$ 33,664,961.35 10.237% 238 236 N/A
$ 13,468,739.86 10.057% 293 291 N/A
$ 82,452,663.70 10.834% 359 358 N/A
$ 64,163,832.27 11.337% 360 358 178
$ 1,858,945.32 8.992%(1) 347 346 N/A
$ 520,603.47 9.520%(1) 360 358 178
$ 2,377,695.39 0%(2) 60 59 N/A
Subsequent Group 1 Mortgage Loans (first subsequent transfer balance as of June
30, 1999):
$ 2,847,111.74 9.823% 112 112 N/A
$ 11,188,521.00 10.610% 178 178 N/A
$ 9,085,047.73 10.237% 238 238 N/A
$ 3,634,762.66 10.057% 293 293 N/A
$ 22,251,217.74 10.834% 359 359 N/A
$ 17,315,673.49 11.337% 360 360 180
$ 501,667.20 8.992%(1) 347 347 N/A
$ 140,493.47 9.520%(1) 360 360 180
Subsequent Group 1 Mortgage Loans (second subsequent transfer balance as of July
31, 1999):
$ 2,847,111.74 9.823% 112 112 N/A
$ 11,188,521.00 10.610% 178 178 N/A
$ 9,085,047.73 10.237% 238 238 N/A
$ 3,634,762.66 10.057% 293 293 N/A
$ 22,251,217.74 10.834% 359 359 N/A
$ 17,315,673.49 11.337% 360 360 180
$ 501,667.20 8.992%(1) 347 347 N/A
$ 140,493.47 9.520%(1) 360 360 180
</TABLE>
- -------------
(1) Temporary Buydown Loan which assumes the Mortgage Rate increases 1% in
month twelve and an additional 1% in month twenty-four.
(2) Permanent Buydown Companion Loan which provides for equal monthly payments
of principal only for 60 months.
S-49
<PAGE>
Since the following tables were prepared on the basis of the assumptions in
the preceding paragraph, there are discrepancies between the characteristics of
the actual Group 1 Mortgage Loans and the characteristics of the mortgage loans
assumed in preparing such tables. Any such discrepancy may have an effect upon
the percentages of the Principal Balance outstanding of the Class 1A
Certificates and the weighted average life of the Class 1A Certificates set
forth in the tables. In addition, since the actual Group 1 Mortgage Loans and
the Trust Fund have characteristics which differ from those assumed in preparing
the tables set forth below, the distributions of principal on the Class 1A
Certificates may be made earlier or later than as indicated in the tables.
It is not likely that the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will prepay to maturity at
any of the Prepayment Models specified in the tables below or that all Group 1
Mortgage Loans will prepay at the same rate. In addition, the diverse remaining
terms to maturity of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans (which include recently
originated Group 1 Mortgage Loans) could produce slower or faster distributions
of principal than are indicated in the following tables at the Prepayment Model
specified even if the weighted average of the remaining terms to maturity of the
Group 1 Mortgage Loans equals those assumed.
Investors are urged to make their investment decisions on a basis that
includes their determination as to anticipated prepayment rates under a variety
of the assumptions discussed herein.
The model used in this Prospectus Supplement with respect to the Class 1A
Certificates is the prepayment assumption (the "Prepayment Assumption") which
represents the assumed rate of prepayment each month relative to the then
outstanding principal balance of a pool of mortgage loans for the life of such
mortgage loans. With respect to the Class 1A Certificates, a 100% Prepayment
Assumption assumes a constant prepayment rate of 2% per annum of the then
outstanding principal balance of such Mortgage Loans in the first month of the
life of the Mortgage Loans and an additional 1.2% per annum in each month
thereafter until the twenty-first month. Beginning in the twenty-first month and
in each month thereafter during the life of the Mortgage Loans, a 100%
Prepayment Assumption assumes a constant prepayment rate of 26% per annum. As
used in the table entitled "Prepayment Scenarios", 0% Prepayment Assumption
assumes prepayment rates equal to 0% of the Prepayment Assumption i.e., no
prepayments. Correspondingly, 100% Prepayment Assumption assumes prepayment
rates equal to 100% of the Prepayment Assumption and so forth. In comparison,
the model used in this Prospectus Supplement with respect to Group 2 (a
"Prepayment Model") is based on a Constant Prepayment Rate more fully defined
herein under the caption "Certain Yield and Prepayment
Considerations--Prepayment Model for Class 2A Certificates". A "Constant
Prepayment Rate" or "CPR" represents a constant annual rate of payment relative
to the then outstanding principal balance of the related Mortgage Loans applied
monthly during the indicated portion of the life of the Group 2 Mortgage Loan.
PREPAYMENT SCENARIOS
Scenario 1 Scenario 2 Scenario 3 Scenario 4 Scenario 5
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
Group 1(1) 0% 50% 100% 150% 200%
Group 2(2) 10% 20% 28% 35% 45%
- ----------
(1) As a percentage of the Prepayment Assumption.
(2) As a constant prepayment rate (CPR).
Based on the foregoing assumptions, the following tables indicate the
projected weighted average life of the Class 1A Certificates.
S-50
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
PERCENTAGE OF THE ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THE CLASS 1A
CERTIFICATES OUTSTANDING AT THE RESPECTIVE
PREPAYMENT MODELS SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
REMITTANCE DATE SCENARIO 1 SCENARIO 2 SCENARIO 3 SCENARIO 4 SCENARIO 5
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Percentage................... 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
June 25, 2000........................ 94 89 85 80 76
June 25, 2001........................ 92 77 63 49 37
June 25, 2002........................ 90 65 44 29 18
June 25, 2003........................ 89 54 32 17 8
June 25, 2004........................ 86 45 23 10 0
June 25, 2005........................ 84 38 17 6 0
June 25, 2006........................ 82 32 12 0 0
June 25, 2007........................ 79 27 9 0 0
June 25, 2008........................ 76 23 6 0 0
June 25, 2009........................ 73 19 0 0 0
June 25, 2010........................ 70 16 0 0 0
June 25, 2011........................ 66 13 0 0 0
June 25, 2012........................ 63 11 0 0 0
June 25, 2013........................ 58 9 0 0 0
June 25, 2014........................ 40 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2015........................ 32 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2016........................ 29 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2017........................ 27 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2018........................ 25 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2019........................ 22 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2020........................ 21 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2021........................ 19 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2022........................ 17 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2023........................ 15 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2024........................ 13 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2025........................ 11 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2026........................ 8 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2027........................ 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life (1)(2) years... 14.35 5.75 3.43 2.48 1.95
Weighted Average Life (1)(3) years... 14.44 5.94 3.55 2.54 1.99
</TABLE>
- --------------------------
(1) The weighted average life of a Class 1A Certificate is determined by (i)
multiplying the amount of cash distributions in reduction of the principal
balance of such Certificate by the number of years from the date of
issuance of such Class 1A Certificate to the stated Remittance Date, (ii)
adding the results, and (iii) dividing the sum by the initial principal
balance of such Class 1A Certificate.
(2) Assumes Servicer exercises its right of optional termination at the
earliest permissible date.
(3) Assumes that the Class 1A Certificates remain outstanding to their maturity
date.
S-51
<PAGE>
As with fixed-rate obligations generally, the rate of prepayment on a pool
of mortgage loans is affected by prevailing market rates for mortgage loans of a
comparable term and risk level. When the market interest rate is below the
mortgage coupon, mortgagors may have an increased incentive to refinance their
mortgage loans. Depending on prevailing market rates, the future outlook for
market rates and economic conditions generally, some mortgagors may sell or
refinance mortgaged properties in order to realize their equity in the mortgaged
properties, to meet cash flow needs or to make other investments. The Depositor
makes no representation as to the particular factors that will affect the
prepayment of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, as to the relative importance of such
factors, as to the percentage of the principal balance of the Group 1 Mortgage
Loans that will be paid as of any date or as to the overall rate of prepayment
on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans.
EFFECT OF PREPAYMENTS AND MORTGAGE LOAN YIELD ON CLASS 2A PASS-THROUGH RATE
The Class 2A Pass-Through Rate for each Remittance Date will be equal to
the lesser of (i) One-Month LIBOR plus 0.25% per annum and (ii) the weighted
average of the Mortgage Rates of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans minus, with respect
to Group 2, the sum of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate, (b) the rate at which the
monthly premium payable to the Certificate Insurer is calculated and (c) the
rate at which the Annual Trustee Expense Amount is calculated (the rate
described in clause (ii), the "Class 2A Cap Rate"); provided, that on any
Remittance Date on which the Servicer does not exercise its option to purchase
the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties as described under "Pooling
Agreement-Termination; Purchase of the Mortgage Loans" herein, the rate provided
in clause (i) of this sentence will be One-Month LIBOR plus 0.65% per annum.
Disproportionate principal payments (whether resulting from Principal
Prepayments or Curtailments) on Group 2 Mortgage Loans having Mortgage Rates
higher or lower than the then current Class 2A Pass-Through Rate may also affect
the yield on the Class 2A Certificates. The yield to maturity of the Class 2A
Certificates will be lower than that otherwise produced if disproportionate
principal payments (including Principal Prepayments) are made on Group 2
Mortgage Loans having Mortgage Rates that exceed the Class 2A Pass-Through Rate.
The Class 2A Pass-Through Rate is based upon, among other factors as
described above, the value of an index ("One-Month LIBOR") which is different
from the value of the Six-Month LIBOR Index applicable to the Group 2 Mortgage
Loans, as described under "The Mortgage Pool-Group 2" herein. See "Description
of the Certificates-Calculation of One-Month LIBOR" herein. Each Group 2
Mortgage Loan, after the initial adjustment, adjusts annually or semiannually
based upon the Six-Month LIBOR Index whereas the Class 2A Pass-Through Rate
adjusts monthly and may be based upon One-Month LIBOR. One-Month LIBOR and the
Six-Month LIBOR Index applicable to the Mortgage Loans may respond differently
to economic and market factors, and there is not necessarily any correlation
between them. In addition, the Mortgage Loans are subject to Periodic Rate Caps,
Maximum Mortgage Rates and Minimum Mortgage Rates. Thus, it is possible, for
example, that One-Month LIBOR may rise during periods in which the Six-Month
LIBOR Index on the Mortgage Loans is stable or are falling or that, even if both
One-Month LIBOR and the Six-Month LIBOR Index rise during the same period,
One-Month LIBOR may increase to a level at which the amount of interest
collected on all Group 2 Mortgage Loans during the related Accrual Period may be
insufficient to pay interest on the Class 2A Certificates at the Class 2A
Pass-Through Rate calculated using One-Month LIBOR and the rate payable on the
Class 2A Certificates will be the Class 2A Cap Rate. In such an event, the
resulting interest differential amount will be paid to the Class 2A
Certificateholders on future distribution dates but, on a subordinated basis
subject to the Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount.
In addition, a number of factors affect the performance of One-Month LIBOR
and may cause One-Month LIBOR to move in a different manner from other indices.
To the extent that One-Month LIBOR may reflect changes in the general level of
interest rates less quickly than other indices, in a period of rising interest
rates, increases in the yield to Class 2A Certificateholders due to such rising
interest rates may occur later than that
S-52
<PAGE>
which would be produced by other indices, and in a period of declining rates,
One-Month LIBOR may remain higher than other market interest rates.
All of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans are adjustable-rate mortgage loans
("ARMs"). As is the case with conventional fixed-rate mortgage loans, ARMs may
be subject to a greater rate of principal prepayments in a declining interest
rate environment. For example, if prevailing interest rates were to fall
significantly, ARMs could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if
prevailing interest rates were to remain constant because the availability of
fixed-rate mortgage loans at competitive interest rates may encourage mortgagors
to refinance their ARMs to "lock in" lower fixed interest rates. The rate of
payments (including prepayments) on pools of mortgage loans is influenced by a
variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in
mortgagors' housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors' net equity
in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. No assurances can be given
as to the rate of prepayments on the Group 2 Mortgage Loans in stable or
changing interest rate environments and the Depositor makes no representations
as to the particular factors that will affect the prepayment of the Group 2
Mortgage Loans.
PREPAYMENT MODEL FOR CLASS 2A CERTIFICATES
Prepayments on mortgage loans are commonly measured relative to a
prepayment standard or model. As described above, the Prepayment Model with
respect to Group 2 is based on a CPR. The Prepayment Model does not purport to
be either a historical description of the prepayment experience of any pool of
mortgage loans or a prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool
of mortgage loans, including the Group 2 Mortgage Loans. The Depositor does not
make any representation about the appropriateness of any Prepayment Model.
The percentages and weighted average lives in the following tables were
determined assuming that (i) scheduled interest and principal payments on the
Group 2 Mortgage Loans are received in a timely manner and prepayments of Group
2 Mortgage Loans in full are made at the indicated CPR set forth in the table
entitled "Prepayment Scenarios"; (ii) the Servicer exercises its right of
optional termination on the earliest permissible date as described above; (iii)
distributions are made on the 25th day of each calendar month regardless of the
day on which the Remittance Date actually occurs, commencing in July, 1999; (iv)
the Group 2 Mortgage Loans have been aggregated into seven hypothetical Group 2
Initial Mortgage Loans, one of which is a Temporary Buydown Loan, and fourteen
hypothetical Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans, two of which are Temporary
Buydown Loans, with the characteristics set forth in the first and second
following table; and the Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans are purchased by
September 17, 1999 resulting in no mandatory prepayment of the Class 2A
Certificates on September 27, 1999; (v) no losses on the Group 2 Mortgage Loans
have occurred; (vi) the sum of the Servicing Fee and the fees payable to the
Trustee and the Certificate Insurer, respectively, equals approximately 0.86%
per annum of the scheduled principal balance of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans for
each Remittance Date; (vii) no interest shortfalls will arise in connection with
prepayment in full of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans; (viii) the initial Class 2A
Pass-Through Rate is equal to 5.21375% per annum and the initial Class 2A
Principal Balance is equal to $325,000,000; (ix) the Class A Principal
Remittance Amount with respect to each of the Class 2A Certificates on each
Remittance Date occurring prior to the Step-Down Date is equal to principal
received from Group 2 plus the related Unrecovered Class A Portion for such
Remittance Date and on each Remittance Date occurring on or after the Step-Down
Date is equal to that amount required to reach or maintain the Required
Overcollateralization Amount; (x) on each Remittance Date prior to the
Cross-Over Date, the Excess Spread for Group 2 is applied in an amount required
to reach or maintain the Required Overcollateralization Amount and to reduce the
principal balance of the related Class 2A Certificates to the extent that the
amount of such current application plus such amounts applied on all prior
Remittance Dates does not exceed $41,496,424.92 for Group 2, (xi) each
Remittance Date is deemed to occur before the Cross-Over Date; (xii) the Class
2A Certificates are purchased on June 24, 1999; (xiii) the Six-Month LIBOR Index
remains at a constant rate equal to 5.33375%, with respect to any Adjustment
Date; and (xiv) no Available Funds Shortfall with respect to Group 2 exists and
Available Transfer Cashflow and Net Excess Principal is applied to reach or
maintain the Required Overcollateralization Amount as described in the Pooling
Agreement. The first through fourth following tables
S-53
<PAGE>
also assume that (i) there are no delinquencies on the Group 2 Mortgage Loans;
(ii) the Group 2 Interest Coverage Account has sufficient funds on deposit to
cover shortfalls in interest on the Class 2A Certificates during the Funding
Period attributable to the pre-funding feature; and (iii) the Required
Overcollateralization Amount for Group 2 is the Overcollateralization Amount
required by the Certificate Insurer at any time as set forth in the Insurance
Agreement with respect to Group 2 among the Depositor, the Servicer, the
Certificate Insurer and the Trustee. The "Step-Down Date" will be the Remittance
Date following the later to occur of (i) the thirtieth Remittance Date and (ii)
the date on which the then outstanding Group 2 Principal Balance is equal to 50%
of the sum of the Original Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount and the Original Group 2
Principal Balance.
S-54
<PAGE>
HYPOTHETICAL GROUP 2 MORTGAGE LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MONTHS ORIGINAL REMAINING
TO MORTGAGE MAXIMUM MINIMUM TERM TO TERM TO
PRINCIPAL RATE INTEREST GROSS INTEREST INTEREST MATURITY MATURITY
BALANCE CHANGE RATE MARGIN RATE RATE (IN-MONTHS) (IN-MONTHS)
--------- ------ -------- ------ -------- -------- ----------- -----------
Initial Group 2 Mortgage Loans:
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 5,191,160.28 5 10.213% 6.688% 16.166% 10.166% 359 357
$ 72,100.15 29 11.250% 6.250% 18.250% 11.250% 360 353
$32,999,621.80 20 10.853% 6.968% 16.853% 9.853% 359 355
$68,133,633.78 22 10.793% 6.677% 16.793% 9.793% 360 358
$65,144,504.16 23 10.665% 6.571% 16.664% 9.664% 359 358
$39,992,860.67 24 10.667% 6.627% 16.665% 9.665% 359 359
$ 2,249,971.53 24 9.085%(1) 6.879% 17.085% 10.085% 360 359
Subsequent Group 2 Mortgage Loans (first subsequent transfer balance as of June
30, 1999):
$ 1,434,931.81 6 10.213% 6.688% 16.166% 10.166% 359 359
$ 19,929.80 36 11.250% 6.250% 18.250% 11.250% 360 360
$ 9,121,700.05 24 10.853% 6.968% 16.853% 9.853% 359 359
$18,833,384.65 24 10.793% 6.677% 16.793% 9.793% 360 360
$18,007,134.46 24 10.665% 6.571% 16.664% 9.664% 359 359
$11,054,759.39 24 10.667% 6.627% 16.665% 9.665% 359 359
$ 621,933.35 24 9.085%(1) 6.879% 17.085% 10.085% 360 360
Subsequent Group 2 Mortgage Loans (second subsequent transfer balance as of July
31, 1999):
$ 1,434,931.81 6 10.213% 6.688% 16.166% 10.166% 359 359
$ 19,929.80 36 11.250% 6.250% 18.250% 11.250% 360 360
$ 9,121,700.05 24 10.853% 6.968% 16.853% 9.853% 359 359
$18,833,384.65 24 10.793% 6.677% 16.793% 9.793% 360 360
$18,007,134.46 24 10.665% 6.571% 16.664% 9.664% 359 359
$11,054,759.39 24 10.667% 6.627% 16.665% 9.665% 359 359
$ 621,933.35 24 9.085%(1) 6.879% 17.085% 10.085% 360 360
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1) Temporary Buydown Loan which assumes the Mortgage Rate increases 1% in
month twelve. Beginning in month twenty-four the Mortgage Rate adjusts
every six months based on the Six Month LIBOR Index.
S-55
<PAGE>
Since the following tables were prepared on the basis of the assumptions in
the preceding paragraph, there are discrepancies between the characteristics of
the actual Group 2 Mortgage Loans and the characteristics of the mortgage loans
assumed in preparing such table. Any such discrepancy may have an effect upon
the percentages of the Class 2A Principal Balance outstanding and the weighted
average life of the Class 2A Certificates set forth in the tables. In addition,
since the actual Group 2 Mortgage Loans and the Trust Fund have characteristics
which differ from those assumed in preparing the table set forth below, the
distributions of principal on the Class 2A Certificates may be made earlier or
later than as indicated in the table.
It is not likely that the Group 2 Mortgage Loans will prepay to maturity at
the Prepayment Model specified in the tables below or that all Group 2 Mortgage
Loans will prepay at the same rate. In addition, the diverse remaining terms to
maturity of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans (which include recently originated Group
2 Mortgage Loans) could produce slower or faster distributions of principal than
are indicated in the table at the various percentages of the Prepayment Model
specified even if the weighted average of the remaining terms to maturity of the
Group 2 Mortgage Loans equals those assumed.
Investors are urged to make their investment decisions on a basis that
includes their determination as to anticipated prepayment rates under a variety
of the assumptions discussed herein.
The model used in this Prospectus Supplement with respect to the Class 2A
Certificates is based on a percentage of CPR as shown in the table entitled
"Prepayment Scenarios". See "Certain Yield and Prepayment
Considerations--Prepayment Model for Class 1A Certificates" above.
Based on the foregoing assumptions, the following table indicates the
projected weighted average life of the Class 2A Certificates.
S-56
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
PERCENTAGE OF THE ORIGINAL PRINCIPAL BALANCE OF THE CLASS 2A
CERTIFICATES OUTSTANDING AT THE RESPECTIVE
PREPAYMENT MODELS SET FORTH BELOW
<CAPTION>
REMITTANCE DATE SCENARIO 1 SCENARIO 2 SCENARIO 3 SCENARIO 4 SCENARIO 5
--------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Initial Percentage................... 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
June 25, 2000........................ 86 76 68 61 52
June 25, 2001........................ 76 59 47 38 25
June 25, 2002........................ 68 46 34 25 15
June 25, 2003........................ 60 37 24 16 8
June 25, 2004........................ 53 29 17 10 0
June 25, 2005........................ 47 23 12 7 0
June 25, 2006........................ 42 18 9 0 0
June 25, 2007........................ 37 15 6 0 0
June 25, 2008........................ 33 12 4 0 0
June 25, 2009........................ 29 9 0 0 0
June 25, 2010........................ 26 7 0 0 0
June 25, 2011........................ 23 6 0 0 0
June 25, 2012........................ 20 4 0 0 0
June 25, 2013........................ 18 3 0 0 0
June 25, 2014........................ 16 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2015........................ 14 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2016........................ 12 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2017........................ 11 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2018........................ 9 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2019........................ 8 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2020........................ 7 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2021........................ 6 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2022........................ 5 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2023........................ 4 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2024........................ 3 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2025........................ 2 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2026........................ 1 0 0 0 0
June 25, 2027........................ 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average Life (1)(2) years... 7.69 3.98 2.75 2.10 1.53
Weighted Average Life (1)(3) years... 7.70 4.06 2.83 2.19 1.59
</TABLE>
- -------------
(1) The weighted average life of a Class 2A Certificate is determined by (i)
multiplying the amount of cash distributions in reduction of the principal
balance of such Certificate by the number of years from the date of
issuance of such Class 2A Certificate to the stated Remittance Date, (ii)
adding the results, and (iii) dividing the sum by the initial principal
balance of such Class 2A Certificate.
(2) Assumes Servicer exercises its right of optional termination at the
earliest permissible date.
(3) Assumes that the Class 2A Certificates remain outstanding to their
maturity.
The rate of prepayment on a pool of mortgage loans is affected by
prevailing market rates for mortgage loans of a comparable term and risk level.
When the market interest rate is below the mortgage coupon, mortgagors may have
an increased incentive to refinance their mortgage loans. Depending on
prevailing market rates, the future outlook for market rates and economic
conditions generally, some mortgagors may sell or refinance mortgaged properties
in order to realize their equity in the mortgaged properties, to meet cash flow
needs or to make other investments. The Depositor makes no representation as to
the particular factors that will affect the prepayment of the Group 2 Mortgage
Loans, as to the relative importance of such factors, as to the percentage of
the principal balance of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans that will be paid as of any
date or as to the overall rate of prepayment on the Group 2 Mortgage Loans.
S-57
<PAGE>
LIMITATION ON ADJUSTMENTS
Although each of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans bears interest at an adjustable
Mortgage Rate, the adjustments of the Mortgage Rate for any Group 2 Mortgage
Loan will not exceed the Periodic Rate Cap and the Mortgage Rate will in no
event exceed the Maximum Mortgage Rate or be less than the Minimum Mortgage Rate
for such Group 2 Mortgage Loan, regardless of the level of interest rates
generally or the rate otherwise produced by adding the Six-Month LIBOR Index and
the Gross Margin. In addition, such adjustments will be subject to rounding to
the nearest 0.125%.
THE DEPOSITOR
For further information regarding the Depositor, see "The Depositor" in the
Prospectus.
LOAN ORIGINATION HISTORY
The Depositor originates mortgage loans on Single Family Properties,
Multifamily Properties, Commercial Properties, Mixed Use and Manufactured Home
Properties nationwide and purchases mortgage loans from lenders, mortgage
bankers, and brokers on a wholesale basis. The Depositor conducts loan
origination and/or wholesale operations in all states in the United States
except Alaska and Hawaii. The dollar amounts of first and second mortgage loans
originated and purchased by the Depositor, collectively, during the nine month
period ended March 31, 1999 and the twelve month periods ended June 30, 1998,
1997, 1996 and 1995 were approximately $1,507,487,000, $1,568,485,000,
$998,988,000, $727,307,000 and $470,938,000, respectively.
UNDERWRITING CRITERIA
All of the Mortgage Loans were or will be originated or purchased by the
Depositor and are or will be serviced by the Servicer. All mortgage loan
applications are underwritten, and properties appraised, prior to origination
and/or purchase by the Depositor. All loans are reviewed and approved by a loan
officer of the Depositor, each of whom has specific credit limits based on
experience and seniority. However, only twenty-five senior loan officers can
approve loan applications from $150,001-$250,000, only thirteen executive
officers of the Depositor can approve loan applications from $250,001-$400,000
and only three senior executive officers of the Depositor can approve loan
applications from $400,001-$500,000. All loan applications over $500,000 require
the approval of two specific senior executive officers of the Depositor and
ratification by the Board of Directors of the Depositor.
Borrower loan applications are reviewed through a combination of reviews of
credit bureau reports and/or individual certifications. Income is determined
through various means, including applicant interviews, written verifications
with employers and review of pay stubs and tax returns, and a determination is
made that the borrower has a sufficient level of disposable income to satisfy
debt repayment requirements.
Substantially all properties of the Depositor are appraised by independent
fee appraisers approved by the Depositor in advance of funding, although in rare
instances the appraisal may be performed by a licensed in-house appraiser of the
Depositor. In addition, as part of the Depositor's quality control audit
procedures, approximately one of every ten properties with respect to a loan
originated by the Depositor is then reappraised by a different appraiser and
approximately 10% of all loans originated or purchased are reunderwritten. With
respect to Manufactured Homes, standard Fannie Mae Manufactured Housing
appraisal guidelines are used by both staff and independent fee appraisers.
Loans are closed through approved attorneys, title insurers or agents of title
insurers and escrow companies, and the lien position is insured by major title
companies. The Depositor makes loans primarily on suburban and urban single
family homes in major metropolitan areas. In addition, the Depositor makes loans
secured by owner-occupied and
S-58
<PAGE>
investor properties which include a commercial unit. Loans secured by
multifamily properties and mixed residential and commercial structures are also
made where the loan proceeds may be used by the borrower for business purposes.
The maximum permitted combined loan-to-value ratio and debt-to-income ratio
guidelines for each underwriting program and class are set forth herein under
"The Depositor-Underwriting Criteria-Group 1" and "The Depositor-Underwriting
Criteria-Group 2". Approximately 29.61% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans
(by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance) were underwritten to Classes IIB,
III, III-SE, IV, IV-PI and V.
Approximately 41.95% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans, by Original
Group 2 Principal Balance, were underwritten to Classes IIB, III, III-SE, IV,
IV-PI and V.
GROUP 1
Single Family Loans. Approximately 87.42% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage
Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance, were originated or purchased by
the Depositor pursuant to its Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program Underwriting
Guidelines. The Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program Underwriting Guidelines are
primarily intended to evaluate a borrower's credit standing and ability to repay
a mortgage loan and to assess the value of the related mortgaged property as
collateral for such mortgage loan.
The Group 1 Mortgage Loans are originated primarily for borrowers who are
refinancing existing debt, which may include mortgage loans. Therefore, the
related mortgage may be either a senior or junior lien. In general, the
borrowers, in connection with certain lower numbered and earlier alphabetically
designated underwriting classes, have a history of paying consumer and prior
mortgage debt predominantly in a timely manner or, instead, in connection with
certain higher numbered and later alphabetically designated underwriting
classes, may have payment histories that include up to three payments missed on
a prior mortgage obligation and/or, in some cases, major derogatory credit items
such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies.
The Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program allows originations of mortgage loans
secured by primary residences or investment properties.
Several different underwriting classes are used to categorize borrowers'
creditworthiness. In addition to general Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program
Underwriting Guidelines, each class has guidelines relating to maximum permitted
combined loan-to-value ratio, maximum permitted debt-to-income ratio and
acceptable consumer credit and mortgage credit delinquencies and defaults.
Generally, higher numbered and later alphabetically designated underwriting
classes (as set forth in the table below) permit a greater number of derogatory
credit items than the lower numbered and earlier alphabetically designated
underwriting classes.
Each underwriting class has guidelines and standards for the type of
income, employment and asset verification performed prior to closing the loan.
In general, the Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program does not require verification of the
source of the borrower's assets to close the loan because this is not deemed to
be a critical credit factor in the case of a refinanced mortgage loan. The
Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program Class AAA, Class AA, Class I, Class II and Class IIB
generally require the verification of employment and income that is stated on
the borrower's application. The Class ANIV, Class III and Class III-SE program
guidelines generally require verification of employment without verification of
income that must be stated on the application. The Class IV program generally
requires the verification of income that is stated on the application. The Class
IV-PI program generally requires the verification of fifty percent of income
that is stated on the application. The Class V program generally requires the
verification of all income that can be verified by independent means. Generally,
the maximum permitted combined loan-to-value ratio and debt-to-income ratio
guidelines for each Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program underwriting class are as
follows:
S-59
<PAGE>
FIXED-RATE MORTGAGE PROGRAM
SINGLE FAMILY LOANS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM
PERMITTED MAXIMUM
COMBINED PERMITTED
UNDERWRITING LOAN-TO-VALUE DEBT-TO-INCOME
CLASS PROPERTY TYPE RATIO RATIO
------------ ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
AAA Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 80% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family N/A N/A
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD N/A N/A
AA Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 85% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 45%
ANIV Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 40%
Owner-Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 80% 40%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 40%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 40%
I Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 50%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 85% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 50%
II Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 80% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 50%
IIB Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 50%
III Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 60% 45%
III-SE Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 60% 45%
IV Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 65% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 55% 45%
IV-PI Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 65% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 55% 45%
V Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 65% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 55% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 55% 45%
</TABLE>
The maximum permitted combined loan-to-value ratio may be increased by 5%
for Classes AAA, AA, ANIV, I, II, IIB, III, III-SE, IV and IV-PI on only owner
occupied one- to four-family dwellings and units in planned unit developments,
if the borrowers have exhibited an excellent mortgage payment history, verified
for the most recent twelve month period.
S-60
<PAGE>
Further adjustments to both the maximum permitted combined loan-to-value
ratio and the maximum permitted debt-to-income ratio are available only on owner
occupied one- to four-family dwellings and units in planned unit developments,
through utilization of the "Rate Add-on Feature". This feature, offered on all
loan classes with the exception of Class V, typically allows the loan-to-value
ratio to be increased a maximum of 10%. The Rate Add-on Feature is no longer
available on any other property type but, rather, has been incorporated into the
maximum permitted combined loan-to-value ratio and the maximum permitted
debt-to-income ratio at origination.
Down payment requirements for purchase money transactions are verifiable
liquid assets of the borrower. In addition, the minimum cash down payment
required to be provided by the borrower, which may include any gift received by
the borrower, is 10% of the sale price, except with respect to Class AAA, Class
AA and Class I which is 5% of the sale price. For all classes with the exception
of V, if the property is an owner-occupied one- to four-family residence, a
seller financed subordinate mortgage loan is allowed. In some cases a seller
financed subordinate loan may exceed 20% of the purchase price.
On a case-by-case basis, the Depositor may determine that, based upon
compensating factors, a prospective borrower not strictly qualifying under the
class guidelines warrants an underwriting exception. Compensating factors may
include, but are not limited to, low combined loan-to-value ratio, low
debt-to-income ratio, good credit history, stable employment and duration of
residence at the applicant's current address.
Manufactured Home Loans. The Manufactured Home Loans included in the
initial Group 1 (approximately 9.58% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans, by
Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance) were originated or purchased by the
Depositor pursuant to its Manufactured Home Loan Program. The Manufactured Home
Loan Program allows origination of fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans
on manufactured homes that have been permanently affixed to a permanent
foundation and to the real property. In addition, the Manufactured Home Loan
Program allows origination of fully amortizing loans only, with a standard
amortization term of ten (10), fifteen (15) or twenty (20) years for multi-wide
properties and fifteen (15) years for single-wide properties and balloon loans
which provide for equal monthly payments of principal and interest based on a 30
year amortization schedule, and a single payment of the remaining principal
balance of the balloon loan at the end of the 15th year following origination.
Thirty (30) year and twenty-five (25) year amortizations may also be permitted,
subject to certain limitations, for loans secured by multi-wide properties.
Subject to certain limitations, the Manufactured Home, if multi-wide, may be
either a second home or a vacation home.
The Depositor's underwriting standards under the Manufactured Home Loan
Program are primarily intended to evaluate a borrower's credit standing and
ability to repay a mortgage loan and to assess the value of the manufactured
home and underlying real estate as collateral for such mortgage loan. In
general, the Depositor's underwriting guidelines with respect to eligible
borrowers under the Manufactured Home Loan Program are the same as those under
the Depositor's Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program or Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Program,
as the case may be.
The Manufactured Home Loan Program underwriting guidelines with respect to
eligible properties are, in general, the same as those for the Fixed-Rate
Mortgage Program or Adjustable-Rate Mortgage Program, as the case may be, with
necessary modifications due to the nature of the product. The Manufactured Home
must be constructed pursuant to Federal Manufactured Home Construction and
Safety Standards and the property must be zoned 1-4 family residential. The
wheels, axles and trailer hitch must have been removed and the home must be
permanently affixed to a permanent foundation on the real estate. The Depositor
requires a manufactured housing unit (ALTA 7 or state equivalent) endorsement
from each title insurer of a Manufactured Home Loan stating that the insurer
agrees that the related manufactured housing unit is included within the term
"land" when used in the title policy. Each underwriting class, in addition to
standard Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program guidelines or Adjustable-Rate Mortgage
Program guidelines, as the case may be, has guidelines as to the maximum
permitted combined loan-to-value ratio based on the size of the manufactured
home (single-wide or multi-wide). Generally, higher numbered and later
alphabetically designated underwriting classes (as set forth in the table below)
permit a greater number of derogatory credit items than the lower numbered and
earlier alphabetically designated underwriting classes.
S-61
<PAGE>
MANUFACTURED HOME LOAN PROGRAM
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM
PERMITTED MAXIMUM
COMBINED PERMITTED
UNDERWRITING LOAN-TO-VALUE DEBT-TO-INCOME
CLASS PROPERTY TYPE RATIO RATIO
------------ ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
AA Owner Occupied Single-wide 85% 45%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 90% 45%
ANIV Owner Occupied Single-wide 75% 45%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 85% 45%
I Owner Occupied Single-wide 85% 50%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 90% 50%
II Owner Occupied Single-wide 80% 50%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 85% 50%
IIB Owner Occupied Single-wide 75% 45%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 80% 45%
III Owner Occupied Single-wide 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 80% 45%
III-SE Owner Occupied Single-wide 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 80% 45%
IV Owner Occupied Single-wide 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Multi-wide 75% 45%
</TABLE>
Multifamily Loans and Mixed Use Loans. The Multifamily and Mixed Use Loans
included in the Initial Group 1 (approximately 2.74% of the Group 1 Initial
Mortgage Loans, by Group 1 Statistical Principal Balance) were originated or
purchased by the Depositor pursuant to its Fixed Rate Mortgage
Program--Multifamily and Mixed Use. The Depositor primarily underwrites loans
for 5 or more unit apartment buildings in Arizona, California, Colorado,
Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Maine,
Massachusetts, Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, New Hampshire, New
Jersey, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island,
South Carolina, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Virginia, Washington, Wisconsin and the
District of Columbia under the Fixed-Rate Mortgage Program--Multifamily and
Mixed Use.
The Depositor's underwriting standards under the Fixed Rate Mortgage
Program--Multifamily and Mixed Use are primarily intended to assess the ability
of the mortgaged property to generate adequate cash flow to support the mortgage
and to a lesser extent, the financial capabilities and managerial ability of the
mortgagor. In determining whether a loan should be granted, the Depositor
considers the reliability of the income stream from investment property, the
debt service coverage ratios and the adequacy of such property as collateral for
the mortgage loan, the creditworthiness of the mortgagor and the mortgagor's
management experience. The "debt service coverage ratio" or "DSCR" with respect
to a Mortgaged Property means (a) the annual net operating income for the
related Mortgaged Property used in underwriting the related Mortgage Loan
divided by (b) the annual debt service (principal and interest) for such
Mortgage Loan. While their primary consideration in underwriting a mortgage loan
is the mortgaged property, sufficient documentation on the mortgagor is required
to establish the financial strength and ability of the borrower to successfully
operate the mortgaged property and meet the obligations of the note and the
mortgage.
S-62
<PAGE>
Under the Fixed Rate Mortgage Program--Multifamily and Mixed Use, the
amount of the mortgage loan is not more than 75% of the appraised value. The
debt service coverage ratio ("DSCR") is not less than 1.2.
The Fixed Rate Mortgage Program--Multifamily and Mixed Use requires the
inspection of the property and records regarding the property are inspected to
determine that the property is in compliance with current zoning requirements,
the number of buildings on the property, the proximity of the property to
natural hazards and flood zones and whether there are any negative environmental
factors. The property must front on publicly dedicated and maintained streets
with provisions for adequate and safe ingress and egress. Also, the title is
reviewed to determine if there are any covenants, conditions and restrictions or
easements on the property. The properties are appraised by licensed and insured
independent appraisers approved by the Depositor and reviewed either by the
Depositor's property evaluation department and/or an outside consultant.
Generally, the maximum permitted combined loan-to-value ratio and minimum
permitted debt service coverage ratio guidelines for each underwriting class are
as follows:
FIXED-RATE MORTGAGE PROGRAM
MULTIFAMILY AND MIXED USE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM
PERMITTED MINIMUM
COMBINED PERMITTED
UNDERWRITING LOAN-TO-VALUE DEBT SERVICE
CLASS PROPERTY TYPE RATIO COVERAGE
------------ ------------- ------------- ------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
AA Owner Occupied...................... 75% 1.20%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 70% 1.20%
I Owner Occupied...................... 75% 1.20%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 70% 1.20%
II Owner Occupied...................... 65% 1.20%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 60% 1.20%
IV Owner Occupied...................... 55% 1.35%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 50% 1.35%
V Owner Occupied...................... 55% 1.35%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 50% 1.35%
</TABLE>
Commercial Loans. The Commercial Loans included in the Initial Group 1
(approximately 0.26% of the Group 1 Initial Mortgage Loans, by Group 1
Statistical Principal Balance) were originated or purchased by the Depositor
pursuant to its Commercial Property Program. Under this program the Depositor
primarily underwrites loans for 3 or more unit buildings with less than a 40%
residential component. The properties primarily consist of commercial and/or
office space with a minimum of three tenants.
The Depositor's underwriting standards under the Commercial Property
Program are primarily intended to assess the ability of the mortgaged property
to generate adequate cash flow to support the mortgage and to a lesser extent,
the financial capabilities and managerial ability of the mortgagor. In
determining whether a loan should be granted, the Depositor considers the
reliability of the income stream from investment property, the DSCRs and the
adequacy of such property as collateral for the mortgage loan, the
creditworthiness of the mortgagor and the mortgagor's management experience.
While the primary consideration in underwriting a mortgage loan under this
S-63
<PAGE>
program is the mortgaged property, sufficient documentation on the mortgagor is
required to establish the financial strength and ability of the borrower to
successfully operate the mortgaged property and meet the obligations of the note
and the mortgage.
Under the Commercial Property Program, the amount of the mortgage loan is
not more than 70% of the appraised value. The DSCR is not less than 1.25.
The Commercial Property Program requires the inspection of the property and
records regarding the property to determine that the property is in compliance
with current zoning requirements, the number of buildings on the property, the
proximity of the property to natural hazards and flood zones and whether there
are any negative environmental factors. The property must front on publicly
dedicated and maintained streets with provisions for adequate and safe ingress
and egress. Also, the title is reviewed to determine if there are any covenants,
conditions and restrictions or easements on the property. The properties are
appraised by licensed and insured independent appraisers approved by the
Depositor and reviewed either by the Depositor's property evaluation department
and/or an outside consultant.
Generally, the maximum permitted CLTV and minimum permitted DSCR guidelines
for each underwriting class are as follows:
COMMERCIAL PROPERTY PROGRAM
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM
PERMITTED MINIMUM
COMBINED PERMITTED
UNDERWRITING LOAN-TO-VALUE DEBT SERVICE
CLASS PROPERTY TYPE RATIO COVERAGE RATIO
------------ ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
A Owner Occupied...................... 70% 1.25%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 65% 1.25%
I Owner Occupied...................... 70% 1.25%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 65% 1.25%
II Owner Occupied...................... 65% 1.35%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 60% 1.35%
IV Owner Occupied...................... 55% 1.45%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 50% 1.45%
V Owner Occupied...................... 55% 1.45%
Non-Owner Occupied.................. 50% 1.45%
</TABLE>
GROUP 2
Single Family Loans. Approximately 91.30% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage
Loans, by Original Group 2 Principal Balance, were originated or purchased by
the Depositor pursuant to its Adjustable-Rate First Mortgage Program
underwriting guidelines. The Adjustable-Rate First Mortgage Program guidelines
are primarily intended to evaluate a borrower's credit standing and ability to
repay a mortgage loan and to assess the value of the related mortgaged property
as collateral for such mortgage loan.
The Group 2 Mortgage Loans are originated primarily for borrowers who are
refinancing existing debt. In general, the borrowers, in connection with certain
lower numbered and earlier alphabetically designated underwriting classes, have
a history of paying consumer and prior mortgage debt predominantly in a timely
manner or, instead, in
S-64
<PAGE>
connection with certain higher numbered and later alphabetically designated
underwriting classes, may have payment histories that include up to three
payments missed on a prior mortgage obligation and/or, in some cases, major
derogatory credit items such as outstanding judgments or prior bankruptcies.
Several different underwriting classes are used to categorize the
creditworthiness of borrowers. In addition to general Adjustable-Rate First
Mortgage Program guidelines, each class has guidelines relating to maximum
permitted loan-to-value ratio, maximum permitted debt-to-income ratio and
acceptable consumer credit and mortgage credit delinquencies and defaults.
Generally, higher numbered and later alphabetically designated underwriting
classes (as set forth in the table below) permit a greater number of derogatory
credit items than the lower numbered and earlier alphabetically designated
underwriting classes.
Each underwriting class has guidelines and standards for the type of
income, employment and asset verification performed prior to closing the loan.
In general, the Adjustable-Rate First Mortgage Program does not require
verification of the source of the borrower's assets to close the loan because
this is not deemed to be a critical credit factor in the case of a refinanced
mortgage loan. The Adjustable-Rate First Mortgage Program Class AA, Class I,
Class II and Class IIB generally require the verification of employment and
income that is stated on the borrower's application. The Class ANIV, Class III
and Class III-SE program guidelines generally require verification of employment
without verification of income that must be stated on the application. The Class
III-SE program, although originally intended for self-employed borrowers only,
is now used as a credit class for all borrowers. The Class IV program generally
requires the verification of income that is stated on the application and the
Class V program generally requires the verification of all income that can be
verified by independent means.
Generally, the maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio and maximum permitted
debt-to-income ratio guidelines for each underwriting class are as follows:
ADJUSTABLE-RATE FIRST MORTGAGE PROGRAM
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
MAXIMUM MAXIMUM
PERMITTED PERMITTED
UNDERWRITING LOAN-TO-VALUE DEBT-TO-INCOME
CLASS PROPERTY TYPE RATIO RATIO
------------ ------------- ------------- --------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
AA Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 85% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 45%
ANIV Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 40%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 80% 40%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 40%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 40%
I Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 50%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 85% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 80% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 50%
II Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 80% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 50%
IIB Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 50%
</TABLE>
S-65
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 75% 50%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 50%
III-SE Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 60% 45%
III Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 75% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 60% 45%
IV Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 65% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 55% 45%
IV-PI Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 70% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 70% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 65% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 55% 45%
V Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 65% 45%
Owner Occupied Condominium/Townhouse/PUD 55% 45%
Non-Owner Occupied One- to Four-Family 55% 45%
</TABLE>
The maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio may be increased 5% for Class AA,
ANIV, I, II, IIB, III-SE, III, IV and IV-PI on owner-occupied one- to
four-family dwellings only, if the borrowers have exhibited an excellent
mortgage payment history, verified for the most recent twelve month period.
Further adjustments to both maximum permitted loan-to-value ratio and
maximum permitted debt-to-income ratio are available only on owner-occupied one-
to four-family dwellings, through utilization of the Rate Add-on Feature. This
feature, offered on all loan classes with the exception of Class V, typically
allows the loan-to-value ratio to be increased a maximum of 10%. The Rate Add-on
Feature is no longer available on any other property type but, rather, has been
incorporated into the maximum permitted combined loan-to-value ratio and the
maximum permitted debt-to-income ratio at origination.
Down payment requirements for purchase money transactions are verifiable
liquid assets of the borrower. In addition, the minimum cash down payment
required to be provided by the borrower, which may include any gift received by
the borrower, is 10% of the sale price, except with respect to Class AA and
Class I which is 5% of the sale price. For all classes with the exception of V,
if the property is an owner-occupied one- to four-family residence, a seller
financed subordinate mortgage loan is allowed. In some cases a seller financed
subordinate loan may exceed 20% of the purchase price.
On a case-by-case basis, the Depositor may determine that, based upon
compensating factors, a prospective borrower not strictly qualifying under the
guidelines of a particular class warrants an underwriting exception.
Compensating factors may include, but are not limited to, low loan-to-value
ratio, low debt-to-income ratio, good credit history, stable employment and time
in residence at the applicant's current address.
Manufactured Home Loans. All of the Manufactured Home Loans included in the
Initial Group 2 (approximately 8.70% of the Group 2 Initial Mortgage Loans, by
Original Group 2 Principal Balance) were originated or purchased by the
Depositor pursuant to its Manufactured Home Loan Program as described above
under the caption "The Depositor-Underwriting Criteria-Group 1".
S-66
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
The Series 1999-2 AFC Mortgage Loan Asset Backed Certificates will consist
of three Classes of certificates, Class 1A (the "Class 1A Certificates"), Class
2A (the "Class 2A Certificates") and Class R (the "Class R Certificates"; the
Class 1A Certificates and Class 2A Certificates are referred to herein as the
"Class A Certificates"; the Class A and Class R Certificates are referred to
herein as the "Certificates"; each such class, a "Class"). Only the Class 1A and
Class 2A Certificates are offered hereby.
The Class 1A Certificates will have an initial Class 1A Principal Balance
of $375,000,000 and the Class 2A Certificates will have an initial Class 2A
Principal Balance of $325,000,000. The Class R Certificates will have no
principal balance. In certain circumstances, the Class R Certificates may
receive distributions in respect of principal on the Mortgage Loans. The rights
of the Class R Certificateholders to receive distributions with respect to the
Mortgage Loans will be subordinate to the rights of the Class A
Certificateholders to the extent described herein.
On each Remittance Date, with respect to the Class A Certificates, interest
will be paid at the related Class A Pass-Through Rate in an amount equal to
interest accrued during the related Accrual Period on the related Class A
Principal Balance prior to giving effect to principal distributions to be made
on such date.
Interest payable with respect to each Remittance Date on the Class A
Certificates will accrue during the period commencing on the Remittance Date of
the immediately preceding month and ending on the day immediately preceding the
related Remittance Date, except that with respect to the first Remittance Date
interest payable on the Class A Certificates will accrue during the period
commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the day immediately preceding the
first Remittance Date (each such period, an "Accrual Period"). All calculations
of interest on the Class A Certificates will be computed on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed in the Accrual Period and a 360-day year.
Each of the Class A Certificates represents fractional undivided ownership
interests in a trust fund (the "Trust Fund") consisting of Group 1 and Group 2,
created and held pursuant to the Pooling Agreement. Each Group includes (i) the
related Mortgage Loans (including the related Initial Mortgage Loans and any
related Subsequent Mortgage Loans) and all proceeds thereof due after the
Cut-off Date with respect to the Initial Mortgage Loans and after the related
Subsequent Cut-off Date with respect to the Subsequent Mortgage Loans, (ii) the
related Certificate Account, the related Principal and Interest Account, the
related Trustee Expense Account, the related Pre-Funding Account and subject to
certain limitations, the related Interest Coverage Account and related Reserve
Account, and such assets as from time to time are deposited in such accounts,
including amounts on deposit therein and invested in Permitted Instruments,
(iii) any related REO Property, (iv) the Trustee's rights under all insurance
policies with respect to the related Mortgage Loans required to be maintained
pursuant to the Pooling Agreement and any Insurance Proceeds and (v) the
Certificate Insurance Policy.
Distributions on the Class A Certificates will be made by the Trustee on
the 25th day of each month, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the first
Business Day thereafter commencing on July 26, 1999 (each, a "Remittance Date"),
to the persons in whose names such Certificates are registered (which,
initially, will be CEDE & Co., the nominee of DTC) as of the Business Day
immediately preceding such Remittance Date (each, a "Record Date") except that
the final distribution on the Certificates will be made only upon presentment
and surrender of the Certificates at the office or agency of the Trustee in
Chicago, Illinois.
Distributions on each Remittance Date will be made by check mailed to the
address of the person entitled thereto as it appears on the Certificate Register
or, in the case of Class A Certificates if such Holder of record owns Class A
Certificates with an initial Class A Principal Balance in excess of $5,000,000,
and who has so notified the Trustee in writing in accordance with the Pooling
Agreement, by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account of
such Certificateholder at a bank or other depository institution having
appropriate wire transfer
S-67
<PAGE>
facilities; provided, however, the final distribution in retirement of the Class
A Certificates will be made only upon presentment and surrender of such
Certificate at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee. On each Remittance
Date, a Holder of a Class A Certificate will receive such Holder's Percentage
Interest of the amounts required to be distributed with respect to such Class A
Certificates. The "Percentage Interest" evidenced by a Certificate will equal
the percentage derived by dividing the denomination of such Certificate by the
aggregate denominations of all Certificates of such Class.
REGISTRATION OF CERTIFICATES
The Class A Certificates will be issued in book-entry form. The Class A
Certificates will be issued in minimum dollar denominations of $100,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof (except that a single certificate
of each of the Class 1A and Class 2A Certificates may be issued in a different
amount which is less than the related minimum dollar denomination). The assumed
final maturity date of the Class A Certificates is June 24, 2029, which is
thirty years after the Closing Date.
Holders of Certificates may hold their Certificates through DTC (in the
United States) or Cedelbank or Euroclear (in Europe) if they are participants of
such systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in such
systems.
The Certificates will initially be registered in the name of CEDE & Co.,
the nominee of DTC. Cedelbank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on
behalf of their participants through customers' securities accounts in
Cedelbank's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositaries
which in turn will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the
depositaries' names on the books of DTC. Citibank, N.A. will act as depositary
for Cedelbank and The Chase Manhattan Bank will act as depositary for Euroclear
(in such capacities, individually the "Depositary" and collectively the
"Depositaries").
Transfers between Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedelbank Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur
in accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Cedelbank
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Cedelbank Participants and
Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the
Depositaries.
Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in
Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be
made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business
day following the DTC settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Euroclear or Cedelbank Participants on such business day. Cash received in
Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a
Cedelbank Participant or Euroclear Participant to a Participant will be received
with value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant
Cedelbank or Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following
settlement in DTC. For information with respect to tax documentation procedures
relating to the Certificates, see "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation
Requirements" and "Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation
Procedures" in Annex I hereto.
S-68
<PAGE>
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a
"clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
1934 Act. DTC accepts securities for deposit from its participating
organizations ("Participants") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions between Participants in such securities through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Participants, thereby eliminating
the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities
brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies and clearing corporations and may
include certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is also
available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant, either
directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").
Cedelbank is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. Cedelbank holds securities for its participating organizations
("Cedelbank Participants") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions between Cedelbank Participants through electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of Cedelbank Participants, thereby eliminating
the need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may be settled in
Cedelbank in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars. Cedelbank
provides to its Cedelbank Participants, among other things, services for
safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally traded
securities and securities lending and borrowing. Cedelbank interfaces with
domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository, Cedelbank
is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute. Cedelbank
Participants are recognized financial institutions around the world, including
underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing
corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to Cedelbank is
also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Cedelbank
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator"), under contract
with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
"Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative established
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and
other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash with Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in
Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific certificates to specific clearance accounts. The
Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions
S-69
<PAGE>
only on behalf of Euroclear Participants, and has no record of or relationship
with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
Distributions with respect to Certificates held through Cedelbank or
Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedelbank Participants or
Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences in the Prospectus".
Cedelbank or the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other
action permitted to be taken by a Certificateholder under the Agreement on
behalf of a Cedelbank Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance
with its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its Depositary's ability
to effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.
Although DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants
of DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or
continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at
any time.
DTC management is aware that some computer applications, systems, and the
like for processing data ("Systems") that are dependent upon calendar dates,
including dates before, on, and after January 1, 2000, may encounter "Year 2000
problems." DTC has informed its Participants and other members of the financial
community (the "Industry") that it has developed and is implementing a program
so that its Systems, as the same relate to the timely payment of distributions
(including principal and income payments) to securityholders, book-entry
deliveries, and settlement of trades within DTC ("DTC Services"), continue to
function appropriately. This program includes a technical assessment and a
remediation plan, each of which is complete. Additionally, DTC's plan includes a
testing phase, which is expected to be completed within appropriate time frames.
However, DTC's ability to perform properly its services is also dependent
upon other parties, including but not limited to issuers and their agents, as
well as third party vendors from whom DTC licenses software and hardware, and
third party vendors on whom DTC relies for information or the provision of
services, including telecommunication and electrical utility service providers,
among others. DTC has informed the Industry that it is contacting (and will
continue to contact) third party vendors from whom DTC acquires services to: (i)
impress upon them the importance of such services being Year 2000 compliant; and
(ii) determine the extent of their efforts for Year 2000 remediation (and, as
appropriate, testing) of their services. In addition, DTC is in the process of
developing such contingency plans as it deems appropriate.
According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been
provided to the Industry for informational purposes only and is not intended to
serve as a representation, warranty, or contract modification of any kind.
THE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ACCOUNTS
The Servicer shall establish and maintain an account for each Group (with
respect to Group 1, the "Group 1 Principal and Interest Account"; with respect
to Group 2, the "Group 2 Principal and Interest Account"; each, a "Principal and
Interest Account"), which shall be an Eligible Account, on behalf of the
Certificateholders. The Servicer shall deposit therein payments and collections
received or made by it in connection with the related Mortgage Loans (net of the
Servicing Fee) subsequent to the Cut-off Date or related Subsequent Cut-off
Date, as the case may be (to the extent not applied in computing the aggregate
principal balance of the related Mortgage Loans as of such date). The Servicer
may withdraw funds from a Principal and Interest Account only for the purposes
set forth in the Pooling Agreement, including but not limited to the following:
S-70
<PAGE>
(i) to effect the remittance to the Trustee on the twenty-second day
of each month (or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately
following Business Day) of the Excess Spread and the amounts set forth in
clause (i) of the definition of the Available Remittance Amount;
(ii) subject to the limitations set forth in the Pooling Agreement, to
pay the Servicer for any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees with respect to
related Mortgage Loans and to reimburse itself for related unreimbursed
Advances and Servicing Advances and any amount used to cover shortfalls in
interest on newly originated Mortgage Loans as described below under
"--Advances." The Servicer's right to pay itself unpaid Servicing Fees, and
to reimburse itself for unreimbursed Servicing Advances and amounts used to
cover any such interest shortfalls, is limited to late collections on the
related Mortgage Loan, and such other amounts as may be collected by the
Servicer from the related mortgagor or otherwise with respect to the
related Mortgage Loan in respect of which such unreimbursed amounts are
owed. The Servicer's right to reimbursement for unreimbursed Advances is
limited to late collections of interest on any Mortgage Loan; provided that
the Servicer shall not be entitled to reimbursement from Liquidation
Proceeds for Advances made as described in subsection (c) of the paragraph
under the caption "Advances" herein. The Servicer's right to such
reimbursements is senior to the rights of Holders of Certificates;
(iii) to withdraw any amount received from a mortgagor on a related
Mortgage Loan that is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a
Preference Amount;
(iv) to make investments in Permitted Instruments and to pay itself
interest earned in respect of Permitted Instruments or on funds deposited
in the related Principal and Interest Account;
(v) to pay itself the Servicing Fee and any other permitted servicing
compensation to the extent not previously retained or paid; and
(vi) to withdraw funds necessary for the conservation and disposition
of any REO Property.
THE CERTIFICATE ACCOUNTS
The Trustee shall establish and maintain an account for each Group (with
respect to Group 1, the "Group 1 Certificate Account"; with respect to Group 2,
the "Group 2 Certificate Account"; each, a "Certificate Account"), which shall
be an Eligible Account, on behalf of the Certificateholders. The Trustee shall,
promptly upon receipt, deposit in the related Certificate Account and retain
therein the following: (i) the related Available Remittance Amount for such
Remittance Date; (ii) the related Excess Spread for such Remittance Date; and
(iii) any amount required to be deposited by the Servicer in connection with any
losses on Permitted Instruments.
The Trustee shall withdraw funds from the Certificate Account for
distribution to Certificateholders as described below under "--Allocation of
Amount Available" and as otherwise provided in the Pooling Agreement.
CALCULATION OF ONE-MONTH LIBOR
On the second Business Day preceding the beginning of each Accrual Period
(each such date, an "Interest Determination Date"), the Trustee will determine
One-Month LIBOR for such Accrual Period with respect to the Class A
Certificates. One-Month LIBOR will be the rate for deposits in United States
dollars for a term equal to the relevant Accrual Period which appears in the
Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date. The first
Accrual Period shall begin on the Closing Date. If such rate does not appear on
Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that day will be determined on the basis of the
rates at which deposits in United States dollars are offered by the Reference
Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on that day to banks in the
London interbank market for a term equal to the relevant Accrual Period. The
Trustee will request the principal London office of each of the Reference Banks
to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are
provided, the rate
S-71
<PAGE>
for that day will be the arithmetic mean of the quotations. If fewer than two
quotations are provided as requested, the rate for that day will be the
arithmetic mean of the rates quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by
the Servicer, at approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for
loans in United States dollars to leading European banks for a term equal to the
relevant Accrual Period. If on any Interest Determination Date, the Trustee is
unable to determine One Month LIBOR for an Accrual Period, One Month LIBOR for
such Accrual Period shall be One Month LIBOR as determined on the previous
Interest Determination Date; provided, however, that One-Month LIBOR for an
Accrual Period shall not be based on One-Month LIBOR for the previous Accrual
Period for three consecutive Accrual Periods. If One-Month LIBOR for an Accrual
Period would be based on One-Month LIBOR for the previous Accrual Period for the
second consecutive Accrual Period, the Trustee will select a comparable
alternative Index (over which the Trustee has no control) used for determining
one-month Eurodollar lending rates that is calculated and published (or
otherwise made available) by an independent third party.
"Telerate Page 3750" means the display page currently so designated on the
Dow Jones Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace the page on that
service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices) and "Reference
Banks" means leading banks selected by the Trustee and engaged in transactions
in Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market.
The establishment of One-Month LIBOR on each Interest Determination Date by
the Trustee and the Trustee's calculation of the rate of interest applicable to
the Class 1A and Class 2A Certificates for the related Accrual Period shall (in
the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
ALLOCATION OF AMOUNT AVAILABLE
On or before each Remittance Date, the Servicer will determine the
Overcollateralization Amount for each Group after giving effect to the
distribution of the related Class A Principal Remittance Amount to the related
Class A Certificates on such Remittance Date and the amount of the related Net
Excess Spread.
On each Remittance Date, the Trustee will withdraw from each Certificate
Account the related Amount Available, and make distributions thereof in the
following order of priority and to the extent of available funds.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, on any Remittance Date, in the event that the
Amount Available with respect to a particular Group is insufficient to
distribute the entire amount of the related Class A Interest Remittance Amount,
such Amount Available shall be distributed by the Trustee among the related
Class A Certificateholders in proportion to the total respective distributions
of such amounts on each such Class of Certificates that would otherwise be
payable on such Remittance Date.
GROUP 1
With respect to the Class 1A Certificates and Group 1:
If the Remittance Date is prior to the Cross-Over Date, the Trustee shall
distribute the indicated amounts in the following order of priority:
(X)(i) to the Class 1A Certificateholders (subject to the second and
last paragraphs under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), an amount equal
to the lesser of:
(A) the Amount Available with respect to Group 1; and
(B) the Class A Interest Remittance Amount with respect to the
Class 1A Certificates;
S-72
<PAGE>
(ii) to the Class 1A Certificateholders (subject to the last paragraph
under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), to be applied to reduce the
Class 1A Principal Balance until the Class 1A Principal Balance has been
reduced to zero and to make payments in respect of the amounts described in
clauses (iii) (to the extent the amount in clause (iii) represents prior
Insured Payments or interest thereon) and (v) of the definition of Class A
Principal Remittance Amount below, the lesser of:
(A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1
after payments described in clause (X)(i) above; and
(B) the Class A Principal Remittance Amount with respect to the
Class 1A Certificates;
(iii) to the Group 1 Trustee Expense Account, an amount equal to the
lesser of (A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1
after payments described in clauses (X)(i) and (ii) above and (B) any
accrued and unpaid Annual Trustee Expense Amount with respect to Group 1;
(iv) to the Class 1A Certificateholders to be applied to reduce the
Class 1A Principal Balance until the Class 1A Principal Balance has been
reduced to zero, an amount equal to the lesser of:
(A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1
after payments described in clauses (X)(i) through (iii) above and, to
the extent applicable, after payments to the Class 2A
Certificateholders as described under "Excess Spread,
Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below;
and
(B) the Additional Principal with respect to the Class 1A
Certificates;
(v) to the Servicer and/or the Depositor, an amount equal to the
lesser of (A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1
after payments described in clauses (X)(i) through (iv) above and, to the
extent applicable, after payments to the Class 2A Certificateholders as
described under "Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and
Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below and (B) any expenses paid by the
Servicer and/or Depositor that were incurred in connection with any third
party claims that remain unreimbursed;
(vi) to the Servicer, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the balance
of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1 after payments described in
clauses (X)(i) through (v) above and, to the extent applicable, after
payments to the Class 2A Certificateholders as described under "Excess
Spread, Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below
and (B) the aggregate of any Nonrecoverable Servicing Advances and
Nonrecoverable Monthly Advances with respect to Group 1 previously made by
the Servicer and not previously reimbursed; and
(vii) to the Class R Certificateholders, the balance of the Amount
Available with respect to Group 1, if any, after payments described in
clauses (X)(i) through (vi) above and, to the extent applicable, after
payments to the Class 2A Certificateholders as described under "Excess
Spread, Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions"
below.
If the Remittance Date is on or after the Cross-Over Date, the Trustee
shall distribute the indicated amounts in the following order of priority:
(Y)(i) to the Class 1A Certificateholders (subject to the second and
last paragraphs under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), an amount equal
to the lesser of:
S-73
<PAGE>
(A) the Amount Available with respect to Group 1; and
(B) the Class A Interest Remittance Amount with respect to the
Class 1A Certificates;
(ii) to the Class 1A Certificateholders (subject to the last paragraph
under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), to be applied to reduce the
Class 1A Principal Balance until the Class 1A Principal Balance has been
reduced to zero and to make payments in respect of the amounts described in
clauses (iii) (to the extent the amounts described in clause (iii)
represent prior Insured Payments or interest thereon) and (v) of the
definition of Class A Principal Remittance Amount with respect to the Class
1A Certificates below, the lesser of:
(A) the balance of the Net Excess Amount Available with respect
to Group 1 after payments described in clause (Y)(i) above; and
(B) the Class A Principal Remittance Amount with respect to the
Class 1A Certificates;
(iii) to the Group 1 Trustee Expense Account, an amount equal to the
lesser of the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1 after
payments described in clauses (Y)(i) and (ii) above and any accrued and
unpaid Annual Trustee Expense Amount with respect to Group 1;
(iv) to the Servicer and/or the Depositor, an amount equal to the
lesser of (A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1
after payments described in clauses (Y)(i) through (iii) above and, to the
extent applicable, after payments to the Class 2A Certificateholders as
described under "Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and
Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below and (B) any expenses paid by the
Servicer and/or Depositor that were incurred in connection with any third
party claims that remain unreimbursed;
(v) to the Servicer, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the balance
of the Amount Available with respect to Group 1 after payments described in
clauses (Y)(i) through (iv) above and, to the extent applicable, after
payments to the Class 2A Certificateholders as described under "Excess
Spread, Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below
and (B) the aggregate of any Nonrecoverable Servicing Advances and
Nonrecoverable Monthly Advances with respect to Group 1 previously made by
the Servicer and not previously reimbursed; and
(vi) to the Class R Certificateholders, the balance of the Amount
Available with respect to Group 1 after payments described in clauses
(Y)(i) through (v) above and, to the extent applicable, after payments to
the Class 2A Certificateholders as described under "Excess Spread,
Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below, if
any.
GROUP 2
With respect to the Class 2A Certificates and Group 2:
If the Remittance Date is prior to the Cross-Over Date, the Trustee shall
distribute the indicated amounts in the following order of priority:
(X) (i) to the Class 2A Certificateholders (subject to the second and
last paragraphs under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), an amount equal
to the lesser of:
S-74
<PAGE>
(A) the Amount Available with respect to Group 2; and
(B) the related Class A Interest Remittance Amount with respect
to the Class 2A Certificates;
(ii) to the Class 2A Certificateholders (subject to the last paragraph
under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), to be applied to reduce the
Class 2A Principal Balance until the Class 2A Principal Balance has been
reduced to zero and to make payments in respect of the amounts described in
clauses (iii) (to the extent the amount in clause (iii) represents prior
Insured Payments or interest thereon) and (v) of the definition of Class A
Principal Remittance Amount with respect to the Class 2A Certificates
below, the lesser of:
(A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2
after payments described in clause (X)(i) above; and
(B) the Class A Principal Remittance Amount with respect to the
Class 2A Certificates;
(iii) to the Group 2 Trustee Expense Account, an amount equal to the
lesser of the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2 after
payments described in clauses (X)(i) and (ii) above and any accrued and
unpaid Annual Trustee Expense Amount with respect to Group 2;
(iv) to the Class 2A Certificateholders to be applied to reduce the
Class 2A Principal Balance until the Class 2A Principal Balance has been
reduced to zero, an amount equal to the lesser of:
(A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2
after payments described in clauses (X)(i) through (iii) above and, to
the extent applicable, after payments to the Class 1A
Certificateholders as described under "Excess Spread,
Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below;
and
(B) the Additional Principal with respect to the Class 2A
Certificates;
(v) to the Servicer and/or the Depositor, an amount equal to the
lesser of (A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2
after payments described in clauses (X)(i) through (iv) above and, to the
extent applicable, after payments to the Class 1A Certificateholders as
described under "Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and
Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below and (B) any expenses paid by the
Servicer and/or Depositor that were incurred in connection with any third
party claims that remain unreimbursed;
(vi) to the Servicer, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the balance
of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2 after payments described in
clauses (X)(i) through (v) above and, to the extent applicable, after
payments to the Class 1A Certificateholders as described under "Excess
Spread, Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below
and (B) the aggregate of any Nonrecoverable Servicing Advances and
Nonrecoverable Monthly Advances with respect to Group 2 previously made by
the Servicer and not previously reimbursed;
(vii) to the Class 2A Certificateholders until the Class 2A Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, an amount equal to the lesser of:
S-75
<PAGE>
(A) the balance of the Remaining Net Excess Spread with respect
to Group 2, if any, after payments described in clauses (X)(i) through
(vi) above and payments of Additional Principal, if any, to the Class
1A Certificateholders; and
(B) the Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount with respect to
the Class 2A Certificates, if any; and
(viii) to the Class R Certificateholders, the balance of the Amount
Available with respect to Group 2, if any, after payments described in
clauses (X)(i) through (vii) above and, to the extent applicable, after
payments to the Class 1A Certificateholders as described under "Excess
Spread, Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions"
below.
If the Remittance Date is on or after the Cross-Over Date, the Trustee
shall distribute the indicated amounts in the following order of priority:
(Y) (i) to the Class 2A Certificateholders (subject to the second and
last paragraphs under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), an amount equal
to the lesser of:
(A) the Amount Available with respect to Group 2; and
(B) the Class A Interest Remittance Amount with respect to the
Class 2A Certificates;
(ii) to the Class 2A Certificateholders (subject to the last paragraph
under "--Allocation of Amount Available"), to be applied to reduce the
Class 2A Principal Balance until the Class 2A Principal Balance has been
reduced to zero and to make payments in respect of the amounts described in
clauses (iii) (to the extent the amounts described in clause (iii)
represent prior Insured Payments or interest thereon) and (v) of the
definition of Class A Principal Remittance Amount with respect to the Class
2A Certificates below, the lesser of:
(A) the balance of the Net Excess Amount Available with respect
to Group 2 after payments described in clause (Y)(i) above; and
(B) the related Class A Principal Remittance Amount with respect
to the Class 2A Certificates;
(iii) to the Group 2 Trustee Expense Account, an amount equal to the
lesser of the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2 after
payments described in clauses (Y)(i) and (ii) above and any accrued and
unpaid Annual Trustee Expense Amount with respect to Group 2;
(iv) to the Servicer and/or the Depositor, an amount equal to the
lesser of (A) the balance of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2
after payments described in clauses (Y)(i) through (iii) above and, to the
extent applicable, after payments to the Class 1A Certificateholders as
described under "Excess Spread, Overcollateralization and
Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below and (B) any expenses paid by the
Servicer and/or Depositor that were incurred in connection with any third
party claims that remain unreimbursed;
(v) to the Servicer, an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the balance
of the Amount Available with respect to Group 2 after payments described in
clauses (Y)(i) through (iv) above and, to the extent applicable, after
payments to the Class 1A Certificateholders as described under "Excess
Spread, Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below
and (B) the aggregate of any
S-76
<PAGE>
Nonrecoverable Servicing Advances and Nonrecoverable Monthly Advances with
respect to Group 2 previously made by the Servicer and not previously
reimbursed;
(vi) to the Class 2A Certificateholders until the Class 2A Principal
Balance has been reduced to zero, the lesser of:
(A) the balance of the Remaining Net Excess Spread with respect
to Group 2 after payments described in clauses (Y)(i) through (v)
above and payments of Additional Principal, if any, to the Class 1A
Certificateholders; and
(B) the Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount with respect to
the Class 2A Certificates, if any; and
(vii) to the Class R Certificateholders, the balance of the Amount
Available with respect to Group 2 after payments described in clauses
(Y)(i) through (vi) above and, to the extent applicable, after payments to
the Class 1A Certificateholders as described under "Excess Spread,
Overcollateralization and Cross-Collateralization Provisions" below, if
any.
The Pooling Agreement provides that to the extent the Certificate Insurer
makes Insured Payments with respect to a Class of Class A Certificates, the
Certificate Insurer (i) will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such
Class A Certificates with respect to such Insured Payments, (ii) shall be
deemed, to the extent of the payments so made, to be a registered Holder of such
Class A Certificates and (iii) shall be entitled to reimbursement for such
Insured Payments, with interest accrued thereon at the weighted average of the
related Class A Pass-Through Rates, on each Remittance Date after the related
Class A Certificateholders have received the related Class A Remittance Amount
(exclusive of any related Class A Carry-Forward Amount representing amounts
previously paid to such Certificateholders as Insured Payments or interest
accrued in respect of such Insured Payments) for such Remittance Date.
DEFINITIONS
The "Additional Principal" for any Class 1A or Class 2A Certificate and any
Remittance Date will equal the amount necessary to reduce the related Class A
Principal Balance so that the Overcollateralization Amount for the related Group
equals the related Required Overcollateralization Amount for such Group.
The "Amount Available" for a Group on a Remittance Date will equal the sum
of:
(i) the Available Remittance Amount for such Group (reduced by any
monthly premium payable to the Certificate Insurer);
(ii) the Excess Spread for such Group with respect to such Remittance
Date;
(iii) if an Available Funds Shortfall exists in such Group,
(a) first, the Net Excess Spread from the other Group, to the
extent of such Available Funds Shortfall; and
(b) second, the Excess Principal from the other Group, to the
extent of any remaining Available Funds Shortfall;
S-77
<PAGE>
(iv) if such Remittance Date is prior to the Cross-Over Date, the
Available Transfer Cashflow, to the extent necessary to reach the Required
Overcollateralization Amount for such Group;
(v) any amounts required to be deposited in the related Certificate
Account from the related Reserve Account; and
(vi) any Insured Payments with respect to the related Class of
Certificates.
The "Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount" with respect to Group 2 and
on any Remittance Date up to and including (but not after) the Remittance Date
on which the Class 2A Principal Balance is reduced to zero, will be an amount
equal to the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of (x) the Class A Interest
Remittance Amount with respect to the Class 2A Certificates for the immediately
preceding Remittance Date calculated pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of
Class 2A Pass-Through Rate, but in no event greater than the Available Funds Cap
Rate, over (y) the Class A Interest Remittance Amount with respect to the Class
2A Certificates for the immediately preceding Remittance Date calculated
pursuant to clause (ii) of the definition of Class 2A Pass-Through Rate, (ii)
the amount of any Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount for such preceding
Remittance Date to the extent not distributed to the Class 2A Certificateholders
on such preceding Remittance Date and (iii) interest accrued on the amounts
described in clauses (i) and (ii) above during the Accrual Period for the
current Remittance Date at the Class 2A Pass-Through Rate for such Remittance
Date.
The "Available Funds Cap Rate" with respect to Group 2 and any Remittance
Date, will be the rate equal to the weighted average of the Maximum Mortgage
Rates for Group 2 Mortgage Loans minus, with respect to Group 2, the sum of (a)
the Servicing Fee Rate, (b) the rate at which the monthly premium payable to the
Certificate Insurer is calculated and (c) the rate at which the Annual Trustee
Expense Amount is calculated.
An "Available Funds Shortfall" with respect to any Group and Remittance
Date means the amount by which the Available Remittance Amount plus Excess
Spread for such Group is less than the Required Payments (other than in respect
of the Class A Principal Remittance Amount after the related Cross-Over Date)
for such Group.
The "Available Principal Amount" for any Group and Remittance Date will
equal the excess, if any, of the amount described in the related definition of
"Class A Principal Remittance Amount" without giving effect to clause (a)
thereof over the amount described in the related definition of "Class A
Principal Remittance Amount" after giving effect to clause (a) thereof.
The "Available Remittance Amount" with respect to any Group and Remittance
Date will be the sum of the following:
(i) the sum of all amounts received or required to be paid by the
Servicer, the Depositor or any Sub-Servicer in respect of the related
Mortgage Loans (exclusive of (a) the Depositor's Yield, (b) the Excess
Spread, (c) amounts withdrawn by the Servicer from the related Principal
and Interest Accounts as set forth in clauses (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and
(vi) above under the caption "--The Principal and Interest Accounts" and
any amounts not required to be deposited therein and (d) scheduled payments
received in advance of their due date for application on such due date at
the request of the related mortgagor) during the related Due Period (or, in
the case of amounts paid by the Depositor in connection with the purchase
or substitution of a Mortgage Loan as to which there is defective loan
documentation or a breach of representation or warranty, as of the related
Determination Date) and deposited into the related Principal and Interest
Accounts as of the related Determination Date;
S-78
<PAGE>
(ii) the amount of any Advances and Compensating Interest payments
with respect to the related Group remitted by the Servicer for such
Remittance Date;
(iii) any amount applied by the Trustee from funds on deposit in the
related Interest Coverage Accounts to cover shortfalls in interest on the
related Class of Class A Certificates attributable to the pre-funding
feature and to cover the interest portion of Deferred Payments; and
(iv) with respect to the final Remittance Date in connection with the
purchase of all the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, the Termination
Price remitted by the Servicer.
The "Available Transfer Cashflow" for each Group and Remittance Date will
equal the Remaining Net Excess Spread and Net Excess Principal for the other
Group remaining after the payment, if any, of Additional Principal on the Class
of Class A Certificates related to such other Group.
The "Class 1A Pass-Through Rate" for any Remittance Date will be a rate
equal to the lesser of (i) One-Month LIBOR plus 0.41% per annum, and (ii) the
weighted average of the Mortgage Rates of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans minus, with
respect to Group 1, the sum of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate, (b) the rate at which
the monthly premium payable to the Certificate Insurer is calculated and (c) the
rate at which the Annual Trustee Expense Amount is calculated (the rate
described in clause (ii), the "Class 1A Cap Rate"); provided, however, that on
any Remittance Date on which the Servicer does not exercise its option to
purchase the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties as described under "Pooling
Agreement--Termination; Purchase of the Mortgage Loans" herein, the rate
provided in clause (i) will be One-Month LIBOR plus 0.81% per annum. One-Month
LIBOR will be determined on the second Business Day preceding the beginning of
each Accrual Period with respect to the Class 1A Certificates.
The "Class 2A Pass-Through Rate" for any particular Remittance Date will be
equal to the lesser of (i) One-Month LIBOR plus 0.25% per annum and (ii) the
weighted average of the Mortgage Rates of the Group 2 Mortgage Loans minus, with
respect to Group 2, the sum of (a) the Servicing Fee Rate, (b) the rate at which
the monthly premium payable to the Certificate Insurer is calculated and (c) the
rate at which the Annual Trustee Expense Amount is calculated (the rate
described in clause (i), the "Class 2A LIBOR Rate" and the rate described in
clause (ii), the "Class 2A Cap Rate"); provided, that on any Remittance Date on
which the Servicer does not exercise its option to purchase the Mortgage Loans
and REO Properties as described under "Pooling AgreementTermination; Purchase of
the Mortgage Loans" herein, the rate described in clause (i) will be One-Month
LIBOR plus 0.65% per annum. One-Month LIBOR will be determined on the second
Business Day preceding the beginning of each Accrual Period with respect to the
Class 2A Certificates.
The "Class A Carry-Forward Amount", with respect to each Class of Class A
Certificates and for any Remittance Date, is the sum of (i) the amount, if any,
by which (A) the related Class A Remittance Amount with respect to each such
Class of Class A Certificates as of the immediately preceding Remittance Date
exceeded (B) the amount of the actual distribution, exclusive of any related
Insured Payment, to the related Class of Class A Certificateholders made on such
immediately preceding Remittance Date and (ii) interest on the amount, if any,
described in clause (i) above (to the extent that the amount in clause (i) above
represents Insured Payments), at the Class 1A Pass-Through Rate with respect to
Group 1, and the Class 2A Pass-Through Rate with respect to Group 2 from such
immediately preceding Remittance Date.
The "Class A Interest Remittance Amount" with respect to each Class of
Class A Certificates for any Remittance Date will be the interest accrued at the
related Class A Pass-Through Rate for the related Accrual Period on the related
Class A Principal Balance immediately prior to such Remittance Date. All
calculations of interest on the Class A Certificates will be computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in the related Accrual Period and in
a year of 360 days.
S-79
<PAGE>
The "Class A Principal Balance" for any Class of Class A Certificates as of
any date of determination is equal to the related initial Class A Principal
Balance reduced by the sum of (A) all amounts (including that portion of Insured
Payments, if any, made in respect of principal) distributed to such Class A
Certificateholders in respect of principal on all previous Remittance Dates on
account of amounts described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) (to the extent the
amount in clause (iii) represents a right to receive principal not previously
covered by Insured Payments), (iv) and (vi) of the definition of Class A
Principal Remittance Amount, (B) all other amounts previously distributed to the
related Class A Certificateholders constituting Additional Principal in
reduction of the related Class A Principal Balance and (C) all amounts
previously distributed to the related Class A Certificateholders as a mandatory
prepayment as described below under "--Mandatory Prepayments on Class A
Certificates" (only on the Remittance Date occurring on September 27, 1999).
The "Class A Principal Remittance Amount" with respect to any Class of
Class A Certificates and the related Group and Remittance Date will be equal to
the least of (a) if such Remittance Date is prior to the CrossOver Date, that
amount required to reach the Required Overcollateralization Amount with respect
to such related Group or thereafter, to maintain such Required
Overcollateralization Amount on such Remittance Date, (b) the sum of the related
Class A Principal Balance with respect to the related Class of Class A
Certificates and the amounts described in clauses (iii) (to the extent the
amount in clause (iii) represents prior Insured Payments with respect to the
related Group or interest thereon) and (v) below and (c) the sum of the
following amounts relating to such Group:
(i) the principal portion of all scheduled and unscheduled payments
received on the related Mortgage Loans during the Due Period including all
Principal Prepayments, Curtailments, other excess payments of principal in
respect of the related Mortgage Loans, Insurance Proceeds, Released
Mortgaged Property Proceeds and Net Liquidation Proceeds, but exclusive of
the principal portions of any Deferred Payments subsequently paid by the
related mortgagor;
(ii) an amount equal to the Unrecovered Class A Portion with respect
to the related Class A Certificate;
(iii) the Class A Carry-Forward Amount with respect to the related
Class A Certificate;
(iv) the principal portion of all proceeds deposited in the Principal
and Interest Account with respect to the related Group as of the related
Determination Date in connection with the purchase or substitution of a
Mortgage Loan as to which there is defective loan documentation or a breach
of a representation or warranty;
(v) any amounts recovered from the related Class A Certificateholders
during the related Due Period that constituted a mortgagor payment on a
related Mortgage Loan or an Advance with respect to the related Group that
was recovered as a voidable preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant
to the United States Bankruptcy Code in accordance with a final,
nonappealable order of a court having competent jurisdiction; and
(vi) the amount, if any, by which (A) the related Class A Principal
Balance with respect to the related Class of Class A Certificates
immediately prior to such Remittance Date minus the amounts to be
distributed on such Remittance Date pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above
and pursuant to clause (X)(ii) above under "--Allocation of Amount
Available--Group 1" and clause (X)(ii) above under "--Allocation of Amount
Available--Group 2" and applied to reduce the related Class A Principal
Balance with respect to the related Class of Class A Certificates, exceeds
(B) the related Scheduled Class A Principal Balance for such Remittance
Date as set forth in the related Principal Payment Table (the "Principal
Payment Table") attached as an exhibit to the Pooling Agreement and
provided by the Certificate Insurer.
S-80
<PAGE>
As to the final Remittance Date in connection with the purchase by the
Servicer of all the related Mortgage Loans and REO Properties pursuant to the
Pooling Agreement, the related Class A Principal Remittance Amount shall be that
amount described in clause (b) of the definition of Class A Principal Remittance
Amount above with respect to the related Group and such Remittance Date.
The "Class A Remittance Amount" for any Class of Class A Certificates and
any Remittance Date is equal to the sum of the related Class A Interest
Remittance Amount and the related Class A Principal Remittance Amount for such
Remittance Date.
The "Cross-Over Date" with respect to a Group is the date on and after
which the aggregate amount of Excess Spread for such Group distributed to the
Class A Certificateholders since the Closing Date on account of Realized Losses
for such Group (excluding, in the case of Group 1, Excess Spread distributed in
respect of Realized Losses on the Permanent Buydown Companion Loans for Group 1)
equals the amount specified by the Certificate Insurer for such Group (the
"Subordinated Amount") and set forth in the Insurance Agreement, among the
Depositor, the Servicer, the Certificate Insurer and the Trustee.
The "Excess Principal" for any Group and Remittance Date will equal the
lesser of (i) the Available Principal Amount for such Group and (ii) the
Available Principal Amount after the application of the related Available
Remittance Amount to cover the Required Payments for such Group.
The "Excess Spread" with respect to Group 1, for any Remittance Date, is an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the excess of (x) all payments received or
advanced on account of interest on the Group 1 Mortgage Loans during the related
Due Period and amounts withdrawn from the related Reserve Account for such
Remittance Date over (y) the sum of (i) the Class A Interest Remittance Amount
for the Class 1A Certificates for such Remittance Date, (ii) one-twelfth of the
Annual Trustee Expense Amount with respect to Group 1, (iii) the monthly premium
payable to the Certificate Insurer with respect to Group 1, and (iv) the
Servicing Fee with respect to Group 1 for such Remittance Date and (b) with
respect to the July 26, 1999, August 25, 1999 and September 27, 1999 Remittance
Dates only, an amount with respect to the Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount determined
by the Certificate Insurer and deposited into the Group 1 Interest Coverage
Account by the Depositor on the Closing Date.
The "Excess Spread" with respect to Group 2, for any Remittance Date, is an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the excess of (x) all payments received or
advanced on account of interest on the Group 2 Mortgage Loans during the related
Due Period and amounts withdrawn from the related Reserve Account for such
Remittance Date over (y) the sum of (i) the Class A Interest Remittance Amount
for the Class 2A Certificates for such Remittance Date, (ii) one-twelfth of the
Annual Trustee Expense Amount with respect to Group 2, (iii) the monthly premium
payable to the Certificate Insurer with respect to Group 2, and (iv) the
Servicing Fee with respect to Group 2 for such Remittance Date and (b) with
respect to the July 26, 1999, August 25, 1999 and September 27, 1999 Remittance
Dates only, an amount with respect to the Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount determined
by the Certificate Insurer and deposited into the Group 2 Interest Coverage
Account by the Depositor on the Closing Date.
The "Net Excess Amount Available" is the sum of the amounts described in
clauses (i) and (vi) of the definition of Amount Available.
The "Net Excess Principal" for any Group and Remittance Date will equal the
Excess Principal for such Group remaining after the application thereof to cover
an Available Funds Shortfall with respect to the other Group.
The "Net Excess Spread" for any Group and Remittance Date will equal the
Excess Spread for such Group remaining after the application thereof to cover
Required Payments with respect to such Group (other than in respect of the
related Class A Principal Remittance Amount after the related Cross-Over Date).
S-81
<PAGE>
The "Overcollateralization Amount" for any Group and Remittance Date will
equal the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate principal balances
of the Mortgage Loans related to such Group, (b) the related PreFunded Amount
and (c) the amount, if any, on deposit in the related Reserve Account over (ii)
the related Class A Principal Balance after giving effect to the distributions
of the related Class A Principal Remittance Amount on such Remittance Date.
The "Remaining Net Excess Spread" for any Group and Remittance Date will
equal the Net Excess Spread for such Group remaining after the application
thereof to cover an Available Funds Shortfall with respect to the other Group.
The "Required Overcollateralization Amount" for any Group is the
overcollateralization amount required by the Certificate Insurer at any time and
set forth in the Insurance Agreement.
The "Required Payments" for any Group and Remittance Date will equal the
amount required to pay the Class A Interest Remittance Amount with respect to
the related Class of Class A Certificates, the Class A Principal Remittance
Amount with respect to the related Class of Class A Certificates, one-twelfth of
the Annual Trustee Expense Amount and the monthly premium payable to the
Certificate Insurer in respect of such Group.
The "Scheduled Class A Principal Balance" with respect to each Class of
Class A Certificates specified in the Principal Payment Table for the Remittance
Date in each of the months commencing with June 1999 ending with July 2004,
inclusive, is equal to the related initial Class A Principal Balance; and the
related Scheduled Class A Principal Balance specified in the related Principal
Payment Table for the Remittance Date in each of the months commencing after
July 2004 is computed based upon the assumed Class 1A or Class 2A Principal
Balance on such date based upon (i) a 0% Prepayment Assumption, (ii) a weighted
average coupon (A) with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans of 11.323% for
Balloon Loans and 10.540% for non-Balloon Loans and (B) with respect to Group 2
Mortgage Loans of 10.707% for non-Balloon Loans, (ii) a weighted average
remaining amortization term (A) with respect to the Group 1 Mortgage Loans of
358.18 months for Balloon Loans and 275.34 months for nonBalloon Loans, and in
the case of Balloon Loans, a balloon payment of principal due in 178.18 months
and an otherwise normal amortization of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans since the
Cut-off Date, (B) with respect to Group 2 Mortgage Loans of 357.50 months for
non-Balloon Loans and an otherwise normal amortization of the Group 2 Mortgage
Loans since the Cut-off Date.
The "Unrecovered Class A Portion" with respect to each Class of Class A
Certificates and any Remittance Date is an amount equal to the excess, if any,
of (A) the related Class A Principal Balance minus the sum of (i) all amounts
(excluding that portion of Insured Payments with respect to the related Group,
if any, to be made in respect of principal) to be distributed to the related
Class A Certificateholders in respect of principal on such Remittance Date on
account of amounts described in clauses (i), (iii) (to the extent the amount in
clause (iii) represents a right to receive principal not previously covered by
an Insured Payment), (iv) and (vi) of the definition of Class A Principal
Remittance Amount, and (ii) all amounts distributed to the related Class A
Certificateholders as a mandatory prepayment on the Remittance Date occurring on
September 27, 1999, over (B) the sum of (i) the principal balance of the related
Group plus (ii) the related Pre-Funded Amount minus the sum of (x) the principal
portion of the monthly payments received during the related Due Period and
deposited in the related Principal and Interest Account and all Principal
Prepayments, Curtailments, other excess payments of principal, Insurance
Proceeds, Net Liquidation Proceeds, Released Mortgaged Property Proceeds and net
income from any REO Property with respect to the related Group to the extent
applied by the Servicer as recoveries of principal in respect of the related
Mortgage Loans, which will be distributed to the related Class A
Certificateholders on such Remittance Date, plus (y) the aggregate of, as to
each related Mortgage Loan which was liquidated (each, a "Liquidated Mortgage
Loan") during the related Due Period, an amount (not less than zero or greater
than the related principal balance) equal to the excess of (i) the principal
balance of such Liquidated Mortgage Loan over (ii) the principal portion of the
related Net Liquidation Proceeds to be distributed to the related Class A
Certificateholders on such Remittance Date (such excess, a "Realized Loss").
S-82
<PAGE>
INTEREST COVERAGE ACCOUNT AND RESERVE ACCOUNT
The Depositor will establish for the benefit of each Class of the Class A
Certificateholders a trust account for each Group (with respect to Group 1, the
"Group 1 Interest Coverage Account"; with respect to Group 2, the "Group 2
Interest Coverage Account"; each, an "Interest Coverage Account"). On the
Closing Date and, if necessary, on each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Depositor
will deposit in each such account a cash amount as required by the Certificate
Insurer and specified in the Pooling Agreement (with respect to Group 1, the
"Group 1 Interest Coverage Amount"; with respect to Group 2, the "Group 2
Interest Coverage Amount"; each, an "Interest Coverage Amount"). Funds on
deposit in the related Interest Coverage Account will be applied by the Trustee
to cover shortfalls in the related Class A Interest Remittance Amount
attributable to (i) the pre-funding feature during the Funding Period and (ii)
the deferment of interest feature with respect to certain of the Mortgage Loans.
During the Funding Period, such shortfall initially will exist because while the
related Class A Certificateholders are entitled to receive interest accruing on
the related Class A Principal Balance, the related Class A Principal Balance
during the Funding Period will be greater than the aggregate principal balance
of the Initial Mortgage Loans with respect to such Group on the Closing Date.
Upon conveyance of related Subsequent Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund, funds on
deposit in the related Interest Coverage Account related to the pre-funding
feature will be released by the Trustee to the Depositor to the extent not
necessary to cover such shortfalls.
Approximately 5.90% of the Initial Mortgage Loans, by Original Principal
Balance (excluding the Permanent Buydown Companion Loans), are Deferred Payment
Loans and the principal balance conveyed to the Trust Fund has been reduced by
the principal amount so deferred. If the mortgagor has not prepaid the loan
before a certain date and the maturity date is not otherwise accelerated by the
Servicer, such Deferred Payments will be forgiven. During the Funding Period,
funds on deposit in the related Interest Coverage Account will be available to
cover the interest portion of Deferred Payments. In addition, it is possible
that some of the Subsequent Mortgage Loans transferred to the Trust Fund will
contain such deferment of payments feature. With respect to any such Subsequent
Mortgage Loan that is a Deferred Payment Loan, that amount necessary to cover
the interest that will accrue during the period of deferment on the principal
balance of such loan as transferred to the Trust Fund will be transferred by the
Trustee, upon termination of the Funding Period, from the related Interest
Coverage Account into a related reserve account (each, a "Reserve Account")
which will be a part of the Trust Fund REMIC. Upon termination of the Funding
Period, any other amounts remaining in the Interest Coverage Accounts will be
released by the Trustee to the Depositor. To the extent such Deferred Payments
are not forgiven, the Servicer will retain Deferred Payments collected for
payment to the Depositor as part of the Depositor's Yield.
ADVANCES
Not later than the close of business on the twenty-second day of each month
(or if such day is not a Business Day, on the following Business Day) (the
"Determination Date"), the Servicer shall remit to the Trustee for deposit in
the Certificate Account with respect to the related Group an amount (an
"Advance"), to be distributed on the related Remittance Date, equal to the sum
of (a) the interest portions of the aggregate amount of monthly payments on the
Mortgage Loans with respect to the related Group (net of the Servicing Fee, the
Annual Trustee Expense Amount and, after the Cross-Over Date, the Excess Spread)
due during the related Due Period, but delinquent as of the close of business on
the first day of the month in which such Remittance Date occurs, (b) with
respect to each REO Property that was acquired during or prior to the related
Due Period and which was not disposed of during such Due Period, an amount equal
to the excess, if any, of interest on the principal balance deemed to apply to
such REO Property for the most recently ended calendar month at the related
Mortgage Rate (net of the Servicing Fee, the Annual Trustee Expense Amount and,
after the Cross-Over Date, the Excess Spread) over the net income from such
property for such Due Period, (c) with respect to each Remittance Date, the
amount necessary on the first, second, third and fourth Remittance Dates to pay
30 days' interest with respect to each non-delinquent newly originated Mortgage
Loan in the related Group that has not had a first payment date as of the
Closing Date (net of the Servicing Fee and the Annual Trustee Expense Amount)
and (d) with respect to each Remittance Date, if pursuant to the Pooling
Agreement the Servicer has previously reimbursed itself for an
S-83
<PAGE>
Advance described in clause (c) above, then an amount equal to such amount
previously reimbursed. The Servicer is required to make an Advance out of its
own funds or out of funds in the Principal and Interest Account with respect to
the related Group that do not constitute the related Amount Available with
respect to the related Group for such Remittance Date.
EXCESS SPREAD, OVERCOLLATERALIZATION AND CROSS-COLLATERALIZATION PROVISIONS
On any Remittance Date prior to the Cross-Over Date, Holders of the Class
1A and Class 2A Certificates will have a first priority right to 100% of the
related Excess Spread to fund the amount by which the related Class A Remittance
Amount with respect to the related Class of Class A Certificates, exceeds the
related Available Remittance Amount for such Remittance Date. To the extent
available, the Net Excess Spread and Excess Principal with respect to a Group
will then be applied to cover any Available Funds Shortfall with respect to the
other Group.
In addition, on any Remittance Date prior to the Cross-Over Date on which
the Overcollateralization Amount for a Group is less than the Required
Overcollateralization Amount for such Group, the Remaining Net Excess Spread,
the Available Transfer Cashflow, and the Net Excess Principal, if any, will be
used to make additional distributions of principal on the related Class of Class
A Certificates until such Overcollateralization Amount equals the related
Required Overcollateralization Amount for such Group.
Credit enhancement with respect to the Class A Certificates will be
provided in part by the initial Overcollateralization Amount for the related
Group resulting from the sum of the original principal balance of the related
Group and the Original Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount or the Original Group 2
Pre-Funded Amount, as applicable, exceeding the related initial Class A
Principal Balance as of the Closing Date. On the Closing Date, the initial
Overcollateralization Amount with respect to Group 1 is expected to be
$9,445,958.25, equal to 2.46% of the sum of the Original Group 1 Principal
Balance and the Original Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount; the initial
Overcollateralization Amount with respect to Group 2 is expected to be
$6,971,399.39 equal to 2.10% of the sum of the Original Group 2 Principal
Balance and the Original Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount.
Prior to the related Cross-Over Date, Excess Spread with respect to a Group
will be applied first, to cover any Available Funds Shortfall with respect to
such Group, second, to cover any Available Funds Shortfall with respect to the
other Group, third, to pay the amount of any related accrued and unpaid Annual
Trustee Expense Amount, fourth, to reach and maintain the Required
Overcollateralization Amounts for such Group, if necessary, fifth, to reach and
maintain the Required Overcollateralization Amount for the other Group, if
applicable, sixth, with respect to the related Group, to reimburse the Servicer
for amounts to which it is entitled, and seventh, with respect to Group 2, to
pay the related Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount, if any, to the Holders
of Class 2A Certificates on a pro rata basis among such Certificateholders, and
to distribute any remaining amounts to the Class R Certificateholders. After the
Cross-Over Date, Excess Spread with respect to a Group, will be applied, first,
to cover any Available Funds Shortfall, second, to cover any Available Funds
Shortfall with respect to the other Group, third, to pay the amount of any
related accrued and unpaid Annual Trustee Expense Amount, fourth, to reach and
maintain the Required Overcollateralization Amount for the other Group, if
necessary, fifth, with respect to the related Group, to reimburse the Servicer
for amounts to which it is entitled, and sixth, with respect to Group 2, to pay
the Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount, if any, to the Holders of Class 2A
Certificates on a pro rata basis among such Certificateholders and to distribute
any remaining amounts to the Class R Certificateholders.
Application of the Additional Principal will have the effect of
accelerating the rate of payment of principal of the Class A Certificates until
the Cross-Over Date. Application of funds in accordance with the foregoing is
intended to create and maintain a positive Overcollateralization Amount equal to
the Required Overcollateralization Amount and thereby provide a cushion against
ultimate losses rather than to maintain a regular cash flow to Holders of Class
A Certificates or to guarantee against current losses. There can be no
S-84
<PAGE>
assurance that the Required Overcollateralization Amount will be attained or
maintained. In addition, the Required Overcollateralization Amount may be
reduced at the discretion of the Certificate Insurer.
POOLING AGREEMENT
GENERAL
The Certificates will be issued pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement (the "Pooling Agreement") dated as of June 1, 1999, among the
Depositor, the Servicer and LaSalle Bank National Association, as Trustee, a
form of which agreement is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of
which this Prospectus Supplement is a part. A copy of the Pooling Agreement as
executed will be included in the Current Report on Form 8-K relating to the
Class A Certificates, which will be filed by the Depositor with the Securities
and Exchange Commission within fifteen days after the initial issuance of the
Certificates. Reference is made to the Prospectus for important information in
addition to that set forth herein regarding the Trust Fund, the terms and
conditions of the Pooling Agreement and the Certificates. The Depositor will
provide to a prospective or actual Certificateholder without charge, on written
request, a copy (without exhibits) of the Pooling Agreement. Requests should be
addressed to Superior Bank FSB, 135 Chestnut Ridge Road, Montvale, New Jersey
07645, Attention: President.
THE SERVICER
For further information regarding the Servicer, see "The Servicer" in the
Prospectus.
The Servicer will be responsible for the servicing of the Mortgage Loans
and will be entitled to a fee equal to 0.65% per annum (the "Servicing Fee
Rate") of the principal balance of each Mortgage Loan (the "Servicing Fee"),
calculated and payable monthly from interest actually received by the Servicer
on the Mortgage Loans, as described herein.
The Servicer, as of March 31, 1999, serviced approximately $3,720,159,000
of mortgage loans (including the Mortgage Loans and mortgage loans not
originated or purchased by the Depositor).
Statements are provided for all mortgage loans serviced. Mortgagors are
instructed to forward all payments, along with a coupon detachable from the
statement, to a lockbox account. Available funds are then transferred from the
lockbox account to the related Principal and Interest Account. Ten days after a
missed payment, phone calls to the borrower are initiated by the Servicer and on
the sixteenth day, an automated mailgram is sent. Follow-up calls by experienced
collection personnel are made as required to promote prompt payment and to
counsel the borrower. At the second missed payment, generally, an on-site
interview is scheduled with the borrower and the mortgaged property is
inspected. If foreclosure is necessary, the Servicer's litigation department
supervises and monitors all litigation procedures (including bankruptcy
proceedings) conducted by the foreclosing attorneys. If title passes to the
mortgagee, the Servicer's real estate division will immediately insure that the
mortgaged property is preserved and protected. Upon extensive review and
analysis, a disposition strategy is developed and the property is aggressively
marketed.
The following table and discussion set forth certain information concerning
the delinquency and loss experience on mortgage loans secured by single family
properties, multifamily properties, commercial properties and mixed use
properties (including the Mortgage Loans originated or purchased by the
Depositor and serviced by the Servicer).
S-85
<PAGE>
DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE(1)
($ IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NINE MONTHS
FISCAL YEAR ENDING JUNE 30, ENDED
-------------------------------------------------- MARCH 31,
1996 1997 1998 1999
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total Outstanding Principal Balance .............. $1,332,113 $1,904,232 $2,719,429 $3,486,010
Number of Loans .................................. 18,420 26,119 36,898 47,174
Period of Delinquency(2):
30-59 Days(3)
Principal Balance ..................... $ 14,299 $ 39,594 $ 45,046 $ 54,488
Number of Loans ....................... 210 526 576 716
Percent of Delinquency by Dollar ...... 1.07% 2.08% 1.66% 1.56%
60-89 Days
Principal Balance ..................... $ 6,419 $ 15,252 $ 27,062 $ 29,454
Number of Loans ....................... 82 186 291 346
Percent of Delinquency by Dollar ...... 0.48% 0.80% 1.00% 0.84%
90 Days or More
Principal Balance ..................... $ 39,110 $ 77,465 $ 140,902 $ 202,691
Number of Loans ....................... 431 813 1,435 2,070
Percent of Delinquency by Dollar ...... 2.94% 4.07% 5.18% 5.81%
Total Delinquency
Principal Balance ..................... $ 59,828 $ 132,311 $ 213,010 286,633
Number of Loans ....................... 723 1,525 2,302 3,132
Percent by Delinquency by Dollar ...... 4.49% 6.95% 7.83% 8.22%
Average Outstanding Principal Balance ............ $1,104,163 $1,624,031 $2,294,635 $3,075,367
Net Gains/(Losses) on Liquidated Loans ........... $ (1,684) $ (8,092) $ (15,758) $ (25,135)
Net Gains/(Losses) as a Percent of Average
Outstanding Principal Balance .................. (0.15)% (0.50)% (0.69)% (1.09)%
Net Gains/(Losses) on Liquidated Loans
including advances(4) .......................... $ (1,703) $ (8,161) $ (15,886) $ (25,637)
Net Gains/(Losses) as a Percent of Average
Outstanding Principal Balance(4) ............... (0.15)% (0.50)% (0.69)% (1.11)%
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1) This table includes fixed-rate and adjustable-rate mortgage loans.
(2) Includes mortgage loans in the process of foreclosure and mortgaged
properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.
(3) Represents two payments missed.
(4) Includes all net recorded servicer advances through date of liquidation
less recoveries of such advances.
(5) Percentages for the nine month period ending March 31, 1999 are annualized.
The number of outstanding mortgage loans originated pursuant to the
Adjustable-Rate First Mortgage Program in the Servicer's loan portfolio, and the
total principal balance of such loans, as of March 31, 1999 were approximately
14,239 and $1,522,449,000, respectively, as of June 30, 1998 were approximately
10,454 and $1,169,017,000, respectively, as of June 30, 1997 were approximately
6,906 and $793,336,000, respectively, and as of June 30, 1996 were approximately
4,179 and $472,639,000, respectively. As of March 31, 1999, only 1,180 of such
adjustable-rate mortgage loans were delinquent.
At March 31, 1999 with respect to the mortgage loans set forth in the
preceding table, 324 properties (representing $33,636,500 in principal balance
of such loans) were acquired through foreclosure of the related mortgage loans
or through deed in lieu of foreclosure and were not liquidated. The average
length of
S-86
<PAGE>
ownership of foreclosed properties has historically been 5.70 months with an
average loss (including accrued and unpaid interest) per property of $47,389.
The delinquency and loss experience percentages in the preceding table are
calculated on the basis of all conventional mortgage loans serviced for the
Depositor as of the end of the periods indicated. However, because the total
amount of loans serviced by the Servicer has rapidly increased over these
periods as a result of new originations, the total amount of loans serviced as
of the end of any indicated period will include many loans that will not have
been outstanding long enough to give rise to some or all of the indicated
periods of delinquency. In the absence of such substantial continuous additions
of newly originated loans to the total amount of loans serviced, the delinquency
percentages indicated in the preceding table would be higher and could be
substantially higher.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
Superior Bank FSB ("Superior") is a federally chartered and insured savings
association, regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"). Pursuant to
OTS and Federal Financial Institutions Examination Counsel guidelines, Superior
initiated a comprehensive program to study the impact on its computer systems in
order to be year 2000 compliant. This study involved identifying affected
systems and/or applications and implementing appropriate modifications or
replacements of hardware and software maintained by Superior. The study also
involved receiving assurance that similar actions have or are being taken by
third party service providers that are relied upon by Superior. In addition,
Superior took necessary steps to receive assurance that its borrowers on income
producing properties are taking necessary steps to address their year 2000
issues so that income to cover debt service will not be interrupted.
Under this program, Superior identified computer systems that will require
either modification, upgrade or replacement. Superior utilized primarily
in-house personnel to perform these tasks, and also contracted with outside
consultants, to a lesser degree, for some specific programming functions. As
such, Superior's planned modifications, upgrades and replacement of existing
systems, along with third party confirmations, have been completed and
Superior's computer systems and software are year 2000 compliant, and any
related costs did not have a material adverse impact on the results of
operations, cash flows or financial condition of Superior.
THE TRUSTEE
LaSalle Bank National Association ("LaSalle"), a nationally chartered
commercial bank located in Chicago, Illinois, will be named Trustee pursuant to
the Pooling Agreement. LaSalle has accepted appointment as the certificate
registrar and paying agent pursuant to the Pooling Agreement. The Trustee may
resign at any time in the manner set forth in the Pooling Agreement, in which
event the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor trustee. The Trustee
may be removed if it ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the Pooling
Agreement, if it becomes insolvent or if it fails to perform in accordance with
the Pooling Agreement. The Trustee may also be removed by the Depositor without
cause, as long as the Certificate Insurer consents to such removal. Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee
will not become effective until the acceptance of appointment by a successor
trustee. The Trustee may appoint a custodian to hold the Mortgage Loans and has
initially appointed itself to act in such capacity. The Depositor may maintain
other banking relationships in the ordinary course of business with the Trustee
and any custodian.
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
The Trustee will represent in the Pooling Agreement that it will use
reasonable commercial efforts to cure (by August 1999) any deficiencies with
regard to the manipulation or calculation of dates beyond
S-87
<PAGE>
December 31, 1999 in the internally maintained computer software systems used by
the Trustee in the conduct of its trust business which would materially and
adversely affect its ability to perform its obligations under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. The Trustee will further represent in the Pooling Agreement
that it will use reasonable commercial best efforts to obtain reasonable
assurances from each third party vendor of licensed computer software systems
used by the Trustee in the conduct of its trust business that such vendors shall
use reasonable commercial efforts to cure any deficiencies with regards to the
manipulation or calculation of dates beyond December 31, 1999 in such systems
which would materially and adversely affect the ability of the Trustee to
perform its obligation under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
In order to provide for the payment of the fees and expenses of the
Trustee, the Trustee will establish and maintain an account for each Group (with
respect to Group 1, the "Group 1 Trustee Expense Account"; with respect to Group
2, the "Group 2 Trustee Expense Account"; each, a "Trustee Expense Account")
into which the Trustee will deposit on each Remittance Date, one-twelfth of the
Annual Trustee Expense Amount. The "Annual Trustee Expense Amount" with respect
to each Mortgage Loan is equal to 0.010% per annum times the related Principal
Balance. Amounts on deposit in the related Trustee Expense Account will be
withdrawn pursuant to the terms of the Pooling Agreement to pay the fees and
expenses of the Trustee with respect to the related Group. On each Remittance
Date, the Trustee will pay from amounts on deposit in the related Certificate
Account, prior to making any required distributions to the Certificateholders,
an amount that is sufficient to pay the monthly premium due the Certificate
Insurer.
TERMINATION; PURCHASE OF MORTGAGE LOANS
On any Remittance Date on which the aggregate outstanding principal balance
of the Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund is less than or equal to 5% of the sum
of the Original Pool Principal Balance and the Original Pre-Funded Amount, the
Servicer may determine to purchase and may purchase from the Trust Fund all of
the Mortgage Loans and all REO Property at a price equal to the sum of (i) 100%
of the Principal Balance of each Mortgage Loan remaining plus one month's
accrued interest thereon at the related Net Mortgage Rate and (ii) the appraised
value of any such REO Property remaining determined in accordance with the terms
of the Pooling Agreement (the "Termination Price"). See "Description of the
Certificates--Termination" in the Prospectus.
In connection with any such purchase by the Servicer, the Servicer shall
remit to the Trustee for remittance to the related Certificateholders on the
final Remittance Date with respect to such terminated Group all other amounts
then on deposit in the related Principal and Interest Account that would have
constituted part of the related Available Remittance Amount for subsequent
Remittance Dates absent such purchase.
REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION OF SERVICER
The Certificate Insurer may, pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, remove the
Servicer as servicer with respect to the Mortgage Loans of a Group upon the
occurrence and continuation beyond the applicable cure period of any of the
following events (each, an "Event of Default"), other than the event described
in clause (i)(C) below, and the Holders of the Class 1A or the Class 2A
Certificates evidencing in excess of 51% of the related Class A Principal
Balance (with respect to a Group, the "Majority Certificateholders"), with the
consent of the Certificate Insurer, which consent may not be unreasonably
withheld, may remove the Servicer as servicer of the Mortgage Loans of the
related Group upon the occurrence and continuation beyond the applicable cure
period of (a) an event described in clause (ii) below or (b) upon the failure of
the Certificate Insurer to exercise its rights to remove the Servicer upon the
occurrence of any event described in clauses (i)(A), (i)(B), (i)(D), (iii), (iv)
or (v) below:
S-88
<PAGE>
(i)(A) an Event of Nonpayment, unless in the case of an Event of
Nonpayment described in clauses (i) or (ii) of the definition thereof, the
insufficiency described in such clauses (i) or (ii) results from a failure
of the Certificate Insurer or the Trustee to perform in accordance with its
respective obligations with respect to such Group; (B) the failure by the
Servicer to make any required Servicing Advance with respect to such Group,
to the extent such failure materially and adversely affects the interests
of the Certificate Insurer or the related Certificateholders; (C) the
failure by the Servicer to make any required Advance with respect to such
Group; or (D) any other failure by the Servicer to remit to related
Certificateholders, or to the Trustee for the benefit of the related
Certificateholders, any payment required to be made under the terms of the
Pooling Agreement with respect to the related Certificates, to the extent
such failure materially and adversely affects the interests of the
Certificate Insurer or the related Certificateholders and which continues
unremedied after the date upon which written notice of such failure,
requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by
the Certificate Insurer or the Trustee or to the Servicer and the Trustee
with the consent of the Certificate Insurer; or
(ii) failure by the Servicer duly to observe or perform, in any
material respect, any other covenants, obligations or agreements of the
Servicer with respect to a Group as set forth in the Pooling Agreement with
respect to the related Certificates, which failure continues unremedied for
a period of 60 days after the date on which written notice of such failure,
requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the Servicer by
the Trustee or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the Certificate Insurer
or any related Certificateholder with the consent of the Certificate
Insurer; or
(iii) a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority
having jurisdiction for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or
liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets
and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or
liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against the Servicer
and such decree or order shall have remained in force, undischarged or
unstayed for a period of 60 days; or
(iv) the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or
receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling
of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the
Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all of the Servicer's
property and such appointment shall continue unremedied for a period of 30
days after the Servicer has received notice of such default; or
(v) the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts
as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable
insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of
its creditors, or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations, any of
which shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after the Servicer
has received notice of such default; or
(vi) certain other events if required by the Certificate Insurer in
the Pooling Agreement.
Upon the occurrence of the event described in clause (i)(C), and the
Servicer's failure to remedy such by twelve o'clock noon, New York City time, on
the next succeeding Business Day, the Trustee or a successor Servicer will
immediately assume the duties of the Servicer with respect to the related Group.
An "Event of Nonpayment" is defined in the Pooling Agreement as (i) with
respect to any Remittance Date, the insufficiency of amounts remitted to the
Trustee by the Servicer and available to the Trustee to pay the full amount of
the related Class A Remittance Amounts for a Group (exclusive of the related
Class A Carry-Forward Amounts that represent Insured Payments or interest
accrued in respect of Insured Payments),
S-89
<PAGE>
and the monthly premium payable to the Certificate Insurer and (ii) the sum of
all Realized Losses with respect to such Group exceeds an amount specified in
the Pooling Agreement. In certain instances of the occurrence of an Event of
Nonpayment the Trustee and the Certificate Insurer may prohibit the termination
of the Servicer with respect to a Group if such Event of Nonpayment does not
result from the action or omission of the Servicer.
Under the Pooling Agreement, if Realized Losses and delinquencies with
respect to a Group reach certain specified levels, the Certificate Insurer has
the option to direct the Trustee to remove the Servicer with respect to such
Group.
Upon removal or resignation of the Servicer as servicer of the Mortgage
Loans, the Trustee will be the successor servicer of the Mortgage Loans of the
related Group (the "Successor Servicer"). The Trustee and any other Successor
Servicer in such capacity is entitled to the same reimbursement for advances and
servicing compensation with respect to the Mortgage Loans of the related Group
as the Servicer. See "Description of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreements--Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses" and
"--Rights Upon Event of Default" in the Prospectus.
RECORDATION OF ASSIGNMENTS OF MORTGAGES
Assignments of the Mortgage Loans to the Trustee (or its nominee) will be
recorded in the appropriate public office for real property records, except in
states such as New York where, in the opinion of counsel, such recording is not
required to protect the Trustee's interest in the Mortgage Loan against the
claim of any subsequent transferee or creditor of the Depositor.
AMENDMENT
In addition to the provisions for amendment of the Pooling Agreement
described in the Prospectus, with respect to the Certificates, the Required
Overcollateralization Amounts and the Subordinated Amounts may be reduced at the
discretion of the Certificate Insurer and, consequently, without the consent of,
or notice to, the Holders of Class A Certificates.
THE CERTIFICATE INSURER AND THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY
The information set forth in this section and in the financial statements
of Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (the "Certificate Insurer") set forth in
Appendix A and Appendix B hereto, has been provided by the Certificate Insurer.
No representation is made by the Depositor or any of its affiliates as to the
accuracy or completeness of any such information.
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, the Certificate Insurer, a New York
stock insurance corporation, is a monoline financial guaranty insurance company
which, since January 1984, has been a leading insurer of bonds issued by
municipal governmental subdivisions and agencies thereof. The Certificate
Insurer also insures a variety of non-municipal structured debt obligations and
pass-through securities. The Certificate Insurer is authorized to write
insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia and is also authorized
to carry on general insurance business in the United Kingdom and to write credit
and guaranty insurance in France.
The Certificate Insurer is a wholly-owned subsidiary of FGIC Corporation, a
Delaware holding company. FGIC Corporation is a subsidiary of General Electric
Capital Corporation ("GE Capital"). Neither FGIC Corporation nor GE Capital is
obligated to pay the debts of or the claims of the Certificate Insurer.
S-90
<PAGE>
The Certificate Insurer and its holding company, FGIC Corporation, are
subject to regulation by the State of New York Insurance Department and by each
other jurisdiction in which the Certificate Insurer is licensed to write
insurance. These regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but
generally require insurance holding companies and their insurance subsidiaries
to register and file certain reports, including information concerning their
capital structure, ownership and financial condition and require prior approval
by the insurance department of their state of domicile of changes in control, of
dividends and of other intercorporate transfer of assets and of transactions
between insurance companies, their parents and affiliates. The Certificate
Insurer is required to file quarterly and annual statutory financial statements
and is subject to statutory restrictions concerning the types and quality of
investments, the use of policy forms, premium rates and the size of risk that it
may insure, subject to reinsurance. Additionally, the Certificate Insurer is
subject to triennial audits by the State of New York Insurance Department.
The Certificate Insurer considers its role in providing insurance to be
credit enhancement rather than credit substitution. The Certificate Insurer only
insures securities that it considers to be of investment grade quality. With
respect to each category of obligations considered for insurance, the
Certificate Insurer has established and maintains its own underwriting standards
that are based on those aspects of credit quality that the Certificate Insurer
deems important for the category and that take into account criteria established
for the category typically used by rating agencies. Credit criteria for
evaluating securities include economic and social trends, debt management,
financial management and legal and administrative factors, the adequacy of
anticipated cash flow, including the historical and expected performance of
assets pledged for payment of securities under varying economic scenarios,
underlying levels of protection such as insurance or overcollateralization, and,
particularly in the case of long-term municipal securities, the importance of
the project being financed.
The Certificate Insurer also reviews the security features and reserves
created by the financing documentation, as well as the financial and other
covenants imposed upon the credit backing the issue. In connection with
underwriting new issues, the Certificate Insurer sometimes requires, as a
condition to insuring an issue, that collateral be pledged or, in some
instances, that a third-party guarantee be provided for a term of the insured
obligation by a party of acceptable credit quality obligated to make payment
prior to any payment by the Certificate Insurer.
Insurance written by the Certificate Insurer insures the full and timely
payment of interest and principal when due on insured debt securities and timely
interest and ultimate principal payments due in respect of pass-through
securities such as the Class A Certificates. If the issuer of a security insured
by the Certificate Insurer defaults on its obligations to pay such debt service,
or, in the case of a pass-through security, available funds are insufficient to
pay the insured amounts, the Certificate Insurer will make the scheduled insured
payments, without regard to any acceleration of the securities which may have
occurred, and will be subrogated to the rights of security holders to the extent
of its payments. The claims paying ability of the Certificate Insurer is rated
Aaa, AAA and AAA by Moody's, Standard & Poor's and Fitch Investors Service,
Inc., respectively.
In consideration for issuing its insurance, the Certificate Insurer
receives a premium which is generally paid in full upon issuance of the policy
or on an annual, semiannual or monthly basis. The premium rates charged depend
principally on the credit strength of the securities as judged by the
Certificate Insurer according to its internal credit rating system and the type
of issue.
As of March 31, 1999, December 31, 1998 and 1997 the Certificate Insurer
had written directly or assumed through reinsurance, guaranties of approximately
$276.6 billion, $268.1 billion and $230.2 billion par value of securities,
respectively (of which approximately 86 percent, 86 percent and 86 percent,
respectively, constituted guaranties of municipal bonds), for which it had
collected gross premiums of approximately $2.28 billion, $2.25 billion and $2.14
billion, respectively. As of March 31, 1999, the Certificate Insurer had
S-91
<PAGE>
reinsured approximately 22 percent of the risks it had written, 30 percent
through quota share reinsurance, 20 percent through excess of loss reinsurance
and 50 percent through facultative arrangements.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Certificate
Insurer as of December 31, 1997, December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999,
respectively, on the basis of generally accepted accounting principles (subject
to year end adjustments with respect to the March 31, 1999 information). No
material adverse change in the capitalization of the Certificate Insurer has
occurred since March 31, 1999.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(UNAUDITED)
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31, MARCH 31,
1997 1998 1999
(IN MILLIONS) (IN MILLIONS) (IN MILLIONS)
------------- ------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unearned Premiums .............................. $ 629 $ 610 $ 609
Other Liabilities .............................. 250 302 300
Stockholder's Equity(1)
Common Stock ............................... 15 15 15
Additional Paid-in Capital ................. 384 384 384
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income ..... 84 92 64
Retained Earnings .......................... 1,470 1,581 1,607
------ ------ ------
Total Stockholder's Equity ..................... 1,953 2,072 2,070
------ ------ ------
Total Liabilities and Stockholder's Equity ..... $2,832 $2,984 $2,979
====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
- ----------
(1) Components of Stockholder's Equity have been restated for all periods
presented to reflect "Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income" in accordance
with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130 "Reporting
Comprehensive Income" adopted by the Certificate Insurer effective January
1, 1998. As this new standard only requires additional information in the
financial statements, it does not affect the Certificate Insurer's
financial position or results of operations.
For further financial information concerning the Certificate Insurer, see
the audited financial statements of the Certificate Insurer included as Appendix
A and the unaudited interim financial statements of the Certificate Insurer
included as Appendix B.
Copies of the Certificate Insurer's quarterly and annual statutory
statements filed by the Certificate Insurer with the State of New York Insurance
Department are available upon request to Financial Guaranty Insurance Company,
115 Broadway, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Communications
Department. The Certificate Insurer's telephone number is (212) 312-3000.
The Certificate Insurer does not accept any responsibility for the accuracy
or completeness of this Prospectus Supplement or the Prospectus or any
information or disclosure contained herein, or omitted herefrom, other than with
respect to the accuracy of information in this Prospectus Supplement regarding
the Certificate Insurer and the Certificate Insurance Policy set forth under the
heading "The Certificate Insurer and the Certificate Insurance Policy" herein
and in Appendix A and Appendix B.
The Certificate Insurer will issue a certificate insurance policy for the
Class A Certificates (the "Certificate Insurance Policy"). The Certificate
Insurance Policy unconditionally guarantees the payment of Insured Payments on
the Class A Certificates. "Insured Payments" as to any Remittance Date means the
amount, if any, by which (X) the related Class A Remittance Amount with respect
to the related Class of the Class A Certificates (excepting amounts payable in
connection with the repurchase or substitution of defective
S-92
<PAGE>
Mortgage Loans if such amounts are due but not paid by the Depositor) exceeds
(Y) the sum of (a) the related Available Remittance Amount (minus the monthly
premium payable to the Certificate Insurer), (b) (I) if such Remittance Date is
prior to the Cross-Over Date, the lesser of (1) the sum of (i) the Excess Spread
deposited into the related Certificate Account as of such Remittance Date, (ii)
to the extent of an Available Funds Shortfall, the Net Excess Spread from the
other Group, if any, and (iii) to the extent of an Available Funds Shortfall,
the Excess Principal from the other Group, if any, and (2) the related
Subordinated Amount, or (II) if such Remittance Date is on or after the
Cross-Over Date, that portion of Amount Available constituting Excess Spread
with respect to the related Group available to pay the related Class A Interest
Remittance Amount, (c) any amount transferred from the related Reserve Account
to the related Certificate Account, and (d) the aggregate amount of any previous
related Insured Payments for which the Certificate Insurer has not been
reimbursed by the Trustee pursuant to the Pooling Agreement, together with that
portion of the amounts described in the immediately preceding clause (X) of the
definition of Insured Payment that represents interest accrued in respect of
prior Insured Payments. The Certificate Insurer will make each such Insured
Payment (other than that portion of an Insured Payment constituting a Preference
Amount (defined below)) to the Trustee as paying agent on the later of (a) the
Remittance Date on which such Insured Payment is distributable to the related
Class A Certificateholders pursuant to the Pooling Agreement and (b) the
business day next following the day on which the Certificate Insurer shall have
received telephonic or telegraphic notice, subsequently confirmed in writing, or
written notice by registered or certified mail, from the Trustee as paying agent
specifying that an Insured Payment is due. The Certificate Insurance Policy will
provide for payment of the amount (a "Preference Amount") of any distributions
in respect of principal or interest previously paid to a Class A
Certificateholder that are subsequently recovered from such Certificateholder
prior to the expiration date of the Certificate Insurance Policy, pursuant to a
final, nonappealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction under the United
States Bankruptcy Code. Any such payments would be made under the Certificate
Insurance Policy on the second business day following receipt by the Certificate
Insurer of notice as described above, a certified copy of such final order,
assignment to the Certificate Insurer of such Certificateholder's rights and
claims with respect to such Preference Amount and appointment of the Certificate
Insurer as such Certificateholder's agent in respect of the Preference Amount.
No Holder of a Class A Certificate shall be entitled to reimbursement for any
payment voided as a preference as to which the Certificate Insurer previously
has made a payment under the Certificate Insurance Policy, nor is the
Certificate Insurer obligated to make any payment in respect of any Preference
Amount which represent a payment of the principal amount of the Class A
Certificates prior to the time the Certificate Insurer otherwise would have been
required to make a payment in respect of such principal.
The Certificate Insurer's obligation under the Certificate Insurance
Policy will be discharged to the extent that funds are received by the Trustee
for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders, whether or not such funds
are properly distributed by the Trustee.
For purposes of the Certificate Insurance Policy, "Class A
Certificateholder" as to a particular Certificate, does not include the Trust
Fund, the Servicer, any Sub-Servicer or the Depositor.
The Certificate Insurer only insures the timely receipt of interest on
the Class A Certificates and the ultimate receipt of principal on the Class A
Certificates. The Certificate Insurer does not guarantee (i) any rate of
principal payments on the Class A Certificates other than that set forth in the
related Principal Payment Table attached as an exhibit to the Pooling Agreement
and provided by the Certificate Insurer, (ii) any recovery of payments deemed
voidable preferences under state law, (iii) the payment of the purchase price by
the Depositor in connection with the purchase of Mortgage Loans due to defective
documentation or a breach of representation or warranty, or (iv) the payment of
any Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount with respect to Group 2 for any
Remittance Date. The Certificate Insurance Policy is non-cancelable. The
Certificate Insurance Policy expires and terminates without any action on the
part of the Certificate Insurer or any other person on the date that is one year
and one day following the date on which the Class A Certificates have been paid
in full.
S-93
<PAGE>
THE CERTIFICATE INSURANCE POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/ CASUALTY
INSURANCE SECURITY FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.
In the absence of payments under the Certificate Insurance Policy,
Certificateholders will directly bear the credit and other risks associated with
their undivided interest in the Trust Fund.
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
A real estate mortgage investment conduit ("REMIC") election will be made
in connection with the Trust Fund for federal income tax purposes, exclusive of
the Pre-Funding Accounts and the Interest Coverage Accounts (the "Trust Fund
REMIC"). Upon the issuance of the Class A Certificates, Thacher Proffitt & Wood,
counsel to the Depositor, will deliver its opinion generally to the effect that,
assuming compliance with all provisions of the Pooling Agreement, for federal
income tax purposes, the Trust Fund REMIC will qualify as a REMIC within the
meaning of the Code.
For federal income tax purposes, the Class R Certificates will be the sole
Class of "residual interests" and the Class A Certificates will be the "regular
interests" in the Trust Fund REMIC and will generally be treated as debt
instruments of the Trust Fund REMIC. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus.
For federal income tax information reporting purposes, the Class A
Certificates will not be treated as having been issued with original issue
discount. With respect to Group 1, the prepayment assumptions that will be used
in determining the rate of accrual of market discount and premium, if any, for
federal income tax purposes will be based on the assumption that subsequent to
the date of any determination, the Group 1 Mortgage Loans will prepay at a rate
of 2% per annum of the then outstanding principal balance of such Group 1
Mortgage Loans in the first month of the life of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans and
an additional 1.2% per annum in each month thereafter until the twenty-first
month, then, beginning in the twenty-first month and in each month thereafter
during the life of the Group 1 Mortgage Loans, 26% per annum each month. With
respect to Group 2, the prepayment assumptions that will be used in determining
the rate of accrual of market discount and premium, if any, for federal income
tax purposes for the REMIC will be based on the assumption that subsequent to
the date of any determination, the Group 2 Mortgage Loans will prepay at a rate
of 28% CPR. No representation is made that the Mortgage Loans will prepay at
these rates or at any other rate. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular Certificates--Original
Issue Discount", "--Market Discount" and "--Premium" in the Prospectus.
The Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") has issued regulations (the "OID
Regulations") under Sections 1271 to 1275 of the Code generally addressing the
treatment of debt instruments issued with original issue discount. Purchasers of
the Class A Certificates should be aware that the OID Regulations do not
adequately address certain issues relevant to, or are not applicable to
prepayable securities, such as the Class A Certificates. In addition, there is
considerable uncertainty concerning the application of Section 1272(a)(6) of the
Code and the OID Regulations to REMIC Regular Certificates that provide for
payments based on an adjustable rate, such as the Class A Certificates. Because
of the uncertainties concerning the application of Section 1272(a)(6) of the
Code to the Class 1A Certificates and the Class 2A Certificates and because the
rules of the OID Regulations relating to debt instruments having an adjustable
rate of interest are limited in their application in ways that could preclude
their application to the Class A Certificates even in the absence of Section
1272(a)(6) of the Code, the IRS could assert that the Class A Certificates
should be treated as having been issued with original issue discount or should
be governed by some other method not yet set forth in regulations. Prospective
purchasers of the Class A Certificates are advised to consult their tax advisors
concerning the tax treatment of such Certificates.
S-94
<PAGE>
If the Class A Certificates are required to be treated as having been
issued with original issue discount it appears that a reasonable method of
reporting original issue discount with respect to the Class 1A Certificates and
the Class 2A Certificates, generally would be to report all income with respect
to such Certificates as original issue discount for each period, computing such
original issue discount (i) by assuming that the value of the applicable index
will remain constant for purposes of determining the original yield to maturity
of, and projecting future distributions on, such Certificates, thereby treating
such Certificates as fixed rate instruments to which the original issue discount
computation rules described in the Prospectus can be applied, and (ii) by
accounting for any positive or negative variation in the actual value of the
applicable index in any period from its assumed value as a current adjustment to
original issue discount with respect to such period. See "Certain Federal Income
Tax Consequences--REMICs--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates--Original Issue Discount" in the Prospectus.
In general the Class A Certificates will be treated as assets described in
Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code and as "real estate assets" under Section
856(c)(4)(A) of the Code generally in the same proportion that the assets of the
Trust Fund REMIC would be so treated. Moreover, if 95% or more of such assets
qualify for any of the foregoing treatments at all times during a calendar year,
the Class A Certificates will qualify for the corresponding status in their
entirety for that calendar year. In addition, the Class A Certificates will be
"qualified mortgages" within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(3) of the Code.
Furthermore, interest on the Class A Certificates will be treated as "interest
on obligations secured by mortgages on real property" under Section 856(c)(3)(B)
of the Code generally to the extent that such Class A Certificates are treated
as "real estate assets" under Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code. Amounts held in
the Trustee Expense Accounts and the Reserve Accounts may not be treated as
assets described in the foregoing sections of the Code. In addition, to the
extent that the Mortgage Loans represent loans secured by mixed residential and
commercial structures, such loans will be treated as assets described in Section
7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code only if the residential use of the property securing
such loans exceeds 80% of the property's entire use. See "Certain Federal Income
Tax Consequences--REMICs--Characterization of Investment in REMIC Certificates"
in the Prospectus.
To the extent permitted by then applicable law, any "prohibited
transactions tax", "contributions tax", tax on "net income from foreclosure
property" or state or local income or franchise tax that may be imposed on the
Trust Fund REMIC will be borne by the Servicer or Trustee in either case out of
its own funds, provided that the Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be,
has sufficient assets to do so, and provided further that such tax arises out of
a breach of the Servicer's or the Trustee's obligations, as the case may be,
under the Pooling Agreement and in respect of compliance with then applicable
law. Any such tax not borne by the Servicer or the Trustee will be payable out
of the Trust Fund REMIC which may reduce the amounts otherwise payable to
Holders of Class A Certificates. See "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Residual Certificates--Prohibited
Transactions and Other Possible REMIC Taxes" in the Prospectus.
A Certificateholder that is not a "United States person" (as defined in the
Prospectus) and is not subject to federal income tax as a result of any direct
or indirect connection to the United States in addition to its ownership of a
Certificate will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding
tax in respect of a distribution on a Certificate, provided that the holder
complies to the extent necessary with certain identification requirements
(including delivery of a statement, signed by the Certificateholder under
penalties of perjury, certifying that such Certificateholder is not a United
States person and providing the name and address of such Certificateholder). If
the holder does not qualify for exemption, distributions of interest, including
distributions in respect of accrued original issue discount, to such holder may
be subject to a tax rate of 30%, subject to reduction under any applicable tax
treaty. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences--Foreign Investors in
REMIC Certificates" in the Prospectus.
S-95
<PAGE>
The Servicer will be designated as the "tax matters person" (as defined in
Treasury regulation Section 301.6231(a)(7)-(1)(a)) with respect to the Trust
Fund REMIC, and in connection therewith will be required to hold not less than
0.01% of the Percentage Interests of the Class R Certificates.
For further information regarding the federal income tax consequences of
investing in the Class A Certificates, see "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular Certificates" in the
Prospectus.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
A fiduciary of an employee benefit plan and certain other retirement plans
and arrangements, including individual retirement accounts and annuities, Keogh
plans, collective investment funds and separate accounts in which such plans,
accounts or arrangements are invested, and any other entity that may be deemed
to be investing plan assets, including insurance companies, as applicable, that
are subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") and Section 4975 of
the Code ("Plans") should carefully review with its legal advisors whether the
purchase or holding of Class A Certificates could give rise to a transaction
prohibited or not otherwise permissible under ERISA or the Code.
Any Plan fiduciary which proposes to cause a Plan to purchase Class A
Certificates should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential
applicability of ERISA and the Code to such investment and the availability of
the Exemptions (as defined below) or any other prohibited transaction exemption
in connection therewith. A purchaser of a Class A Certificate should also be
aware that even if the conditions specified in one or more exemptions are met,
the scope of the relief provided by an exemption might not cover all acts which
might be construed as prohibited transactions. With respect to the applicability
of ERISA, each Group will be deemed to be a separate sub-trust within the Trust
Fund.
The DOL issued individual exemptions, Prohibited Transaction Exemption
90-29 to Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ("Merrill Lynch")
and Prohibited Transaction Exemption 90-23 to J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. ("J.P.
Morgan") (the "Exemptions"), which generally exempt from the application of the
prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA, and the excise taxes
and penalties imposed on such prohibited transactions pursuant to Section
4975(a) and (b) of the Code and Section 502(i) of ERISA, certain transactions,
among others, relating to the servicing and operation of mortgage pools and the
purchase, sale and holding of mortgage pass-through certificates underwritten or
placed by an Underwriter (as hereinafter defined), provided that certain
conditions set forth in the Exemptions are satisfied. For purposes of this
section "ERISA Considerations", the term "Underwriter" shall include (a) Merrill
Lynch, (b) J.P. Morgan, (c) any person directly or indirectly, through one or
more intermediaries, controlling, controlled by or under common control with
either Merrill Lynch or J.P. Morgan and (d) any member of the underwriting
syndicate or selling group of which a person described in (a), (b) or (c) is a
manager or co-manager with respect to a Class of Certificates.
The Exemptions set forth six general conditions which must be satisfied for
a transaction involving the purchase, sale and holding of Class A Certificates
to be eligible for exemptive relief thereunder. First, the acquisition of Class
A Certificates by a Plan must be on terms that are at least as favorable to the
Plan as they would be in an arm's-length transaction with an unrelated party.
Second, the Exemptions only apply to Class A Certificates evidencing rights and
interests not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced by the other
certificates of the same Trust Fund. Third, the Class A Certificates at the time
of acquisition by the Plan must be rated in one of the three highest generic
rating categories by Standard & Poor's, Moody's, Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co.
or Fitch IBCA, Inc. Fourth, the Trustee cannot be an affiliate of any other
member of the "Restricted Group", which consists of any Underwriter, the
Depositor, the Trustee, the Servicer, any sub-servicer, the Certificate Insurer
and any mortgagor with respect to Mortgage Loans constituting more than
S-96
<PAGE>
5% of the aggregate unamortized principal balance of the Mortgage Loans in the
related Group as of the date of initial issuance of the Certificates. Fifth, the
sum of all payments made to and retained by the Underwriters must represent not
more than reasonable compensation for underwriting the Class A Certificates; the
sum of all payments made to and retained by the Depositor pursuant to the
assignment of the Mortgage Loans to the Trust Fund must represent not more than
the fair market value of the Mortgage Loans; and the sum of all payments made to
and retained by the Servicer and any sub-servicer must represent not more than
reasonable compensation for such person's services under the Pooling Agreement
and reimbursement of such person's reasonable expenses in connection therewith.
Sixth, the investing Plan must be an accredited investor as defined in Rule
501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
If the general conditions of the Exemptions are satisfied, the Exemptions
may provide an exemption from the restrictions imposed by Sections 406(a) and
407 of ERISA (as well as the excise taxes imposed by Sections 4975(a) and (b) of
the Code by reason of Sections 4975(c)(1)(A) through (D) of the Code) in
connection with the direct or indirect sale, exchange, transfer, holding or the
direct or indirect acquisition or disposition in the secondary market of Class A
Certificates by Plans. However, no exemption is provided from the restrictions
of Sections 406(a)(1)(E), 406(a)(2) and 407 of ERISA for the acquisition or
holding of a Class A Certificate on behalf of an "Excluded Plan" by any person
who has discretionary authority or renders investment advice with respect to the
assets of such Excluded Plan. For purposes of the Certificates, an Excluded Plan
is a Plan sponsored by any member of the Restricted Group.
If certain specific conditions of the Exemptions are also satisfied, the
Exemptions may provide an exemption from the restrictions imposed by Sections
406(b)(1) and (b)(2) of ERISA and the taxes imposed by Section 4975(c)(1)(E) of
the Code in connection with (1) the direct or indirect sale, exchange or
transfer of Class A Certificates in the initial issuance of Class A Certificates
between the Depositor or an Underwriter and a Plan when the person who has
discretionary authority or renders investment advice with respect to the
investment of Plan assets in the Class A Certificates is (a) a mortgagor with
respect to 5% or less of the fair market value of the Mortgage Loans or (b) an
affiliate of such a person, (2) the direct or indirect acquisition or
disposition in the secondary market of Class A Certificates by a Plan and (3)
the holding of Class A Certificates by a Plan.
Further, if certain specific conditions of the Exemptions are satisfied,
the Exemptions may provide an exemption from the restrictions imposed by
Sections 406(a), 406(b) and 407 of ERISA, and the taxes imposed by Sections
4975(a) and (b) of the Code by reason of Section 4975(c) of the Code for
transactions in connection with the servicing, management and operation of the
Mortgage Pool.
The Exemptions also may provide an exemption from the restrictions imposed
by Sections 406(a) and 407(a) of ERISA, and the taxes imposed by Section 4975(a)
and (b) of the Code by reason of Sections 4975(c)(1)(A) through (D) of the Code
if such restrictions are deemed to otherwise apply merely because a person is
deemed to be a "party in interest" (within the meaning of Section 3(14) of
ERISA) or a "disqualified person" (within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of
the Code) with respect to an investing Plan by virtue of providing services to
the Plan (or by virtue of having certain specified relationships to such a
person) solely as a result of the Plan's ownership of Certificates.
On July 21, 1997, the DOL issued (62 Fed. Reg. 39021) amendments to the
Exemptions, and similar exemptions issued to other underwriters (the
"Amendments") under which the Exemptions would apply, subject to the
satisfaction of certain conditions, to transactions involving a trust the assets
of which include a pre-funding account to be used subsequent to the closing of
the transaction to purchase additional assets for the trust. In its prefatory
comments to the Amendments as proposed by the DOL (62 Fed. Reg. 28502), the DOL
stated its interpretive position that a transaction which satisfied the
conditions of the Exemptions, but did not satisfy the conditions of the
Amendments as proposed could nevertheless qualify for exemptive relief if it
included a pre-funding account that was used only to acquire assets that are
specifically identified by the
S-97
<PAGE>
sponsor or originator as of the closing date, but transferred to the trust after
the closing date for administrative or other reasons. Although the Pre-Funding
Accounts will not satisfy the conditions of the Amendments, they will be used by
the Trustee solely to pay for the acquisition of Subsequent Mortgage Loans in
accordance with the Pooling Agreement from a fixed pool of loans that will have
been specifically identified prior to the closing date. It is expected that all
of the loans in such fixed pool, except for those which are determined not to
meet the criteria for purchase set forth in the Pooling Agreement, will be
acquired using the related Pre-Funded Amount. Accordingly, the Depositor
believes that the existence of the Pre-Funding Accounts should not cause the
Exemptions to be inapplicable.
Before purchasing a Class A Certificate, a fiduciary of a Plan should
itself confirm (a) that the Class A Certificates constitute "certificates" for
purposes of the Exemptions and (b) that the specific and general conditions set
forth in the Exemptions and the other requirements set forth in the Exemptions
would be satisfied. In addition to making its own determination as to the
availability of the exemptive relief provided in the Exemptions, the Plan
fiduciary should consider its general fiduciary obligations under ERISA in
determining whether to purchase any Class A Certificates on behalf of a Plan.
Any Plan fiduciary considering whether to purchase a Class A Certificate on
behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of
the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and
the Code to such investment. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
Although at their initial issuance the Class 1A Certificates will be rated
Aaa by Moody's and "AAA" by Standard & Poor's, the Class 1A Certificates will
not constitute "mortgage related securities" for purposes of the Secondary
Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA") because Group 1 includes
Mortgage Loans which are secured by second liens.
The Class 2A Certificates will not constitute "mortgage related securities"
for purposes of SMMEA until such time as the balance of the Group 2 Pre-Funding
Account is reduced to zero. At such time the Class 2A Certificates will
constitute "mortgage related securities" for purposes of SMMEA so long as they
are rated in one of the two highest rating categories by at least one nationally
recognized statistical rating organization, and, as such, they will constitute
legal investments for certain entities to the extent provided for in SMMEA.
On December 1, 1998, the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") issued
Thrift Bulletin 13a, entitled, "Management of Interest Rate Risk, Investment
Securities, and Derivatives Activities" ("TB 13a"), which is applicable to
thrift institutions regulated by the OTS. TB 13a has an effective date of
December 1, 1998. One of the primary purposes of TB 13a is to require thrift
institutions, prior to taking any investment position, to (i) conduct a
pre-purchase portfolio sensitivity analysis for any "significant transaction"
involving securities or financial derivatives and (ii) conduct a pre-purchase
price sensitivity analysis of any "complex security" or financial derivative.
For the purposes of TB 13a, "complex security" includes among other things any
collateralized mortgage obligation ("CMO") or REMIC security, other than any
"plain vanilla" mortgage pass-through security (that is, securities that are
part of a single class of securities in the related pool, that are non-callable
and do not have any special features). The OTS recommends that while a thrift
institution should conduct its own in-house pre-acquisition analysis, it may
rely on an analysis conducted by an independent third-party as long as
management understands the analysis and its key assumptions. Further, TB 13a
recommends that the use of "complex securities with high price sensitivity" be
limited to transactions and strategies that lower a thrift institution's
portfolio interest rate risk. TB 13a warns that an investment in complex
securities by thrift institutions that do not have adequate risk measurement,
monitoring and control systems may be viewed by the OTS examiners as an unsafe
and unsound practice.
S-98
<PAGE>
The Depositor makes no representations as to the proper characterization of
any class of offered Certificates for legal investment or other purposes, or as
to the ability of particular investors to purchase any class offered
Certificates under applicable legal investment restrictions. These uncertainties
may adversely affect the liquidity of any class of offered Certificates.
Accordingly, all institutions whose investment activities are subject to legal
investment laws and regulations, regulatory capital requirements or review by
regulatory authorities should consult with their legal advisors in determining
whether and to what extent any class of offered Certificates constitutes a legal
investment or is subject to investment, capital or other restrictions. See
"Legal Investment" in the Prospectus.
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Depositor has agreed to sell to Merrill
Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (the
"Underwriters"), and each of the Underwriters has agreed to purchase from the
Depositor, the principal amount of the Class A Certificates set forth opposite
its name below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Principal Principal
Amount of Amount of
Class 1A Class 2A
Underwriters Certificates Certificates
------------ ------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated ....... $187,500,000 $162,500,000
J.P. Morgan Securities, Inc. ............................. $187,500,000 $162,500,000
------------ ------------
Total .................................................... $375,000,000 $325,000,000
</TABLE>
In the Underwriting Agreement, each of the Underwriters has agreed, subject
to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all of its respective
allocation of the Class A Certificates if any of the Class A Certificates are
purchased.
The Underwriters have advised the Depositor that they propose initially to
offer the Class A Certificates to the public at the price set forth on the cover
page hereof, and to certain dealers at such price less a concession not in
excess of 0.17% of the Certificate denominations for the Class 1A Certificates
and not in excess of 0.17% of the Certificate denominations for the Class 2A
Certificates. The Underwriters may allow and such dealers may reallow a
concession not in excess of 0.125% of the Certificate denominations to certain
other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price and
such concessions may be changed.
Until the distribution of the Class A Certificates is completed, rules of
the Securities and Exchange Commission may limit the ability of the Underwriters
and certain selling group members to bid for and purchase the Class A
Certificates. As an exception to these rules, the Underwriters are permitted to
engage in certain transactions that stabilize the price of the Class A
Certificates. Such transactions consist of bids or purchases for the purpose of
pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the Class A Certificates.
In general, purchases of a security for the purpose of stabilization could
cause the price of the security to be higher than it might be in the absence of
such purchases.
Neither the Depositor or any of its affiliates nor any of the Underwriters
makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any
effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the Class
A Certificates. In addition, neither the Depositor or any of its affiliates nor
any of the Underwriters makes any representation that the Underwriters will
engage in such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will not
be discontinued without notice.
S-99
<PAGE>
The Underwriting Agreement provides that the Depositor will indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the Class A
Certificates will develop or, if it does develop, that it will continue. The
primary source of information available to investors concerning the Class A
Certificates will be the monthly statements discussed in the Prospectus under
"Description of the Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders", which will
include information as to the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates and the status of any existing credit enhancement. There can be no
assurance that any additional information regarding the Class A Certificates
will be available through any other source. In addition, the Depositor is not
aware of any source through which price information about the Class A
Certificates will be generally available on an ongoing basis. The limited nature
of such information regarding the Class A Certificates may adversely affect the
liquidity of the Class A Certificates, even if a secondary market for the Class
A Certificates becomes available.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Financial Guaranty Insurance Company, as of
December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for each of the years in the three-year period
ended December 31, 1998, have been included in this Prospectus Supplement in
Appendix A in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent certified public
accountants, appearing in Appendix A, upon the authority of said firm as experts
in accounting and auditing.
RATINGS
As a condition of issuance, the Class 1A and Class 2A Certificates will be
rated Aaa by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") and "AAA" by Standard &
Poor's Ratings Services, A Division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
("Standard & Poor's"). The security ratings of the Class A Certificates should
be evaluated independently from similar ratings on other types of securities. A
security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities and may
be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating agencies. In
general, ratings address credit risk and do not address the likelihood or rate
of prepayment. See "Rating" and "Risk Factors--Limited Nature of Ratings" in the
Prospectus.
The ratings of Moody's on mortgage pass-through certificates address the
likelihood of the receipt by the holders thereof of all distributions on the
underlying mortgage loans to which they are entitled. Moody's ratings on
pass-through certificates do not represent any assessment of the likelihood that
principal prepayments will be made by mortgagors or the degree to which such
prepayments might differ from that originally anticipated. The rating assigned
by Moody's to the Class A Certificates does not address the possibility that the
Class A Certificateholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield, nor does
it address the likelihood that the Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount will
be paid to the Class 2A Certificateholders.
Standard & Poor's ratings on mortgage pass-through certificates address the
likelihood of the receipt by certificateholders of payments required thereon.
Standard & Poor's ratings take into consideration the credit quality of the
mortgage pool, structural and legal aspects associated with the certificates,
and the extent to which the payment stream on the mortgage pool is adequate to
make payments required under the certificates. Standard & Poor's rating on the
Class A Certificates does not, however, constitute a statement regarding
frequency of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans nor the likelihood that the
Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount will be paid to the Class 2A
Certificateholders.
The ratings assigned to the Class A Certificates will depend primarily on
the creditworthiness of the Certificate Insurer. Any reduction in a rating
assigned to the claims-paying ability of the Certificate Insurer
S-100
<PAGE>
below the ratings initially assigned to the Class A Certificates may result in a
reduction of the ratings assigned to the Class A Certificates.
The Depositor does not expect a rating on the Class A Certificates by any
rating agency other than as set forth above. However, there can be no assurance
as to whether any other rating agency will rate the Class A Certificates, or, if
it does, what rating would be assigned by such other rating agency. A rating on
the Class A Certificates by another rating agency, if assigned at all, may be
lower than the ratings assigned to the Class A Certificates as set forth above.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters relating to the Class A Certificates will be passed
upon for the Depositor by Thacher Proffitt & Wood and Lawrence S. Rigie, Esq.
and for the Underwriters by Brown & Wood LLP.
S-101
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL DEFINITIONS
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
Accrual Period ...........................................................................S-68
Additional Principal......................................................................S-78
Adjustment Date...........................................................................S-32
Amount Available..........................................................................S-78
Annual Trustee Expense Amount.............................................................S-89
ARMs......................................................................................S-54
Available Funds Cap Carry Forward Amount..................................................S-79
Available Funds Cap Rate..................................................................S-79
Available Funds Shortfall.................................................................S-79
Available Principal Amount................................................................S-79
Available Remittance Amount...............................................................S-79
Available Transfer Cashflow...............................................................S-80
Business Day..............................................................................S-46
Cedelbank................................................................................. I-1
Cedelbank Participants....................................................................S-70
Certificate Account.......................................................................S-72
Certificates..............................................................................S-68
Class.....................................................................................S-68
Class 1A Cap Rate.........................................................................S-80
Class 1A Certificates.....................................................................S-68
Class 1A Pass-Through Rate................................................................S-80
Class 2A Cap Rate.........................................................................S-53
Class 2A Certificates.....................................................................S-68
Class 2A Pass-Through Rate................................................................S-80
Class A Carry-Forward Amount..............................................................S-80
Class A Interest Remittance Amount........................................................S-80
Class A Principal Balance.................................................................S-81
Class A Principal Remittance Amount.......................................................S-79
Class A Remittance Amount.................................................................S-82
Class R Certificates......................................................................S-68
CLTV......................................................................................S-27
Commercial Properties.....................................................................S-19
Cooperative...............................................................................S-70
Cross-Over Date...........................................................................S-82
Curtailments..............................................................................S-46
Deferred Payment..........................................................................S-21
Deferred Payment Loans....................................................................S-21
Depositaries..............................................................................S-69
Determination Date........................................................................S-84
DSCR......................................................................................S-64
ERISA.....................................................................................S-97
Euroclear Operator........................................................................S-70
Euroclear Participants....................................................................S-70
Event of Default..........................................................................S-89
Event of Nonpayment.......................................................................S-90
Excess Principal..........................................................................S-82
Excess Spread ...........................................................................S-82
Funding Periods...........................................................................S-45
</TABLE>
S-102
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
GE Capital................................................................................S-91
Gross Margin..............................................................................S-32
Group 1 Certificate Account...............................................................S-72
Group 1 Funding Period....................................................................S-31
Group 1 Interest Coverage Account.........................................................S-84
Group 1 Interest Coverage Amount..........................................................S-84
Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount.................................................................S-31
Group 1 Pre-Funding Account...............................................................S-31
Group 1 Principal and Interest Account....................................................S-71
Group 1 Subsequent Cut-off Date...........................................................S-31
Group 1 Subsequent Mortgage Loans.........................................................S-31
Group 1 Subsequent Transfer Dates.........................................................S-31
Group 1 Subsequent Transfer Instruments...................................................S-31
Group 2 Certificate Account...............................................................S-72
Group 2 Funding Period....................................................................S-45
Group 2 Interest Coverage Account.........................................................S-84
Group 2 Interest Coverage Amount..........................................................S-84
Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount.................................................................S-45
Group 2 Principal and Interest Account....................................................S-71
Group 2 Subsequent Cut-off Date...........................................................S-45
Group 2 Subsequent Mortgage Loans.........................................................S-45
Group 2 Subsequent Transfer Dates.........................................................S-45
Group 2 Subsequent Transfer Instruments...................................................S-45
Homeownership Act.........................................................................S-16
Indirect Participants.....................................................................S-70
Initial Group 1...........................................................................S-19
Initial Group 2...........................................................................S-32
Insured Payments..........................................................................S-93
Interest Coverage Amount..................................................................S-84
J.P. Morgan...............................................................................S-97
LaSalle...................................................................................S-88
Liquidated Mortgage Loan..................................................................S-83
LTV.......................................................................................S-37
Majority Certificateholders...............................................................S-89
Maximum Mortgage Rate.....................................................................S-32
Merrill Lynch.............................................................................S-97
Minimum Mortgage Rate.....................................................................S-33
Mixed Use Properties......................................................................S-19
Mortgage Rates ...........................................................................S-19
Mortgaged Properties......................................................................S-19
Multifamily Properties....................................................................S-19
Net Excess Amount Available...............................................................S-82
Net Excess Principal......................................................................S-82
Net Excess Spread.........................................................................S-82
OID Regulations...........................................................................S-95
One-Month LIBOR.....................................................................S-48, S-53
Original Group 1 Pre-Funded Amount........................................................S-31
Original Group 1 Principal Balance........................................................S-19
Original Group 2 Pre-Funded Amount........................................................S-45
Original Group 2 Principal Balance........................................................S-32
OTS.......................................................................................S-88
Overcollateralization Amount..............................................................S-83
</TABLE>
S-103
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Participants..............................................................................S-70
Percentage Interest.......................................................................S-69
Periodic Payment..........................................................................S-20
Periodic Payment Loan.....................................................................S-20
Periodic Rate Cap.........................................................................S-32
Permanent Buydown Companion Loan..........................................................S-21
Permanent Buydown Loan....................................................................S-21
Plans.....................................................................................S-97
Preference Amount.........................................................................S-94
Prepayment Assumption...............................................................S-51, S-83
Prepayment Model..........................................................................S-49
Principal and Interest Account............................................................S-71
Principal Payment Table...................................................................S-81
Principal Prepayments.....................................................................S-46
Realized Losses...........................................................................S-91
Record Date...............................................................................S-68
Remaining Net Excess Spread...............................................................S-83
REMIC.....................................................................................S-95
Remittance Date...........................................................................S-68
Required Overcollateralization Amount.....................................................S-83
Required Payments.........................................................................S-83
Reserve Account...........................................................................S-84
Scheduled Class A Principal Balance.......................................................S-83
Simple Interest Loans.....................................................................S-20
Simple Interest Method....................................................................S-20
Single Family Properties..................................................................S-19
Step-Down Date ...........................................................................S-49
Subordinated Amount.......................................................................S-82
Subsequent Cut-off Dates..................................................................S-45
Subsequent Mortgage Loans.................................................................S-45
Subsequent Transfer Dates.................................................................S-45
Subsequent Transfer Instruments...........................................................S-45
Successor Servicer........................................................................S-91
Superior..................................................................................S-88
Temporary Buydown Loan....................................................................S-21
Termination Price.........................................................................S-89
Terms and Conditions......................................................................S-70
Trigger Event.............................................................................S-91
Trust Fund................................................................................S-68
Trustee Expense Account...................................................................S-89
Underwriting Agreement...................................................................S-100
Unrecovered Class A Portion...............................................................S-83
</TABLE>
S-104
<PAGE>
ANNEX I
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered AFC Mortgage
Loan Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1999-2 (the "Global Securities") will be
available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Securities may hold
such Global Securities through any of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),
Cedelbank ("Cedelbank"), or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"). The Global
Securities will be tradeable as home market instruments in both the European and
U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle
in same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through Cedelbank and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in
accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance
with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior Home Equity Loan Asset Back
Certificates issues.
Secondary cross-market trading between Cedelbank or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through the respective Depositaries of Cedelbank and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
INITIAL SETTLEMENT
All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
CEDE & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as Direct
and Indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Cedelbank and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their participants through their respective Depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to prior Home Equity Loan Asset Backed
Certificates issues. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with
their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedelbank or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.
SECONDARY MARKET TRADING
Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that the settlement can be made on the desired
value date.
I-1
<PAGE>
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior Home
Equity Loan Asset Backed Certificates issues in sameday funds.
Trading between Cedelbank and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market
trading between Cedelbank Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC seller and Cedelbank or Euroclear purchaser. When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to
the account of a Cedelbank Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser
will send instructions to Cedelbank or Euroclear through a Cedelbank Participant
or Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to settlement.
Cedelbank or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as the case may
be, to receive the Global Securities against payment. Payment will include
interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last coupon
payment date to and excluding the settlement date, on the basis of the actual
number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days.
For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will include
interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month. Payment
will then be made by the respective Depositary of the DTC Participant's account
against delivery of the Global Securities. After settlement has been completed,
the Global Securities will be credited to the respective clearing system and by
the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedelbank
Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account. The securities credit will
appear the next day (European time) and the cash debt will be back-valued to,
and the interest on the Global Securities will accrue from the value date (which
would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the
Cedelbank or Euroclear cash debt will be valued instead as of the actual
settlement date.
Cedelbank Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make
available to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process
same-day funds settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition
funds for settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as
they would for any settlement occurring within Cedelbank or Euroclear. Under
this approach, they may take on credit exposure to Cedelbank or Euroclear until
the Global Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
As an alternative, if Cedelbank or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to them, Cedelbank Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to
proposition funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance
settlement. Under this procedure, Cedelbank Participants or Euroclear
Participants purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one
day, assuming they cleared the overdraft when the Global Securities were
credited to their accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would
accrue from the value date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on
the Global Securities earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce
or offset the amount of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend
on each Cedelbank Participant's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of
funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective Depositary for the benefit of Cedelbank Participants or Euroclear
Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participant a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
Trading between Cedelbank or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser. Due to
time zone differences in their favor, Cedelbank Participants and Euroclear
Participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which
Global Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,
through the respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send
instructions to Cedelbank or Euroclear through a Cedelbank Participant or
Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to the settlement. In
I-2
<PAGE>
these cases, Cedelbank or Euroclear will instruct the respective Depositary, as
appropriate, to deliver the Global Securities to the DTC Participant's account
against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities
from and including the last coupon payment to and excluding the settlement date
on the basis of the actual number of days in such accrual period and a year
assumed to consist of 360 days. For transactions settling on the 31st of the
month, payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of
the following month. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the
Cedelbank Participant or Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of
the cash proceeds in the Cedelbank Participant's or Euroclear Participant's
account would be backed-value to the value date (which would be the preceding
day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the Cedelbank Participant or
Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its respective clearing system
and elect to be in debt in anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its
account, the back-valuation will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that
one-day period. If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e.,
the trade fails), receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedelbank Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's account would instead be valued as of the actual
settlement date.
Finally, day traders that use Cedelbank or Euroclear and that purchase
Global Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedelbank Participants
or Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail
on the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
(a) borrowing through Cedelbank or Euroclear for one day (until the
purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedelbank or Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
(b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedelbank or Euroclear
account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
(c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at
least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedelbank
Participants or Euroclear Participants.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through
Cedelbank or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside of
the U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies
to payments of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification
requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of Global
Securities that are nonU.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status). If
the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
States).
I-3
<PAGE>
Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or reduced
tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001 (Ownership,
Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only for a
reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer
alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Certificate Owners
or their agents.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owners of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds
(the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of
the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are currently effective for three
calendar years and Form 4224 is currently effective for one calendar year. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences--REMIC's-Backup Withholding With
Respect to REMIC Certificates" in the Prospectus.
The term "U.S. Person" means a citizen or resident of the United States, a
corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized, in, or under the
laws of, the United States or any political subdivision thereof, or an estate
whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its
source, or a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States
fiduciaries have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income tax
withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global Securities.
Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice
concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.
I-4
<PAGE>
KPMG [LOGO]
APPENDIX A
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
Financial Statements
December 31, 1998 and 1997
(With Independent Auditors' Report Thereon)
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
================================================================================
AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998
Report of Independent Auditors....................1
Balance Sheets....................................2
Statements of Income..............................3
Statements of Stockholder's Equity................4
Statements of Cash Flows..........................5
Notes to Financial Statements.....................6
<PAGE>
[LETTERHEAD OF KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP]
345 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10154
Independent Auditors' Report
The Board of Directors and Stockholder
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the related statements of income,
stockholder's equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year
period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period then ended in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP
------------
January 22, 1999
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
($ in Thousands, except per share amounts)
DECEMBER 31, DECEMBER 31,
1998 1997
------------ ------------
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Fixed maturity securities available-for-sale
(amortized cost of $2,519,490 in 1998 and $2,313,458 in 1997) $2,663,024 $2,443,746
Short-term investments, at cost, which approximates market 30,395 76,039
Cash 318 802
Accrued investment income 40,038 38,927
Reinsurance recoverable 8,115 8,220
Prepaid reinsurance premiums 148,366 154,208
Deferred policy acquisition costs 80,924 86,286
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation
($6,981 in 1998 and $17,346 in 1997) 1,802 3,142
Prepaid expenses and other assets $ 11,047 21,002
---------- ----------
Total assets $2,984,029 $2,832,372
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Liabilities:
Unearned premiums $ 610,182 $ 628,553
Loss and loss adjustment expenses 59,849 76,926
Ceded reinsurance balances payable 3,129 3,932
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 46,764 26,352
Current federal income taxes payable 69,542 19,335
Deferred federal income taxes 122,839 118,522
Payable for securities purchased 6 5,811
---------- ----------
Total liabilities 912,311 879,431
---------- ----------
Stockholder's Equity:
Common stock, par value $1,500 per share;
10,000 shares authorized, issued and outstanding 15,000 15,000
Additional paid-in capital 383,511 383,511
Accumulated other comprehensive income 91,922 83,935
Retained earnings 1,581,285 1,470,495
---------- ----------
Total stockholder's equity 2,071,718 1,952,941
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity $2,984,029 $2,832,372
========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
-2-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY STATEMENTS OF INCOME
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
($ in Thousands)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
REVENUES:
Gross premiums written $112,425 $ 95,995 $97,027
Ceded premiums (19,444) (19,780) (29,376)
-------- -------- --------
Net premiums written 92,981 76,215 67,651
Decrease in net unearned premiums 12,529 39,788 51,314
-------- -------- --------
Net premiums earned 105,510 116,003 118,965
Net investment income 133,353 127,773 124,635
Net realized gains 29,360 16,700 15,022
-------- -------- --------
Total revenues 268,223 260,476 258,622
-------- -------- --------
EXPENSES:
Loss and loss adjustment expenses 3,178 12,539 2,389
Policy acquisition costs 13,870 12,936 16,327
Decrease (Increase) in deferred policy acquisition costs 5,362 5,659 2,923
Other underwriting expenses 18,539 14,691 12,508
-------- -------- --------
Total expenses 40,949 45,825 34,147
-------- -------- --------
Income before provision for Federal income taxes 227,274 214,651 224,475
-------- -------- --------
Federal income tax expense:
Current 41,467 39,133 41,548
Deferred 17 1,715 5,318
-------- -------- --------
Total Federal income tax expense 41,484 40,848 46,866
-------- -------- --------
Net income $185,790 $173,803 $177,609
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
-3-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
($ in Thousands)
ADDITIONAL
COMMON PAID-IN ACCUMULATED OTHER RETAINED
STOCK CAPITAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME EARNINGS TOTAL
------- ---------- -------------------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, January 1, 1996 $15,000 $334,011 $62,286 $1,136,584 $1,547,881
Net income -- -- -- 177,609 177,609
Other comprehensive income:
Change in fixed maturity securities
available for sale, net of tax of ($13,260) -- -- (24,625) -- (24,625)
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment -- -- 1,070 -- 1,070
----------
Total comprehensive income -- -- -- -- 154,054
----------
Dividend paid -- -- -- (17,500) (17,500)
------- -------- ------- ---------- ----------
Balance, December 31, 1996 15,000 334,011 38,731 1,296,692 1,684,435
------- -------- ------- ---------- ----------
Net Income -- -- -- 173,803 173,803
Other comprehensive income:
Change in fixed maturity securities
available for sale, net of tax of ($24,516) -- -- 45,527 -- 45,527
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment -- -- (323) -- (323)
----------
Total comprehensive income -- -- -- -- 219,007
----------
Capital contribution -- 49,500 -- -- 49,500
------- -------- ------- ---------- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997 15,000 383,511 83,935 1,470,495 1,952,942
------- -------- ------- ---------- ----------
Net Income -- -- -- 185,790 185,790
Other comprehensive income:
Change in fixed maturity securities
available for sale, net of tax of $4,636 -- -- 8,610 -- 8,610
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment -- -- (623) -- (623)
----------
Total comprehensive income -- -- -- -- 193,777
----------
Dividend declared -- -- -- (75,000) (75,000)
------- -------- ------- ---------- ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998 $15,000 $383,511 $91,922 $1,581,285 $2,071,719
======= ======== ======= ========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
-4-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
($ in Thousands)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $185,790 $173,803 $ 177,609
Adjustments to reconcile net income
to net cash provided by operating activities:
Change in unearned premiums (18,371) (53,263) (45,719)
Change in loss and loss adjustment expense reserves (17,077) 4,310 (5,192)
Depreciation of property and equipment 1,399 2,013 2,472
Change in reinsurance recoverable 105 (1,205) 657
Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums 5,842 13,475 (5,596)
Change in foreign currency translation adjustment (958) (497) 1,646
Policy acquisition costs deferred (13,870) (12,936) (16,327)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs 19,232 18,595 19,250
Change in accrued investment income, and prepaid
expenses and other assets 12,847 (2,754) (7,201)
Change in other liabilities 15,606 (36,233) 30,117
Change in deferred income taxes 17 1,715 5,318
Amortization of fixed maturity securities 4,149 2,698 792
Change in current income taxes payable 50,207 (32,681) 720
Net realized gains on investments (29,360) (16,700) (15,022)
-------- -------- ----------
Net cash provided by operating activities 215,558 60,340 143,524
-------- -------- ----------
Investing Activities:
Sales and maturities of fixed maturity securities 607,372 741,604 891,643
Purchases of fixed maturity securities (818,999) (848,843) (1,033,345)
Purchases, sales and maturities of short-term investments, net 45,644 (2,200) 17,193
Purchases of property and equipment, net (59) (459) (854)
-------- -------- ----------
Net cash used in investing activities (166,042) (109,898) (125,363)
-------- -------- ----------
Financing Activities:
Capital Contributions -- 49,500 --
Dividends paid (50,000) -- (17,500)
-------- -------- ----------
Net cash provided by financing activities (50,000) 49,500 (17,500)
-------- -------- ----------
(Decrease) Increase in cash (484) (58) 661
Cash at beginning of year 802 860 199
-------- -------- ----------
Cash at end of year $ 318 $ 802 $ 860
======== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to financial statements.
-5-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
================================================================================
(1) BUSINESS
Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (the "Company") is a wholly-owned
insurance subsidiary of FGIC Corporation (the "Parent"). The Parent is
owned approximately ninety-nine percent by General Electric Capital
Corporation ("GE Capital") and approximately one percent by Sumitomo
Marine and Fire Insurance Company, Ltd. The Company provides financial
guaranty insurance on newly issued municipal bonds and municipal bonds
trading in the secondary market, the latter including bonds held by
unit investment trusts and mutual funds. The Company also insures
structured debt issues outside the municipal market. Approximately 86%
of the business written since inception by the Company has been
municipal bond insurance.
The Company insures only those securities that, in its judgment, are of
investment grade quality. Municipal bond insurance written by the
Company insures the full and timely payment of principal and interest
when due on scheduled maturity, sinking fund or other mandatory
redemption and interest payment dates to the holders of municipal
securities. The Company's insurance policies do not provide for
accelerated payment of the principal of, or interest on, the bond
insured in the case of a payment default. If the issuer of a
Company-insured bond defaults on its obligation to pay debt service,
the Company will make scheduled interest and principal payments as due
and is subrogated to the rights of bondholders to the extent of
payments made by it.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that effect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
(2) SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on the basis
of generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") which differ in
certain respects from the accounting practices prescribed or permitted
by regulatory authorities (see Note 3). The prior years financial
statements have been reclassified to conform to the 1998 presentation.
Significant accounting policies are as follows:
INVESTMENTS
The Company accounts for its investments in accordance with Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 ("SFAS 115"), "Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities." The Statement
defines three categories for classification of debt securities and the
related accounting treatment for each respective category. The Company
has determined that its fixed maturity securities portfolio should be
classified as available-for-sale. Under SFAS 115, securities held as
available-for-sale are recorded at fair value and unrealized holding
gains/losses are recorded as a separate component of stockholder's
equity, net of applicable income taxes.
Short-term investments are carried at cost, which approximates fair
value. Bond discounts and premiums are amortized over the remaining
terms of the securities. Realized gains or losses on the sale of
investments are determined on the basis of specific identification.
-6-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
PREMIUM REVENUE RECOGNITION
Premiums for policies where premiums are collected in a single payment
at policy inception are earned over the period at risk, based on the
total exposure outstanding at any point in time. Financial guaranty
insurance policies exposure generally declines according to
predetermined schedules. For policies with premiums that are collected
periodically, premiums are reflected in income pro rata over the period
covered by the premium payment.
POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS
Policy acquisition costs include only those expenses that relate
directly to premium production. Such costs include compensation of
employees involved in underwriting, marketing and policy issuance
functions, rating agency fees, state premium taxes and certain other
underwriting expenses, offset by ceding commission income on premiums
ceded to reinsurers (see Note 6). Net acquisition costs are deferred
and amortized over the period in which the related premiums are earned.
Anticipated loss and loss adjustment expenses are considered in
determining the recoverability of acquisition costs.
LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
Provision for loss and loss adjustment expenses includes amounts equal
to the present value of unpaid principal and interest and other
payments due under insured risks at the balance sheet date for which,
in management's judgment, the likelihood of default is probable. Such
reserves amounted to $59.8 million and $76.9 million at December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively. As of December 31, 1998 and 1997, such
reserves included $39.6 million and $35.1 million, respectively,
established based on an evaluation of the insured portfolio in light of
current economic conditions and other relevant factors. As of December
31, 1998 and 1997, case-basis loss and loss adjustment expense reserves
were $20.2 million and $41.8 million, respectively. Loss and loss
adjustment expenses include amounts discounted at an interest rate
between 5.0% and 5.1% in 1998 and between 5.9% and 6.0% in 1997. The
discount rate used is based upon the risk free rate for the average
maturity of the applicable bond sector. The reserve for loss and loss
adjustment expenses is necessarily based upon estimates, however, in
management's opinion the reserves for loss and loss adjustment expenses
is adequate. However, actual results will likely differ from those
estimates.
INCOME TAXES
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax
consequences attributable to differences between the financial
statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. These temporary differences relate principally to
unrealized gains (losses) on fixed maturity securities
available-for-sale, premium revenue recognition, deferred acquisition
costs and deferred compensation. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected
to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and
liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the
period that includes the enactment date.
Financial guaranty insurance companies are permitted to deduct from
taxable income, subject to certain limitations, amounts added to
statutory contingency reserves (see Note 3). The amounts deducted must
be included in taxable income upon their release from the reserves or
upon earlier release of such amounts from such reserves to cover excess
losses as permitted by insurance regulators. The amounts deducted are
allowed as deductions from taxable income only to the extent that U.S.
government non-interest bearing tax and loss bonds are purchased and
held in an amount equal to the tax benefit attributable to such
deductions.
-7-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment consists of furniture, fixtures, equipment and
leasehold improvements which are recorded at cost and are charged to
income over their estimated service lives. Office furniture and
equipment are depreciated straight-line over five years. Leasehold
improvements are amortized over their estimated service life or over
the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Computer equipment and
software are depreciated over three years. Maintenance and repairs are
charged to expense as incurred.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
The Company has established foreign branches in France and the United
Kingdom and determined that the functional currencies of these branches
are local currencies. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities of these
foreign branches are translated into U.S. dollars at the rates of
exchange existing at December 31, 1998 and 1997 and revenues and
expenses are translated at average monthly exchange rates. The
cumulative translation loss at December 31, 1998 and 1997 was $1.4
million and $0.7 million, respectively, net of tax, and is reported as
a separate component of stockholder's equity.
NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
In June 1997, FASB Statement 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", was
issued to establish standards for reporting and display of
comprehensive income and its components (revenues, expenses, gains and
losses) in a full set of general-purpose financial statements. This
Statement requires that all items that are required to be recognized
under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income be
reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same
prominence as other financial statements. This Statement does not
require a specific format for that financial statement but requires
that an enterprise display an amount representing total comprehensive
income for the period in that financial statement. The Company
implemented this Statement in 1998.
In June 1998, FASB Statement No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities", was issued to establish
comprehensive accounting and reporting standards effective as of the
beginning of the first quarter of the fiscal year beginning after June
15, 1999 (thus for calendar year-end entities, this Standard is
effective January 1, 2000). This Standard not only defines derivative
instruments and hedging activities, but also requires that they be
recorded on the statement of financial position at fair value, and
depending upon if the instrument is a derivative or qualifies as a
specific type of hedge, changes in fair value may be recorded either in
the statement of earnings or other comprehensive income. Management is
assessing the impact of this Standard on the Company and does not
anticipate the impact to be significant.
(3) STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
The financial statements are prepared on the basis of GAAP, which
differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by state insurance regulatory authorities. The following are
the significant ways in which statutory-basis accounting practices
differ from GAAP:
(a) premiums are earned directly in proportion to the scheduled
principal and interest payments rather than in proportion to
the total exposure outstanding at any point in time.
(b) policy acquisition costs are charged to current operations as
incurred rather than as related premiums are earned;
-8-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
(c) a contingency reserve is computed on the basis of statutory
requirements for the security of all policyholders,
regardless of whether loss contingencies actually exist,
whereas under GAAP, a reserve is established based on an
ultimate estimate of exposure;
(d) certain assets designated as non-admitted assets are charged
directly against surplus but are reflected as assets under
GAAP, if recoverable;
(e) federal income taxes are only provided with respect to
taxable income for which income taxes are currently payable,
while under GAAP taxes are also provided for differences
between the financial reporting and the tax bases of assets
and liabilities;
(f) purchases of tax and loss bonds are reflected as admitted
assets, while under GAAP they are recorded as federal income
tax payments; and
(g) all fixed income investments are carried at amortized cost
rather than at fair value for securities classified as
available-for-sale under GAAP.
-9-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
<TABLE>
The following is a reconciliation of net income and stockholder's equity
presented on a GAAP basis to the corresponding amounts reported on a
statutory-basis for the periods indicated below (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
------------------------- ------------------------- -------------------------
NET STOCKHOLDER'S NET STOCKHOLDER'S NET STOCKHOLDER'S
INCOME EQUITY INCOME EQUITY INCOME EQUITY
-------- ------------- -------- ------------- -------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
GAAP basis amount $185,790 $2,071,718 $173,803 $1,952,941 $177,609 $1,684,434
Premium revenue recognition (13,946) (195,155) (4,924) (181,209) (9,358) (176,285)
Deferral of acquisition costs 5,362 (80,924) 5,659 (86,286) 2,923 (91,945)
Contingency reserve -- (627,257) -- (540,677) -- (460,973)
Contingency reserve tax deduction
(see Note 2) -- 74,059 -- 95,185 -- 85,176
Non-admitted assets -- (1,502) -- (2,593) -- (3,879)
Case basis loss reserves 1,945 73 1,377 (1,872) (3,197) (3,249)
Portfolio loss reserves 3,900 32,900 5,000 29,000 -- 24,000
Deferral of income taxes 17 72,521 1,715 72,260 5,317 70,719
Unrealized (gains) on fixed maturity
securities held at fair value,
net of tax -- (93,297) -- (84,687) -- (39,160)
Recognition of profit commission 1,338 (6,050) (1,203) (7,388) (441) (6,185)
Unauthorized reinsurance -- (39) -- -- -- --
Allocation of tax benefits due to
Parent's net operating loss to the
Company (see Note 5) 253 11,169 313 10,916 313 10,603
-------- ---------- -------- ---------- -------- ----------
Statutory-basis amount $184,659 $1,258,215 $181,740 $1,255,590 $173,166 $1,093,256
======== ========== ======== ========== ======== ==========
</TABLE>
-10-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
4) INVESTMENTS
Investments in fixed maturity securities carried at fair value of $3.2
million and $3.1 million as of December 31, 1998 and 1997,
respectively, were on deposit with various regulatory authorities as
required by law.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
The amortized cost and fair values of short-term investments and of
investments in fixed maturity securities classified as
available-for-sale are as follows (in thousands):
GROSS GROSS
UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
AMORTIZED HOLDING HOLDING FAIR
1998 COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
----------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and
obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies $ 75,595 $ 1,294 $ 2 $ 76,887
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions 2,367,682 142,777 4,112 2,506,347
Debt securities issued by foreign
governments 38,520 3,182 -- 41,702
Other 37,693 416 21 38,088
---------- ---------- ------- ----------
Investments available-for-sale 2,519,490 147,669 4,135 2,663,024
Short-term investments 30,395 -- -- 30,395
---------- ---------- ------- ----------
Total $2,549,885 $ 147,669 $ 4,135 $2,693,419
========== ========== ======= ==========
</TABLE>
-11-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
<TABLE>
The amortized cost and fair values of short-term investments and of investments
in fixed maturity securities available-for-sale at December 31, 1998, by
contractual maturity date, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from
contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay
obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
<CAPTION>
AMORTIZED FAIR
1998 COST VALUE
---------------------------------------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Due in one year or less $ 32,677 $ 32,693
Due after one year through five years 110,268 113,985
Due after five years through ten years 711,111 752,903
Due after ten years through twenty years 1,537,253 1,635,363
Due after twenty years 158,576 158,475
---------- ----------
Total $2,549,885 $2,693,419
========== ==========
<CAPTION>
GROSS GROSS
UNREALIZED UNREALIZED
AMORTIZED HOLDING HOLDING FAIR
1997 COST GAINS LOSSES VALUE
----------------------------------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and
obligations of U.S. government
corporations and agencies $ 11,539 $ 185 $ -- $ 11,724
Obligations of states and political
subdivisions 2,272,225 130,183 655 2,401,753
Debt securities issued by foreign
governments 29,694 603 28 30,269
---------- --------- ------ ----------
Investments available-for-sale 2,313,458 130,971 683 2,443,746
Short-term investments 76,039 -- -- 76,039
---------- --------- ------ ----------
Total $2,389,497 $130,971 $ 683 $2,519,785
========== ======== ====== ==========
</TABLE>
In 1998, 1997 and 1996, proceeds from sales and maturities of investments in
fixed maturity securities available-for-sale carried at fair value were $607.3
million, $741.6 million, and $891.6 million, respectively. For 1998, 1997 and
1996 gross gains of $29.6 million, $19.1 million and $19.8 million respectively,
and gross losses of $0.2 million, $2.4 million and $4.8 million respectively,
were realized on such sales.
-12-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
<TABLE>
Net investment income of the Company is derived from the following sources (in
thousands):
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income from fixed maturity securities $129,942 $122,372 $119,290
Income from short-term investments 4,421 6,366 6,423
-------- ---------- --------
Total investment income 134,363 128,738 125,713
Investment expenses 1,010 965 1,078
-------- -------- --------
Net investment income $133,353 $127,773 $124,635
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
As of December 31, 1998, the Company did not have more than 3% of its
investment portfolio concentrated in a single issuer or industry.
(5) INCOME TAXES
The Company files a federal tax return as part of the consolidated
return of General Electric Capital Corporation ("GE Capital"). Under a
tax sharing agreement with GE Capital, taxes are allocated to the
Company and the Parent based upon their respective contributions to
consolidated net income. The Company also has a separate tax sharing
agreement with its Parent. Under this agreement the Company can utilize
its Parent's net operating loss to offset taxable income on a
stand-alone basis. The Company's effective federal corporate tax rate
(18.3 percent in 1998, 19.0 percent in 1997 and 20.8 percent in 1996)
is less than the corporate tax rate on ordinary income of 35 percent in
1998, 1997 and 1996, primarily due to tax exempt interest on municipal
investments.
<TABLE>
Federal income tax expense relating to operations of the Company for
1998, 1997 and 1996 is comprised of the following (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Current tax expense $41,467 $39,133 $41,548
Deferred tax expense 17 1,715 5,318
------- ------- -------
Federal income tax expense $41,484 $40,848 $46,866
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
-13-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
<TABLE>
The following is a reconciliation of federal income taxes computed at
the statutory rate and the provision for federal income taxes (in
thousands):
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
-------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income taxes computed on income
before provision for federal
income taxes, at the statutory rate $ 79,546 $ 75,128 $ 78,566
Tax effect of:
Tax-exempt interest (35,660) (34,508) (32,609)
Original issue discount (2,511) -- --
Other, net (109) 228 909
-------- -------- --------
Provision for income taxes $ 41,484 $ 40,848 $ 46,866
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant
portions of the net deferred tax liability or asset at December 31,
1998 and 1997 are presented below (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Deferred tax assets:
Loss reserves $ 12,364 $ 10,999
Deferred compensation 2,230 2,242
Tax over book capital gains 3,464 2,996
Other 3,579 2,260
-------- --------
Total gross deferred tax assets 21,637 18,497
-------- --------
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unrealized gains on fixed maturity
securities, available-for-sale 50,237 45,601
Deferred acquisition costs 28,323 30,200
Premium revenue recognition 44,935 40,103
Rate differential on tax and loss bonds 9,454 9,454
Other 11,527 11,661
-------- --------
Total gross deferred tax liabilities 144,476 137,019
-------- --------
Net deferred tax liability $122,839 $118,522
======== ========
</TABLE>
Based upon the level of historical taxable income, projections of
future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets
are deductible and the estimated reversal of future taxable temporary
differences, the Company believes it is more likely than not that it
will realize the benefits of these deductible differences and has not
established a valuation allowance at December 31, 1998 and 1997. The
Company anticipates that the related deferred tax asset will be
realized based on future profitable business.
Total federal income tax payments during 1998, 1997 and 1996 were
$(8.7) million, $71.8 million, and $33.9 million, respectively.
-14-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
(6) REINSURANCE
The Company reinsures portions of its risk with other insurance
companies through quota share reinsurance treaties and, where
warranted, on a facultative basis. This process serves to limit the
Company's exposure on risks underwritten. In the event that any or all
of the reinsuring companies were unable to meet their obligations, the
Company would be liable for such defaulted amounts. The Company
evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors
concentrations of credit risk arising from activities or economic
characteristics of the reinsurers to minimize its exposure to
significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies. The Company holds
collateral under reinsurance agreements in the form of letters of
credit and trust agreements in various amounts with various reinsurers
totaling $37.0 million that can be drawn on in the event of default.
Net premiums earned are presented net of ceded earned premiums of $25.3
million, $33.3 million and $23.7 million for the years ended December
31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Loss and loss adjustment
expenses incurred are presented net of ceded losses of $0.9 million,
$0.2 million and $(0.8) million for the years ended December 31, 1998,
1997 and 1996, respectively.
(7) LOSS AND LOSS ADJUSTMENT EXPENSES
<TABLE>
Activity in the reserve for loss and loss adjustment expenses is
summarized as follows (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------------------
1998 1997 1996
------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance at January 1, $76,926 $72,616 $77,808
Less reinsurance recoverable (8,220) (7,015) (7,672)
------- ------- -------
Net balance at January 1, 68,706 65,601 70,136
Incurred related to:
Current year 568 1,047 --
Prior years (1,290) 6,492 2,389
Portfolio reserves 3,900 5,000 --
------- ------- -------
Total Incurred 3,178 12,539 2,389
------- ------- -------
Paid related to:
Current year -- 1,047) --
Prior years (20,150) (8,387) (6,924)
------- ------- -------
Total Paid (20,150) (9,434) (6,924)
------- ------- -------
Net balance at December 31, 51,734 68,706 65,601
Plus reinsurance recoverable 8,115 8,220 7,015
------- ------- -------
Balance at December 31, $59,849 $76,926 $72,616
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The changes in incurred portfolio and case reserves principally relates
to business written in prior years. The changes are based upon an
evaluation of the insured portfolio in light of current economic
conditions and other relevant factors.
-15-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
(8) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company has various agreements with subsidiaries of General
Electric Company ("GE") and GE Capital. These business transactions
include appraisal fees and due diligence costs associated with
underwriting structured finance mortgage-backed security business;
payroll and office expenses incurred by the Company's international
branch offices but processed by a GE subsidiary; investment fees
pertaining to the management of the Company's investment portfolio; and
telecommunication service charges. Approximately $3.2 million, $4.9
million and $8.1 million in expenses were incurred in 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively, related to such transactions.
The Company also insured certain non-municipal issues with GE Capital
involvement as sponsor of the insured securitization and/or servicer of
the underlying assets. For some of these issues, GE Capital also
provides first loss protection in the event of default. Gross premiums
written on these issues amounted to $0.5 million in 1998, $0.5 million
in 1997, and $0.6 million in 1996. As of December 31, 1998, par
outstanding on these deals before reinsurance was $109.4 million.
The Company insures bond issues and securities in trusts that were
sponsored by affiliates of GE (approximately 1 percent of gross
premiums written) in 1998, 1997 and 1996.
(9) COMPENSATION PLANS
Officers and other key employees of the Company participate in the
Parent's incentive compensation, deferred compensation and profit
sharing plans. Expenses incurred by the Company under compensation
plans and bonuses amounted to $2.2 million, $5.0 million and $4.5
million in 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively, before deduction for
related tax benefits.
(10) DIVIDENDS
Under New York insurance law, the Company may pay a dividend only from
earned surplus subject to the following limitations: (a) statutory
surplus after such dividend may not be less than the minimum required
paid-in capital, which was $66.4 million in 1998 and 1997, and (b)
dividends may not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of its surplus or 100
percent of adjusted net investment income, as defined by New York
insurance law, for the 12 month period ending on the preceding December
31, without the prior approval of the Superintendent of the New York
State Insurance Department. At December 31, 1998 and 1997, the amount
of the Company's surplus available for dividends was approximately
$50.8 million and $124.6 million, respectively.
During 1998, 1997 and 1996, the Company paid dividends of $75.0, $0.0
million and $17.5 million, respectively.
(11) CAPITAL CONTRIBUTION
During 1997, the Parent made a capital contribution of $49.5 million to
the Company.
-16-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
(12) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company in
estimating fair values of financial instruments:
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES: Fair values for fixed maturity securities
are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values is estimated using quoted market
prices for similar securities. Fair value disclosure for fixed maturity
securities is included in the balance sheets and in Note 4.
SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS: Short-term investments are carried at cost,
which approximates fair value.
CASH, RECEIVABLE FOR SECURITIES SOLD, AND PAYABLE FOR SECURITIES
PURCHASED: The carrying amounts of these items approximate their fair
values.
<TABLE>
The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments at
December 31, 1998 and 1997 are as follows (in thousands):
<CAPTION>
1998 1997
----------------------- -----------------------
CARRYING FAIR CARRYING FAIR
AMOUNT VALUE AMOUNT VALUE
---------- ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Financial Assets
Cash
On hand and in demand accounts $ 318 $ 318 $ 802 $ 802
Short-term investments 30,395 30,395 $ 76,039 $ 76,039
Fixed maturity securities $2,663,024 $2,663,024 $2,443,746 $2,443,746
</TABLE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTIES: The carrying value of the Company's financial
guaranties is represented by the unearned premium reserve, net of
deferred acquisition costs, and loss and loss adjustment expense
reserves. Estimated fair values of these guaranties are based on
amounts currently charged to enter into similar agreements (net of
applicable ceding commissions), discounted cash flows considering
contractual revenues to be received adjusted for expected prepayments,
the present value of future obligations and estimated losses, and
current interest rates. The estimated fair values of such financial
guaranties range between $379.1 million and $419.0 million compared to
a carrying value of $432.6 million as of December 31, 1998 and between
$355.7 million and $382.6 million compared to a carrying value of
$456.8 million as of December 31, 1997.
-17-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The Company considers its role in providing insurance to be credit
enhancement rather than credit substitution. The Company insures only
those securities that, in its judgment, are of investment grade
quality. The Company has established and maintains its own underwriting
standards that are based on those aspects of credit that the Company
deems important for the particular category of obligations considered
for insurance. Credit criteria include economic and social trends, debt
management, financial management and legal and administrative factors,
the adequacy of anticipated cash flows, including the historical and
expected performance of assets pledged for payment of securities under
varying economic scenarios and underlying levels of protection such as
insurance or overcollateralization.
In connection with underwriting new issues, the Company sometimes
requires, as a condition to insuring an issue, that collateral be
pledged or, in some instances, that a third-party guarantee be provided
for a term of the obligation insured by a party of acceptable credit
quality obligated to make payment prior to any payment by the Company.
The types and extent of collateral pledged varies, but may include
residential and commercial mortgages, corporate debt, government debt
and consumer receivables.
As of December 31, 1998, the Company's total insured principal exposure
to credit loss in the event of default by bond issuers was $131.2
billion, net of reinsurance of $35.4 billion. The Company's insured
portfolio as of December 31, 1998 was broadly diversified by geography
and bond market sector with no single debt issuer representing more
than 1% of the Company's principal exposure outstanding, net of
reinsurance.
As of December 31, 1998, the composition of principal exposure by type
of issue, net of reinsurance, was as follows (in millions):
NET
PRINCIPAL
OUTSTANDING
-----------
Municipal:
General obligation $ 69,684.2
Special revenue 42,453.6
Industrial revenue 465.3
Non-municipal 18,598.5
-----------
Total $ 131,201.6
===========
The Company's gross and net exposure outstanding was $295,860.8 million
and $229,750.6 million, respectively, as of December 31, 1998.
As of December 31, 1998, the composition of principal exposure ceded to
reinsurers was as follows (in millions):
CEDED
PRINCIPAL
OUTSTANDING
-----------
Reinsurer:
Capital Re $ 14,615.1
Enhance Re 9,539.1
Other 11,220.1
-----------
Total $ 35,374.3
===========
-18-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
The Company is authorized to do business in 50 states, the District of
Columbia, and in the United Kingdom and France. Principal exposure
outstanding at December 31, 1998 by state, net of reinsurance, was as
follows (in millions):
NET
PRINCIPAL
OUTSTANDING
-----------
California $ 14,945.0
Pennsylvania 12,140.1
Florida 11,577.8
New York 11,397.1
Illinois 8,189.6
Texas 6,689.5
Michigan 5,406.8
New Jersey 4,773.0
Arizona 3,678.7
Ohio 3,470.2
----------
Sub-total 82,267.8
Other states 48,662.4
International 271.4
----------
Total $131,201.6
==========
(13) COMMITMENTS
Total rent expense was $2.6 million, $2.4 million and $2.8 million in
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. For each of the next five years and
in the aggregate as of December 31, 1998, the minimum future rental
payments under noncancellable operating leases having remaining terms
in excess of one year approximate (in thousands):
YEAR AMOUNT
------------------------------------ ------
1999 $2,909
2000 2,909
2001 2,911
2002
2003 --
------
Total minimum future rental payments $8,729
======
(14) YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE (UNAUDITED)
The inability of business processes to continue to function correctly
after the beginning of the Year 2000 could have serious adverse effects
on companies and entities throughout the world. FGIC recognizes the
seriousness of the Year 2000 issue and has developed an action plan to
mitigate Year 2000 issues in their information systems, products,
facilities and suppliers. The action plan has been reviewed by senior
management at the Company and GE Capital Services internal audit staff.
Our progress is closely monitored by GE Capital's Year 2000 Program
Management Office.
-19-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
The action plan is divided into four phases: (1) define/measure -
identify and inventory possible sources of Year 2000 issues; (2)
analyze - determine the nature and extent of Year 2000 issues and
develop project plans to address those issues; (3) improve - execute
project plans and perform a majority of the testing; and (4) control -
complete testing, continue monitoring readiness and complete necessary
contingency plans.
The action plan includes solutions which are appropriate to the
specific situations. Some systems have been upgraded to new systems (or
to new releases of existing systems) which are Year 2000 ready.
Remediation of FGIC's applications is complete. Year 2000 system
testing is currently in progress; we expect to be completed mid-1999.
The cost of addressing such matters will not have a material impact on
the business, operations, or financial condition of the Company.
Business operations are also dependent on the Year 2000 readiness of
infrastructure suppliers in areas such as utilities, communications,
transportation and other services. The likelihood and effects of
failures in infrastructure systems and in the supply chain cannot be
estimated. However, with respect to operations under its direct
control, management does not expect, in view of its Year 2000 action
plan, that occurrences of Year 2000 failures will have a material
adverse effect on the financial position, results of operations or
liquidity.
We are in the process of updating our Business Contingency and Disaster
Recovery Plans, as appropriate. We expect these plans to be completed
and tested by mid-1999.
(15) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
In 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 130,
"Comprehensive Income". This statement was implemented retroactively by
the Company in 1998. the statement requires that an enterprise (a)
classify items of other comprehensive income by their nature in a
financial statement and (b) display the accumulated balance of other
comprehensive income separately from retained earnings and additional
paid-in capital in the equity section of a statement of financial
position. Accumulated other comprehensive income of the Company
consists of net unrealized gains on investment securities and foreign
currency translation adjustments.
<TABLE>
The following are components of other comprehensive income (in
thousands) for the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996:
<CAPTION>
1998
-----------------------------------
Before Tax Tax Net of Tax
Amount Expense Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized gains on investments:
Unrealized holding losses arising
during the period $ 42,606 $(14,912) $ 27,694
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income (29,360) 10,276 (19,084)
-------- -------- --------
Other comprehensive income $ 13,246 $ (4,636) $ 8,610
======== ======== ========
-20-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
================================================================================
<CAPTION>
1997
-----------------------------------
Before Tax Tax Net of Tax
Amount Expense Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized gains on investments:
Unrealized holding losses arising
during the period $ 86,742 $(30,360) $ 56,382
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income (16,700) 5,845 (10,855)
-------- -------- --------
Other comprehensive income $ 70,042 $(24,515) $ 45,527
======== ======== ========
<CAPTION>
1996
-----------------------------------
Before Tax Tax Net of Tax
Amount Expense Amount
---------- -------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unrealized gains on investments:
Unrealized holding losses arising
during the period $(22,863) $ 8,002 $(14,861)
Less: reclassification adjustment for
gains realized in net income (15,022) 5,258 (9,764)
-------- -------- --------
Other comprehensive income $(37,885) $ 13,260 $(24,625)
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
-21-
<PAGE>
APPENDIX B
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE COMPANY
================================================================================
UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 1999
Balance Sheets............................................................ 1
Statements of Income...................................................... 2
Statements of Cash Flows.................................................. 3
Notes to Unaudited Interim Financial Statements........................... 4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY BALANCE SHEETS
====================================================================================================================
($ in Thousands)
MARCH 31, DECEMBER 31,
1999 1998
------------ ------------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Fixed maturity securities, available for sale,
at fair value (amortized cost of
$2,511,780 in 1999 and $2,519,490 in 1998) $2,611,055 $2,663,024
Short-term investments, at cost, which approximates market 72,610 30,395
Cash 412 318
Accrued investment income 38,532 40,038
Reinsurance receivable 8,242 8,115
Deferred policy acquisition costs 79,497 80,924
Property, plant and equipment net of
accumulated depreciation of $7,303 in 1999 and $6,981 in 1998 1,480 1,802
Prepaid reinsurance premiums 148,540 148,366
Prepaid expenses and other assets 19,040 11,047
---------- ----------
Total assets $2,979,408 $2,984,029
========== ==========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
Liabilities:
Unearned premiums $608,562 $610,182
Losses and loss adjustment expenses 60,001 59,849
Ceded reinsurance payable 2,997 3,129
Accounts payable and accrued expenses 46,522 46,764
Current federal income taxes payable 82,630 69,542
Deferred federal income taxes payable 108,390 122,839
Payable for securities purchased -- 6
---------- ----------
Total liabilities 909,102 912,311
---------- ----------
Stockholder's Equity:
Common stock, par value $1,500 per share at March 31,
1999 and at December 31, 1998: 10,000 shares authorized,
issued and outstanding 15,000 15,000
Additional paid-in capital 383,511 383,511
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax 64,375 91,922
Retained earnings 1,607,420 1,581,285
---------- ----------
Total stockholder's equity 2,070,306 2,071,718
---------- ----------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity $2,979,408 $2,984,029
========== ==========
</TABLE>
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim financial statements
-1-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY STATEMENTS OF INCOME
================================================================================
($ in Thousands)
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
----------------------------
1999 1998
---------- ----------
(UNAUDITED)
REVENUES:
Gross premiums written $ 28,333 $ 19,831
Ceded premiums (5,657) (2,144)
-------- --------
Net premiums written 22,676 17,687
Decrease in net unearned premiums 1,794 12,655
-------- --------
Net premiums earned 24,470 30,342
Net investment income 33,869 32,785
Net realized gains 17,464 13,083
-------- --------
Total revenues 75,803 76,210
-------- --------
EXPENSES:
Losses and loss adjustment expenses 639 3,921
Policy acquisition costs 5,359 5,447
Other underwriting expenses 5,197 5,101
-------- --------
Total expenses 11,195 14,469
-------- --------
Income before provision for federal income taxes 64,608 61,741
Provision for federal income taxes 13,473 13,975
-------- --------
Net income $ 51,135 $ 47,766
======== ========
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim financial statements
-2-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
================================================================================
($ in Thousands)
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
----------------------------
1999 1998
-------------- ------------
(UNAUDITED)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income $ 51,135 $ 47,766
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for deferred income taxes 385 211
Amortization of fixed maturity securities 1,055 895
Policy acquisition costs deferred (3,932) (4,996)
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs 5,359 5,447
Depreciation of fixed assets 323 365
Change in reinsurance receivable (127) (341)
Change in prepaid reinsurance premiums (174) 5,281
Foreign currency translation adjustment 1,880 (215)
Change in accrued investment income, prepaid
expenses and other assets (6,487) 6,920
Change in unearned premiums (1,620) (17,880)
Change in losses and loss adjustment expense reserves 152 3,306
Change in other liabilities (374) (7,095)
Change in current income taxes payable 13,088 35,961
Net realized gains on investments (17,464) (13,083)
--------- ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities 43,199 62,542
--------- ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Sales or maturities of fixed maturity securities 278,495 209,199
Purchases of fixed maturity securities (254,385) (231,426)
Sales or maturities (purchases) of short-term
investments, net (42,215) (40,240)
--------- ---------
Net cash used for investing activities (18,105) (62,467)
--------- ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Dividends paid (25,000) --
--------- ---------
Net cash provided by financing activities (25,000) --
--------- ---------
Increase in cash 94 75
Cash at beginning of period 318 802
--------- ---------
Cash at end of period $ 412 $ 877
========= =========
See accompanying notes to unaudited interim financial statements
-3-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
================================================================================
March 31, 1999 and 1998
(Unaudited)
(1) BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The interim financial statements of Financial Guaranty Insurance
Company (the Company) in this report reflect all adjustments
necessary, in the opinion of management, for a fair statement of (a)
results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and
1998, (b) the financial position at March 31, 1999 and December 31,
1998, and (c) cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and
1998.
These interim financial statements should be read in conjunction with
the financial statements and related notes included in the 1998
audited financial statements.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates
and assumptions that effect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the
date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
(2) STATUTORY ACCOUNTING PRACTICES
The financial statements are prepared on the basis of GAAP, which
differs in certain respects from accounting practices prescribed or
permitted by state insurance regulatory authorities. The following are
the significant ways in which statutory basis accounting practices
differ from GAAP:
(a) premiums are earned directly in proportion to the scheduled
principal and interest payments rather than in proportion to the
total exposure outstanding at any point in time;
(b) policy acquisition costs are charged to current operations as
incurred rather than as related premiums are earned;
(c) a contingency reserve is computed on the basis of statutory
requirements for the security of all policyholders, regardless of
whether loss contingencies actually exist, whereas under GAAP, a
reserve is established based on an ultimate estimate of exposure;
(d) certain assets designated as "non-admitted assets" are charged
directly against surplus but are reflected as assets under GAAP,
if recoverable;
(e) federal income taxes are only provided with respect to taxable
income for which income taxes are currently payable, while under
GAAP taxes are also provided for differences between the
financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities;
(f) purchases of tax and loss bonds are reflected as admitted assets,
while under GAAP they are recorded as federal income tax
payments; and
(g) all fixed income investments are carried at amortized cost,
rather than at fair value for securities classified as "Available
for Sale" under GAAP.
-4-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
================================================================================
The following is a reconciliation of the net income and stockholder's equity of
Financial Guaranty prepared on a GAAP basis to the corresponding amounts
reported on a statutory basis for the periods indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31,
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998
------------------------------------ ----------------------------------
NET STOCKHOLDER'S NET STOCKHOLDER'S
INCOME EQUITY INCOME EQUITY
-------------- --------------- ------------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
GAAP basis amount $51,135 $2,070,306 $47,766 $1,986,327
Premium revenue recognition (4,274) (199,429) (619) (181,828)
Deferral of acquisition costs 1,427 (79,497) 451 (85,835)
Contingency reserve -- (637,755) -- (555,538)
Non-admitted assets -- (1,179) -- (2,313)
Case-basis losses incurred (419) (346) 188 (1,684)
Portfolio loss reserves 1,000 33,900 1,400 30,400
Deferral of income tax 384 73,562 211 72,272
Unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities
held at fair value, net of taxes -- (64,528) -- (70,446)
Profit commission 368 (5,683) (133) (7,522)
Provision for unauthorized reinsurance -- (37) -- --
Contingency reserve tax deduction -- 74,059 -- 72,409
Allocation of tax benefits due to Parent's
net operating loss to the Company 78 11,247 42 10,958
------- ---------- ------- ----------
Statutory basis amount $49,699 $1,274,620 $49,306 $1,267,200
======= ========== ======= ==========
</TABLE>
-5-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
================================================================================
(3) DIVIDENDS
Under New York Insurance Law, the Company may pay a dividend only
from earned surplus subject to the following limitations:
o Statutory surplus after dividends may not be less than the
minimum required paid-in capital, which was $66.4 million in
1999.
o Dividends may not exceed the lesser of 10 percent of its
surplus or 100 percent of adjusted net investment income, as
defined therein, for the twelve month period ending on the
preceding December 31, without the prior approval of the
Superintendent of the New York State Insurance Department.
The amount of the Company's surplus available for dividends
during 1999 is approximately $127.5 million.
The Company declared a $25.0 million dividend during the first
quarter of 1999.
(4) INCOME TAXES
The Company's effective Federal corporate tax rate (20.9 percent
and 22.6 percent for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and
1998, respectively) is less than the statutory corporate tax rate
(35 percent in 1999 and 1998) on ordinary income due to permanent
differences between financial and taxable income, principally
tax-exempt interest.
(5) REINSURANCE
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 113 ("SFAS 113"), "Accounting and Reporting for Reinsurance
of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts", the Company
reports assets and liabilities relating to reinsured contracts
gross of the effects of reinsurance. Net premiums earned are
shown net of premiums ceded of $5.5 million and $7.4 million,
respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998.
(6) COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued
statement No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive Income", which
requires enterprises to disclose comprehensive income and its
components. Comprehensive income encompasses all changes in
shareholders' equity (except those arising from transactions with
shareholders) and includes net income, net unrealized capital
gains or losses on available-for-sale securities and foreign
currency translation adjustments, net of taxes. This new standard
only changes the presentation of certain information in the
financial statements and does not affect the Company's financial
position or results of operations. The following is a
reconciliation of comprehensive income:
-6-
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL GUARANTY INSURANCE
COMPANY NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
================================================================================
March 31, 1999 and 1998
(Unaudited)
FOR THE THREE MONTHS
ENDED MARCH 31,
-------------------------
1999 1998
-------- --------
Net income $ 51,135 $ 47,766
Other comprehensive income:
Change in unrealized investment gains,
net of taxes (28,769) (14,241)
Change in foreign exchange gains,
net of taxes 1,221 (140)
-------- --------
Comprehensive income $ 23,587 $ 33,385
======== ========
(7) YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE
The inability of business processes to continue to function
correctly after the beginning of the Year 2000 could have serious
adverse effects on companies and entities throughout the world.
FGIC recognizes the seriousness of the Year 2000 issue and has
developed an action plan to mitigate Year 2000 issues in their
information systems, products, facilities and suppliers. The
action plan has been reviewed by senior management at the Company
and GE Capital Services internal audit staff. Our progress is
closely monitored by GE Capital's Year 2000 Program Management
Office.
The action plan is divided into four phases: (1) define/measure -
identify and inventory possible sources of Year 2000 issues; (2)
analyze - determine the nature and extent of Year 2000 issues and
develop project plans to address those issues; (3) improve -
execute project plans and perform a majority of the testing; and
(4) control - complete testing, continue monitoring readiness and
complete necessary contingency plans.
The action plan includes solutions which are appropriate to the
specific situations. Some systems have been upgraded to new
systems (or to new releases of existing systems) which are Year
2000 ready. Remediation of FGIC's applications is complete. Year
2000 system testing is currently in progress; we expect to be
completed mid-1999. The cost of addressing such matters will not
have a material impact on the business, operations, or financial
condition of the Company.
Business operations are also dependent on the Year 2000 readiness
of infrastructure suppliers in areas such as utilities,
communications, transportation and other services. The likelihood
and effects of failures in infrastructure systems and in the
supply chain cannot be estimated. However, with respect to
operations under its direct control, management does not expect,
in view of its Year 2000 action plan, that occurrences of Year
2000 failures will have a material adverse effect on the
financial position, results of operations or liquidity.
We are in the process of updating our Business Contingency and
Disaster Recovery Plans, as appropriate. We expect these plans to
be completed and tested by mid-1999.
-7-
<PAGE>
PROSPECTUS
AFC MORTGAGE LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
(ISSUABLE IN SERIES)
SUPERIOR BANK FSB,
DEPOSITOR
The Certificates offered hereby and by Supplements to this Prospectus
(the "Offered Certificates") will be offered from time to time in series. Each
series of Certificates will represent in the aggregate the entire beneficial
ownership interest in a trust fund (with respect to any series, the "Trust
Fund") consisting primarily of a segregated pool (a "Mortgage Pool") of various
types of conventional or FHA insured (as defined below) single family and/or
multifamily and/or commercial first and second mortgage loans and/or
manufactured housing conditional sales contracts and installment loan agreements
and/or home improvement installment sales contracts and installment loan
agreements (collectively, the "Mortgage Loans") originated or purchased by the
Depositor. If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trust Fund
for a series of Certificates may include letters of credit, insurance policies,
guarantees, reserve funds or other types of credit support, or any combination
thereof (with respect to any series, collectively, "Credit Support"). "FHA
insured" Mortgage Loans are those mortgage loans which are, to the extent
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, partially insured by the Federal
Housing Administration ("FHA") pursuant to Title I (as defined herein). See
"Description of the Trust Funds", "Description of the Certificates",
"Description of Credit Support" and "Description of FHA Insurance under Title
I".
Each series of Certificates will consist of one or more classes of
Certificates that may (i) provide for the accrual of interest thereon based on
fixed, variable or adjustable rates; (ii) be senior or subordinate to one or
more other classes of Certificates in respect of distributions of principal or
interest (or both) on the Mortgage Loans included in the related Trust Fund;
(iii) be entitled to principal distributions, with disproportionately low,
nominal or no interest distributions; (iv) be entitled to interest
distributions, with disproportionately low, nominal or no principal
distributions; (v) provide for distributions of accrued interest thereon only
following the occurrence of certain events, such as the retirement of one or
more other classes of Certificates of such series; and/or (vi) provide for
distributions of principal sequentially, or based on specified payment
schedules, to the extent of available funds, in each case as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Any such classes may include classes of Offered
Certificates. Principal and interest with respect to Certificates will be
distributable monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at such other intervals and
on the dates specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Distributions on
the Certificates of any series will be made only from the assets of the related
Trust Fund. See "Description of the Certificates".
The Certificates of each series will not represent an obligation of or
interest in the Depositor, the Servicer or any of their respective affiliates,
except to the limited extent described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Neither the Certificates nor any assets in the related Trust Fund
will be guaranteed or insured by any governmental agency or instrumentality or
by any other person, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The assets in each Trust Fund will be held in trust for the benefit
of the holders of the related series of Certificates pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, as more fully described herein.
The yield on each class of Certificates of a series will be affected
by, among other things, the rate of payment of principal (including prepayments)
on the Mortgage Loans in the related Trust Fund and the timing of receipt of
such payments as described under the caption "Yield Considerations" herein and
under the caption "Certain Yield and Prepayment Considerations" in the related
Prospectus Supplement. A Trust Fund may be subject to early termination under
the circumstances described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Prospective investors should review the information contained herein
and in the related Prospectus Supplement, in particular the information
appearing under the caption "Risk Factors" herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement before purchasing any Offered Certificate.
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more
elections may be made to treat the related Trust Fund or a designated portion
thereof as a "real estate mortgage investment conduit" for federal income tax
purposes. See "Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences".
---------------
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION, NOR HAS THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
---------------
Prior to issuance there will have been no market for the Certificates
of any series and there can be no assurance that a secondary market for any
Offered Certificates will develop or that, if it does develop, it will continue.
This Prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of a series of Offered
Certificates unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.
Offers of the Offered Certificates may be made through one or more
different methods, including offerings through underwriters, as more fully
described under "Method of Distribution" herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
---------------
JUNE 15, 1999
<PAGE>
Until 90 days after the date of each Prospectus Supplement, all
dealers effecting transactions in the Offered Certificates covered by such
Prospectus Supplement, whether or not participating in the distribution thereof,
may be required to deliver such Prospectus Supplement and this Prospectus. This
is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a Prospectus and
Prospectus Supplement when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
As more particularly described herein, the Prospectus Supplement
relating to the Offered Certificates of each series will, among other things,
set forth with respect to such Certificates, as appropriate: (i) a description
of the class or classes of Certificates, the payment provisions with respect to
each such class and the Pass-Through Rate or method of determining the
Pass-Through Rate with respect to each such class; (ii) the aggregate principal
amount and distribution dates relating to such series, the method used to
calculate principal distributions to each class of Certificates on each
distribution date and, if applicable, the initial and final scheduled
distribution dates for each class; (iii) information as to the assets comprising
the Trust Fund, including the general characteristics of the Mortgage Loans, any
Credit Support and any other assets included therein (with respect to the
Certificates of any series, the "Trust Assets"); (iv) the additional
circumstances, if any, under which the Trust Fund may be subject to early
termination; (v) additional information with respect to the method of
distribution of such Certificates; (vi) whether one or more REMIC elections will
be made and the designation of the regular interests and residual interests;
(vii) the aggregate original percentage ownership interest in the Trust Fund to
be evidenced by each class of Certificates; (viii) information as to the
Servicer, Sub-Servicer (or provision for the appointment thereof), if any, the
provider of Credit Support, if any, and the Trustee, as applicable; (ix)
information as to the nature and extent of subordination with respect to any
class of Certificates that is subordinate in right of payment to any other
class; and (x) whether such Certificates will be initially issued in definitive
or book-entry form.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Depositor has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the "Commission") a Registration Statement (of which this Prospectus forms a
part) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Offered
Certificates. This Prospectus and the Prospectus Supplement, which forms a part
of the Registration Statement, omits certain information contained in such
Registration Statement pursuant to the Rules and Regulations of the Commission.
For further information, reference is made to such Registration Statement and
the exhibits thereto. In addition, the Depositor is subject to the informational
requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
Act"), and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with the
Commission. Such Registration Statement, exhibits, reports and other information
can be inspected and copied at prescribed rates at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Commission at its Public Reference Section, 450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and at its Regional Offices located
as follows: Chicago Regional Office, 500 West Madison, 14th Floor, Chicago,
Illinois 60661; and New York Regional Office, Seven World Trade Center, New
York, New York 10048.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any
representations other than those contained in this Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement with respect hereto and, if given or made, such information or
representations must not be relied upon. This Prospectus and any Prospectus
Supplement with respect hereto do not constitute an offer to sell or a
solicitation of an offer to buy any securities other than the Offered
Certificates or an offer of the Offered Certificates to any person in any state
or other jurisdiction in which such offer would be unlawful. The delivery of
this Prospectus at any time does not imply that information herein is correct as
of any time subsequent to its date; however, if any material change occurs while
this Prospectus is required by law to be delivered, this Prospectus will be
amended or supplemented accordingly.
Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, the Servicer or the Trustee will be required to mail to holders of
Offered Certificates of each series periodic unaudited reports concerning the
related Trust Fund. Unless and until definitive Certificates are issued, or
unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, such reports
will be sent on behalf of the related Trust Fund to CEDE & Co., as nominee of
The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") and registered holder of the Offered
Certificates, pursuant to the applicable Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Such
reports may be available to holders of interests in the Certificates (the
"Certificateholders") upon request to their respective DTC participants. See
"Description of the Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" and
"Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements--Evidence as to
Compliance". The Depositor will file or cause to be filed with the Commission
such periodic reports with respect to each Trust Fund as are required under the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
Periodic and annual reports concerning the related Trust Fund,
including the amount of distribution of principal and interest and certain
amounts relating to the Mortgage Loans included in the Trust Fund, are required
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to be forwarded to Certificateholders.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, such reports
will not be examined and reported on by an independent public accountant. See
"Description of the Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" herein.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
There are incorporated herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement
by reference all documents and reports filed or caused to be filed by the
Registrant with respect to a Trust Fund pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act,
-ii-
<PAGE>
prior to the termination of the offering of the Offered Certificates of the
related series. The Registrant will provide or cause to be provided without
charge to each person to whom this Prospectus is delivered in connection with
the offering of one or more classes of Offered Certificates, upon written or
oral request of such person, a copy of any or all such reports incorporated
herein by reference, in each case to the extent such reports relate to one or
more of such classes of such Offered Certificates, other than the exhibits to
such documents, unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference
in such documents. Requests should be directed in writing to Superior Bank FSB,
135 Chestnut Ridge Road, Montvale, New Jersey 07645. The Registrant has
determined that its financial statements will not be material to the offering of
any Offered Certificates.
-iii-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.....................................................................................ii
AVAILABLE INFORMATION.....................................................................................ii
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS.............................................................................ii
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN INFORMATION BY REFERENCE.........................................................ii
SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS......................................................................................1
RISK FACTORS...............................................................................................7
Limited Liquidity......................................................................................7
Limited Assets and Obligations.........................................................................7
Average Life of Certificates; Prepayments; Yields......................................................7
Limited Nature of Ratings..............................................................................8
Risks Associated With the Mortgage Loans and Mortgaged Properties......................................8
Investment in the Mortgage Loans ..................................................................8
Second Liens ......................................................................................9
Bankruptcy Proceedings ...........................................................................10
Delinquent Loans .................................................................................10
Regulatory Matters ...............................................................................10
Balloon Payments .................................................................................10
Credit Support Limitations............................................................................10
Limitation on FHA Insurance for Title I Loans ....................................................11
Enforceability........................................................................................11
The Status of the Mortgage Loans in the Event of Insolvency of the Depositor..........................11
Limitations on Interest Payments and Foreclosures.....................................................12
Environmental Risks...................................................................................12
ERISA Considerations..................................................................................12
Certain Federal Tax Considerations Regarding REMIC Residual Certificates..............................12
Control...............................................................................................12
Book-Entry Registration...............................................................................13
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST FUNDS............................................................................13
Mortgage Loans........................................................................................13
General ..........................................................................................13
Mortgage Loan Information in Prospectus Supplements ..............................................14
Payment Provisions of the Mortgage Loans .........................................................14
ARM Loans ........................................................................................14
Principal and Interest Account........................................................................14
Certificate Account...................................................................................15
Pre-Funding Account...................................................................................15
Credit Support........................................................................................15
USE OF PROCEEDS...........................................................................................15
YIELD CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................................15
General...............................................................................................15
Pass-Through Rate.....................................................................................15
Timing of Payment of Interest and Principal...........................................................16
Principal Prepayments.................................................................................16
Defaults..............................................................................................16
Prepayments--Maturity and Weighted Average Life.......................................................17
Other Factors Affecting Weighted Average Life.........................................................17
Type of Mortgage Loan ............................................................................17
Foreclosures and Payment Plans........................................................................18
Due-on-Sale Clauses ..............................................................................18
THE DEPOSITOR.............................................................................................18
</TABLE>
-iv-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
THE SERVICER..............................................................................................19
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES...........................................................................19
General...............................................................................................19
Distributions.........................................................................................19
Distributions of Interest on the Certificates.........................................................19
Distributions of Principal on the Certificates........................................................20
Allocation of Losses and Shortfalls...................................................................20
Example of Distributions..............................................................................20
Monthly Advances in Respect of Delinquencies..........................................................21
Compensating Interest.................................................................................21
Reports to Certificateholders.........................................................................21
Termination...........................................................................................22
Book-Entry Registration and Definitive Certificates...................................................23
DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS.......................................................25
Assignment of Mortgage Loans; Repurchases.............................................................25
Representations and Warranties; Repurchases...........................................................26
Payments on Mortgage Loans; Deposits to Principal and Interest Account................................26
Deposits to Certificate Account.......................................................................27
Pre-Funding Account...................................................................................28
Collection and Other Servicing Procedures.............................................................28
Servicing Advances....................................................................................29
Sub-Servicers.........................................................................................29
Realization Upon Defaulted Mortgage Loans.............................................................29
Hazard Insurance Policies.............................................................................30
Due-on-Sale Provisions................................................................................30
Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses..............................................30
Evidence as to Compliance.............................................................................31
Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer................................................................31
Events of Default.....................................................................................31
Rights Upon Event of Default..........................................................................31
Amendment.............................................................................................32
Duties of the Trustee.................................................................................32
The Trustee...........................................................................................32
DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT SUPPORT.............................................................................32
General...............................................................................................32
Subordinate Certificates..............................................................................33
Cross-Support Provisions..............................................................................33
Insurance or Guarantees With Respect to the Mortgage Loans............................................33
Letter of Credit......................................................................................33
Insurance Policies and Surety Bonds...................................................................33
Reserve Funds or Spread Account.......................................................................33
Overcollateralization.................................................................................34
DESCRIPTION OF FHA INSURANCE UNDER TITLE I................................................................34
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF MORTGAGE LOANS...................................................................35
General...............................................................................................36
Single Family, Multifamily and Commercial Loans ..................................................36
Manufactured Home Contracts ......................................................................36
The Home Improvement Contracts ...................................................................37
Foreclosure on Mortgages..............................................................................38
Repossession With Respect to Manufactured Home Contracts..............................................39
Second Mortgages......................................................................................39
Rights of Redemption..................................................................................39
Single Family, Multifamily and Commercial Properties .............................................39
Manufactured Homes ...............................................................................40
Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders..........................................40
Single Family, Multifamily and Commercial Properties .............................................40
Manufactured Home Contracts ......................................................................40
Enforceability of Certain Provisions..................................................................40
</TABLE>
-v-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Single Family, Multifamily and Commercial Properties .............................................40
Manufactured Homes ...............................................................................41
Leases and Rents......................................................................................41
Subordinate Financing.................................................................................42
Applicability of Usury Laws...........................................................................42
Consumer Protection Laws with respect to Contracts....................................................42
Environmental Legislation.............................................................................42
Formaldehyde Litigation With Respect to Manufactured Home Contracts...................................43
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act...............................................................43
Installment Contracts.................................................................................43
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES...................................................................44
General...............................................................................................44
REMICs................................................................................................44
Classification of REMICs .........................................................................44
Characterization of Investments in REMIC Certificates ............................................44
Tiered REMIC Structures ..........................................................................45
Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular Certificates......................................................45
General ..........................................................................................45
Original Issue Discount ..........................................................................45
Market Discount ..................................................................................47
Premium ..........................................................................................47
Realized Losses ..................................................................................48
Taxation of Owners of REMIC Residual Certificates.....................................................48
General ..........................................................................................48
Taxable Income of the REMIC ......................................................................49
Basis Rules, Net Losses and Distributions ........................................................49
Excess Inclusions ................................................................................50
Noneconomic REMIC Residual Certificates ..........................................................50
Mark-to-Market Rules .............................................................................51
Possible Pass-Through of Miscellaneous Itemized Deductions .......................................51
Sales of REMIC Certificates ......................................................................51
Prohibited Transactions and Other Possible REMIC Taxes ...........................................52
Tax and Restrictions on Transfers of REMIC Residual Certificates to Certain Organizations.........53
Termination ......................................................................................53
Reporting and Other Administrative Matters .......................................................53
Backup Withholding With Respect to REMIC Certificates ............................................54
Foreign Investors in REMIC Certificates ..........................................................54
STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES..........................................................................55
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS......................................................................................55
General...............................................................................................55
Plan Asset Regulations................................................................................55
Prohibited Transaction Exemptions.....................................................................55
LEGAL INVESTMENT..........................................................................................56
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION....................................................................................57
LEGAL MATTERS.............................................................................................57
FINANCIAL INFORMATION.....................................................................................58
RATING....................................................................................................58
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL DEFINITIONS............................................................................59
</TABLE>
-vi-
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF PROSPECTUS
The following summary of certain pertinent information is qualified in
its entirety by reference to the more detailed information appearing elsewhere
in this Prospectus and by reference to the information with respect to each
series of Certificates contained in the Prospectus Supplement to be prepared and
delivered in connection with the offering of such series. An Index of Principal
Definitions is included at the end of this Prospectus.
Title of Certificates.......................AFC Mortgage Loan Asset Backed
Certificates, issuable in series
(the "Certificates").
Depositor...................................Superior Bank FSB, a federally
chartered stock savings bank (the
"Depositor"), will deposit into
each Trust Fund Mortgage Loans
originated or purchased by the
Depositor. See "The Depositor".
Servicer....................................The servicer (the "Servicer" or
"Servicing Division") for each
series of Certificates will be
Superior Bank FSB - Servicing
Division. See "The Servicer" and
"Description of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreements--Collection
and Other Servicing Procedures".
Trustee ....................................The trustee (the "Trustee") for each
series of Certificates will be
named in the related Prospectus
Supplement. See "Description of
the Pooling and Servicing
Agreements--The Trustee".
The Trust Funds.............................Each series of Certificates will
represent in the aggregate the
entire beneficial ownership
interest in a Trust Fund
consisting of:
(a) Mortgage Loans......................The Mortgage Loans with respect to
each series of Certificates will
consist of a pool (a "Mortgage
Pool") of conventional or FHA
insured mortgage loans and/or
manufactured housing conditional
sales contracts and installment
loan agreements and/or home
improvement installment sales
contracts and installment loan
agreements that are secured by
first or second liens on
properties located in any one of
the fifty states or the District
of Columbia. Unless otherwise
specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the
properties securing the Mortgage
Loans will consist of (i) one- to
four-family residential properties
("Single Family Properties"), (ii)
residential properties consisting
of five or more dwelling units
including mixed residential and
commercial structures
("Multifamily Properties"), (iii)
commercial properties ("Commercial
Properties") and/or (iv) new or
used manufactured homes
("Manufactured Homes";
collectively with Single Family
Properties, Multifamily Properties
and Commercial Properties, the
"Mortgaged Properties"). To the
extent specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, some of the
Mortgage Loans may be partially
insured by the FHA pursuant to
Title I ("Title I") of the
National Housing Act of 1934, as
amended (the "National Housing
Act"). All Mortgage Loans will
have been originated by the
Depositor or will have been
purchased, either directly or
indirectly, by the Depositor on or
before the date of initial
issuance of the related series of
Certificates from affiliated or
unaffiliated sellers, except for
Mortgage Loans purchased
subsequently with funds in a
Pre-Funding Account (as defined
herein).
Each Mortgage Loan may provide for
accrual of interest thereon at an
interest rate (a "Mortgage Rate")
that is fixed over its term or
that adjusts from time to time, or
that may be converted from an
adjustable to a fixed Mortgage
Rate, or from a fixed to an
adjustable Mortgage Rate, from
time to time at the mortgagor's
election, in each case as
described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Each
Mortgage Loan may provide for
scheduled payments to maturity,
payments that adjust from time to
time to accommodate changes in the
Mortgage Rate or to reflect the
occurrence of certain events, and
may provide for negative
amortization or accelerated
amortization, in each case as
described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Each
Mortgage Loan may be fully
amortizing or require a balloon
payment due on its stated maturity
date, in each case as described in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
The Mortgage Loans may provide for
payments of principal, interest or
both, on due dates that occur
monthly, quarterly, semi-annually
or at such other interval as is
specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See
"Description of the Trust
Funds--Mortgage Loans".
<PAGE>
(b) Principal and Interest
Account and Certificate
Account.............................Each Trust Fund will include one or
more accounts (collectively, the
"Principal and Interest Account")
established and maintained on
behalf of the Certificateholders
into which the Servicer will, to
the extent described herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement,
deposit all payments and
collections received or advanced
with respect to the Mortgage Loans
other than (i) the Depositor's
Yield (as defined herein), if any,
and (ii) payments received on or
after the Cut-off Date (as defined
herein) in respect of interest
accrued on the Mortgage Loans
prior to the Cut-off Date. Each
Trust Fund will also include one
or more accounts (collectively,
the "Certificate Account")
established and maintained on
behalf of the Certificateholders
into which the Trustee will, to
the extent described herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement,
deposit all amounts remitted by
the Servicer from the Principal
and Interest Account and other
payments and collections received
from other assets in the Trust
Fund or advanced by the Servicer.
Unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement
funds held in the Principal and
Interest Account and the
Certificate Account may be
invested in certain short-term,
high quality investments. See
"Description of the Trust
Funds--Principal and Interest
Account; and "--Certificate
Account", and "Description of the
Pooling and Servicing
Agreements--Payments on Mortgage
Loans; Deposits to the Principal
and Interest Account and
"--Deposits to Certificate
Account".
(c) Pre-Funding Account.................If so provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the related
Trust Fund will include one or
more accounts (collectively, the
"Pre-Funding Account") established
and maintained on behalf of the
Certificateholders into which the
Trustee will, to the extent
described herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement,
deposit amounts received from the
Depositor to be applied to acquire
additional Mortgage Loans subject
to certain conditions specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
See "Description of the Trust
Funds - Pre-Funding Account", and
"Description of Pooling and
Servicing Agreements - Subsequent
Mortgage Loans".
(d) Credit Support......................If so provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, partial or
full protection against certain
defaults and losses on the
Mortgage Loans in the related
Trust Fund may be provided to one
or more classes of Certificates of
the related series in the form of
subordination of one or more other
classes of Certificates of such
series or by one or more other
types of credit support, such as a
letter of credit, insurance
policy, guarantee, reserve fund,
cross-collateralization,
overcollateralization or another
type of credit support, or a
combination thereof (any such
coverage with respect to the
Certificates of any series,
"Credit Support"). If so specified
in the related Prospectus
Supplement, some of the Mortgage
Loans may be partially insured by
the FHA pursuant to Title I. The
amount and types of coverage, the
identification of the entity
providing the coverage (if
applicable) and related
information with respect to each
type of Credit Support, if any,
will be described in the
Prospectus Supplement for a series
of Certificates. See "Risk
Factors-- Credit Support
Limitations" and "Description of
Credit Support".
Description of Certificates.................Each series of Certificates will be
issued pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement (a "Pooling
and Servicing Agreement") among
the Depositor, the Servicer and
the Trustee. Pooling and Servicing
Agreements are sometimes referred
to herein as Agreements. Each
series of Certificates will
include one or more classes. Each
series of Certificates (including
any class or classes of
Certificates of such series not
offered hereby) will represent in
the aggregate the entire
beneficial ownership interest in a
Trust Fund. Each class of
Certificates (other than certain
Stripped Interest Certificates, as
defined below) will have a stated
principal amount (a "Certificate
Balance") and (other than certain
Stripped Principal Certificates,
as defined below) will be entitled
to distributions of interest
accrued thereon based on a fixed,
variable or adjustable interest
rate (a "Pass-Through Rate"). The
related Prospectus Supplement will
specify the Certificate Balance
and the Pass-Through Rate for each
class of Certificates, as
applicable, or, in the
2
<PAGE>
case of a variable or adjustable
Pass-Through Rate, the method for
determining the Pass-Through Rate.
Each series of Certificates will
consist of one or more classes of
Certificates that may (i) be
senior (collectively, "Senior
Certificates") or subordinate
(collectively, "Subordinate
Certificates") to one or more
other classes of Certificates in
respect of certain distributions
on the Certificates; (ii) be
entitled to principal
distributions, with
disproportionately low, nominal or
no interest distributions
(collectively, "Stripped Principal
Certificates"); (iii) be entitled
to interest distributions, with
disproportionately low, nominal or
no principal distributions
(collectively, "Stripped Interest
Certificates"); (iv) provide for
distributions of accrued interest
thereon only following the
occurrence of certain events, such
as the retirement of one or more
other classes of Certificates of
such series (collectively,
"Accrual Certificates"); and/or
(v) provide for payments of
principal sequentially, based on
specified payment schedules or
other methodologies, to the extent
of available funds, in each case
as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Any such
classes may include classes of
Offered Certificates.
As to each series of Certificates,
unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, one
or more elections will be made to
treat the Trust Fund or a
designated portion thereof as a
"real estate mortgage investment
conduit" or "REMIC" as defined in
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
(the "Code").
The Certificates will not represent
an obligation of or interest in
the Depositor, the Servicer or any
of their respective affiliates
except as set forth herein, nor
will the Certificates or any
Mortgage Loans be guaranteed or
insured by the Depositor or any of
its affiliates, by any
governmental agency or
instrumentality or by any other
person, unless otherwise provided
in the related Prospectus
Supplement. See "Risk
Factors--Limited Assets and
Obligations" and "Description of
the Certificates".
Distributions of Interest of
Certificates............................Interest on each class of Offered
Certificates (other than certain
classes of Stripped Interest
Certificates and Stripped
Principal Certificates) of each
series will accrue at the
applicable Pass-Through Rate on
the outstanding Certificate
Balance thereof and will be
distributed to Certificateholders
as provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement (each of the
specified dates on which
distributions are to be made, a
"Remittance Date"). Distributions
with respect to interest on
Stripped Interest Certificates may
be made on each Remittance Date on
the basis of a notional amount as
described in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Distributions of interest with
respect to one or more classes of
Certificates may be reduced to the
extent of certain delinquencies
and other contingencies described
herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "Risk
Factors--Average Life of
Certificates; Prepayments;
Yields", "Yield Considerations",
and "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions of
Interest on the Certificates".
Distributions of Principal on
Certificates............................The Certificates of each series
(other than certain classes of
Stripped Interest Certificates)
initially will have an aggregate
Certificate Balance no greater
than the outstanding principal
balance of the Mortgage Loans
included in the related Trust Fund
as of, unless the related
Prospectus Supplement provides
otherwise, the first day of the
month of formation of the related
Trust Fund (the "Cut-off Date").
The Certificate Balance of a
Certificate outstanding from time
to time represents the maximum
amount that the holder thereof is
then entitled to receive in
respect of principal from future
cash flow on the assets in the
related Trust Fund. Unless
otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement,
distributions of principal will be
made on each Remittance Date to
the class or classes of
Certificates entitled thereto
until the Certificate Balances of
such Certificates have been
reduced to zero. Distributions of
principal on any class of
Certificates entitled thereto will
be made on a pro rata basis among
all of the Certificates of such
class. Stripped Interest
Certificates with no Certificate
Balance or a notional balance will
not receive distributions in
respect of principal.
Distributions of
3
<PAGE>
principal on any series of
Certificates or with respect to
one or more classes included
therein may be reduced to the
extent of delinquencies and other
contingencies described herein and
in the related Prospectus
Supplement and not otherwise
covered by Credit Support, if any.
See "Description of the
Certificates--Distributions of
Principal of the Certificates".
Monthly Advances............................The Servicer, directly or through
Sub-Servicers (as defined herein),
will service and administer the
Mortgage Loans included in each
Trust Fund and, unless otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, will be obligated as
part of its servicing
responsibilities to make certain
advances (each, a "Monthly
Advance") with respect to
delinquent scheduled payments of
interest on the Mortgage Loans in
such Trust Fund. Monthly Advances
made by the Servicer are
reimbursable generally from
subsequent recoveries in respect
of such Mortgage Loans and
otherwise to the extent described
herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See
"Description of the Certificates--
Monthly Advances in Respect of
Delinquencies".
Compensating Interest.......................Unless otherwise specified in the
Prospectus Supplement for a series
of Certificates, the Servicer will
be required to remit to the
Trustee on the date specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement
as the "Determination Date", with
respect to each Mortgage Loan in
the related Trust Fund as to which
a principal prepayment in full (a
"Principal Prepayment") or a
principal payment which is in
excess of four times the scheduled
monthly payment and is not
intended to cure a delinquency (a
"Curtailment") was received during
the calendar month preceding the
month in which such Determination
Date occurs (a "Due Period"), an
amount, from and to the extent of
amounts otherwise payable to the
Servicer as servicing
compensation, equal to the excess,
if any, of (a) 30 days' interest
on the principal balance of the
related Mortgage Loan at the
Mortgage Rate net of the per annum
rate at which the Servicer's
servicing fee accrues, over (b)
the amount of interest actually
received on such Mortgage Loan
during such Due Period, net of the
Servicer's servicing fee. See
"Description of the Certificates--
Compensating Interest".
Termination.................................Unless otherwise provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, a
series of Certificates will be
subject to optional early
termination through the repurchase
of the Mortgage Loans in the
related Trust Fund by the
Servicer, under the circumstances
and in the manner set forth
herein. See "Description of the
Certificates--Termination".
If so specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, a series of
Certificates may also be subject
to optional early termination
through the repurchase of the
assets in the related Trust Fund
by the provider of Credit Support
or the holders of Certificates of
a specified class under the
circumstances and in the manner
set forth therein.
Depositor's Yield...........................For each Mortgage Loan, the
"Depositor's Yield" represents the
right to receive all prepayment
penalties and premiums collected
on the Mortgage Loan and certain
other amounts if specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the
Prospectus Supplement for a series
of Certificates, the Depositor's
Yield will be retained by the
Depositor and will not be a part
of any Trust Fund.
Registration of Certificates................If so provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, one or more
classes of the Offered
Certificates will initially be
represented by one or more
Certificates registered in the
name of CEDE & Co., as the nominee
of The Depository Trust Company
("DTC") in the United States, or
Cedelbank ("Cedelbank") or the
Euroclear System ("Euroclear") in
Europe. Transfers within DTC,
Cedelbank or Euroclear, as the
case may be, will be in accordance
with the usual rules and operating
procedures of the relevant system.
No person acquiring an interest in
Offered Certificates so registered
will be entitled to receive a
definitive certificate
representing such person's
interest except in the event that
definitive certificates are issued
under the limited circumstances
described herein. See "Risk
Factors--Book-Entry Registration"
and "Description of the
Certificates--Book-Entry
Registration and Definitive
Certificates".
4
<PAGE>
Tax Status of the Certificates..............The Certificates of each series will
constitute "regular interests"
("REMIC Regular Certificates") and
"residual interests" ("REMIC
Residual Certificates") in one or
more REMICs under Sections 860A
through 860G of the Code, unless
otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
REMIC Regular Certificates generally
will be treated as debt
obligations of the applicable
REMIC for federal income tax
purposes. In general, to the
extent the assets and income of
the REMIC are treated as
qualifying assets and income under
the following sections of the
Code, REMIC Regular Certificates
(i) owned by a thrift institution
will be treated as "obligations
secured principally by an interest
in real property" for purposes of
Section 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code
and (ii) owned by a real estate
investment trust will be treated
as "real estate assets" for
purposes of Section 856(c)(4)(A)
of the Code and interest income
therefrom will be treated as
"interest on obligations secured
by mortgages on real property" for
purposes of Section 856(c)(3)(B)
of the Code. In addition, REMIC
Regular Certificates will be
"obligations. . . which. . . are
principally secured by an interest
in real property" within the
meaning of Section 860G(a)(3)(C)
of the Code. Moreover, if 95% or
more of the assets and the income
of the REMIC qualify for any of
the foregoing treatments, the
REMIC Regular Certificates will
qualify for the foregoing
treatments in their entirety.
Holders of REMIC Regular
Certificates must report income
with respect thereto on the
accrual method, regardless of
their method of tax accounting
generally. Holders of any class of
REMIC Regular Certificates issued
with original issue discount
generally will be required to
include the original issue
discount in income as it accrues,
which will be determined using an
initial prepayment assumption and
taking into account, from time to
time, actual prepayments occurring
at a rate different than the
prepayment assumption.
REMIC Residual Certificates
generally will be treated as
representing an interest in
qualifying assets and income to
the same extent described above
for institutions subject to
Sections 856(c)(4)(A),
856(c)(3)(B) and 7701(a)(19)(C) of
the Code. A portion (or, in
certain cases, all) of the income
from REMIC Residual Certificates
(i) may not be offset by any
losses from other activities of
the holder of such REMIC Residual
Certificates, (ii) may be treated
as unrelated business taxable
income, for holders of REMIC
Residual Certificates that are
subject to tax on unrelated
business taxable income (as
defined in Section 511 of the
Code), and (iii) may be subject to
foreign withholding rules. In
addition, transfers of certain
REMIC Residual Certificates may be
prohibited, or may be disregarded
under some circumstances for all
federal income tax purposes. See
"Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs --Taxation of
Owners of REMIC Residual
Certificates", "--Excess
Inclusions" and "--Noneconomic
REMIC Residual Certificates".
Investors are advised to consult
their tax advisors and to review
"Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences" herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
ERISA Considerations........................A fiduciary of an employee benefit
plan and certain other retirement
plans and arrangements, including
individual retirement accounts,
annuities, Keogh plans, and
collective investment funds and
separate accounts in which such
plans, accounts, annuities or
arrangements are invested, that is
subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), or Section 4975
of the Code should carefully
review with its legal advisors
whether the purchase or holding of
Offered Certificates could give
rise to a transaction that is
prohibited under or otherwise
violates applicable provisions of
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
See "ERISA Considerations" herein
and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
Legal Investment............................Unless otherwise provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the
Offered Certificates will not
constitute "mortgage related
securities" for purposes of the
Secondary Mortgage Market
Enhancement Act of 1984.
Accordingly, investors whose
investment authority is subject to
legal restrictions should
5
<PAGE>
consult their own legal advisors
to determine whether and to what
extent the Offered Certificates
constitute legal investments for
them. See "Legal Investment"
herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Rating ....................................At the date of issuance, as to each
series, each class of Offered
Certificates will be rated in one
of the four highest rating
categories by one or more
nationally recognized statistical
rating agencies (each, a "Rating
Agency"). See "Rating" herein and
in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
6
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
In connection with the purchase of Offered Certificates, investors
should pay particular attention to the following factors and certain other
factors as may be set forth under the caption "Risk Factors" in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
LIMITED LIQUIDITY
There can be no assurance that a secondary market for the Offered
Certificates of any series will develop or, if it does develop, that it will
provide holders with liquidity of investment or will continue while Certificates
of such series remain outstanding. The Offered Certificates will not be listed
on any securities exchange. The market value of Certificates will fluctuate with
changes in prevailing rates of interest and prepayments. Consequently, a sale of
Certificates by a holder in any secondary market that may develop may be at a
discount from 100% of their original principal balance or from their purchase
price. Furthermore, secondary market purchasers may look only hereto, to the
related Prospectus Supplement and to the reports to Certificateholders delivered
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as described herein under the
heading "Description of the Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders";
"--Book-Entry Registration and Definitive Certificates" and "Description of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreements--Evidence as to Compliance" for information
concerning the Certificates. Issuance of the Offered Certificates in book-entry
form may also reduce the liquidity of such Certificates since investors may be
unwilling to purchase Certificates for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates. See "Risk Factors--Book-Entry Registration". Except to the extent
described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, Certificateholders
will have no redemption rights and the Certificates are subject to early
retirement only under certain specified circumstances described herein and in
the related Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of the Certificates--
Termination". Each class of Offered Certificates of a series will be issued in
minimum denominations corresponding to Certificate Balances or, in the case of
Stripped Interest Certificates, notional amounts specified in the Prospectus
Supplement for such series.
LIMITED ASSETS AND OBLIGATIONS
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a
series of Certificates will not have any claim against or security interest in
the Trust Fund for any other series. If the related Trust Fund is insufficient
to make payments on the related Certificates, no other assets will be available
for payment of the deficiency. Additionally, certain amounts remaining in
certain funds or accounts, including the Principal and Interest Account,
Certificate Account and any accounts maintained as Credit Support, may be
withdrawn under certain conditions, as described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. In the event of such withdrawal, such amounts will not be available
for future payment of principal or interest on the Certificates. If so provided
in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of Certificates consisting of one or
more classes of Subordinate Certificates, on any Remittance Date in respect of
which losses or shortfalls in collections on the Mortgage Loans have been
incurred, the amount of such losses or shortfalls will be borne first by one or
more classes of the Subordinate Certificates, and, thereafter, by the remaining
classes of Certificates in the priority and manner and subject to the
limitations specified in such Prospectus Supplement.
The Certificates will not represent an obligation of or interest in
the Depositor, the Servicer or any of their respective affiliates. The only
obligations of the foregoing entities with respect to the Certificates or the
Mortgage Loans will be obligations (if any) of the Depositor and the Servicer
pursuant to certain limited representations and warranties made with respect to
the Mortgage Loans, the Servicer's servicing obligations under the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement (including its limited obligation to make
certain advances in the event of delinquencies with respect to interest on the
Mortgage Loans, and, if and to the extent expressly described in the related
Prospectus Supplement, certain limited obligations of the Depositor or Servicer
in connection with an agreement to purchase or act as a remarketing agent with
respect to a Convertible Mortgage Loan (as defined herein) upon conversion to a
fixed rate. Except as so described in the related Prospectus Supplement, neither
the Certificates nor the underlying Mortgage Loans will be guaranteed or insured
by any governmental agency or instrumentality, or by the Depositor, the Servicer
or any of their respective affiliates. Proceeds of the assets included in the
related Trust Fund for a series of Certificates (including the Mortgage Loans
and any Credit Support) will be the sole source of payments on the Certificates,
and there will be no recourse to the Depositor or the Servicer or any of their
respective affiliates in the event that such proceeds are insufficient or
otherwise unavailable to make all payments provided for under the Certificates.
AVERAGE LIFE OF CERTIFICATES; PREPAYMENTS; YIELDS
Prepayments (including liquidations due to defaults and repurchases
due to conversion of Convertible Mortgage Loans to fixed interest rate loans,
breaches of representations and warranties or exercise of a repurchase option
upon default) on the Mortgage Loans in any Trust Fund generally will result in a
faster rate of principal payments on one or more classes of the related
Certificates than if payments on such Mortgage Loans were made as scheduled.
Thus, the prepayment experience on the Mortgage Loans may affect the average
life of each class of related Certificates. The rate of principal payments on
pools of mortgage loans varies between pools and from time to time is influenced
by a variety of economic, demographic, geographic, social, tax, legal and other
factors. There can be no assurance as to the rate of prepayment on the Mortgage
Loans in any Trust Fund or that the rate of payments will conform to any model
described herein or in any Prospectus Supplement. If prevailing interest rates
fall significantly below (or rise significantly above) the applicable mortgage
rates, principal prepayments are likely to be higher (or lower) than if
prevailing rates remain at the rates borne by the Mortgage Loans underlying or
comprising the Mortgage Loans in any Trust Fund. As a result, the actual
maturity of any class of Certificates could occur significantly earlier (or
later) than expected. A series of Certificates may include one or more classes
of Certificates with priorities of payment and, as a result, yields on other
classes of Certificates, including classes of Offered Certificates, of such
series may be more sensitive to prepayments on Mortgage Loans. A
7
<PAGE>
series of Certificates may include one or more classes offered at a significant
premium or discount. Yields on such classes of Certificates will be sensitive,
and in some cases extremely sensitive, to prepayments on Mortgage Loans and,
where the amount of interest payable with respect to a class is
disproportionately high, as compared to the amount of principal, as with certain
classes of Stripped Interest Certificates, a holder might, in some prepayment
scenarios, fail to recoup its original investment. A series of Certificates may
include one or more classes of Certificates ("Accrual Certificates"), including
classes of Offered Certificates, with respect to which certain accrued
certificate interest will not be distributed but rather will be added to the
principal balance thereof and, as a result, yields on such Certificates will be
sensitive to (a) the provisions of such Accrual Certificates relating to the
timing of distributions of interest thereon and (b) if such Accrual Certificates
accrue interest at a variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate, changes in such
rate. See "Yield Considerations" herein and, if applicable, in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
LIMITED NATURE OF RATINGS
A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time. No person
is obligated to maintain the rating on any Certificate. In the event the rating
is revised or withdrawn, the liquidity of the Certificates may be adversely
affected.
Any rating assigned by a Rating Agency to a class of Certificates will
reflect such Rating Agency's assessment solely of the likelihood that holders of
Certificates of such class will receive payments to which such
Certificateholders are entitled under the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. Such rating will not constitute an assessment of the likelihood that
principal prepayments on the related Mortgage Loans will be made, the degree to
which the rate of such prepayments might differ from that originally anticipated
or the likelihood of early optional termination of the series of Certificates.
Such rating will not address the possibility that prepayment at higher or lower
rates than anticipated by an investor may cause such investor to experience a
lower than anticipated yield or that an investor purchasing a Certificate at a
significant premium might fail to recoup its initial investment under certain
prepayment scenarios. Each Prospectus Supplement will identify any payment to
which holders of Offered Certificates of the related series are entitled that is
not covered by the applicable rating.
The amount, type and nature of credit support, if any, established
with respect to a series of Certificates will be determined on the basis of
criteria established by each Rating Agency rating classes of such series. Such
criteria are sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of
mortgage loans in a larger group. Such analysis is often the basis upon which
each Rating Agency determines the amount of credit support required with respect
to each such class. There can be no assurance that the historical data
supporting any such actuarial analysis will accurately reflect future experience
nor any assurance that the data derived from a large pool of mortgage loans
accurately predicts the delinquency, foreclosure or loss experience of any
particular pool of Mortgage Loans. In addition, adverse economic conditions
(which may or may not affect real property values) may affect the timely payment
by mortgagors of scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Mortgage
Loans and, accordingly, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses with
respect to any Trust Fund. To the extent that such losses are not covered by
Credit Support, such losses will be borne by the holders of one or more classes
of the Certificates of the related series. See "Description of Credit Support"
and "Rating".
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE MORTGAGE LOANS AND MORTGAGED PROPERTIES
INVESTMENT IN THE MORTGAGE LOANS. An investment in securities such as
the Offered Certificates will represent interests in mortgage loans and/or
manufactured housing conditional sales contracts and installment loan agreements
and/or home improvement installment sales contracts and installment loan
agreements and may be affected by, among other things, a decline in real estate
values. No assurance can be given that values of the Mortgaged Properties will
remain at the levels existing on the dates of origination of the related
Mortgage Loans. If the residential or commercial real estate market should
experience an overall decline in property values such that the outstanding
balances of the Mortgage Loans, and any secondary financing on the Mortgaged
Properties, become equal to or greater than the value of the Mortgaged
Properties, the actual rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be
higher than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
addition, in the case of Mortgage Loans that are subject to negative
amortization, due to the addition to the principal balance of that portion of
interest that has accrued but is not payable in any month because the amount of
interest accrued in such month exceeded the scheduled payment on the Mortgage
Loan (such portion of interest, "Deferred Interest"), the principal balances of
such Mortgage Loans could be increased to an amount equal to or in excess of the
value of the underlying Mortgaged Properties, thereby increasing the likelihood
of default. To the extent that such losses are not covered by the applicable
Credit Support, holders of Certificates of the series evidencing interest in the
related Mortgage Pool will bear all risk of loss resulting from default by
Mortgagors and will have to look primarily to the value of the Mortgaged
Properties for recovery of the outstanding principal and unpaid interest on the
defaulted Mortgage Loans. Certain of the types of loans which may be included in
the Mortgage Pools may involve additional uncertainties not present in
traditional types of loans. For example, certain of the Mortgage Loans may
provide for escalating or variable payments by the borrower under the Mortgage
Loan (the "Mortgagor") as to which the Mortgagor is generally qualified on the
basis of the initial payment amount. In some instances the Mortgagor's income
may not be sufficient to enable the Mortgagor to continue to make required loan
payments as such payments increase and thus the likelihood of default will
increase. To the extent that such losses are not covered by Credit Support,
holders of the Certificates will bear all risk of loss resulting from default by
Mortgagors and will have to look primarily to the value of the Mortgaged
Properties for recovery of the outstanding principal and unpaid interest of the
defaulted Mortgage Loans. In addition to the foregoing, certain geographic
regions of the United States from time to time will experience weaker regional
economic conditions and housing markets, and, consequently, will experience
higher rates of loss and delinquency on mortgage loans generally. Any
concentration of the Mortgage Loans in such a region may present risk
considerations in addition to those generally present for similar
mortgage-backed securities without such concentration.
8
<PAGE>
Certain of the Mortgage Loans included in a Trust Fund, particularly
those secured by Multifamily Properties or Commercial Properties, may not be
fully amortizing over their terms to maturity and, thus, will require
substantial payments of principal (that is, balloon payments) at their stated
maturity. Mortgage Loans of this type involve a greater degree of risk than
self- amortizing loans because the ability of a Mortgagor to make a balloon
payment typically will depend upon its ability either to fully refinance the
loan or to sell the related Mortgaged Property at a price sufficient to permit
the Mortgagor to make the balloon payment. The ability of a Mortgagor to
accomplish either of these goals will be affected by a number of factors,
including the value of the related Mortgaged Property, the level of available
mortgage rates at the time of sale or refinancing, the Mortgagor's equity in the
related Mortgaged Property, prevailing general economic conditions, the
availability of credit for loans secured by comparable real properties and, in
the case of Multifamily Properties and Commercial Properties, the financial
condition and operating history of the Mortgagor and the related Mortgaged
Property, tax laws and rent control laws.
Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily Properties and Commercial
Properties may entail risks of delinquency and foreclosure, and risks of loss in
the event thereof, that are greater than similar risks associated with loans
secured by Single Family Properties. The ability of a borrower to repay a loan
secured by an income-producing property typically is dependent primarily upon
the successful operation of such property rather than upon the existence of
independent income or assets of the borrower; thus, the value of an
income-producing property is directly related to the net operating income
derived from such property. If the net operating income of the property is
reduced (for example, if rental or occupancy rates decline or real estate tax
rates or other operating expenses increase), the borrower's ability to repay the
loan may be impaired. In addition, the concentration of default, foreclosure and
loss risk for a pool of Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily Properties and
Commercial Properties may be greater than for a pool of Mortgage Loans secured
by Single Family Properties of comparable aggregate unpaid principal balance
because the pool of Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily Properties and
Commercial Properties is likely to consist of a smaller number of higher balance
loans.
Additional special risks associated with particular types of Mortgage
Loans may be specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
SECOND LIENS. Certain of the Mortgage Loans may be secured by second
liens and the related first liens ("First Liens") may not be included in the
Mortgage Pool. The primary risk to holders of Mortgage Loans secured by second
liens is the possibility that adequate funds will not be received in connection
with a foreclosure of the related First Lien to satisfy fully both the First
Lien and the Mortgage Loan. In the event that a holder of the First Lien
forecloses on a Mortgaged Property, the proceeds of the foreclosure or similar
sale will be applied first to the payment of court costs and fees in connection
with the foreclosure, second to real estate taxes, third in satisfaction of all
principal, interest, prepayment or acceleration penalties, if any, and any other
sums due and owing to the holder of the First Lien. The claims of the holder of
the First Lien will be satisfied in full out of proceeds of the liquidation of
the Mortgage Loan, if such proceeds are sufficient, before the Trust Fund as
holder of the second lien receives any payments in respect of the Mortgage Loan.
With respect to the Mortgage Loans which are partially insured by the FHA
pursuant to Title I, however, a claim may be payable subject to certain
limitations, as described in the related Prospectus Supplement and herein. If
the Servicer were to foreclose on any Mortgage Loan, it would do so subject to
any related First Lien. In order for the debt related to the Mortgage Loan to be
paid in full at such sale, a bidder at the foreclosure sale of such Mortgage
Loan would have to bid an amount sufficient to pay off all sums due under the
Mortgage Loan and the First Lien or purchase the Mortgaged Property subject to
the First Lien. In the event that such proceeds from a foreclosure or similar
sale of the related Mortgaged Property are insufficient to satisfy both loans in
the aggregate, the Trust Fund, as the holder of the second lien, and,
accordingly, holders of the Certificates bear (i) the risk of delay in
distributions while a deficiency judgment against the borrower is obtained and
(ii) the risk of loss if the deficiency judgment is not realized upon. Moreover,
deficiency judgments may not be available in certain jurisdictions. In addition,
a second mortgagee may not foreclose on the property securing a second mortgage
unless it forecloses subject to the first mortgage.
Even assuming that the Mortgaged Properties provide adequate security
for the Mortgage Loans, substantial delays could be encountered in connection
with the liquidation of defaulted Mortgage Loans and corresponding delays in the
receipt of related proceeds by Certificateholders could occur. An action to
foreclose on a Mortgaged Property securing a Mortgage Loan is regulated by state
statutes and rules and is subject to many of the delays and expenses of other
lawsuits if defenses or counterclaims are interposed, sometimes requiring
several years to complete. Furthermore, in some states an action to obtain a
deficiency judgment is not permitted following a nonjudicial sale of a Mortgaged
Property. In the event of a default by a Mortgagor, these restrictions, among
other things, may impede the ability of the Servicer to foreclose on or sell the
Mortgaged Property or to obtain liquidation proceeds sufficient to repay all
amounts due on the related Mortgage Loan. In addition, the Servicer will be
entitled to deduct from related liquidation proceeds all expenses reasonably
incurred in attempting to recover amounts due on defaulted Mortgage Loans and
not yet repaid, including payments to senior lienholders, legal fees and costs
of legal action, real estate taxes and maintenance and preservation expenses.
Liquidation expenses with respect to defaulted second mortgage loans
do not vary directly with the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the
time of default. Therefore, assuming that a servicer took the same steps in
realizing upon a defaulted second mortgage loan having a small remaining
principal balance as it would in the case of a defaulted second mortgage loan
having a large remaining principal balance, the amount realized after expenses
of liquidation would be smaller as a percentage of the outstanding principal
balance of the defaulted second mortgage loan having a small remaining principal
balance than would be the case with the defaulted second mortgage loan having a
large remaining principal balance. Because the average outstanding principal
balance of the Mortgage Loans is smaller relative to the size of the average
outstanding principal balance of the loans in a typical pool of conventional
first priority mortgage loans, liquidation proceeds may also be smaller as a
percentage of the principal balance
9
<PAGE>
of a Mortgage Loan than would be the case in a typical pool of conventional
first priority mortgage loans. Similarly, the smaller the balance of the
Mortgage Loan is in relation to the First Lien, the greater may be the potential
is for losses on the Mortgage Loan.
BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS. If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement
for a series of Certificates, certain of the Mortgagors may be subject to a
repayment plan (a "Bankruptcy Plan"), filed in proceedings under Chapter 7 or 13
of Title 11, United States Bankruptcy Code (the "Bankruptcy Code"). The
Bankruptcy Plan may permit the debtor to cure defaults with respect to the
monthly payments due in respect of its Mortgage Loan (such Mortgage Loan, a
"Bankruptcy Loan") by scheduling payments to pay arrearages in monthly
installments, within a reasonable time period (each such payment, a "Plan
Payment"), and reinstating the original loan payment schedule. The debtor may be
required to make Plan Payments to the bankruptcy trustee (unless otherwise
ordered by the court), which payments the bankruptcy trustee then distributes to
creditors, and to continue to make payments due under its Mortgage Note after
the effectiveness of the Bankruptcy Plan to the mortgagee named therein in
accordance with the provisions of the Bankruptcy Plan. To the extent that losses
are not covered by Credit Support, holders of the Certificates representing an
interest in a Trust Fund including Bankruptcy Loans will bear all risk of loss
resulting from default by the Mortgagors and will have to look primarily to the
value of the Mortgaged Properties for recovery of the outstanding principal and
unpaid interest of the defaulted Bankruptcy Loans.
DELINQUENT LOANS. Certain of the Mortgage Loans in a Trust Fund may be
up to three months past due as of the related Cut-off Date. The primary risk for
holders of Certificates evidencing an interest in such Trust Fund is the
increased possibility of (i) the foreclosure of such Mortgage Loan, (ii) the
Trustee taking possession of the Mortgaged Property by deed-in-lieu of
foreclosure, or (iii) the related Mortgagor becoming subject to bankruptcy
proceedings with attendant delays in payment and the further possibility that
such Mortgage Loan may become a Bankruptcy Loan.
REGULATORY MATTERS. Applicable state laws generally regulate interest
rates and other charges, require certain disclosures, and require licensing of
certain originators and servicers of Mortgage Loans. In addition, most states
have other laws, public policy and general principles of equity relating to the
protection of consumers and unfair and deceptive practices which may apply to
the origination, servicing and collection of the Mortgage Loans. Depending on
the provisions of the applicable law and the specific facts and circumstances
involved, violations of these laws, policies and principles may limit the
ability of the Servicer to collect all or part of the principal of or interest
on the Mortgage Loans, may entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts
previously paid and, in addition, could subject the Servicer to damages and
administrative sanctions. See "Certain Legal Aspects of The Mortgage Loans".
The Mortgage Loans are also subject to federal laws, including: (i)
the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, which
require certain disclosures to the borrowers regarding the terms of the Mortgage
Loans; (ii) the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B promulgated
thereunder, which prohibit discrimination on the basis of age, race, color, sex,
religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public assistance or the
exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit Protection Act, in the extension
of credit; (iii) the Fair Credit Reporting Act, which regulates the use and
reporting of information related to the borrower's credit experience; and (iv)
the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which requires disclosures related to
settlement services associated with any federally related mortgage loan and
establishes criminal penalties for improper referrals and fee-splitting
arrangements involving settlement service business. The Contracts are also
subject to general equitable principles and other rules in consumer credit
transactions, such as the "Holder-in-Due Course" Rule of the Federal Trade
Commission. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage Loans--Consumer
Protection Laws with respect to Contracts." Moreover, the Contracts may be
subject to potential personal injury litigation based on claims of exposure to
the chemical formaldehyde. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Mortgage
Loans--Formaldehyde Litigation with respect to Contracts".
If applicable, certain legal aspects of the Mortgage Loans for a
series of Certificates may be described in the related Prospectus Supplement.
See also "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans" herein.
BALLOON PAYMENTS. Certain of the Mortgage Loans as of the Cut-off Date
may not be fully amortizing over their terms to maturity and, thus, will require
substantial principal payments (i.e., balloon payments) at their stated
maturity. Mortgage Loans with balloon payments involve a greater degree of risk
because the ability of a mortgagor to make a balloon payment typically will
depend upon its ability either to timely refinance the loan or to timely sell
the related Mortgaged Property. The ability of a mortgagor to accomplish either
of these goals will be affected by a number of factors, including the level of
available mortgage rates at the time of sale or refinancing, the mortgagor's
equity in the related Mortgaged Property, the financial condition of the
mortgagor and applicable tax laws. Because Mortgagors of Mortgage Loans with
balloon payments are required to make substantial principal payments upon
maturity, the default risk associated with Mortgage Loans with balloon payments
is greater than that associated with fully amortizing loans.
CREDIT SUPPORT LIMITATIONS
The Prospectus Supplement for a series of Certificates will describe
any Credit Support for such series, which may include letters of credit,
insurance policies, guarantees, reserve funds, cross-collateralization,
overcollateralization or other types of credit support, or combinations thereof.
Use of Credit Support will be subject to the conditions and limitations
described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement. Moreover, such Credit
Support may not cover all potential losses or risks. For example, Credit Support
may or may not cover fraud or negligence by a mortgage loan originator or other
parties.
10
<PAGE>
A series of Certificates may include one or more classes of
Subordinate Certificates (which may include Offered Certificates), if so
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement. Although subordination is
intended to reduce the risk to holders of Senior Certificates of delinquent
distributions or ultimate losses, the amount of subordination will be limited
and may decline under certain circumstances. In addition, if principal payments
on one or more classes of Certificates of a series are made in a specified order
of priority, any limits with respect to the aggregate amount of claims under any
related Credit Support may be exhausted before the principal of the lower
priority classes of Certificates of such series has been repaid. As a result,
the impact of significant losses and shortfalls on the Mortgage Loans may fall
primarily upon those classes of Certificates having a lower priority of payment.
Moreover, if a form of Credit Support covers more than one pool of Mortgage
Loans in a Trust (each, a "Covered Pool") or more than one series of
Certificates (each, a "Covered Trust"), holders of Certificates evidencing an
interest in a Covered Pool or a Covered Trust will be subject to the risk that
such Credit Support will be exhausted by the claims of other Covered Pools or
Covered Trusts.
The amount of any applicable Credit Support supporting one or more
classes of Offered Certificates, including the subordination of one or more
classes of Certificates, will be determined on the basis of criteria established
by each Rating Agency rating such classes of Certificates based on assumptions
regarding levels of defaults, delinquencies and losses and on other factors.
There can, however, be no assurance that the loss experience on the related
Mortgage Loans will not exceed such assumed levels. See "--Limited Nature of
Ratings", "Description of the Certificates" and "Description of Credit Support".
LIMITATION ON FHA INSURANCE FOR TITLE I LOANS. The related Prospectus
Supplement will specify the number and percentage of Mortgage Loans, if any,
included in the related Trust Fund that are partially insured by the FHA
pursuant to Title I ("Title I Loans"). Unless specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement the FHA Reserves (as defined herein) allocable to a
related Trust Fund may not be transferred to the Trustee or the FHA Claims
Administrator (as defined herein) on the Closing Date. Accordingly, in the event
of an insolvency and receivership of the Depositor, the FHA may not recognize
the Trust Fund or the Certificateholders as the owners of the Title I Loans, or
any portion thereof, entitled to submit FHA claims, and neither the Trust Fund
nor the Certificateholders will have a direct right to receive insurance
payments from the FHA. See "Description of FHA Insurance Under Title I."
Since the FHA Insurance Amount (as defined herein) for the Title I
Loans is limited as described herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement,
and since the adequacy of such FHA Insurance Amount is dependent upon future
events, including reductions for the payment of FHA claims, no assurance can be
given that the FHA Insurance Amount is or will be adequate to cover the
percentage of the potential losses on the Title I Loans included in the related
Trust Fund as is typically covered by FHA insurance. If the FHA Insurance Amount
for the Title I Loans is reduced to zero, such loans will be uninsured from and
after the date of such reduction. See "Description of FHA Insurance Under Title
I."
The availability of FHA insurance reimbursement following a default on
a Title I Loan is subject to a number of conditions, including strict compliance
by the originating lender of such loan, the Depositor, the FHA Claims
Administrator (as defined herein), the Servicer and any subservicer with the FHA
Regulations (as defined herein) in originating and servicing such Title I Loan,
and limits on the aggregate insurance coverage available in the FHA Reserve (as
defined herein). For example, the FHA Regulations provide that, prior to
originating a Title I Loan, a lender must exercise prudence and diligence in
determining whether the borrower and any co-maker or co-signer is solvent and an
acceptable credit risk with a reasonable ability to make payments on the loan.
Although the Depositor will represent and warrant that the Title I Loans have
been originated and serviced in compliance with all FHA Regulations, these
regulations are susceptible to substantial interpretation. Failure to comply
with any FHA Regulations may result in a denial of FHA claims, and there can be
no assurance that the FHA's enforcement of the FHA Regulations will not be
stricter in the future. See "Description of FHA Insurance Under Title I."
ENFORCEABILITY
Mortgages will contain a due-on-sale clause which permits the lender
to accelerate the maturity of the Mortgage Loan if the mortgagor sells,
transfers or conveys the related Mortgaged Property or its interest in the
Mortgaged Property. Mortgages may also include a debt-acceleration clause, which
permits the lender to accelerate the debt upon a monetary or non-monetary
default of the mortgagor. Such clauses are generally enforceable subject to
certain exceptions. The courts of all states will enforce clauses providing for
acceleration in the event of a material payment default. The equity courts of
any state, however, may refuse the foreclosure of a mortgage or deed of trust
when an acceleration of the indebtedness would be inequitable or unjust or the
circumstances would render the acceleration unconscionable.
THE STATUS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS IN THE EVENT OF INSOLVENCY OF THE DEPOSITOR
The Depositor believes that the transfer of the Mortgage Loans by it
to a Trust Fund and the sale of Certificates to an independent third party for
fair value and without recourse will constitute absolute and unconditional
sales. However, in the event of an insolvency and receivership of the Depositor
at a time when it or any affiliate holds Certificates, the Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") as its receiver, for purposes of such a
receivership, could attempt to recharacterize the sale of the Mortgage Loans by
the Depositor as a borrowing by the Depositor or such affiliate from the holders
of the Certificates, secured by a pledge of the Mortgage Loans. Such an attempt,
even if unsuccessful, could result in delays in payments on the Certificates. If
such an attempt were successful, the FDIC could elect to liquidate the Mortgage
Loans and accelerate payment of the Certificates with the holders thereof
entitled to the then outstanding principal amount thereof, if any, together with
interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rate to the date of payment. Thus, the
holders of Certificates could lose the right to future payments of interest, and
11
<PAGE>
might suffer reinvestment loss in a lower interest rate environment and, in the
case of certain Stripped Interest Certificates, may fail to recoup the value of
their investment.
LIMITATIONS ON INTEREST PAYMENTS AND FORECLOSURES
Application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as
amended (the "Relief Act"), may adversely affect, for an indeterminate period of
time, the ability of the Servicer to collect full amounts of interest on certain
of the Mortgage Loans. Any shortfall in interest collections resulting from the
application of the Relief Act or similar legislation, which would not be
recoverable from the related Mortgage Loans, or which would not be covered by
any applicable Credit Support, would result in a reduction of the amounts
distributable to the holders of the Offered Certificates of any series. In
addition, the Relief Act imposes limitations that would impair the ability of
the Servicer to foreclose on an affected Mortgage Loan or enforce rights under a
Contract during the Mortgagor's period of active duty status, and, under certain
circumstances, during an additional three month period thereafter. Thus, in the
event that the Relief Act or similar legislation applies to any Mortgage Loan
which goes into default, there may be delays in payment on the Certificates or
losses in connection therewith. Any other interest shortfalls, deferrals or
forgiveness of payments on the Mortgage Loans resulting from similar legislation
or regulations may result in delays in payments or losses to Certificateholders.
ENVIRONMENTAL RISKS
Real property pledged as security for a mortgage loan may be subject
to certain environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states, contamination
of a property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the costs of
cleanup. In several states, such a lien has priority over the lien of an
existing mortgage against such property. In addition, under the laws of some
states and under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act of 1980 ("CERCLA"), a lender may be liable, as an "owner" or
"operator", for costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous
substances that require remedy at a property, if agents or employees of the
lender have become sufficiently involved in the operations of the mortgagor,
regardless of whether or not the environmental damage or threat was caused by a
prior owner. See "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans-- Environmental
Legislation".
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Generally, ERISA applies to investments made by employee benefit plans
and other retirement arrangements and transactions involving the assets of such
plans and arrangements. Due to the complexity of regulations which govern such
plans, prospective investors that are subject to ERISA are urged to consult
their own counsel regarding consequences under ERISA of the acquisition,
ownership and disposition of the Offered Certificates of any series. See "ERISA
Considerations".
CERTAIN FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS REGARDING REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES
Holders of REMIC Residual Certificates will be required to report on
their federal income tax returns as ordinary income their pro rata share of the
taxable income of the REMIC, regardless of the amount or timing of their receipt
of cash payments, as described in "Certain Federal Income Tax
Consequences--REMICs". Accordingly, under certain circumstances, holders of
Offered Certificates that constitute REMIC Residual Certificates may have
taxable income and tax liabilities arising from such investment during a taxable
year in excess of the cash received during such period. The requirement that
holders of REMIC Residual Certificates report their pro rata share of the
taxable income and net loss of the REMIC will continue until the Certificate
Balances of all classes of Certificates of the related series have been reduced
to zero, even though holders of REMIC Residual Certificates have received full
payment of their stated interest and principal. A portion (or, in certain
circumstances, all) of such Certificateholder's share of the REMIC taxable
income may be treated as "excess inclusion" income to such holder which (i)
generally, will not be subject to offset by losses from other activities, (ii)
for a tax-exempt holder, will be treated as unrelated business taxable income
and (iii) for a foreign holder, will not qualify for exemption from withholding
tax. Individual holders of REMIC Residual Certificates may be limited in their
ability to deduct Servicing Fees and other expenses of the REMIC. In addition,
REMIC Residual Certificates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer.
Because of the special tax treatment of REMIC Residual Certificates, the taxable
income arising in a given year on a REMIC Residual Certificate will not be equal
to the taxable income associated with investment in a corporate bond or stripped
instrument having similar cash flow characteristics and pre-tax yield.
Therefore, the after-tax yield on the REMIC Residual Certificate may be
significantly less than that of a corporate bond or stripped instrument having
similar cash flow characteristics and may in some circumstances be negative.
CONTROL
Under certain circumstances, the consent or approval of the holders of
a specified percentage of the aggregate Certificate Balance of all outstanding
Certificates of a series, and/or the consent of the holders of all outstanding
Certificates of a specific class affected thereby, and/or the consent of the
provider of Credit Support, if any, or a similar means of allocating
decision-making under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement ("Voting Rights"),
will be required to direct, and will be sufficient to bind all
Certificateholders to, or the Certificateholders of the specific class affected
thereby to, certain actions, including amending the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement in certain circumstances. See "Description of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreements--Events of Default", "--Rights Upon Event of Default"
and "--Amendment".
12
<PAGE>
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement, one or more classes of
Certificates will be initially represented by one or more certificates
registered in the name of CEDE & Co., the nominee for DTC, and will not be
registered in the names of the Certificateholders or their nominees. Because of
this, unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, Certificateholders
will not be recognized by the Trustee as "Certificateholders" (as that term is
to be used in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement). Hence, until such
time, Certificateholders will be able to exercise the rights of
Certificateholders only indirectly through DTC and its participating
organizations. See "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration and
Definitive Certificates".
DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST FUNDS
MORTGAGE LOANS
GENERAL. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the primary assets of each Trust Fund will consist of a pool of
conventional or FHA insured mortgage loans (the "Mortgages") and/or manufactured
housing conditional sale contracts and installment loan agreements (the
"Manufactured Home Contracts") and/or home improvement installment sales
contracts and installment loan agreements (the "Home Improvement Contracts"
collectively with Manufactured Home Contracts, the "Contracts") evidenced by
promissory notes (the "Mortgage Notes"), secured by first or second mortgages or
deeds of trust or other similar instruments creating first or second liens on
Single Family Properties, Multifamily Properties, Commercial Properties and/or
Manufactured Homes, each as described below (the "Mortgaged Properties") located
in any one of the fifty states or the District of Columbia.
No more than 10% of the Mortgage Loans in any Mortgage Pool (by
original principal balance of such Mortgage Pool) will be secured by Commercial
Properties.
The Mortgage Loans (other than the Contracts) will be secured by
Mortgaged Properties that consist primarily of owner-occupied attached or
detached one-family dwelling units, two- to four-family dwelling units,
townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units, individual units in planned
unit developments and certain other dwelling units ("Single Family Properties"
and the related loans, "Single Family Loans"). The Mortgaged Properties for such
loans may also consist of (i) residential properties consisting of five or more
dwelling units in multi-story structures ("Multifamily Properties" and the
related loans, "Multifamily Loans") or (ii) commercial properties ("Commercial
Properties" and the related loans, "Commercial Loans") including office
buildings, retail buildings and a variety of other commercial properties as may
be described in the related Prospectus Supplement (Commercial Loans, Multifamily
Loans, Single Family Loans and the Contracts described below, collectively the
"Mortgage Loans"). If specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Multifamily Properties may include mixed residential and commercial structures.
The Mortgaged Properties may include vacation, second and non-owner-occupied
homes. The Mortgaged Properties may include leasehold interests in residential
properties, the title to which is held by third party lessors. The term of any
such leasehold will exceed the term of the Mortgage Note by at least five years.
The Manufactured Home Contracts will consist of manufactured housing
conditional sales contracts and installment loan agreements each secured by a
Manufactured Home. The "Manufactured Homes" securing the Manufactured Home
Contracts will consist of manufactured homes within the meaning of both 42
United States Code Section 5402(6) and Section 25(e)(10) of the Code. 42 United
States Code Section 5402(6) defines a "manufactured home" as "a structure,
transportable in one or more sections, which in the traveling mode, is eight
body feet or more in width or forty body feet or more in length, or, when
erected on site, is three hundred twenty or more square feet, and which is built
on a permanent chassis and designed to be used as a dwelling with or without a
permanent foundation when connected to the required utilities, and includes the
plumbing, heating, air conditioning, and electrical systems contained therein;
except that such term shall include any structure which meets all the
requirements of this paragraph except the size requirements and with respect to
which the manufacturer voluntarily files a certification required by the
Secretary of Housing and Urban Development and complies with the standards
established under this chapter." For purposes of Section 25(e)(10) of the Code,
a manufactured home must have a minimum of 400 square feet of living space and a
minimum width in excess of 102 inches and which is of a kind customarily used at
a fixed location.
The Home Improvement Contracts will be secured primarily by (i)
Mortgages on Single Family Properties that are generally subordinate to other
mortgages on the same Mortgaged Property, or (ii) purchase money security
interests in the home improvements financed thereby.
Each Mortgage Loan will be selected by the Depositor for inclusion in
a Mortgage Pool from among those originated by or purchased by the Depositor,
either directly or through its affiliates, from banks, savings and loan
associations, mortgage bankers, investment banking firms, the FDIC and other
mortgage loan originators or sellers not affiliated with the Depositor
("Unaffiliated Sellers") or from its affiliates ("Affiliated Sellers";
Unaffiliated Sellers and Affiliated Sellers are collectively referred to herein
as "Sellers"). Each Prospectus Supplement will contain information, as of the
date of such Prospectus Supplement, with respect to the underwriting standards
and criteria applied by the Depositor in originating or purchasing the Mortgage
Loans included in the related Trust Fund.
The Depositor will cause the Mortgage Loans constituting each Mortgage
Pool to be assigned to the Trustee named in the related Prospectus Supplement,
for the benefit of the holders of all of the Certificates of a series. The
Servicer will, directly or
13
<PAGE>
through Sub-Servicers, service the Mortgage Loans pursuant to a Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and will receive a fee for such services. See "Description
of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements--Servicing and Other Compensation and
Payment of Expenses".
The Depositor will make certain representations and warranties
regarding the Mortgage Loans, but its assignment of the Mortgage Loans to the
Trustee will be without recourse. See "Description of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreements--Assignment of the Mortgage Loans; Repurchases". The obligations of
the Servicer with respect to the Mortgage Loans will consist principally of its
contractual servicing obligations under the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreements including, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, its obligation to make certain cash advances in the event of
delinquencies in certain payments of interest and/or principal on or with
respect to the Mortgage Loans in amounts described herein under "Description of
the Certificates--Monthly Advances in Respect of Delinquencies". Any obligation
of the Servicer to make advances may be subject to limitations, to the extent
provided herein and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
MORTGAGE LOAN INFORMATION IN PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENTS. Each Prospectus
Supplement will contain information, as of the date of such Prospectus
Supplement and to the extent then applicable and specifically known to the
Depositor, with respect to the Mortgage Loans constituting related Trust Assets,
including (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance as of the applicable
Cut-off Date and the largest, smallest and average original principal balance of
the Mortgage Loans, (ii) the type of property securing the Mortgage Loans and
the percentage of Mortgage Loans in the related Mortgaged Pool which are secured
by such properties, (iii) the remaining terms to maturity and the weighted
average remaining term to maturity of the Mortgage Loans, (iv) the earliest and
latest origination date, (v) the range of loan-to-value ratios at origination of
the Mortgage Loans, (vi) the Mortgage Rates or range of Mortgage Rates and the
weighted average Mortgage Rate borne by the Mortgage Loans, (vii) the
geographical distribution of the Mortgaged Properties on a state-by-state basis,
(viii) information with respect to the prepayment provisions, if any, of the
Mortgage Loans, (ix) with respect to Mortgage Loans with adjustable Mortgage
Rates ("ARM Loans"), the adjustment dates, the highest, lowest and weighted
average margin, and the maximum Mortgage Rate variation at the time of any
adjustment and over the life of the ARM Loan, (x) the range of debt service
coverage ratios for Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily Properties or
Commercial Properties, (xi) the specific type of property securing Commercial
Loans and (xii) information regarding the payment characteristics of the
Mortgage Loans, including without limitation balloon payment and other
amortization provisions. The related Prospectus Supplement will also contain
certain other information available to the Depositor and referred to in a
general manner under "Description of the Trust Funds-- Mortgage Loans" above. If
specific information respecting the Mortgage Loans is not known to the Depositor
at the time Certificates are initially offered, more general information of the
nature described above will be provided in the Prospectus Supplement and
specific information will be set forth in a report which will be available to
purchasers of the related Certificates at or before the initial issuance thereof
and will be filed, together with the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as
part of a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Commission within fifteen days
after such initial issuance.
PAYMENT PROVISIONS OF THE MORTGAGE LOANS. Unless otherwise specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, all of the Mortgage Loans will (i) have
original terms to maturity of not more than 30 years and (ii) provide for
payments of principal, interest or both, on due dates that occur monthly,
quarterly or semi-annually or at such other interval as is specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. Each Mortgage Loan may provide for accrual of
interest thereon at an interest rate (a "Mortgage Rate") that is fixed over its
term or that adjusts from time to time, or that may be converted from an
adjustable to a fixed Mortgage Rate, or from a fixed to an adjustable Mortgage
Rate, from time to time at the Mortgagor's election, in each case as described
in the related Prospectus Supplement. Each Mortgage Loan may provide for accrual
of interest on an actual basis or a daily simple interest basis. Each Mortgage
Loan may provide for scheduled payments to maturity or payments that adjust from
time to time to accommodate changes in the Mortgage Rate or to reflect the
occurrence of certain events, and may provide for negative amortization or
accelerated amortization, in each case as described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Each Mortgage Loan may be fully amortizing or require a balloon
payment due on its stated maturity date, in each case as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
ARM LOANS. If provided for in the related Prospectus Supplement, a
Mortgage Pool may contain ARM Loans which allow the Mortgagors to convert the
adjustable rates on such Mortgage Loans to a fixed rate at some point during the
life of such Mortgage Loans (each such Mortgage Loan, a "Convertible Mortgage
Loan"), generally not later than six to ten years subsequent to the date of
origination, depending upon the length of the initial adjustment period. If
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, upon any conversion, the
Depositor will repurchase or the Servicer or a third party will purchase the
converted Mortgage Loan as and to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Alternatively, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the Depositor or the Servicer (or another party specified therein) may agree to
act as remarketing agent with respect to such converted Mortgage Loans and, in
such capacity, to use its best efforts to arrange for the sale of converted
Mortgage Loans under specified conditions. Upon the failure of any party so
obligated to purchase any such converted Mortgage Loan, the inability of any
remarketing agent to so arrange for the sale of the converted Mortgage Loan or
the unwillingness of the remarketing agent to exercise any election to purchase
the converted Mortgage Loan for its own account, the related Mortgage Pool
thereafter may include both fixed rate and ARM Mortgage Loans.
PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ACCOUNT
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Trust Fund will include one or more accounts (collectively, the "Principal and
Interest Account") established and maintained on behalf of the
Certificateholders into which the Servicer will, to the extent described herein
and in such Prospectus Supplement, deposit all payments received on or after the
Cut-off Date with respect to the Mortgage Loans, other than the Depositor's
Yield and amounts received on or after the Cut-off
14
<PAGE>
Date in respect of interest accrued on the Mortgage Loans prior to the Cut-off
Date. The "Depositor's Yield" represents the right to receive all prepayment
penalties and premiums collected on a Mortgage Loan and certain other amounts,
if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Depositor's Yield is retained by the
Depositor and will not be a part of any Trust Fund. Unless otherwise provided in
the Prospectus Supplement for a series of Certificates, a Principal and Interest
Account may be maintained as an interest bearing or non-interest bearing account
and funds held therein may be invested in certain short-term, high quality
investments. See "Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements--Payments
on the Mortgage Loans; Deposits to Principal and Interest Account".
CERTIFICATE ACCOUNT
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Trust Fund will include one or more accounts (collectively, the "Certificate
Account") established and maintained on behalf of the Certificateholders into
which the Trustee designated in the related Prospectus Supplement will, to the
extent described herein and in such Prospectus Supplement, deposit all amounts
remitted by the Servicer from the Principal and Interest Account and payments
received or advanced with respect to the other assets in the Trust Fund. Unless
otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of Certificates, a
Certificate Account shall be maintained as a non-interest bearing account and
funds held therein may be invested in certain short-term, high quality
investments. See "Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements--Deposits
to Certificate Account".
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the related Trust
Fund will include one or more accounts (collectively, the "Pre-Funding Account")
established and maintained on behalf of the Certificateholders into which the
Trustee will, to the extent described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement, deposit amounts received from the Depositor to be applied to acquire
additional Mortgage Loans subject to certain conditions specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "Description of Pooling and Servicing
Agreements--Subsequent Mortgage Loans".
CREDIT SUPPORT
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, partial or full
protection against certain defaults and losses on the Mortgage Loans in the
related Trust Fund may be provided to one or more classes of Certificates in the
related series by Credit Support in the form of subordination of one or more
other classes of Certificates in such series or by one or more other types of
Credit Support, such as a letter of credit, insurance policy, guarantee, reserve
fund, cross-collateralization, overcollateralization or another type of credit
support, or a combination thereof. The amount and types of coverage, the
identification of the entity providing the coverage (if applicable) and related
information with respect to each type of Credit Support, if any, will be
described in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of Certificates. See "Risk
Factors-- Credit Support Limitations" and "Description of Credit Support".
USE OF PROCEEDS
Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, the net proceeds to be received from the sale of the Certificates
will be applied by the Depositor to finance the purchase of, or to repay
short-term loans incurred to originate or finance the purchase of, the Mortgage
Loans or will be used by the Depositor for general corporate purposes.
YIELD CONSIDERATIONS
GENERAL
The yield on any Offered Certificate will depend on the price paid by
the Certificateholder, the Pass-Through Rate of the Certificate, the receipt and
timing of receipt of distributions on the Certificate, the weighted average life
of the Mortgage Loans in the related Trust Fund, liquidations of Mortgage Loans
following Mortgagor defaults and by purchases of Mortgage Loans in the event of
optional termination of the Trust Fund or breaches of representations made in
respect of such Mortgage Loans by the Depositor, the Servicer and others, and,
in the case of Certificates evidencing interests in ARM Loans, by changes in the
Net Mortgage Rates (as defined below) or conversions of ARM Loans to a fixed
interest rate. See "Risk Factors--Average Life of Certificates; Prepayments;
Yields", and "Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements--Assignment of
Mortgage Loans; Repurchases-- Representations and Warranties; Repurchases".
PASS-THROUGH RATE
Certificates of any class within a series may have fixed, variable or
adjustable Pass-Through Rates, which may or may not be based upon the interest
rates borne by the Mortgage Loans in the related Trust Fund. The Prospectus
Supplement with respect to any series of Certificates will specify the
Pass-Through Rate for each class of such Certificates or, in the case of a
variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate, the method of determining the
Pass-Through Rate. Holders of Stripped Interest Certificates or a class of
Certificates having a Pass-Through Rate that varies based on the weighted
average Mortgage Rate of the underlying Mortgage Loans will be affected by
disproportionate prepayments and repurchases of Mortgage Loans having higher Net
Mortgage Rates than the average Net Mortgage Rate.
15
<PAGE>
TIMING OF PAYMENT OF INTEREST AND PRINCIPAL
The effective yield to Certificateholders entitled to payments of
interest will be slightly lower than the yield otherwise produced by the
applicable Pass-Through Rate because, while interest on the Mortgage Loans may
accrue from the first day of each month, the distributions of such interest will
not be made until the Remittance Date which may be as late as the 25th day of
the month following the month in which interest accrues on the Mortgage Loans.
Each payment of interest on the Certificates (or addition to the Certificate
Balance of a class of Accrual Certificates) on a Remittance Date will include
interest accrued during the Interest Accrual Period described in the related
Prospectus Supplement for such Remittance Date. If the Interest Accrual Period
ends on a date other than a Remittance Date for the related series, the yield
realized by the holders of such Certificates may be lower than the yield that
would result if the Interest Accrual Period ended on such Remittance Date. In
addition, if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, interest accrued
for an Interest Accrual Period for one or more classes of Certificates may be
calculated on the assumption that distributions of principal (and additions to
the Certificate Balance of Accrual Certificates) and allocations of losses on
the Mortgage Loans may be made on the first day of the Interest Accrual Period
for a Remittance Date and not on such Remittance Date. Such method would produce
a lower effective yield than if interest were calculated on the basis of the
actual principal amount outstanding during an Interest Accrual Period.
For each Mortgage Pool, if all necessary advances are made and if
there is no unrecoverable loss on any Mortgage Loan, the net effect of each
distribution respecting interest will be to pass-through to each class of
Certificates of a series then entitled to payments of interest an amount which
is equal to one month's interest at the applicable Pass-Through Rate on such
class's Certificate Balance or notional balance.
PRINCIPAL PREPAYMENTS
The yield to maturity on the Certificates will be affected by the rate
of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans (including Principal Prepayments,
Curtailments (as defined herein), defaults and liquidations). The rate at which
principal prepayments occur on the Mortgage Loans will be affected by a variety
of factors, including, without limitation, the terms of the Mortgage Loans, the
level of prevailing interest rates, the availability of mortgage credit and, in
the case of Multifamily Loans and Commercial Loans, the quality of management of
the Mortgaged Properties, and economic, demographic, geographic, tax, legal and
other factors. In general, however, if prevailing interest rates fall
significantly below (or rise significantly above) the Mortgage Rates on the
Mortgage Loans included in a particular Trust Fund, such Mortgage Loans are
likely to be the subject of higher (or lower) principal prepayments than if
prevailing rates remain at the rates borne by such Mortgage Loans. The rate of
principal payments on some or all of the classes of Certificates of a series
will correspond to the rate of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans included
in the related Trust Fund and is likely to be affected by the existence of
prepayment premium provisions of the Mortgage Loans in a Mortgage Pool, and by
the extent to which the Servicer of any such Mortgage Loan is able to enforce
such provisions. Mortgage Loans with a prepayment premium provision, to the
extent enforceable, generally would be expected to experience a lower rate of
Principal Prepayments than otherwise identical Mortgage Loans without such
provisions, or with lower prepayment premiums.
If the purchaser of a Certificate offered at a discount calculates its
anticipated yield to maturity based on an assumed rate of distributions of
principal that is faster than that actually experienced on the Mortgage Loans,
the actual yield to maturity will be lower than that so calculated. Conversely,
if the purchaser of a Certificate offered at a premium calculates its
anticipated yield to maturity based on an assumed rate of distributions of
principal that is slower than that actually experienced on the Mortgage Loans,
the actual yield to maturity will be lower than that so calculated. In either
case, the effect on yield of prepayments on one or more classes of Certificates
of a series may be mitigated or exacerbated by the priority of distributions of
principal to such classes as provided in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The timing of changes in the rate of principal payments on the
Mortgage Loans may significantly affect an investor's actual yield to maturity,
even if the average rate of distributions of principal is consistent with an
investor's expectation. In general, the earlier a principal payment is received
on the Mortgage Loans and distributed in respect of a Certificate, the greater
the effect on such investor's yield to maturity. The effect on an investor's
yield of principal payments occurring at a rate higher (or lower) than the rate
anticipated by the investor during a given period may not be offset by a
subsequent like decrease (or increase) in the rate of principal payments.
DEFAULTS
The rate of defaults on the Mortgage Loans will also affect the rate
and timing of principal payments on the Mortgage Loans and thus the yield on the
Certificates. In general, defaults on Single Family Loans are expected to occur
with greater frequency in their early years. However, there is a risk that
Mortgage Loans, including Multifamily Loans, that require balloon payments may
default at maturity, or that the maturity of such Mortgage Loans may be extended
in connection with a workout. The rate of default on Single Family Loans which
are refinance or limited documentation mortgage loans, Mortgage Loans with high
loan-to-value ratios, and ARM Loans may be higher than for other types of
Mortgage Loans. Furthermore, the rate and timing of prepayments, defaults and
liquidations on the Mortgage Loans will be affected by the general economic
condition of the region of the country in which the related Mortgaged Properties
are located. The risk of delinquencies and loss is greater and prepayments are
less likely in regions where a weak or deteriorating economy exists, as may be
evidenced by, among other factors, increasing unemployment or falling property
values.
16
<PAGE>
PREPAYMENTS--MATURITY AND WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE
The rates at which principal payments are received on the Mortgage
Loans included in a Trust Fund and the rate at which payments are made from any
Credit Support for the related series of Certificates may affect the ultimate
maturity and the weighted average life of each class of such series. Prepayments
on the Mortgage Loans comprising a Mortgage Pool in a particular Trust Fund will
generally accelerate the rate at which principal is paid on some or all of the
classes of the Certificates of the related series.
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, one or more classes of Certificates may have a final scheduled
Remittance Date, which is the date on or prior to which the Certificate Balance
thereof is scheduled to be reduced to zero, calculated on the basis of the
assumptions applicable to such series set forth therein.
Weighted average life refers to the average amount of time that will
elapse from the date of issue of a security until each dollar of principal of
such security will be repaid to the investor. The weighted average life of a
class of Certificates of a series will be influenced by, among other factors,
the rate at which principal on the Mortgage Loans comprising a Mortgage Pool is
paid to such class, which may be in the form of scheduled amortization or
prepayments (for this purpose, the term "prepayment" includes prepayments, in
whole or in part, and liquidations due to default).
In addition, the weighted average life of the Certificates may be
affected by the varying maturities of the Mortgage Loans comprising a Mortgage
Pool. If any Mortgage Loans comprising a Mortgage Pool in a particular Trust
Fund have actual terms to maturity of less than those assumed in calculating the
final scheduled Remittance Dates for the classes of Certificates of the related
series, one or more classes of such Certificates may be fully paid prior to
their respective final scheduled Remittance Dates, even in the absence of
prepayments. Accordingly, the prepayment experience of the Mortgage Pool will,
to some extent, be a function of the mix of Mortgage Rates and maturities of the
Mortgage Loans comprising such Mortgage Pool. See "Description of the Trust
Funds".
Prepayments on loans are also commonly measured relative to a
prepayment standard or model, such as the Constant Prepayment Rate ("CPR")
prepayment model or the Standard Prepayment Assumption ("SPA") prepayment model,
each as described below. CPR represents a constant assumed rate of prepayment
each month relative to the then outstanding principal balance of a pool of loans
for the life of such loans. SPA represents an assumed rate of prepayment each
month relative to the then outstanding principal balance of a pool of loans. A
prepayment assumption of 100% of SPA assumes prepayment rates of 0.2% per annum
of the then outstanding principal balance of such loans in the first month of
the life of the loans and an additional 0.2% per annum in each month thereafter
until the thirtieth month. Beginning in the thirtieth month and in each month
thereafter during the life of the loans, 100% of SPA assumes a constant
prepayment rate of 6% per annum each month.
Neither CPR nor SPA nor any other prepayment model or assumption
purports to be an historical description of prepayment experience or a
prediction of the anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of loans, including
the Mortgage Loans comprising a Mortgage Pool. Moreover, CPR and SPA were
developed based upon historical prepayment experience for Single Family Loans.
Thus, it is likely that prepayment of any Mortgage Loans comprising the Mortgage
Loans for any series will not conform to any particular level of CPR or SPA.
The Prospectus Supplement with respect to each series of Certificates
may contain tables, if applicable, setting forth the projected weighted average
life of one or more classes of Offered Certificates of such series and the
percentage of the initial Certificate Balance of each such class that would be
outstanding on specified Remittance Dates based on the assumptions stated in
such Prospectus Supplement, including assumptions that prepayments on the
Mortgage Loans comprising or underlying the related Mortgage Loans are made at
rates corresponding to various percentages of CPR, SPA or at such other rates
specified in such Prospectus Supplement. Such tables and assumptions are
intended to illustrate the sensitivity of the weighted average life of the
Certificates to various prepayment rates and will not be intended to predict or
to provide information that will enable investors to predict the actual weighted
average life of the Certificates. It is unlikely that prepayment of any Mortgage
Loans comprising or underlying the Mortgage Loans for any series will conform to
any particular level of CPR, SPA or any other rate specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
OTHER FACTORS AFFECTING WEIGHTED AVERAGE LIFE
TYPE OF MORTGAGE LOAN. A number of Mortgage Loans may have balloon
payments due at maturity, and because the ability of a Mortgagor to make a
balloon payment typically will depend upon its ability either to refinance the
loan or to sell the related Mortgaged Property, there is a risk that a number of
Mortgage Loans having balloon payments may default at maturity, or that the
Servicer may extend the maturity of such a Mortgage Loan in connection with a
workout. In addition, a number of Mortgage Loans may be second mortgage loans.
The rate of default on second mortgage loans may be greater than that of
mortgage loans secured by first liens in comparable properties. In the case of
defaults, recovery of proceeds may be delayed by, among other things, bankruptcy
of the mortgagor or adverse conditions in the market where the property is
located. In order to minimize losses on defaulted Mortgage Loans, the Servicer
may, to the extent and under the circumstances set forth herein and in the
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, be permitted to modify Mortgage Loans
that are in default or as to which a payment default is imminent. Any defaulted
balloon payment or modification that extends the maturity of a Mortgage Loan
will tend to extend the weighted average life of the Certificates, thereby
lengthening the period of time elapsed from the date of issuance of a
Certificate until it is retired.
17
<PAGE>
Although the Mortgage Rates on ARM Loans will be subject to periodic
adjustments, such adjustments generally will, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, (i) not increase or decrease such Mortgage Rates
by more than a fixed percentage amount on each adjustment date, (ii) not
increase such Mortgage Rates over a fixed percentage amount during the life of
any ARM Loan and (iii) be based on an index (which may not rise and fall
consistently with mortgage interest rates) plus the related fixed percentage set
forth in the related Mortgage Note (the "Note Margin") (which may be different
from margins being used at the time for newly originated adjustable rate
mortgage loans). As a result, the Mortgage Rates on the ARM Loans in a Mortgage
Pool at any time may not equal the prevailing rates for similar, newly
originated adjustable rate mortgage loans. In certain rate environments, the
prevailing rates on fixed rate mortgage loans may be sufficiently low in
relation to the then-current Mortgage Rates on ARM Loans with the result that
the rate of prepayments may increase as a result of refinancings. There can be
no certainty as to the rate of prepayments on the Mortgage Loans during any
period or over the life of any series of Certificates.
The Mortgage Rates on certain ARM Loans subject to negative
amortization generally adjust monthly and their amortization schedules adjust
less frequently. During a period of rising interest rates as well as immediately
after origination (initial Mortgage Rates are generally lower than the sum of
the indices applicable at origination and the related Note Margins), the amount
of interest accruing on the principal balance of such Mortgage Loans may exceed
the amount of the minimum scheduled monthly payment thereon. As a result, a
portion of the accrued interest on negatively amortizing Mortgage Loans may
become Deferred Interest which will be added to the principal balance thereof
and will bear interest at the applicable Mortgage Rate. The addition of any such
Deferred Interest to the principal balance of any related class or classes of
Certificates of a series will lengthen the weighted average life thereof and may
adversely affect yield to holders thereof, depending upon the price at which
such Certificates were purchased. In addition, with respect to certain ARM Loans
subject to negative amortization, during a period of declining interest rates,
it might be expected that each minimum scheduled monthly payment on such a
Mortgage Loan would exceed the amount of scheduled principal and accrued
interest on the principal balance thereof, and since such excess will be applied
to reduce the principal balance of the related class or classes of Certificates,
the weighted average life of such Certificates will be reduced which may
adversely affect yield to holders thereof, depending upon the price at which
such Certificates were purchased.
FORECLOSURES AND PAYMENT PLANS. The number of foreclosures and the
principal amount of the Mortgage Loans comprising or underlying the Mortgage
Loans that are foreclosed in relation to the number of Mortgage Loans that are
repaid in accordance with their terms will affect the weighted average life of
the Mortgage Loans comprising a Mortgage Pool and that of the related series of
Certificates. Servicing decisions made with respect to the Mortgage Loans,
including the use of payment plans prior to a demand for acceleration and the
restructuring of Mortgage Loans in bankruptcy proceedings, may also have an
effect upon the payment patterns of particular Mortgage Loans and thus the
weighted average life of the Certificates.
DUE-ON-SALE CLAUSES. Acceleration of mortgage payments as a result of
certain transfers of or the creation of encumbrances upon underlying Mortgaged
Property is another factor affecting prepayment rates that may not be reflected
in the prepayment standards or models used in the relevant Prospectus
Supplement. All of the Mortgage Loans comprising a Mortgage Pool will include
"due-on-sale" clauses that permit the lender to accelerate the maturity of the
loan if the borrower sells, transfers or conveys the property. Unless otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer, on behalf of the
Trust Fund, will employ its usual practices in determining whether to exercise
any such right that the Trustee may have as mortgagee to accelerate payment of
the Mortgage Loan. An ARM Loan may be assumable under certain conditions if the
proposed transferee of the related Mortgaged Property establishes its ability to
repay the Mortgage Loan and, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer or the
related Sub-Servicer, the security for the ARM Loan would not be impaired by the
assumption. The extent to which ARM Loans are assumed by purchasers of the
Mortgaged Properties rather than prepaid by the related Mortgagors in connection
with the sales of the Mortgaged Properties will affect the weighted average life
of the related series of Certificates. See "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage
Loans--Enforceability of Certain Provisions" and "Description of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreements--Due-on-Sale Provisions".
THE DEPOSITOR
Superior Bank FSB (the "Depositor") is a federally chartered stock
savings bank acquired by Coast to Coast Financial Corporation, a Nevada
corporation, on December 30, 1988. The deposits of the Depositor are insured by
the Savings Association Insurance Fund of the FDIC. The Depositor is a member of
the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and is subject to regulation, examination
and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS") and the FDIC.
The Depositor maintains its principal office at One Lincoln Centre, Oakbrook
Terrace, Illinois 60181 and administrative offices for the consumer finance
operations of the Depositor at 135 Chestnut Ridge Road, Montvale, New Jersey
07645. The telephone number of the principal office of the Depositor is (708)
916-4000 and the telephone number of its administrative offices is (201)
930-1500.
On November 30, 1992, the Depositor acquired by merger the mortgage
origination and servicing operating assets utilized by Alliance Funding Company,
Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Alliance"), and its subsidiaries in mortgage
origination and servicing activities. Effective December 1, 1992 (the "Effective
Date") mortgage origination and servicing activities historically conducted by
Alliance and its mortgage banking and servicing subsidiaries began to be
conducted by two new divisions of the Depositor. These new divisions are the
Alliance Funding Division (primarily engaged in mortgage origination) (the
"Alliance Funding Division"), and the Servicing Division (primarily engaged in
mortgage servicing) (the "Servicer" or the "Servicing Division"). As of the
Effective Date, the senior officers of Alliance became senior officers of the
Alliance Funding Division with direct responsibility for the operations of the
new Alliance Funding Division and the Servicing Division.
18
<PAGE>
The Depositor originates mortgage loans (including the Mortgage Loans)
on residential and multifamily dwellings nationwide; purchases mortgage loans
from lenders, mortgage bankers, and brokers on a wholesale basis; assembles and
sells pools of mortgages to commercial banks and other financial institutions;
and services the mortgage portfolios it has placed with investors. Since the
Effective Date, the Depositor has conducted, from the location previously
utilized by Alliance, the mortgage origination activities conducted by Alliance
in a manner substantially identical to the conduct of business prior to the
Effective Date. Each Prospectus Supplement will contain information, as of the
date of such Prospectus Supplement, with respect to the underwriting criteria of
the Depositor.
THE SERVICER
Since the Effective Date, the Servicing Division has conducted,
primarily from its Parkridge, New Jersey location, the mortgage servicing
activities previously conducted by Alliance's servicing subsidiary Lee Servicing
Corp. ("Lee") in a manner substantially identical to the conduct of business
prior to the Effective Date. As of the Effective Date, the Servicer succeeded,
without interruption, to the same servicing operations and facilities, including
operating systems, computers, files and personnel, maintained and utilized by
Lee prior to the Effective Date.
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
GENERAL
The Certificates of each series (including any class of Certificates
not offered hereby) will represent the entire beneficial ownership interest in
the Trust Fund created pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Each
series of Certificates will consist of one or more classes of Certificates that
may (i) provide for the accrual of interest thereon based on fixed, variable or
adjustable rates; (ii) be senior (collectively, "Senior Certificates") or
subordinate (collectively, "Subordinate Certificates") to one or more other
classes of Certificates in respect of certain distributions on the Certificates;
(iii) be entitled to principal distributions, with disproportionately low,
nominal or no interest distributions (collectively, "Stripped Principal
Certificates"); (iv) be entitled to interest distributions, with
disproportionately low, nominal or no principal distributions (collectively,
"Stripped Interest Certificates"); (v) provide for distributions of accrued
interest thereon only following the occurrence of certain events, such as the
retirement of one or more other classes of Certificates of such series
(collectively, "Accrual Certificates"); and/or (vi) provide for payments of
principal sequentially, or based on specified payment schedules, to the extent
of available funds, in each case as described in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Any such classes may include classes of Offered Certificates.
Each class of Offered Certificates of a series will be issued in
minimum denominations corresponding to the Certificate Balances or, in case of
Stripped Interest Certificates, notional amounts specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The transfer of any Offered Certificates may be
registered and such Certificates may be exchanged without the payment of any
service charge payable in connection with such registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Depositor or the Trustee or any agent thereof may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge. One
or more classes of Certificates of a series may be issued in definitive form
("Definitive Certificates") or in book-entry form ("Book-Entry Certificates"),
as provided in the related Prospectus Supplement. See "Risk Factors--Book-Entry
Registration" and "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration and
Definitive Certificates". Definitive Certificates will be exchangeable for other
Certificates of the same class and series of a like aggregate Certificate
Balance or notional amount but of different authorized denominations. See "Risk
Factors--Limited Liquidity--Limited Assets and Obligations".
DISTRIBUTIONS
Distributions on the Certificates of each series will be made by or on
behalf of the Trustee on each Remittance Date as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement from the available funds for such series and such
Remittance Date. Except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions (other than the final distribution) will be made to
the persons in whose names the Certificates are registered at the close of
business on the last business day of the month preceding the month in which the
Remittance Date occurs (the "Record Date"), and the amount of each distribution
will be determined as of the date specified in the related Prospectus Supplement
(the "Determination Date"). All distributions with respect to each class of
Certificates on each Remittance Date will be allocated pro rata among the
outstanding Certificates in such class. Payments will be made either by wire
transfer in immediately available funds to the account of a Certificateholder at
a bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if such
Certificateholder has so notified the Trustee or other person required to make
such payments no later than the date specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement and, if so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, holds
Certificates in the requisite amount specified therein, or by check mailed to
the address of the person entitled thereto as it appears on the Certificate
Register; provided, however, that the final distribution in retirement of the
Certificates (whether Definitive Certificates or Book-Entry Certificates) will
be made only upon presentation and surrender of the Certificates at the location
specified in the notice to Certificateholders of such final distribution.
DISTRIBUTIONS OF INTEREST ON THE CERTIFICATES
Each class of Certificates (other than classes of Stripped Principal
Certificates that have no Pass-Through Rate) may have a different Pass-Through
Rate, which may be a fixed, variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate. The
related Prospectus Supplement will specify the Pass-Through Rate for each class
or, in the case of a variable or adjustable Pass-Through Rate, the method for
determining the Pass-Through Rate. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, interest on the Certificates will be calculated on the
basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
Distributions of interest in respect of the Certificates of any class
(other than any class of Accrual Certificates, which will be entitled to
distributions of accrued interest commencing only on the Remittance Date, or
under the circumstances specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, and any
class of Stripped Principal Certificates that are not entitled to any
distributions of interest)
19
<PAGE>
will be made on each Remittance Date based on the Accrued Certificate Interest
(as defined below) for such class and such Remittance Date, subject to the
sufficiency of the portion of the Amount Available (as defined herein) allocable
to such class on such Remittance Date. Prior to the time interest is
distributable on any class of Accrual Certificates, Accrued Certificate Interest
on such class will be added to the Certificate Balance thereof on each
Remittance Date. With respect to each class of Certificates and each Remittance
Date (other than certain classes of Stripped Interest Certificates), "Accrued
Certificate Interest" will be equal to interest accrued during the related
Interest Accrual Period on the outstanding Certificate Balance thereof
immediately prior to the Remittance Date, at the applicable Pass-Through Rate.
Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement, Accrued Certificate
Interest on Stripped Interest Certificates will be equal to interest accrued on
the outstanding notional amount thereof immediately prior to each Remittance
Date, at the applicable Pass-Through Rate. The method of determining the
notional amount for any class of Stripped Interest Certificates will be
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. Reference to notional amount is
solely for convenience in certain calculations and does not represent the right
to receive any distributions of principal. Unless otherwise provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement and unless covered by payments of Compensating
Interest as described in "--Compensating Interest", the Accrued Certificate
Interest on a series of Certificates will be reduced in the event of prepayment
interest shortfalls, which are shortfalls in collections of interest for a full
accrual period resulting from prepayments prior to the due date in such accrual
period on the Mortgage Loans in the Trust Fund for such series. The particular
manner in which such shortfalls are to be allocated among some or all of the
classes of Certificates of that series will be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The related Prospectus Supplement will also describe the
extent to which the amount of Accrued Certificate Interest that is otherwise
distributable on (or, in the case of Accrual Certificates, that may otherwise be
added to the Certificate Balance of) a class of Offered Certificates may be
reduced as a result of any other contingencies, including applicable law,
delinquencies, losses and deferred interest on or in respect of the Mortgage
Loans in the related Trust Fund. See "Risk Factors--Average Life of
Certificates; Prepayments; Yields" and "Yield Considerations".
DISTRIBUTIONS OF PRINCIPAL ON THE CERTIFICATES
The Certificates of each series, other than certain classes of
Stripped Interest Certificates, will have a "Certificate Balance" which, at any
time, will equal the then maximum amount that the holder will be entitled to
receive in respect of principal out of the future cash flow on the Mortgage
Loans and other assets included in the related Trust Fund. The outstanding
Certificate Balance of a Certificate will be reduced to the extent of
distributions of principal thereon from time to time, and if and to the extent
so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, by the amount of losses
incurred in respect of the related Mortgage Loans, may be increased in respect
of Deferred Interest on the related Mortgage Loans to the extent provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement and, in the case of Accrual Certificates prior to
the Remittance Date on which distributions of interest are required to commence,
will be increased by any Accrued Certificate Interest. The initial aggregate
Certificate Balance of all classes of Certificates of a series will not be
greater than the outstanding aggregate principal balance of the related Mortgage
Loans as of the applicable Cut-off Date. The initial aggregate Certificate
Balance of a series and each class thereof will be specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, distributions of principal will be made on each Remittance Date to
the class or classes of Certificates entitled thereto in accordance with the
provisions described in such Prospectus Supplement until the Certificate Balance
of such class has been reduced to zero. Stripped Interest Certificates with no
Certificate Balance are not entitled to any distributions of principal.
ALLOCATION OF LOSSES AND SHORTFALLS
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates consisting of one or more classes of Subordinate Certificates, on
any Remittance Date in respect of which losses or shortfalls in collections on
the Mortgage Loans have been incurred, the amount of such losses or shortfalls
will be borne first by a class of Subordinate Certificates in the priority and
manner and subject to the limitations specified in such Prospectus Supplement.
See "Description of Credit Support" for a description of the types of protection
that may be included in a Trust Fund against losses and shortfalls on Mortgage
Loans comprising such Trust Fund.
EXAMPLE OF DISTRIBUTIONS
The following chart sets forth an example of distributions on a series
of Certificates, based upon the assumption that such Certificates will be issued
in June 199_ and that the Remittance Date is the twenty-fifth day of each month:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
June 1, 199_...................................... Cut-off Date. The "Original Pool Principal Balance" will be
the aggregate principal balances of the Mortgage Loans as
of the Cut-off Date after application of all payments due
and collected on such date.
June 2-July 1, 199_............................... The Servicer or the Sub-Servicers remit for deposit in the
Principal and Interest Account all amounts received on
account of the Mortgage Loans.
June 30, 199_..................................... Record Date (the last day of the month immediately
preceding the month of the related Remittance Date).
Distributions on July 25, 199_ will be made to
Certificateholders of record at the close of business
on June 30, 199_.
July 22, 199_..................................... Determination Date (e.g., the day of the month which is at
least two business days prior to the Remittance Date). The
</TABLE>
20
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Servicer determines the amount of principal and
interest that will be distributed to the Certificateholders
on July 25, 199_, and transfers funds in the Principal and
Interest Account to the Certificate Account together
with any Monthly Advances and Compensating Interest.
Not later than 10:00 a.m., New York
time, on July 24, 199_.......................... If applicable, notice in the event that an Event of Default has
occurred with respect to such Remittance Date is given by
the Trustee. The Trustee will notify the Servicer and the
provider of the Credit Support of the amount of Credit
Support, if any, required to be distributed to the
Certificateholders on July 25, 199_.
July 25, 199_..................................... Remittance Date (e.g., the 25th day of the month or if such
25th day is not a business day, the first business day
immediately following). The Trustee or its designee will
distribute to Certificateholders the amounts required to be
distributed pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
</TABLE>
MONTHLY ADVANCES IN RESPECT OF DELINQUENCIES
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer will be required as part of its servicing responsibilities to remit to
the Trustee for deposit in the Certificate Account, not later than the close of
business on each Determination Date, an amount (each, a "Monthly Advance") to be
distributed on the related Remittance Date, equal to the aggregate of payments
of interest (net of related Servicing Fees and Trustee's fees) that were due on
the Mortgage Loans in such Trust Fund during the related Due Period and were
delinquent as of the first day of the month in which such Remittance Date occurs
and, with respect to each REO Property (as defined herein) which was acquired
during or prior to the related Due Period and which was not disposed of during
such Due Period, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of interest on the
principal balance deemed to apply to such REO Property for the most recently
ended calendar month at the related Mortgage Rate (net of related Servicing Fees
and Trustee's fees) over the net income from such property for such month.
Monthly Advances are intended to maintain a regular flow of scheduled
interest payments to holders of the class or classes of Certificates entitled
thereto, rather than to guarantee or insure against losses. Unless otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, Monthly Advances will be
reimbursable only out of late collections of interest on Mortgage Loans;
provided, however, that unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, any such Monthly Advance will be reimbursable from any amounts
available in the Certificate Account, after distributions to Certificateholders,
to the extent that the Servicer shall determine in its good faith business
judgment that such advance (a "Nonrecoverable Monthly Advance") is not
ultimately recoverable from late collections of interest. If so specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, the obligations of the Servicer to make Monthly
Advances may be secured by a cash advance reserve fund or a surety bond. If
applicable, information regarding the characteristics of, and the identity of
any obligor on, any such surety bond, will be set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
COMPENSATING INTEREST
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer will remit to the Trustee for deposit in the Certificate Account, not
later than the close of business on each Determination Date and with respect to
each Mortgage Loan in the related Trust Fund for which a Principal Prepayment or
Curtailment was received during the related Due Period, from and to the extent
of amounts otherwise payable to it as servicing compensation, an amount equal to
the difference between (a) 30 days' interest on the principal balance of such
Mortgage Loan as of the beginning of the related Due Period at the Mortgage
Rate, net of the per annum rate at which the Servicer's Servicing Fee accrues
(the "Net Mortgage Rate"), and (b) the amount of interest actually received on
each such Mortgage Loan for such Due Period, net of the Servicer's Servicing
Fees (such difference, "Compensating Interest").
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, with
each distribution to holders of any class of Certificates of a series, the
Trustee will forward or cause to be forwarded to each such holder, to the
Depositor and to such other parties as may be specified in the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, a statement prepared by the Servicer setting forth, in
each case to the extent applicable and available:
(i) the amount of such distribution to holders of
Certificates of such class applied to reduce the Certificate Balance
thereof;
(ii) the amount of such distribution to holders of
Certificates of such class allocable to Accrued Certificate Interest;
(iii) the amount available for distribution to holders of
Certificates for such Remittance Date;
(iv) the aggregate amount of Monthly Advances and
Compensating Interest included in such distribution;
21
<PAGE>
(v) the aggregate principal balance of the Mortgage Loans at
the close of business on such Remittance Date;
(vi) the aggregate Certificate Balance or notional amount,
as the case may be, of each class of Certificates (including any class
of Certificates not offered hereby) at the close of business on such
Remittance Date, separately identifying any reduction in such
Certificate Balance due to the allocation of any loss and increase in
the Certificate Balance of a class of Accrual Certificates in the
event that Accrued Certificate Interest has been added to such
balance;
(vii) the aggregate amount of principal and interest
received on the Mortgage Loans during the related Due Period;
(viii) the amount deposited in the reserve fund, if any, or
Spread Account (as defined herein), if any, on such Remittance Date;
(ix) the amount remaining in the reserve fund, if any, or
Spread Account, if any, as of the close of business on such Remittance
Date;
(x) the weighted average Mortgage Rate;
(xi) in the case of Certificates with a variable
Pass-Through Rate, the Pass-Through Rate applicable to such Remittance
Date, as calculated in accordance with the method specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement;
(xii) in the case of Certificates with an adjustable
Pass-Through Rate, for statements to be distributed in any month in
which an adjustment date occurs, the adjustable Pass-Through Rate
applicable to the next succeeding Remittance Date as calculated in
accordance with the method specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement;
(xiii) certain delinquency and foreclosure information;
(xiv) the Servicing Fees and Trustee's fees and such other
information as Certificateholders may reasonably request which is
produced or available in the ordinary course of the Servicer's
business; and
(xv) as to any series which includes Credit Support, certain
information regarding any payments thereunder or coverage provided and
the remaining availability thereof.
Additional information may be included in reports to holders of
Certificates if required by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to
a series of Certificates.
Within a reasonable period of time after the end of each calendar
year, the Servicer or the Trustee, as provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, shall furnish to each person who at any time during the calendar
year was a holder of a Certificate a statement containing the information set
forth in subclauses (i)-(iii) and (xiv) above, aggregated for such calendar year
or the applicable portion thereof during which such person was a
Certificateholder. Such obligation of the Servicer or the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been satisfied to the extent that substantially comparable
information shall be provided by the Servicer or the Trustee pursuant to any
requirements of the Code as are from time to time in force. See "Description of
the Certificates--Book-Entry Registration and Definitive Certificates".
TERMINATION
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
obligations created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for each series of
Certificates will terminate upon notice to the Trustee of either: (a) the later
of the distribution to holders of Certificates of a series of the final payment
or collection with respect to the last Mortgage Loan (or Monthly Advances of
same by the Servicer), or the disposition of all funds with respect to the last
Mortgage Loan and the remittance of all funds due under such Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the payment of all amounts due and payable to the
provider of Credit Support, if any, and the Trustee or (b) mutual consent of the
Servicer, the provider of Credit Support, if any, and all Certificateholders in
writing; provided, however, that in no event will the trust established by the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement terminate later than twenty-one years after the
death of the last surviving lineal descendant of the person named in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, alive as of the Cut-off Date.
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement and
subject to provisions in such Pooling and Servicing Agreement concerning
adopting a plan of complete liquidation, the Servicer may, at its option,
terminate the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for each series on any date on
which the outstanding principal balance of the Mortgage Pool is less than 10% of
the Original Pool Principal Balance by purchasing, on the next succeeding
Remittance Date, all of the outstanding Mortgage Loans and REO Properties at the
price (the "Termination Price") equal to the sum of (x) 100% of the aggregate
principal balances of the Mortgage Loans and REO Properties, and (y) to the
extent not covered by interest collections on the Mortgage Loans that are
distributable to holders of Certificates, 30 days' interest on such amount
computed at a rate equal to the sum of the Pass-Through Rates of the
Certificates for such series. In connection with any such purchase, the Servicer
will pay the outstanding fees and expenses of the Trustee and the provider of
Credit Support and the Servicer shall remit to the Trustee for remittance to
holders of Certificates on the final Remittance Date all other amounts then on
deposit in the Principal and Interest Account that would have constituted part
of the amount available for distribution to holders of Certificates for
subsequent Remittance Dates absent such purchase.
22
<PAGE>
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a series of
Certificates may be subject to optional early termination through the repurchase
of the assets in the related Trust Fund by the provider of Credit Support or the
holders of Certificates of a specified class under the circumstances and in the
manner set forth therein.
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION AND DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, the Offered Certificates of one or more classes of such series
will be issued as Book-Entry Certificates, and each such class will be
represented by one or more single Certificates registered in the name of CEDE &
Co., the nominee of the depository, The Depository Trust Company ("DTC").
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, holders of Certificates may hold their Certificates through DTC
(in the United States) or Cedelbank ("Cedelbank") or the Euroclear System
("Euroclear"), in Europe. Transfers within DTC, Cedelbank or Euroclear, as the
case may be, will be in accordance with the usual rules and operating procedures
of the relevant system (in Europe) if they are participants of such systems, or
indirectly through organizations which are participants in such systems.
Cedelbank and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their
participants through customers' securities accounts in Cedelbank's and
Euroclear's names on the books of their respective depositories which in turn
will hold such positions in customers' securities accounts in the depositories'
names on the books of DTC. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement for a series of Certificates, Citibank, N.A. will act as depositary
for Cedelbank and Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York will act as
depositary for Euroclear (in such capacities, individually the "Depositary" and
collectively the "Depositories").
Transfers between Participants (as defined below) will occur in
accordance with DTC rules. Transfers between Cedelbank Participants and
Euroclear Participants (each as defined below) will occur in accordance with
their respective rules and operating procedures.
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the UCC and a "clearing agency" registered
pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created
to hold securities for its participating organizations ("Participants") and
facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between
Participants through electronic book-entry changes in their accounts, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations
and may include certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system
also is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies
that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Participant,
either directly or indirectly ("Indirect Participants").
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, owners
of Offered Certificates ("Certificate Owners") or prospective owners, as the
case may be, that are not Participants or Indirect Participants but desire to
purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other interests in,
Offered Certificates may do so only through Participants and Indirect
Participants. In addition, such Certificate Owners will receive all
distributions of principal and interest on the Offered Certificates from the
Trustee or the applicable paying agent through DTC and its Participants. Under a
book-entry format, Certificateholders may receive payments after the related
Remittance Date because, while payments are required to be forwarded to CEDE &
Co., as nominee for DTC, on each such date, DTC will forward such payments to
its Participants which thereafter will be required to forward them to Indirect
Participants or Certificate Owners. Unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the only "Certificateholder" (as such term is used in the
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement) will be CEDE & Co., as nominee of DTC,
and the Certificate Owners will not be recognized by the Trustee as
Certificateholders under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Certificate Owners
will be permitted to exercise the rights of Certificate Owners under the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement only indirectly through DTC and its Participants
who in turn will exercise their rights through DTC.
Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC
and its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Certificates and is
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and interest on
the Certificates. Participants and Indirect Participants with which Certificate
Owners have accounts with respect to the Certificates similarly are required to
make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments on behalf of
their respective Certificate Owners.
Because DTC can act only on behalf of Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain other entities, the ability of a
Certificate Owner to pledge Certificates to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such
Certificates, may be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such
Certificates.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through Cedelbank
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected in DTC in
accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European international
clearing system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing
system by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and
procedures and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant
European international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action
to effect final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities
in DTC, and making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for
same-day funds settlement applicable to DTC. Cedelbank Participants and
Euroclear Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the
Depositories.
Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities received in
Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a Participant will be
made during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business
day following the DTC
23
<PAGE>
settlement date. Such credits or any transactions in such securities settled
during such processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear or Cedelbank
Participants on such business day. Cash received in Cedelbank or Euroclear as a
result of sales of securities by or through a Cedelbank Participant or Euroclear
Participant to a Participant will be received with value on the DTC settlement
date but will be available in the relevant Cedelbank or Euroclear cash account
only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.
Cedelbank is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a
professional depository. Cedelbank holds securities for its participating
organizations ("Cedelbank Participants") and facilitates the clearance and
settlement of securities transactions between Cedelbank Participants through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Cedelbank Participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Transactions may be
settled in Cedelbank in any of 28 currencies, including United States dollars.
Cedelbank provides to its Cedelbank Participants, among other things, services
for safekeeping, administration, clearance and settlement of internationally
traded securities and securities lending and borrowing. Cedelbank interfaces
with domestic markets in several countries. As a professional depository,
Cedelbank is subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Monetary Institute.
Cedelbank Participants are recognized financial institutions around the world,
including underwriters, securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies,
clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to
Cedelbank is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Cedelbank Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for participants of
Euroclear ("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions
between Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry
delivery against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may now be settled in any of 32 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York (the "Euroclear Operator"), under contract
with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
"Cooperative"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative established
policy for Euroclear on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants
include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and
other professional financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is
also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear
Operator are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and
the related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian
law (collectively, the "Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash with Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and
cash from Euroclear, and receipts of payments with respect to securities in
Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear are held on a fungible basis without
attribution of specific certificates to specific clearance accounts. The
Euroclear Operator acts under the Terms and Conditions only on behalf of
Euroclear Participants, and has no record of or relationship with persons
holding through Euroclear Participants.
Distributions with respect to Certificates held through Cedelbank or
Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedelbank Participants or
Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. See "Certain Income Tax Consequences". Cedelbank or the Euroclear
Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted to be taken
by a Certificateholder under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on behalf of a
Cedelbank Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its
relevant rules and procedures and subject to its Depositary's ability to effect
such actions on its behalf through DTC.
Although DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants
of DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or
continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be discontinued at
any time.
DTC has advised the Depositor that it will take any action permitted
to be taken by a Certificateholder under a Pooling and Servicing Agreement only
at the direction of one or more Participants to whose account with DTC the
Certificates are credited.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Certificates initially issued as Book-Entry Certificates will be issued as
Definitive Certificates only if (i) DTC or the Servicer advises the Trustee in
writing that DTC is no longer willing or able to properly discharge its
responsibilities as nominee and depository with respect to the Certificates and
the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor or (ii) the Servicer, at
its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii) after
the occurrence of an Event of Default, if holders of Offered Certificates
evidencing not less than 51% of the Voting Rights advise the Trustee in writing
that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC (or a successor
thereto) to the exclusion of any physical certificates being issued to
Certificate Owners is no longer in the best interests of Certificate Owners.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, DTC is required to notify all Participants of the
availability through DTC of Definitive Certificates for the Certificates. Upon
surrender by DTC of the certificate or certificates representing such
Certificates and instructions for reregistration, the Trustee will issue such
Certificates in the form of Definitive Certificates, and thereafter the Trustee
will recognize the holders of such Definitive Certificates as Certificateholders
24
<PAGE>
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and such holders of Definitive
Certificates will deal directly with the Trustee with respect to transfers,
notices and distributions. In the event that Definitive Certificates are issued
or DTC ceases to be the clearing agency for the Certificates, the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement will provide that the applicable Certificateholders will be
notified of such event. For purposes of this Prospectus and each Prospectus
Supplement, unless the context otherwise requires, the term "Certificateholder"
shall be deemed to mean Certificate Owner.
DESCRIPTION OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENTS
The Certificates of each series evidencing interests in a Trust Fund
consisting of Mortgage Loans will be issued pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement among the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee. The Trustee with
respect to any series of Certificates will be named in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The provisions of each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will vary
depending upon the nature of the Certificates to be issued thereunder and the
nature of the related Trust Fund. A form of a Pooling and Servicing Agreement
has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part. The following summaries describe certain provisions that
may appear in each Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Prospectus Supplement
for a series of Certificates will describe any provision of the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement relating to such series that materially differs from the
description thereof contained in this Prospectus. The summaries do not purport
to be complete and are subject to, and are qualified in their entirety by
reference to, all of the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for
each Trust Fund and the related Prospectus Supplement. As used herein with
respect to any series, the term "Certificate" refers to all of the Certificates
of that series, whether or not offered hereby and by the related Prospectus
Supplement, unless the context otherwise requires. The Depositor will provide a
copy of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (without exhibits) relating to any
series of Certificates without charge upon written request of a holder of a
Certificate of such series addressed to Superior Bank FSB, 135 Chestnut Ridge
Road, Montvale, New Jersey 07645, Attention: Secretary.
ASSIGNMENT OF MORTGAGE LOANS; REPURCHASES
At the time of issuance of any series of Certificates, the Depositor
will cause the Mortgage Loans included in the related Trust Fund to be assigned
to the Trustee, together with all principal and interest received by or on
behalf of the Depositor on or with respect to such Mortgage Loans on and after
the Cut-off Date, other than the Depositor's Yield and amounts received on and
after the Cut-off Date in respect of interest accrued prior to the Cut-off Date.
The Trustee will, concurrently with such assignment, deliver the Certificates to
the Depositor in exchange for the Mortgage Loans and the other assets comprising
the Trust Fund for such series. Each Mortgage Loan will be identified in a
schedule (the "Mortgage Loan Schedule") appearing as an exhibit to the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, such schedule will include detailed information in
respect of each Mortgage Loan included in the related Trust Fund, including
without limitation, the address of the related Mortgaged Property, the Mortgage
Rate and, if applicable, the applicable index, margin, adjustment date and any
rate cap information, the original and remaining term to maturity, the original
and outstanding principal balance and balloon payment, if any, the appraised
value, the loan-to-value ratio as of the date indicated and the scheduled
payment of principal and interest.
With respect to each Mortgage Loan (other than the Contracts), the
Depositor will, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement,
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (or to the custodian acting on
behalf of the Trustee, if set forth in the Prospectus Supplement with respect to
a series of Certificates) certain loan documents, including the Mortgage Note
endorsed, without recourse, to the order of the Trustee, the Mortgage with
evidence of recording indicated thereon and an assignment of the Mortgage to the
Trustee with evidence of recording thereon (except as otherwise set forth in the
Prospectus Supplement and except for any such assignment of Mortgage not
returned from the public recording office, or one or more blanket certificates
attaching copies of one or more assignments of mortgage relating thereto where
the original assignment is not being delivered to the Trustee), evidence of
title insurance, intervening assignments of Mortgage (except for any such
assignment of the Mortgage that has been lost or has not been returned from the
public recording office and any assumption and modification agreements (each, a
"Trustee's Mortgage File"). In the event that, with respect to any Mortgage
Loan, the Depositor cannot deliver the Mortgage or any assignment with evidence
of recording thereon concurrently with the execution and delivery of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement for any series because they have been lost or have not
yet been returned by the public recording office, the Depositor will deliver or
cause to be delivered to the Trustee a certified true photocopy of such Mortgage
or assignment. The Depositor will deliver or cause to be delivered to the
Trustee any such Mortgage or assignment with evidence of recording indicated
thereon upon receipt thereof from the public recording office. Except as
otherwise set forth in the Prospectus Supplement, assignments of the Mortgage
Loans to the Trustee will be recorded in the appropriate public office for real
property records. In addition, the Depositor will, unless specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, as to each Contract, deliver or cause to be
delivered the original Contract endorsed, without recourse, to the order of the
Trustee and copies of documents and instruments related to the Contract and the
security interest in the property securing the Contract, together with a blanket
assignment to the Trustee of all Contracts in the related Trust Fund and such
documents and instruments. In order to give notice of the right, title and
interest of the Certificateholders to the Contracts, the Depositor will cause to
be executed and delivered to the Trustee a UCC-1 financing statement identifying
the Trustee as the secured party and identifying all Contracts as collateral.
The Trustee will review (or cause to be reviewed) each Trustee's
Mortgage File within 45 days after the initial issuance of the Certificates of
each series, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, to
ascertain that all required documents have been executed and received. If the
Trustee or the provider of Credit Support, if applicable under the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, during the process of reviewing the Trustee's
Mortgage Files finds any document constituting a part of a Trustee's Mortgage
File to be missing or defective in any material respect, the Trustee or the
provider of Credit Support, as applicable, shall promptly so notify the
Depositor. Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, if
within 60 days after the Trustee's notice to it respecting such defect the
Depositor has not remedied the defect and the defect materially and adversely
affects the interest of the holders of Certificates in the related Mortgage Loan
or the interests of the provider of Credit Support if applicable, the Depositor
will, on the next succeeding Determination Date, either (i) substitute in lieu
of such Mortgage Loan a mortgage loan or loans which meet certain criteria set
forth in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement (each, a
25
<PAGE>
"Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loan") and, if the then aggregate outstanding
principal balance of such Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loans is less than the
principal balance of such Mortgage Loan as of the date of such substitution plus
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, deliver to the Trustee the amount of any
such shortfall or (ii) purchase such Mortgage Loan at a price (the "Mortgage
Loan Purchase Price") equal to the principal balance of such Mortgage Loan as of
the date of purchase, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon through the
due date for such Mortgage Loan in the Due Period most recently ended prior to
such Determination Date computed at the Mortgage Rate plus the amount of any
unreimbursed Servicing Advances (as defined herein) made by the Servicer, which
purchase price shall be deposited in the Principal and Interest Account.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, this
repurchase or substitution obligation constitutes the sole remedy available to
holders of Certificates or the Trustee for omission of, or a material defect in,
a constituent document.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; REPURCHASES
Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series,
with respect to each Mortgage Loan included in the related Trust Fund, the
Depositor will make or assign certain representations and warranties, as of a
specified date (the person making such representations and warranties, the
"Warranting Party") covering, by way of example, the following types of matters:
(i) the accuracy of the information set forth for such Mortgage Loan on the
Mortgage Loan Schedule; (ii) the existence of title insurance insuring the lien
priority of the Mortgage Loan; (iii) the authority of the Depositor to sell the
Mortgage Loan; (iv) the payment status of the Mortgage Loan and the status of
payments of taxes, assessments and other charges affecting the related Mortgaged
Property; (v) the existence of customary provisions in the related Mortgage Note
and Mortgage to permit realization against the Mortgaged Property of the benefit
of the security of the Mortgage; and (vi) the existence of hazard insurance
coverage on the Mortgaged Property.
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the
event of a breach of any such representation or warranty, the Warranting Party
will be obligated to cure such breach or repurchase or replace the affected
Mortgage Loan as described below. Since the representations and warranties may
not address events that may occur following the date as of which they were made,
the Warranting Party will have a cure, repurchase or substitution obligation in
connection with a breach of such a representation and warranty only if the
relevant event that causes such breach occurs prior to such date. Such party
would have no such obligations if the relevant event that causes such breach
occurs after such date. However, the Depositor will not include any Mortgage
Loan in the Trust Fund for any series of Certificates if anything has come to
the Depositor's attention that would cause it to believe that the
representations and warranties made in respect of such Mortgage Loan will not be
accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date of initial
issuance of the related series of Certificates.
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that the Servicer and/or Trustee
will be required to notify promptly the relevant Warranting Party of any breach
of any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of it in respect of a
Mortgage Loan that materially and adversely affects the value of such Mortgage
Loan or the interests therein of the Certificateholders. If such Warranting
Party cannot cure such breach within 60 days following the date on which such
Warranting Party discovered such breach or was notified of such breach, then
such Warranting Party will be obligated to, on the Determination Date next
succeeding the end of such 60 day period, either (i) repurchase such Mortgage
Loan from the Trustee at the Mortgage Loan Purchase Price therefor or (ii) if
during the first two years following the initial issuance of the related
Certificates, or thereafter if an opinion of counsel is provided, replace such
Mortgage Loan with one or more Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loans, provided
that if the aggregate outstanding balance of such Qualified Substitute Mortgage
Loan is less than the outstanding principal balance of the defective Mortgage
Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, the Warranting Party shall also
remit for distribution to the holders of Certificates an amount equal to such
shortfall. This repurchase or substitution obligation will constitute the sole
remedy available to holders of Certificates or the Trustee for a breach of
representation by a Warranting Party.
Neither the Depositor nor the Servicer (except to the extent that it
is the Warranting Party) will be obligated to purchase or substitute for a
Mortgage Loan if a Warranting Party defaults on its obligation to do so, and no
assurance can be given that Warranting Parties will carry out such obligations
with respect to Mortgage Loans.
A Servicer will make certain representations and warranties regarding
its authority to enter into, and its ability to perform its obligations under,
the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Upon a breach of any such
representation of the Servicer which materially and adversely affects the
interests of the Certificateholders, the Servicer will be obligated to cure the
breach in all material respects.
PAYMENTS ON MORTGAGE LOANS; DEPOSITS TO PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST ACCOUNT
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer will, as to each Trust Fund, establish and maintain or cause to be
established and maintained a Principal and Interest Account for the collection
of payments on the related Mortgage Loans, which must be either (A) an account
or accounts maintained with an institution whose deposits are insured by the
FDIC, the unsecured and uncollateralized debt obligations of which shall be
rated "A" or better by Standard and Poor's, a Division of the McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. ("S&P"), and A2 or better by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
("Moody's") and in one of the two highest short-term rating categories by S&P
and in the highest short-term rating category by Moody's and which is either (i)
a federal savings and loan association duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the federal banking laws, (ii) an institution duly
organized, validly existing and in good standing under the applicable banking
laws of any state, (iii) a national banking association duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the federal banking laws, (iv) a principal
subsidiary of a bank holding company, or (v) if required by the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, approved in writing by the provider of Credit Support
and S&P or (B) a trust account or accounts (which shall be a "special deposit
account") maintained with the trust department of a federal or state chartered
depository institution or trust company, having capital and surplus of not less
than $50,000,000, acting in its fiduciary capacity (the account or accounts
described in (A) or (B), an "Eligible Account"). Amounts on
26
<PAGE>
deposit in the Principal and Interest Account may be invested in certain high
quality instruments ("Permitted Instruments"). Unless otherwise provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any interest or other income earned on funds in
the Principal and Interest Account will be paid to the Servicer or its designee
as additional servicing compensation and the Servicer shall be responsible for
any losses thereon. The Principal and Interest Account may be maintained with an
institution that is an affiliate of the Servicer, if applicable, provided that
such institution meets the standards set forth above. If permitted by each
Rating Agency and so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a Principal
and Interest Account may contain funds relating to more than one series of
mortgage pass-through certificates and may contain other funds respecting
payments on mortgage loans belonging to the Servicer or serviced or master
serviced by it on behalf of others.
The Servicer will deposit or cause to be deposited in the Principal
and Interest Account for each Trust Fund within one business day of receipt of
good funds, unless otherwise provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and
described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the following payments and
collections received by the Servicer or on its behalf on or subsequent to the
Cut-off Date (other than any amounts representing the Depositor's Yield and
amounts received on or after the Cut-off Date in respect of interest accrued on
the Mortgage Loans prior to the Cut-off Date):
(i) all payments on account of principal, including
Principal Prepayments, Curtailments and other excess payments of
principal, on the Mortgage Loans (net of the Depositor's Yield, if
any);
(ii) all payments on account of interest on the Mortgage
Loans (net of amounts received on and after the Cut-off Date in
respect of interest accrued on the Mortgage Loans prior to the Cut-off
Date);
(iii) all proceeds of the hazard insurance policies (to the
extent such proceeds are not applied to the restoration of the
property or released to the mortgagor in accordance with the normal
servicing procedures of the Servicer or the related Sub-Servicer,
subject to the terms and conditions of the related Mortgage and
Mortgage Note) and/or all proceeds from FHA Insurance (with respect to
any Mortgage Loan partially insured by the FHA pursuant to Title I
included in the Mortgage Pool) (collectively, "Insurance Proceeds"),
any proceeds received in connection with the taking of an entire
Mortgaged Property by exercise of the power of eminent domain or
condemnation or any release of a part of the Mortgaged Property from
the lien of the related Mortgage, whether by partial condemnation,
sale or otherwise ("Released Mortgaged Property Proceeds") and all
other amounts received and retained in connection with the liquidation
of defaulted Mortgage Loans, by foreclosure or otherwise ("Liquidation
Proceeds") net of fees and advances reimbursable therefrom plus the
net proceeds on a monthly basis with respect to any Mortgaged
Properties ("REO Property") acquired for the benefit of
Certificateholders by foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or
otherwise (collectively, "Net Liquidation Proceeds");
(iv) all proceeds of any Mortgage Loan or property in
respect thereof purchased by the Depositor as described under
"Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements-- Assignment of
Mortgage Loans; Repurchases" and "--Representations and Warranties;
Repurchases", net of the Depositor's Yield, if any, in respect of such
Mortgage Loan;
(v) all payments required to be deposited in the Principal
and Interest Account with respect to any deductible clause in any
blanket insurance policy described under "--Hazard Insurance
Policies"; and
(vi) any amount required to be deposited by the Servicer in
connection with losses realized on investments of funds held in the
Principal and Interest Account in Permitted Instruments.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
foregoing requirements for deposit in the Principal and Interest Account may be
net of any portion thereof retained by the Servicer as its servicing
compensation which need not, to the extent permitted by the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, be deposited in the Principal and Interest Account. See
"Description of the Pooling and Servicing Agreements--Servicing and Other
Compensation and Payment of Expenses".
DEPOSITS TO CERTIFICATE ACCOUNT
The Trustee will, as to each Trust Fund, establish and maintain or
cause to be established and maintained a Certificate Account which must be an
Eligible Account.
The Trustee will deposit or cause to be deposited in the Certificate
Account for each Trust Fund, unless otherwise provided in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and described in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
following amounts (collectively, the "Amount Available") received on or
subsequent to the Cut-off Date:
(i) all amounts transferred to the Trustee by the Servicer
from the Principal and Interest Account;
(ii) any Monthly Advances and Compensating Interest remitted
to the Trustee by the Servicer as described under "Description of the
Certificates--Monthly Advances in respect of
Delinquencies--Compensating Interest";
(iii) any amounts paid under any instrument or drawn from
any fund that constitutes Credit Support for the related series of
Certificates as described under "Description of Credit Support";
(iv) all income or gain from investments of funds on deposit
in the Certificate Account and any amount required to be deposited by
the Servicer in connection with losses realized on investments of
funds in the Certificate Account; and
27
<PAGE>
(v) the Termination Price.
PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the original
principal amount of a series of Certificates may exceed the principal balance of
the Mortgage Loans initially being delivered to the Trustee. Cash in an amount
equal to such difference will be deposited into a separate trust account (the
"Pre-Funding Account") maintained with the Trustee. During the period set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement, amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account may be used to purchase additional Mortgage Loans for the related Trust
Fund. Such additional Mortgage Loans will be required to conform to the
requirements set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement and Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding Account at the end
of such period will be distributed as a principal prepayment to the holders of
the related series of Certificates at the time and in the manner set forth in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES
The Servicer, directly or through Sub-Servicers, is required to make
reasonable efforts to collect all scheduled payments under the Mortgage Loans
and will follow or cause to be followed such collection procedures as it would
follow with respect to mortgage loans that are comparable to the Mortgage Loans
and held for its own account, provided such procedures are consistent with the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any related hazard insurance policy, FHA
insurance or instrument of Credit Support included in the related Trust Fund
described herein or under "Description of Credit Support". The Servicer will be
required to perform the customary functions of a servicer of comparable loans,
including: collecting payments from mortgagors maintaining hazard insurance
policies as described herein and in any related Prospectus Supplement, and
filing and settling claims thereunder; maintaining escrow or impoundment
accounts of mortgagors for payment of taxes, insurance and other items required
to be paid by any mortgagor pursuant to the terms of the Mortgage Loan;
processing assumptions or substitutions, although, unless otherwise specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer is generally required to
exercise due-on-sale clauses to the extent such exercise is permitted by law and
would not adversely affect insurance coverage; attempting to cure delinquencies;
supervising foreclosures; and maintaining accounting records relating to the
Mortgage Loans.
The Servicer will be required to make reasonable efforts to collect
all payments called for under the terms and provisions of the Mortgage Loans.
Consistent with the foregoing, the Servicer may at its own discretion waive any
late payment charge, prepayment charge, assumption fee or any penalty interest
in connection with the prepayment of a Mortgage Loan or any other fee or charge
which the Servicer would be entitled to retain as servicing compensation and may
waive, vary or modify any term of any Mortgage Loan or consent to the
postponement of strict compliance with any such term or in any manner grant
indulgence to any Mortgagor, subject to the limitations set forth in the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. In the event the Servicer consents to the
deferment of the due dates for payments due on a Mortgage Note, the Servicer
will nonetheless make payment of any required Monthly Advances with respect to
the payments so extended to the same extent as if such installment were due,
owing and delinquent and had not been deferred.
Under a Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a Servicer will be granted
certain discretion to extend relief to Mortgagors whose payments become
delinquent. In the case of Single Family Loans and Contracts, a Servicer may,
among other things, grant a period of temporary indulgence (generally up to four
months) to a Mortgagor or may enter into a plan providing for repayment by such
Mortgagor of delinquent amounts within a specified period (generally up to one
year) from the date of execution of the plan. However, unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer must first
determine that any such waiver or extension will not impair the coverage of any
related insurance policy or materially adversely affect the security for such
Mortgage Loan or Contract. In addition, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, if a material default occurs or a payment default
is reasonably foreseeable with respect to a Multifamily Loan or a Commercial
Loan, the Servicer will be permitted, subject to any specific limitations set
forth in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement and described in the
related Prospectus Supplement, to modify, waive or amend any term of such
Mortgage Loan, including deferring payments, extending the stated maturity date
or otherwise adjusting the payment schedule, provided that such modification,
waiver or amendment (i) is reasonably likely to produce a greater recovery with
respect to such Mortgage Loan on a present value basis than would liquidation
and (ii) will not adversely affect the coverage under any applicable credit
enhancement.
In the case of Multifamily Loans or Commercial Loans, a Mortgagor's
failure to make required Mortgage Loan payments may mean that operating income
is insufficient to service the mortgage debt, or may reflect the diversion of
that income from the servicing of the mortgage debt. In addition, a Mortgagor
under a Multifamily Loan or a Commercial Loan that is unable to make Mortgage
Loan payments may also be unable to make timely payment of all required taxes
and otherwise to maintain and insure the related Mortgaged Property. In general,
the Servicer will be required to monitor any Multifamily Loan or Commercial Loan
that is in default, evaluate whether the causes of the default can be corrected
over a reasonable period without significant impairment of the value of the
related Mortgaged Property, initiate corrective action in cooperation with the
Mortgagor if cure is likely, inspect the related Mortgaged Property and take
such other actions as are consistent with the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. A significant period of time may elapse before the Servicer is able
to assess the success of any such corrective action or the need for additional
initiatives. The time within which the Servicer can make the initial
determination of appropriate action, evaluate the success of corrective action,
develop additional initiatives, institute foreclosure proceedings and actually
foreclose (or accept a deed to a Mortgaged Property in lieu of foreclosure) on
behalf of the Certificateholders of the related series may vary considerably
depending on the particular Multifamily Loan or Commercial Loan, the Mortgaged
Property, the Mortgagor, the presence of an acceptable party to assume the
Multifamily Loan or Commercial Loan and the laws of the jurisdiction in which
the Mortgaged Property is located.
If a Mortgagor files a bankruptcy petition, the Servicer may not be
permitted to accelerate the maturity of the related Mortgage Loan or to
foreclose on the Mortgaged Property for a considerable period of time. See
"Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans."
28
<PAGE>
SERVICING ADVANCES
In the course of performing its servicing obligations, the Servicer
will, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, pay all
reasonable and customary "out of pocket" costs and expenses incurred in the
performance of its servicing obligations in accordance with the general
servicing standards described above, which costs and expenses may include the
cost of (i) the preservation, restoration and protection of Mortgaged
Properties, including advances in respect of real estate taxes and assessments
and insurance premiums on fire, hazard, flood and FHA insurance policies, (ii)
any enforcement or judicial proceedings, including foreclosures, and (iii) the
management and liquidation of Mortgaged Property acquired in satisfaction of the
related Mortgage Loan and (iv) in connection with the liquidation of a Mortgage
Loan, expenditures relating to the purchase or maintenance of the First Lien.
Each such expenditure will constitute a "Servicing Advance".
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer may recover Servicing Advances, if not theretofore recovered from the
mortgagor on whose behalf such Servicing Advance was made, from late collections
on the related Mortgage Loan, including Liquidation Proceeds, Released Mortgaged
Property Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds and such other amounts as may be collected
by the Servicer from the mortgagor or otherwise relating to the Mortgage Loan.
To the extent the Servicer, in its good faith business judgment, determines that
such Servicing Advances will not be ultimately recoverable from late
collections, Insurance Proceeds, Released Mortgaged Property Proceeds or
Liquidation Proceeds on the related Mortgage Loans ("Nonrecoverable Servicing
Advances"), unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer may be reimbursed from distributions of the Amount Available after
distributions to the Certificateholders. The Servicer is not required to make
any Servicing Advance which it determines would be a Nonrecoverable Servicing
Advance.
SUB-SERVICERS
A Servicer may delegate its servicing obligations in respect of the
Mortgage Loans to third-party servicers (each, a "Sub-Servicer"), but such
Servicer will remain obligated under the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. The sub-servicing agreement between a Servicer and a Sub-Servicer (a
"Sub-Servicing Agreement") will be consistent with the terms of the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and will not result in a withdrawal or
downgrading of the rating of any class of Certificates issued pursuant to such
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Although each Sub-Servicing Agreement will be a
contract solely between the Servicer and the Sub-Servicer, the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement will provide that, if for any reason the Servicer for
such series of Certificates is no longer acting in such capacity, the Trustee or
any successor Servicer must recognize the Sub-Servicer's rights and obligations
under such Sub-Servicing Agreement.
The Servicer will be solely liable for all fees owed by it to any
Sub-Servicer, irrespective of whether the Servicer's compensation pursuant to
the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement is sufficient to pay such fees. Each
Sub-Servicer will be reimbursed by the Servicer for certain expenditures which
it makes, generally to the same extent the Servicer would be reimbursed under a
Pooling and Servicing Agreement. See "--Servicing and Other Compensation and
Payment of Expenses".
REALIZATION UPON DEFAULTED MORTGAGE LOANS
The Servicer will be required to foreclose upon or otherwise
comparably effect the ownership in the name of the Trustee on behalf of the
Certificateholders of Mortgaged Properties relating to defaulted Mortgage Loans
as to which no satisfactory arrangements can be made for collection of
delinquent payments; provided, however, that the Servicer will not be required
to foreclose in the event that it determines that foreclosure would not be in
the best interests of the Certificateholders or the provider of Credit Support,
if any.
In connection with such foreclosure or other conversion, the Servicer
shall exercise collection and foreclosure procedures with the same degree of
care and skill in its exercise or use as it would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of its own affairs.
With respect to a Home Improvement Contract secured by a lien on a
Mortgaged Property in default, the Servicer will decide whether to foreclose
upon the Mortgaged Property or write off the principal balance of such Home
Improvement Contract as a bad debt or take an unsecured note. Realization on
other defaulted Contracts may be accomplished through repossession and
subsequent resale of the underlying Manufactured Home or home improvement. In
connection with such decision, the Servicer will, following usual practices in
connection with senior and junior mortgage servicing activities or repossession
and resale activities, estimate the proceeds expected to be received and the
expenses expected to be incurred in connection with such foreclosure or
repossession and resale to determine whether a foreclosure proceeding or a
repossession and resale is appropriate. To the extent that a Home Improvement
Contract secured by a lien on a Mortgaged Property is junior to another lien on
the related Mortgaged Property, following any default thereon, unless
foreclosure proceeds for such Home Improvement Contract are expected to at least
satisfy the related senior mortgage loan in full and to pay foreclosure costs,
it is likely that such Home Improvement Contract will be written off as bad debt
with no foreclosure proceeding. See "Risk Factors--Risks Associated with the
Mortgage Loans and Mortgaged Properties--Second Liens" herein.
The limitations imposed by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement for a
series of Certificates and the REMIC provisions of the Code (if a REMIC election
has been made with respect to the related Trust Fund) on the operations and
ownership of any Mortgaged Property acquired on behalf of the Trust Fund may
result in the recovery of an amount less than the amount that would otherwise be
recovered. See "Certain Legal Aspects of Mortgage Loans--Foreclosure".
If recovery on a defaulted Mortgage Loan under any related instrument
of Credit Support is not available, the Servicer nevertheless will be obligated
to follow or cause to be followed such normal practices and procedures as it
deems necessary or advisable to realize upon the defaulted Mortgage Loan. If the
proceeds of any liquidation of the property securing the defaulted Mortgage Loan
are less than the outstanding principal balance of the defaulted Mortgage Loan
plus interest accrued thereon at the
29
<PAGE>
Mortgage Rate plus the aggregate amount of expenses incurred by the Servicer in
connection with such proceedings and which are reimbursable under the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Fund will realize a loss in the
amount of such difference. The Servicer will be entitled to withdraw or cause to
be withdrawn from the Principal and Interest Account out of the Liquidation
Proceeds recovered on any defaulted Mortgage Loan, prior to the distribution of
such Liquidation Proceeds to Certificateholders, amounts representing its normal
servicing compensation on the Mortgage Loan and unreimbursed Servicing Advances
incurred with respect to the Mortgage Loan.
HAZARD INSURANCE POLICIES
Unless otherwise stated in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Pooling and Servicing Agreement will require the Servicer to maintain or cause
to be maintained fire and hazard insurance with extended coverage customary in
the area where the Mortgaged Property is located in an amount which is at least
equal to the least of (i) the outstanding principal balance owing on the related
Mortgage Loan and any First Lien, (ii) the full insurable value of the premises
securing the Mortgage Loan and (iii) the minimum amount required to compensate
for damage or loss on a replacement cost basis. See "Risk Factors-Credit Support
Limitations-Hazard Insurance with respect to Title I Loans". Generally, if at
the origination of the Mortgage Loan or at any time during the term of the
Mortgage Loan, the Servicer determines that the Mortgaged Property is in an area
identified in the Federal Register by the Flood Emergency Management Agency as
having special flood hazards (and such flood insurance has been made available)
and the Servicer determines that such insurance is necessary in accordance with
accepted mortgage servicing practices of prudent lending institutions, the
Servicer will cause to be purchased a flood insurance policy meeting the
requirements of the current guidelines of the Federal Insurance Administration
with a generally acceptable insurance carrier, in an amount representing
coverage not less than the lesser of (a) the outstanding principal balance of
the Mortgage Loan and any First Lien and (b) the maximum amount of insurance
available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, the Flood Disaster
Protection Act of 1973 or the National Flood Insurance Act of 1994, as amended.
The Servicer will also be required to maintain on REO Property, to the extent
such insurance is available, fire and hazard insurance in the applicable amounts
described above, liability insurance and, to the extent required and available
under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1994, as amended, and the Servicer
determines that such insurance is necessary in accordance with accepted mortgage
servicing practices of prudent lending institutions, flood insurance in an
amount equal to that required above. Any amounts collected by the Servicer under
any such policies (other than amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair
of the Mortgaged Property, or to be released to the Mortgagor in accordance with
customary mortgage servicing procedures) will be deposited in the Principal and
Interest Account.
In the event that the Servicer obtains and maintains a blanket policy
insuring against fire and hazards of extended coverage on all of the Mortgage
Loans, then, to the extent such policy names the Servicer as loss payee and
provides coverage in an amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal balance
on the Mortgage Loans without co-insurance, and otherwise complies with the
requirements of the first paragraph of this sub-section, the Servicer will be
deemed conclusively to have satisfied its obligations with respect to fire and
hazard insurance coverage.
Since the amount of hazard insurance that Mortgagors are required to
maintain on the improvements securing the Home Improvement Contracts may decline
as the principal balances owing thereon decrease, and since residential
properties have historically appreciated in value over time, hazard insurance
proceeds could be insufficient to restore fully the damaged property in the
event of a partial loss.
DUE-ON-SALE PROVISIONS
When a Mortgaged Property has been or is about to be conveyed by the
Mortgagor, the Servicer, on behalf of the Trustee, will be required under the
related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to the extent it has knowledge of such
conveyance or prospective conveyance, to enforce the rights of the Trustee as
the mortgagee of record to accelerate the maturity of the related Mortgage Loan
under any "due-on-sale" clause contained in the related Mortgage or Mortgage
Note; provided, however, that the Servicer will not be required to exercise any
such right if the "due-on-sale" clause, in the reasonable belief of the
Servicer, is not enforceable under applicable law. In such event, the Servicer
will be required to enter into an assumption and modification agreement with the
person to whom such property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to
which such person becomes liable under the Mortgage Note and, unless prohibited
by applicable law or the mortgage documents, the Mortgagor remains liable
thereon. The Servicer may also be authorized under the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, subject to certain approvals, to enter into a substitution
of liability agreement with such person, pursuant to which the original
Mortgagor is released from liability and such person is substituted as Mortgagor
and becomes liable under the Mortgage Note.
SERVICING AND OTHER COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
The Servicer's primary servicing compensation with respect to a series
of Certificates will come from the periodic payment to it of a portion of the
interest payment on each Mortgage Loan (the "Servicing Fee") which amount will
be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement with respect to a series of
Certificates. Since the Servicer's primary compensation is a percentage of the
principal balance of each Mortgage Loan, such amounts will decrease in
accordance with the amortization schedule of each Mortgage Loan. Unless
otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer may
retain, as additional servicing compensation, all assumption fees, modification
fees and other administrative fees, late payment charges, release fees, bad
check charges, any other servicing-related fees (other than the Depositor's
Yield), Net Liquidation Proceeds not otherwise required to be deposited into the
Principal and Interest Account pursuant to the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, interest or other income which may be earned on funds held in the
Principal and Interest Account, Certificate Account and any other account
created under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and Prospectus Supplement with respect to a series of
Certificates will set forth any other amounts payable to the Servicer. Any
Sub-Servicer will receive a portion of the Servicer's compensation as its
sub-servicing compensation.
30
<PAGE>
In addition to amounts payable to any Sub-Servicer, the Servicer or
Trustee may, to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, pay
certain expenses incurred, including, without limitation, payment of the fees
and disbursements of the Trustee and the obligor under an instrument of Credit
Support, if any. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and Prospectus Supplement
with respect to a series of Certificates may provide that additional accounts be
established by the Servicer or the Trustee into which the Servicer or the
Trustee will deposit amounts sufficient to pay such fees.
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will provide that on or before a
specified date in each year, beginning with the first such date specified in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, there will be furnished to the related Trustee
a report of a firm of independent certified public accountants stating that (i)
it has obtained a letter of representation regarding certain matters from the
management of the Servicer which includes an assertion that the Servicer has
complied with certain minimum mortgage loan servicing standards identified in
the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers established by the
Mortgage Bankers Association of America, with respect to the servicing by or on
behalf of the Servicer of residential mortgage loans during the most recently
completed fiscal year and (ii) on the basis of an examination conducted by such
firm in accordance with standards established by the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants, such representation is fairly stated in all
material respects, subject to such exceptions and other qualifications as may be
appropriate. In rendering its report such firm may rely, as to matters relating
to the direct servicing of mortgage loans by Sub-Servicers, upon comparable
reports of firms of public accountants rendered on the basis of examinations
conducted in accordance with the same standards (rendered within one year of
such report) with respect to those Sub-Servicers.
Each such Pooling and Servicing Agreement will also provide for
delivery to the Trustee, on or before a specified date in each year, of an
annual statement signed by two officers of the Servicer to the effect that the
Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
throughout the preceding year.
Copies of the annual accountants' statement and the statement of
officers of the Servicer will be obtainable by Certificateholders without charge
upon written request to the Servicer at the address set forth in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE SERVICER
Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, the Servicer may not assign the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement nor resign from the obligations and duties thereby imposed on it
except by mutual consent of the Servicer, the Depositor, the provider of Credit
Support, if any, the Trustee and the majority Certificateholders, or upon the
determination that the Servicer's duties thereunder are no longer permissible
under applicable law and such incapacity cannot be cured by the Servicer. No
such resignation shall become effective until a successor has assumed the
Servicer's responsibilities and obligations in accordance with such Pooling and
Servicing Agreement.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, Events of Default under the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement will consist of (i) any failure by the Servicer to distribute or cause
to be distributed to Certificateholders, or to remit to the Trustee for
distribution to Certificateholders, any required payment that continues
unremedied after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Servicer by
the Trustee or the Depositor, or to the Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee
by any Certificateholder; (ii) any failure by the Servicer to make any required
Servicing Advance, to the extent such failure materially and adversely affects
the interests of the Certificateholders, or any required Monthly Advance to the
extent of the full amount; (iii) any failure by the Servicer duly to observe or
perform in any material respect any of its other covenants or obligations under
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement which continues unremedied for no more than
sixty days after the giving of written notice of such failure to the Servicer by
the Trustee, the provider of Credit Support, if applicable, or the Depositor, or
to the Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee by any Certificateholder; and
(iv) certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets
and liabilities, receivership or similar proceedings and certain actions by or
on behalf of the Servicer indicating its insolvency or inability to pay its
obligations.
RIGHTS UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
Unless otherwise provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, so long as an Event of Default under a Pooling and Servicing
Agreement remains unremedied, the Trustee at the direction of holders of
Certificates evidencing not less than 51% of the Voting Rights, shall, terminate
all of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement relating to such Trust Fund and in and to the Mortgage
Loans, whereupon the Trustee will succeed to all of the responsibilities, duties
and liabilities of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
(except that if the Trustee is prohibited by law from obligating itself to make
advances regarding delinquent mortgage loans, then the Trustee will not be so
obligated) and will be entitled to similar compensation arrangements. Unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, in the event that the
Trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it may appoint, or petition a court of
competent jurisdiction for the appointment of, a loan servicing institution
acceptable to each Rating Agency or provider of Credit Support, if any, with a
net worth at the time of such appointment of at least $15,000,000 to act as
successor to the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Pending
such appointment the Trustee is obligated to act in such capacity. The Trustee
and any such successor may agree upon the servicing compensation to be paid,
which in no event may be greater than the compensation payable to the Servicer
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
The Trustee, however, is under no obligation to exercise any of the
trusts or powers vested in it by any Pooling and Servicing Agreement or to make
any investigation of matters arising thereunder or to institute, conduct or
defend any litigation thereunder or in relation thereto at the request, order or
direction of any of the holders of Certificates covered by such Pooling and
31
<PAGE>
Servicing Agreement, unless such Certificateholders have offered to the Trustee
reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities
which may be incurred therein or thereby.
AMENDMENT
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, each
Pooling and Servicing Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer
and the Trustee by written agreement, upon written consent of the provider of
Credit Support, if any, without notice to or the consent of any of the holders
of Certificates covered by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to cure any
ambiguity, to correct, modify or supplement any provision therein which may be
inconsistent with any other provisions thereof, to comply with any changes in
the Code, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement which are not inconsistent
with the provisions thereof; provided that such action will not, as evidenced by
an opinion of counsel delivered to the Trustee, adversely affect in any material
respect the interests of any holder of Certificates covered by the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement; and provided further that no such amendment may reduce in
any manner the amount of or, delay the timing of, payments received on Mortgage
Loans which are required to be distributed on any Certificate without the
consent of the holder of such Certificate, or change the rights or obligations
of any other party without the consent of such party. However, with respect to
any series of Certificates as to which a REMIC election is to be made, the
Trustee will not consent to any amendment of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
unless it shall first have received an opinion of counsel to the effect that
such amendment will not cause the Trust Fund to fail to qualify as a REMIC at
any time that the related Certificates are outstanding.
DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE
The Trustee will make no representations as to the validity or
sufficiency of any Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Certificates or any
Mortgage Loan or related document and is not accountable for the use or
application by or on behalf of any Servicer of any funds paid to the Servicer or
its designee in respect of the Certificates or the Mortgage Loans, or deposited
into or withdrawn from the Principal and Interest Account or any other account
by or on behalf of the Servicer. If no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, the Trustee is required to perform only those duties specifically
required under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement. However, upon
receipt of the various certificates, reports or other instruments required to be
furnished to it, the Trustee is required to examine such documents and to
determine whether they conform to the requirements of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
THE TRUSTEE
The Trustee under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will be named
in the related Prospectus Supplement. The commercial bank, national banking
association or trust company serving as Trustee may have typical banking
relationships with the Depositor and its affiliates, the Servicer and its
affiliates and any Sub-Servicer and its affiliates. The Trustee may resign at
any time in the manner set forth in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
in which event the Servicer will be obligated to appoint a successor Trustee.
The Trustee may be removed if it ceases to be eligible to continue as such under
the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement or if it becomes insolvent. Any
resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor trustee
will not become effective until the acceptance of appointment by a successor
trustee. The Trustee may appoint separate trustees and co-trustees to the extent
provided in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
DESCRIPTION OF CREDIT SUPPORT
GENERAL
For any series of Certificates, Credit Support may be provided with
respect to one or more classes thereof or the related Mortgage Loans. Credit
Support may be in the form of the subordination of one or more classes of
Certificates, letters of credit, insurance policies, surety bonds, guarantees,
the establishment of one or more reserve funds, cross-collateralization,
overcollateralization or another method of Credit Support described in the
related Prospectus Supplement, or any combination of the foregoing. If so
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, any form of Credit Support may be
structured so as to be drawn upon by more than one series to the extent
described therein.
Unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus Supplement for a
series of Certificates, the Credit Support will not provide protection against
all risks of loss and will not guarantee repayment of the entire Certificate
Balance of the Certificates and interest thereon. If losses or shortfalls occur
that exceed the amount covered by Credit Support or that are not covered by
Credit Support, Certificateholders will bear their allocable share of
deficiencies. Moreover, if a form of Credit Support covers more than one pool of
Mortgage Loans in a Trust (each, a "Covered Pool") or more than one series of
Certificates (each, a "Covered Trust"), holders of Certificates evidencing
interests in any of such Covered Pools or Covered Trusts will be subject to the
risk that such Credit Support will be exhausted by the claims of other Covered
Pools or Covered Trusts prior to such Covered Pool or Covered Trust receiving
any of its intended share of such coverage.
If Credit Support is provided with respect to one or more classes of
Certificates of a series, or the related Mortgage Loans, the related Prospectus
Supplement will include a description of (a) the nature and amount of coverage
under such Credit Support, (b) any conditions to payment thereunder not
otherwise described herein, (c) the conditions (if any) under which the amount
of coverage under such Credit Support may be reduced and under which such Credit
Support may be terminated or replaced and (d) the material provisions relating
to such Credit Support. Additionally, the related Prospectus Supplement will set
forth certain information with respect to the obligor under any instrument of
Credit Support, including (i) a brief description of its principal business
activities, (ii) its principal place of business, place of incorporation and the
jurisdiction under which it is chartered or licensed to do business, (iii) if
applicable, the identity of regulatory agencies that exercise primary
jurisdiction over the conduct of
32
<PAGE>
its business and (iv) its total assets and its stockholders' or policyholders'
surplus, if applicable, as of the date specified in the Prospectus Supplement.
See "Risk Factors--Credit Support Limitations".
SUBORDINATE CERTIFICATES
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more
classes of Certificates of a series may be Subordinate Certificates. If so
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the rights of the holders of
Subordinate Certificates to receive distributions of principal and interest from
the Certificate Account on any Remittance Date will be subordinated to such
rights of the holders of Senior Certificates to the extent specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. If so provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the subordination of a class may apply only in the event of (or may
be limited to) certain types of losses or shortfalls. The related Prospectus
Supplement will set forth information concerning the amount of subordination of
a class or classes of Subordinate Certificates in a series, the circumstances in
which such subordination will be applicable and the manner, if any, in which the
amount of subordination will be effected. If one or more classes of Subordinate
Certificates of a series are Offered Certificates, the related Prospectus
Supplement will provide information as to the sensitivity of distributions on
such Certificates based on certain default assumptions.
CROSS-SUPPORT PROVISIONS
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Mortgage
Loans for a series of Certificates may be divided into separate groups, each
supporting a separate class or classes of Certificates of a series, and credit
support may be provided by cross-support provisions requiring that distributions
be made on certain classes of Certificates evidencing interests in one group of
Mortgage Loans prior to distributions on other classes of Certificates
evidencing interests in a different group of Mortgage Loans. The Prospectus
Supplement for a series that includes a cross-support provision will describe
the manner and conditions for applying such provisions.
INSURANCE OR GUARANTEES WITH RESPECT TO THE MORTGAGE LOANS
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, the Mortgage Loans in the related Trust Fund will be covered for
various default risks by insurance policies, including FHA insurance or
guarantees. A copy of any such material instrument for a series will be filed
with the Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed
within 15 days of issuance of the Certificates of the related series.
LETTER OF CREDIT
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on such Certificates or
certain classes thereof will be covered by one or more letters of credit, issued
by a bank or financial institution specified in such Prospectus Supplement (the
"L/C Bank"). Under a letter of credit, the L/C Bank will be obligated to honor
draws thereunder in an aggregate fixed dollar amount, net of unreimbursed
payments thereunder, generally equal to the percentage specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement of the aggregate principal balance of the Mortgage Loans
on the related Cut-off Date or one or more classes of Certificates. If so
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the letter of credit may permit
draws in the event of only certain types of losses. The amount available under
the letter of credit will, in all cases, be reduced to the extent of the
unreimbursed payments thereunder and otherwise as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The obligations of the L/C Bank under the letter of
credit for each series of Certificates will expire at the earlier of the date
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement or the termination of the Trust
Fund. A copy of any such letter of credit for a series will be filed with the
Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed within 15
days of issuance of the Certificates of the related series.
INSURANCE POLICIES AND SURETY BONDS
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on such Certificates or
certain classes thereof will be covered by insurance policies and/or surety
bonds provided by one or more insurance companies or sureties. Such instruments
may cover, with respect to one or more classes of Certificates of the related
series, timely distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal
on the basis of a schedule of principal distributions set forth in or determined
in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. A copy of any such
instrument for a series will be filed with the Commission as an exhibit to a
Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Commission within 15 days of
issuance of the Certificates of the related series.
RESERVE FUNDS OR SPREAD ACCOUNT
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on such Certificates or
certain classes thereof will be covered by one or more reserve funds in which
cash, a letter of credit, Permitted Investments, a demand note or a combination
thereof will be deposited, in the amounts so specified in such Prospectus
Supplement. The reserve funds for a series may also be funded over time by
depositing therein a specified amount of the distributions received on the
related Mortgage Loans as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. A
reserve fund for a series of Certificates which is funded over time by
depositing therein a portion of the interest payment on each Mortgage Loan will
be referred to as a "Spread Account" in the related Prospectus Supplement and
Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Amounts on deposit in any reserve fund for a series of Certificates,
together with the reinvestment income thereon, if any, will be applied for the
purposes, in the manner, and to the extent specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. A reserve fund may be provided to increase the likelihood of timely
distributions of principal of or interest on the Certificates. If so specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement, reserve funds may be established to
provide limited protection against only certain types of losses
33
<PAGE>
and shortfalls. Following each Remittance Date amounts in a reserve fund in
excess of any amount required to be maintained therein may be released from the
reserve fund under the conditions and to the extent specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement and will not be available for further application to the
Certificates.
Moneys deposited in any reserve funds will be invested in Permitted
Instruments, except as otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, any
reinvestment income or other gain from such investments will be credited to the
related reserve fund for such series, and any loss resulting from such
investments will be charged to such reserve fund. However, such income may be
payable to the Servicer or another service provider as additional compensation.
The reserve fund, if any, for a series will not be a part of the Trust Fund
unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Additional information concerning any reserve fund will be set forth
in the related Prospectus Supplement, including the initial balance of such
reserve fund, the balance required to be maintained in the reserve fund, the
manner in which such required balance will decrease over time, the manner of
funding such reserve fund, the purposes for which funds in the reserve fund may
be applied to make distributions to Certificateholders and the use of investment
earnings from the reserve fund, if any.
OVERCOLLATERALIZATION
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement for a series of
Certificates, a portion of the interest payment on each Mortgage Loan may be
applied as an additional distribution in respect of principal to reduce the
principal balance of a certain class or classes of Certificates and, thus,
accelerate the rate of payment of principal on such class or classes of
Certificates.
DESCRIPTION OF FHA INSURANCE UNDER TITLE I
Certain of the Mortgage Loans contained in a Trust Fund may be Title I
Loans as described below and in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
regulations, rules and procedures promulgated by the FHA under Title I (the "FHA
Regulations") contain the requirements under which lenders approved for
participation in the Title I Program (the "Title I Lenders") may obtain
insurance against a portion of losses incurred with respect to eligible loans
that have been originated and serviced in accordance with FHA Regulations,
subject to the amount of insurance coverage available in such Title I Lender's
FHA Reserve, as described below and in the related Prospectus Supplement. While
FHA Regulations permit the Secretary of the Department of Housing and Urban
Development ("HUD"), subject to statutory limitations, to waive a Title I
Lender's noncompliance with FHA Regulations if enforcement would impose an
injustice on the lender, in general, an insurance claim against the FHA may be
denied or surcharged if the Title I Loan to which it relates does not strictly
satisfy the requirements of the National Housing Act and FHA Regulations.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Servicer will either serve as or contract with the person specified in the
Prospectus Supplement to serve as the Administrator for FHA claims (each an "FHA
Claims Administrator") pursuant to an FHA claims administration agreement (the
"FHA Claims Administration Agreement"). The FHA Claims Administrator will be
responsible for administering, processing and submitting FHA claims with respect
to the Title I Loans. The Certificateholders will be dependent on the FHA Claims
Administrator to (i) make claims on the Title I Loans in accordance with FHA
Regulations and (ii) remit all FHA insurance proceeds received from the FHA in
accordance with the related agreement. The Certificateholders' rights relating
to the receipt of payment from and the administration, processing and submission
of FHA claims by any FHA Claims Administrator is limited and governed by the
related agreement and the FHA Claims Administration Agreement and these
functions are obligations of the FHA Claims Administrator, but not the FHA.
Under Title I, the FHA maintains an FHA insurance coverage reserve
account (an "FHA Reserve") for each Title I Lender. The amount in each Title I
Lender's FHA Reserve is a maximum of 10% of the amounts disbursed, advanced or
expended by a Title I Lender in originating or purchasing eligible loans
registered with the FHA for Title I insurance, with certain adjustments
permitted or required by FHA Regulations. The balance of such FHA Reserve is the
maximum amount of insurance claims the FHA is required to pay to the related
Title I Lender. Mortgage Loans to be insured under Title I will be registered
for insurance by the FHA. Following either the origination or transfer of loans
eligible under Title I, the Title I Lender will submit such loans for FHA
insurance coverage within its FHA Reserve by delivering a transfer of note
report or through an electronic submission to the FHA in the form prescribed
under the FHA Regulations (the "Transfer Report"). The increase in the FHA
insurance coverage for such loans in the Title I Lender's FHA Reserve will occur
on the date following the receipt and acknowledgment by the FHA of the Transfer
Report for such loans. The insurance available to any Trust Fund will be subject
to the availability, from time to time, of amounts in each Title I Lender's FHA
Reserve, which will initially be limited to the amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "FHA Insurance Amount").
If so provided in the related Prospectus Supplement the Trustee or FHA
Claims Administrator may accept an assignment of the FHA Reserve for the related
Title I Loans, notify FHA of such assignment and request that the portion of the
Depositor's FHA Reserves allocable to such Title I Loans be transferred to such
Trustee or the FHA Claims Administrator on the Closing Date. Alternatively, in
the absence of such provision, the FHA Reserves may be retained by the Depositor
and, upon an insolvency and receivership of the Depositor, the related Trustee
will notify FHA and request that the portion of the Depositor's FHA Reserves
allocable to the Title I Loans be transferred to the Trustee or the FHA Claims
Administrator. Although each Trustee will request such a transfer of reserves,
FHA is not obligated to comply with such a request, and may determine that it is
not in FHA's interest to permit such transfer of reserves. In addition, FHA has
not specified how insurance reserves might be allocated in such event, and there
can be no assurance that any reserve amount, if transferred to the Trustee or
the FHA Claims Administrator, as the case may be, would not be substantially
less than 10% of the outstanding principal amount of the related Title I Loans.
It is likely that the Depositor, the Trustee or the FHA Claims Administrator
would be the lender of record on other Title I Loans, so that any FHA Reserves
that are retained, or permitted to be transferred, would become commingled with
FHA Reserves available for other Title I Loans. FHA also reserves the right to
transfer reserves with "earmarking" (segregating such reserves so that they will
not be commingled with the reserves of the transferee) if it is in FHA's
interest to do so.
34
<PAGE>
Under Title I, the FHA will reduce the insurance coverage available in
a Title I Lender's FHA Reserve with respect to loans insured under such Title I
Lender's contract of insurance by (i) the amount of FHA insurance claims
approved for payment related to such loans and (ii) the amount of reduction of
the Title I Lender's FHA Reserve by reason of the sale, assignment or transfer
of loans registered under the Title I Lender's contract of insurance. Such
insurance coverage also may be reduced for any FHA insurance claims previously
disbursed to the Title I Lender that are subsequently rejected by the FHA.
Unlike certain other government loan insurance programs, loans under
Title I (other than loans in excess of $25,000) are not subject to prior review
by the FHA. The FHA disburses insurance proceeds with respect to defaulted loans
for which insurance claims have been filed by a Title I Lender prior to any
review of such loans. A Title I Lender is required to repurchase a Title I Loan
from the FHA that is determined to be ineligible for insurance after insurance
claim payments for such loan have been paid to such lender. Under the FHA
Regulations, if the Title I Lender's obligation to repurchase the Title I Loan
is unsatisfied, the FHA is permitted to offset the unsatisfied obligation
against future insurance claim payments owed by the FHA to such lender. FHA
Regulations permit the FHA to disallow an insurance claim with respect to any
loan that does not qualify for insurance for a period of up to two years after
the claim is made and to require the Title I Lender that has submitted the
insurance claim to repurchase the loan.
The proceeds of loans under the Title I Program may be used only for
permitted purposes, including, but not limited to, the alteration, repair or
improvement of residential property, the purchase of a manufactured home or lot
(or cooperative interest therein) on which to place such home or the purchase of
both a manufactured home loan and the lot (or cooperative interest therein) on
which such home is placed.
Subject to certain limitations described below, eligible Title I Loans
are generally insured by the FHA for 90% of an amount equal to the sum of (i)
the net unpaid principal amount and the uncollected interest earned to the date
of default, (ii) interest on the unpaid loan obligation from the date of default
to the date of the initial submission of the insurance claim, plus 15 calendar
days (the total period not to exceed nine months) at a rate of 7% per annum,
(iii) uncollected court costs, (iv) title examination costs, (v) fees for
required inspections by the lenders or its agents, up to $75, and (vi)
origination fees up to a maximum of 5% of the loan amount. However, the
insurance coverage provided by the FHA is limited to the extent of the balance
in the Title I Lender's FHA Reserve maintained by the FHA. Accordingly if
sufficient insurance coverage is available in such FHA Reserve, then the Title I
Lender bears the risk of losses on a Title I Loan for which a claim for
reimbursement is paid by the FHA of at least 10% of the unpaid principal,
uncollected interest earned to the date of default, interest from the date of
default to the date of the initial claim submission and certain expenses. Unlike
most other FHA insurance programs, the obligation of the FHA to reimburse a
Title I Lender for losses in the portfolio of insured loans held by such Title I
Lender is limited to the amount in an FHA Reserve maintained on a
lender-by-lender basis and not on a loan-by-loan basis.
In general, the FHA will insure Home Improvement Contracts up to
$25,000 for a Single Family Property, with a maximum term of 20 years. The FHA
will insure loans of up to $17,500 for manufactured homes which qualify as real
estate under applicable state law and loans of up to $12,000 per unit for a
$48,000 limit for four units for owner-occupied multifamily homes. If the loan
amount is $15,000 or more, the FHA requires a drive-by appraisal, the current
tax assessment value, or a full Uniform Residential Appraisal Report dated
within 12 months of the closing to verify the property's value. The maximum loan
amount on transactions requiring an appraisal is the amount of equity in the
property shown by the market value determination of the property.
With respect to the Title I Loans, the FHA Regulations do not require
that a borrower obtain title or fire and casualty insurance. However, if the
related Mortgaged Property is located in a flood hazard area, flood insurance in
an amount at least equal to the loan amount is required. In addition, the FHA
Regulations do not require that the borrower obtain insurance against physical
damage arising from earth movement (including earthquakes, landslides and
mudflows). Accordingly, if a Mortgaged Property that secures a Title I Loan
suffers any uninsured hazard or casualty losses, holders of the related series
of Certificates that are secured in whole or in part by such Title I Loan may
bear the risk of loss to the extent that such losses are not recovered by
foreclosure on the defaulted loans or from any FHA insurance proceeds. Such loss
may be otherwise covered by amounts available from the credit enhancement
provided for the related series of Certificates, if specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
Following a default on a Title I Loan insured by the FHA, the
Servicer, either directly or through a subsidiary, may, subject to certain
conditions and mandatory loss mitigation procedures, either commence foreclosure
proceedings against the improved property securing the loan, if applicable, or
submit a claim to FHA, but may submit a claim to FHA after proceeding against
the improved property only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD. The
availability of FHA Insurance following a default on a Title I Loan is subject
to a number of conditions, including strict compliance with FHA Regulations in
originating and servicing the Title I Loan. Failure to comply with FHA
Regulations may result in a denial of or surcharge on the FHA insurance claim.
Prior to declaring a Title I Loan in default and submitting a claim to FHA, the
Servicer must take certain steps to attempt to cure the default, including
personal contact with the borrower either by telephone or in a meeting and
providing the borrower with 30 days' written notice prior to declaration of
default. FHA may deny insurance coverage if the borrower's nonpayment is related
to a valid objection to faulty contractor performance. In such event, the
Servicer or other entity as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement will
seek to obtain payment by or a judgment against the borrower, and may resubmit
the claim to FHA following such a judgment.
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF MORTGAGE LOANS
The following discussion contains summaries of certain legal aspects
of mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential properties that are
general in nature. Because such legal aspects are governed in part by applicable
state law (which laws may differ substantially), the summaries do not purport to
be complete nor to reflect the laws of any particular state nor to
35
<PAGE>
encompass the laws of all states in which the Mortgaged Properties may be
situated. The summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the
applicable federal and state laws governing the Mortgage Loans.
GENERAL
SINGLE FAMILY, MULTIFAMILY AND COMMERCIAL LOANS. Each Single Family,
Multifamily and Commercial Loan will be secured by either a deed of trust or
mortgage, depending upon the prevailing practice in the state in which the
Mortgaged Property subject to such Mortgage Loan is located. In some states, a
mortgage creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the mortgage. In
other states, the mortgage conveys legal title to the property to the mortgagee
subject to a condition subsequent, i.e., the payment of the indebtedness secured
thereby. There are two parties to a mortgage, the mortgagor, who is the borrower
and homeowner, and the mortgagee, who is the lender. Under the mortgage
instrument, the mortgagor delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the
mortgage. Although a deed of trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust has
three parties, the borrower-homeowner called the trustor (similar to a
mortgagor), a lender called the beneficiary (similar to a mortgagee), and a
third-party grantee called the trustee. Under a deed of trust, the borrower
grants the property, irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally
with a power of sale, to the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. The
trustee's authority under a deed of trust and the mortgagee's authority under a
mortgage are governed by law, the express provisions of the deed of trust or
mortgage, and, in some cases, the directions of the beneficiary. Some states use
a security deed or deed to secure debt which is similar to a deed of trust
except that it has only two parties: a grantor (similar to a mortgagor) and a
grantee (similar to a mortgagee). Mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure
debt are not prior to liens for real estate taxes and assessments and other
charges imposed under governmental police powers. Priority between mortgages,
deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt and other encumbrances depends on their
terms in some cases and generally on the order of recordation of the mortgage,
deed of trust or the deed to secure debt in the appropriate recording office.
The Mortgages that encumber Multifamily Properties and Commercial
Properties will contain an assignment of rents and leases, pursuant to which the
Mortgagor assigns to the lender the Mortgagor's right, title and interest as
landlord under each lease and the income derived therefrom, while retaining a
revocable license to collect the rents for so long as there is no default. If
the Mortgagor defaults, the license terminates and the lender is entitled to
collect the rents. Local law may require that the lender take possession of the
property and/or obtain a court-appointed receiver before becoming entitled to
collect the rents.
MANUFACTURED HOME CONTRACTS. Under the laws of most states,
manufactured housing constitutes personal property and is subject to the motor
vehicle registration laws of the state or other jurisdiction in which the unit
is located. In a few states, where certificates of title are not required for
manufactured homes, security interests are perfected by the filing of a
financing statement under Article 9 of the UCC which has been adopted by the
majority of states. Such financing statements are effective for five years and
must be renewed at the end of each five years. The certificate of title laws
adopted by the majority of states provide that ownership of motor vehicles and
manufactured housing shall be evidenced by a certificate of title issued by the
motor vehicles department (or a similar entity) of such state. In the states
that have enacted certificate of title laws, a security interest in a unit of
manufactured housing, so long as it is not attached to land in so permanent a
fashion as to become a fixture, is generally perfected by the recording of such
interest on the certificate of title to the unit in the appropriate motor
vehicle registration office or by delivery of the required documents and payment
of a fee to such office, depending on state law.
The Servicer will be required under the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement to effect such notation or delivery of the required documents and
fees, and to obtain possession of the certificate of title, as appropriate under
the laws of the state in which any Manufactured Home is registered. In the event
the Servicer fails, due to clerical errors or otherwise, to effect such notation
or delivery, or files the security interest under the wrong law (for example,
under a motor vehicle title statute rather than under the UCC, in a few states),
the Trustee may not have a first priority security interest in the Manufactured
Home securing a Contract. As manufactured homes have become larger and often
have been attached to their sites without any apparent intention by the
borrowers to move them, courts in many states have held that manufactured homes
may, under certain circumstances, become subject to real estate title and
recording laws. As a result, a security interest in a manufactured home could be
rendered subordinate to the interests of other parties claiming an interest in
the home under applicable state real estate law. In order to perfect a security
interest in a manufactured home under real estate laws, the holder of the
security interest must file either a "fixture filing" under the provisions of
the UCC or a real estate mortgage under the real estate laws of the state where
the home is located. These filings must be made in the real estate records
office of the county where the home is located. Generally, Manufactured Home
Contracts will contain provisions prohibiting the obligor from permanently
attaching the Manufactured Home to its site. So long as the obligor does not
violate this agreement, a security interest in the Manufactured Home will be
governed by the certificate of title laws or the UCC, and the notation of the
security interest on the certificate of title or the filing of a UCC financing
statement will be effective to maintain the priority of the security interest in
the Manufactured Home. If, however, a Manufactured Home is permanently attached
to its site, other parties could obtain an interest in the Manufactured Home
that is prior to the security interest originally retained by the Depositor.
The Depositor will assign or cause to be assigned a security interest
in the Manufactured Homes to the Trustee, on behalf of the Certificateholders.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, neither the
Depositor, the Servicer nor the Trustee will amend the certificates of title to
identify the Trustee, on behalf of the Certificateholders, as the new secured
party and, accordingly, the Depositor will continue to be named as the secured
party on the certificates of title relating to the Manufactured Homes. In most
states, such assignment is an effective conveyance of such security interest
without amendment of any lien noted on the related certificate of title and the
new secured party succeeds to the Depositor's rights as the secured party.
However, in some states there exists a risk that, in the absence of an amendment
to the certificate of title, such assignment of the security interest might not
be held effective against creditors of the Depositor.
In the absence of fraud, forgery or permanent affixation of the
Manufactured Home to its site by the Manufactured Home owner, or administrative
error by state recording officials, the notation of the lien of the Depositor on
the certificate of title or delivery of the required documents and fees will be
sufficient to protect the Trustee against the rights of subsequent purchasers of
a
36
<PAGE>
Manufactured Home or subsequent lenders who take a security interest in the
Manufactured Home. If there are any Manufactured Homes as to which the Depositor
has failed to perfect or cause to be perfected the security interest assigned to
the Trust Fund, such security interest would be subordinate to, among others,
subsequent purchasers for value of Manufactured Homes and holders of perfected
security interests. There also exists a risk in not identifying the Trustee, on
behalf of the Certificateholders, as the new secured party on the certificate of
title that, through fraud or negligence, the security interest of the Trustee
could be released.
In the event that the owner of a Manufactured Home moves it to a state
other than the state in which such Manufactured Home initially is registered,
under the laws of most states the perfected security interest in the
Manufactured Home would continue for four months after such relocation and
thereafter until the owner re-registers the Manufactured Home in such state. If
the owner were to relocate a Manufactured Home to another state and re-register
the Manufactured Home in such state, and if the Depositor did not take steps to
re-perfect its security interest in such state, the security interest in the
Manufactured Home would cease to be perfected. A majority of states generally
require surrender of a certificate of title to re-register a Manufactured Home;
accordingly, the Depositor must surrender possession if it holds the certificate
of title to such Manufactured Home or, in the case of Manufactured Homes
registered in states that provide for notation of lien, the Depositor would
receive notice of surrender if the security interest in the Manufactured Home is
noted on the certificate of title. Accordingly, the Depositor would have the
opportunity to re-perfect its security interest in the Manufactured Home in the
state of relocation. In states that do not require a certificate of title for
registration of a manufactured home, re-registration could defeat perfection.
Similarly, when an obligor under a manufactured housing conditional sales
contract sells a manufactured home, the obligee must surrender possession of the
certificate of title or it will receive notice as a result of its lien noted
thereon and accordingly will have an opportunity to require satisfaction of the
related manufactured housing conditional sales contract before release of the
lien. Under each related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be
obligated to take such steps, at the Servicer's expense, as are necessary to
maintain perfection of security interests in the Manufactured Homes.
Under the laws of most states, liens for repairs performed on a
Manufactured Home take priority even over a perfected security interest. The
Depositor will represent that it has no knowledge of any such liens with respect
to any Manufactured Home securing a Manufactured Home Contract. However, such
liens could arise at any time during the term of a Contract. No notice will be
given to the Trustee or Certificateholders in the event such a lien arises.
THE HOME IMPROVEMENT CONTRACTS. The Home Improvement Contracts, other
than those Home Improvement Contracts that are unsecured or secured by mortgages
on real estate (such Home Improvement Contracts are hereinafter referred to in
this section as "contracts") generally are "chattel paper" or constitute
"purchase money security interests" each as defined in the UCC. Pursuant to the
UCC, the sale of chattel paper is treated in a manner similar to perfection of a
security interest in chattel paper. Under the related agreement, the Depositor
will transfer physical possession of the contracts to the Trustee or a
designated custodian or may retain possession of the contracts as custodian for
the Trustee. In addition, the Depositor will make an appropriate filing of a
UCC-1 financing statement in the appropriate states to give notice of the
Trustee's ownership of the contracts. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the contracts will not be stamped or otherwise marked to
reflect their assignment from the Depositor to the Trustee. Therefore, if
through negligence, fraud or otherwise, a subsequent purchaser were able to take
physical possession of the contracts without notice of such assignment, the
Trustee's interest in the contracts could be defeated.
The contracts that are secured by the home improvements financed
thereby grant to the originator of such contracts a purchase money security
interest in such home improvements to secure all or part of the purchase price
of such home improvements and related services. A financing statement generally
is not required to be filed to perfect a purchase money security interest in
consumer goods. Such purchase money security interests are assignable. In
general, a purchase money security interest grants to the holder a security
interest that has priority over a conflicting security interest in the same
collateral and the proceeds of such collateral. However, to the extent that the
collateral subject to a purchase money security interest becomes a fixture, in
order for the related purchase money security interest to take priority over a
conflicting interest in the fixture, the holder's interest in such home
improvement must generally be perfected by a timely fixture filing. In general,
under the UCC, a security interest does not exist under the UCC in ordinary
building material incorporated into an improvement on land. Home Improvement
Contracts that finance lumber, bricks, other types of ordinary building material
or other goods that are deemed to lose such characterization, upon incorporation
of such materials into the related property, will not be secured by a purchase
money security interest in the home improvement being financed.
So long as the home improvement has not become subject to the real
estate law, a creditor can repossess a home improvement securing a contract by
voluntary surrender, "self-help" repossession that is "peaceful" (i.e., without
breach of the peace) or, in the absence of voluntary surrender and the ability
to repossess without breach of the peace, judicial process. The holder of a
contract must give the debtor a number of days' notice, which varies from 10 to
30 days or more depending on the state, prior to commencement of any
repossession. The UCC and consumer protection laws in most states restrict
repossession sales, including requiring prior notice to the debtor and
commercial reasonableness in effecting such a sale. The law in most states also
requires that the debtor be given notice of any sale prior to resale of the
related property so that the debtor may redeem it at or before such resale.
Under the laws applicable in most states, a creditor is entitled to
obtain a deficiency judgment from a debtor for any deficiency on repossession
and resale of the property securing the debtor's loan. However, some states
impose prohibitions or limitations on deficiency judgments and in many cases the
defaulting borrower would have no assets with which to pay a judgment.
Certain other statutory provisions, including federal and state
bankruptcy and insolvency laws and general equity principles, may limit or delay
the ability of a lender to repossess and resell collateral or enforce a
deficiency judgment.
37
<PAGE>
FORECLOSURE ON MORTGAGES
Foreclosure is a legal procedure that allows the mortgagee to recover
its mortgage debt by enforcing its rights and available remedies under the
mortgage. Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial
action. The action is initiated by the service of legal pleadings upon all
parties having an interest of record in the real property. Delays in completion
of the foreclosure may occasionally result from difficulties in locating
necessary parties defendant. Judicial foreclosure proceedings are often not
contested by any of the parties defendant. However, when the mortgagee's right
to foreclose is contested, the legal proceedings necessary to resolve the issue
can be time-consuming. After the completion of a judicial foreclosure, the court
would issue a judgment of foreclosure and would generally appoint a referee or
other court officer to conduct the sale of the property.
Foreclosure of a deed of trust or a deed to secure debt is generally
accomplished by a non-judicial trustee's sale under a specific provision in the
deed of trust or deed to secure debt which authorizes the sale of the property
to a third party upon any default by the borrower under the terms of the note,
deed of trust or deed to secure debt. In some states, prior to such sale, the
trustee must record a notice of default and send a copy to the borrower-trustor
and to any person who has recorded a request for a copy of a notice of default
and notice of sale. In addition, prior to such sale, the trustee must provide
notice in some states to any other individual having an interest of record in
the real property, including any junior lienholders. In some states, the
borrower, or any other person having a junior encumbrance on the real estate,
may, during a reinstatement period, cure the default by paying the entire amount
in arrears plus the costs and expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations,
including attorney's and trustee's fees to the extent allowed by applicable law.
Certain states may require notices of sale to be published periodically for a
proscribed period in a specified manner prior to the date of the trustee's sale.
Generally, state laws require that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the
property and sent to all parties having an interest in the real property.
In case of foreclosure under either a mortgage or a deed of trust, the
sale by the referee or other designated officer or by the trustee is often a
public sale. Because of the difficulty a potential buyer at the sale would have
in determining the exact status of title and because the physical condition of
the property may have deteriorated during the foreclosure proceedings, a third
party may be unwilling to purchase the property at a foreclosure sale. Until
recently, potential buyers were confronted with the 1980 decision of the United
States Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit in Durrett v. Washington National
Insurance Company. The court in Durrett held that even a non-collusive,
regularly conducted foreclosure sale was a fraudulent transfer under section 67d
of the former Bankruptcy Act (section 548 of the current United States
Bankruptcy Code) and, therefore, could be rescinded in favor of the bankrupt's
estate, if (i) the foreclosure sale was held while the debtor was insolvent and
not more than one year prior to the filing of the bankruptcy petition, and (ii)
the price paid for the foreclosed property did not represent "fair
consideration" ("reasonably equivalent value" under the United States Bankruptcy
Code). However, on May 23, 1994, Durrett was effectively overruled by the United
States Supreme Court in BFP v. Resolution Trust Corporation, as Receiver for
Imperial Federal Savings and Loan Association, et al., in which the Court held
that "'reasonably equivalent value', for foreclosed property, is the price in
fact received at the foreclosure sale, so long as all the requirements of the
State's foreclosure law have been complied with".
For these reasons, it is common for the lender to purchase the
property from the trustee, referee or other court officer for an amount equal to
the principal amount of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage or deed of
trust, accrued and unpaid interest and the expenses of foreclosure. Generally,
state law controls the amount of foreclosure costs and expenses, including
attorneys' and trustee's fees, which may be recovered by a lender. In some
states there is a statutory minimum purchase price which the lender may offer
for the property. Thereafter, subject to the right of the borrower in some
states to remain in possession during the redemption period, the lender will
assume the burdens of ownership, including the obligation to pay taxes, obtain
casualty insurance and to make such repairs at its own expense as are necessary
to render the property suitable for sale. The lender will commonly obtain the
services of a real estate broker and pay the broker's commission in connection
with the sale of the property. Depending upon market conditions, the ultimate
proceeds of the sale of the property may not equal the lender's investment in
the property.
A second mortgagee may not foreclose on the property securing a second
mortgage unless it forecloses subject to the first mortgage, in which case it
must either pay the entire amount due on the first mortgage to the first
mortgagee prior to or at the time of the foreclosure sale or undertake the
obligation to make payments on the first mortgage in the event the mortgagor is
in default thereunder, in either event adding the amounts expended to the
balance due on the second loan, and may be subrogated to the rights of the first
mortgagee. In addition, in the event that the foreclosure of a second mortgage
triggers the enforcement of a "due-on-sale" clause, the second mortgagee may be
required to pay the full amount of the first mortgage to the first mortgagee.
Accordingly, with respect to those Mortgage Loans which are second mortgage
loans, if the lender purchases the property, the lender's title will be subject
to all senior liens and claims and certain governmental liens.
The proceeds received by the referee or trustee from the sale are
applied first to the costs, fees and expenses of sale and then in satisfaction
of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage or deed of trust under which the
sale was conducted. Any remaining proceeds are generally payable to the holders
of junior mortgages or deeds of trust and other liens and claims in order of
their priority, whether or not the borrower is in default. Any additional
proceeds are generally payable to the mortgagor or trustor. The payment of the
proceeds to the holders of junior mortgages may occur in the foreclosure action
of the senior mortgagee or may require the institution of separate legal
proceedings.
Under the REMIC provisions of the Code and the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement with respect to a series of Certificates, the Servicer may be required
to hire an independent contractor to operate any REO Property. The costs of such
operation may be significantly greater than the cost of direct operation by the
Servicer.
Some states impose prohibitions or limitations on remedies available
to the mortgagee, including the right to recover the debt from the mortgagor.
See "--Anti-Deficiency Legislation and Other Limitations on Lenders" herein.
38
<PAGE>
In certain jurisdictions, real property transfer or recording taxes or
fees may be imposed on the REMIC with respect to its acquisition (by foreclosure
or otherwise) and disposition of REO Property, and any such taxes or fees
imposed may reduce Liquidation Proceeds with respect to such REO Property, as
well as distributions payable to the Certificateholders.
REPOSSESSION WITH RESPECT TO MANUFACTURED HOME CONTRACTS
Repossession of manufactured housing is governed by state law. A few
states have enacted legislation that requires that the debtor be given an
opportunity to cure its default (typically 30 days to bring the account current)
before repossession can commence. So long as a manufactured home has not become
so attached to real estate that it would be treated as a part of the real estate
under the law of the state where it is located, repossession of such home in the
event of a default by the obligor will generally be governed by the UCC (except
in Louisiana). Article 9 of the UCC provides the statutory framework for the
repossession of manufactured housing. While the UCC as adopted by the various
states may vary in certain small particulars, the general repossession procedure
established by the UCC is as follows:
(i) Except in those states where the debtor must receive
notice of the right to cure a default, repossession can commence
immediately upon default without prior notice. Repossession may be
effected either through self-help (peaceable retaking without court
order), voluntary repossession or through judicial process
(repossession pursuant to court-issued writ of replevin). The
self-help and/or voluntary repossession methods are more commonly
employed, and are accomplished simply by retaking possession of the
manufactured home. In cases in which the debtor objects or raises a
defense to repossession, a court order must be obtained from the
appropriate state court, and the manufactured home must then be
repossessed in accordance with that order. Whether the method employed
is self-help, voluntary repossession or judicial repossession, the
repossession can be accomplished either by an actual physical removal
of the manufactured home to a secure location for refurbishment and
resale or by removing the occupants and their belongings from the
manufactured home and maintaining possession of the manufactured home
on the location where the occupants were residing. Various factors may
affect whether the manufactured home is physically removed or left on
location, such as the nature and term of the lease of the site on
which it is located and the condition of the unit. In many cases,
leaving the manufactured home on location is preferable, in the event
that the home is already set up, because the expenses of retaking and
redelivery will be saved. However, in those cases where the home is
left on location, expenses for site rentals will usually be incurred.
(ii) Once repossession has been achieved, preparation for
the subsequent disposition of the manufactured home can commence. The
disposition may be by public or private sale provided the method,
manner, time, place and terms of the sale are commercially reasonable.
(iii) Sale proceeds are to be applied first to repossession
expenses (expenses incurred in retaking, storage, preparing for sale
to include refurbishing costs and selling) and then to satisfaction of
the indebtedness. While some states impose prohibitions or limitations
on deficiency judgments if the net proceeds from resale do not cover
the full amount of the indebtedness, the remainder may be sought from
the debtor in the form of a deficiency judgement in those states that
do not prohibit or limit such judgments. The deficiency judgment is a
personal judgment against the debtor for the shortfall. Occasionally,
after resale of a manufactured home and payment of all expenses and
indebtedness, there is a surplus of funds. In that case, the UCC
requires the party suing for the deficiency judgment to remit the
surplus to the debtor. Because the defaulting owner of a manufactured
home generally has very little capital or income available following
repossession, a deficiency judgment may not be sought in many cases
or, if obtained, will be settled at a significant discount in light of
the defaulting owner's strained financial condition.
SECOND MORTGAGES
Some of the Mortgage Loans may be secured by second mortgages or deeds
of trust, which are junior to first mortgages or deeds of trust held by other
lenders. The rights of the Certificateholders as the holders of a junior deed of
trust or a junior mortgage are subordinate in lien and in payment to those of
the holder of the senior mortgage or deed of trust, including the prior rights
of the senior mortgagee or beneficiary to receive and apply hazard insurance and
condemnation proceeds and, upon default of the mortgagor, to cause a foreclosure
on the property. Upon completion of the foreclosure proceedings by the holder of
the senior mortgage or the sale pursuant to the deed of trust, the junior
mortgagee's or junior beneficiary's lien will be extinguished unless the junior
lienholder satisfies the defaulted senior loan or asserts its subordinate
interest in a property in foreclosure proceedings. See "--Foreclosure" herein.
Furthermore, the terms of the second mortgage or deed of trust are
subordinate to the terms of the first mortgage or deed of trust. In the event of
a conflict between the terms of the first mortgage or deed of trust and the
second mortgage or deed of trust, the terms of the first mortgage or deed of
trust will govern generally. Upon a failure of the mortgagor or trustor to
perform any of its obligations, the senior mortgagee or beneficiary, subject to
the terms of the senior mortgage or deed of trust, may have the right to perform
the obligation itself. Generally, all sums so expended by the mortgagee or
beneficiary become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage or deed of
trust. To the extent a first mortgagee expends such sums, such sums will
generally have priority over all sums due under the second mortgage.
RIGHTS OF REDEMPTION
SINGLE FAMILY, MULTIFAMILY AND COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES. In some states,
after sale pursuant to a deed of trust or foreclosure of a mortgage, the
borrower and foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory period in which to
redeem the property from the foreclosure sale. In some states, redemption may
occur only upon payment of the entire principal balance of the loan, accrued
interest and expenses of foreclosure. In other states, redemption may be
authorized if the former borrower pays only a portion of the sums due. The
effect of a statutory right of redemption is to diminish the ability of the
lender to sell the foreclosed property. The exercise of a right of redemption
would defeat the title of any purchaser subsequent to foreclosure or sale under
a
39
<PAGE>
deed of trust. Consequently, the practical effect of the redemption right is to
force the lender to maintain the property and pay the expenses of ownership
until the redemption period has expired.
MANUFACTURED HOMES. While state laws do not usually require notice to
be given to debtors prior to repossession, many states do require delivery of a
notice of default and of the debtor's right to cure defaults before
repossession. The law in most states also requires that the debtor be given
notice of sale prior to the resale of the home so that the owner may redeem at
or before resale. In addition, the sale must comply with the requirements of the
UCC.
ANTI-DEFICIENCY LEGISLATION AND OTHER LIMITATIONS ON LENDERS
SINGLE FAMILY, MULTIFAMILY AND COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES. Certain states
have imposed statutory prohibitions which limit the remedies of a beneficiary
under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a mortgage. In some states, statutes
limit the right of the beneficiary or mortgagee to obtain a deficiency judgment
against the borrower following foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust. A
deficiency judgment would be a personal judgment against the former borrower
equal in most cases to the difference between the net amount realized upon the
public sale of the real property and the amount due to the lender. Other
statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the security afforded
under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt to satisfy the
full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower. In certain
other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action against
the borrower on the debt without first exhausting such security; however, in
some of these states, the lender, following judgment on such personal action,
may be deemed to have elected a remedy and may be precluded from exercising
remedies with respect to the security. Consequently, the practical effect of the
election requirement, in those states permitting such election, is that lenders
will usually proceed against the security first rather than bringing a personal
action against the borrower. Finally, other statutory provisions limit any
deficiency judgment against the former borrower following a judicial sale to the
excess of the outstanding debt over the fair market value of the property at the
time of the public sale. The purpose of these statutes is generally to prevent a
beneficiary or a mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency judgment against
the former borrower as a result of low or no bids at the judicial sale.
In addition to laws limiting or prohibiting deficiency judgments,
numerous other statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws and
state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the ability
of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon collateral and/or enforce a
deficiency judgment. For example, with respect to federal bankruptcy law, a
court with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction may permit a debtor through its
Chapter 11 or Chapter 13 rehabilitative plan to cure a monetary default in
respect of a mortgage loan on a debtor's residence by paying arrearages within a
reasonable time period and reinstating the original mortgage loan payment
schedule even though the lender accelerated the mortgage loan and final judgment
of foreclosure had been entered in state court provided no sale of the residence
had yet occurred prior to the filing of the debtor's petition. Some courts with
federal bankruptcy jurisdiction have approved plans, based on the particular
facts of the reorganization case, that effected the curing of a mortgage loan
default by paying arrearages over a number of years.
Courts with federal bankruptcy jurisdiction have also indicated that
the terms of a mortgage loan secured by property of the debtor may be modified.
These courts have suggested that such modifications may include reducing the
amount of each monthly payment, changing the rate of interest, altering the
repayment schedule, forgiving all or a portion of the debt and reducing the
lender's security interest to the value of the residence, thus leaving the
lender a general unsecured creditor for the difference between the value of the
residence and the outstanding balance of the loan.
In the case of income-producing Multifamily Properties and Commercial
Properties, federal bankruptcy law may also have the effect of interfering with
or affecting the ability of the secured lender to enforce the borrower's
assignment of rents and leases related to the mortgaged property. Under Section
362 of the Bankruptcy Code, the lender will be stayed from enforcing the
assignment, and the legal proceedings necessary to resolve the issue could be
time-consuming, with resulting delays in the lender's receipt of the rents.
The Code provides priority to certain tax liens over the lien of the
mortgage or deed of trust. In addition, substantive requirements are imposed
upon lenders in connection with the origination and the servicing of mortgage
loans by numerous federal and some state consumer protection laws. These laws
include the federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act,
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Billing Act, Fair Credit Reporting
Act, and related statutes. These federal laws impose specific statutory
liabilities upon lenders who originate mortgage loans and who fail to comply
with the provisions of the applicable laws. In some cases, this liability may
affect assignees of the Mortgage Loans. In particular, failure to comply with
certain requirements of the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, as implemented by
Regulation Z, could jeopardize the enforceability of the Mortgage Loans and
subject both the originators and the assignees of such obligations to monetary
penalties.
MANUFACTURED HOME CONTRACTS. In addition to the laws limiting or
prohibiting deficiency judgments, numerous other statutory provisions, including
federal bankruptcy laws and related state laws, may interfere with or affect the
ability of a lender to realize upon collateral and/or enforce a deficiency
judgment. For example, in a Chapter 13 proceeding under the federal bankruptcy
law, a court may prevent a lender from repossessing a home, and, as part of the
rehabilitation plan, reduce the amount of the secured indebtedness to the market
value of the home at the time of bankruptcy (as determined by the court),
leaving the party providing financing as a general unsecured creditor for the
remainder of the indebtedness. A bankruptcy court may also reduce the monthly
payments due under a contract or change the rate of interest and time of
repayment of the indebtedness.
ENFORCEABILITY OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS
SINGLE FAMILY, MULTIFAMILY AND COMMERCIAL PROPERTIES. All of the
Single Family, Multifamily and Commercial Loans will include a debt-acceleration
clause, which permits the lender to accelerate the debt upon a monetary default
of the borrower, after the applicable cure period. The courts of all states will
enforce clauses providing for acceleration in the event of a material payment
default. However, courts of any state, exercising equity jurisdiction, may
refuse to allow a lender to foreclose a mortgage
40
<PAGE>
or deed of trust when an acceleration of the indebtedness would be inequitable
or unjust and the circumstances would render the acceleration unconscionable.
Some courts have imposed general equitable principles to limit the
remedies available in connection with foreclosure. These equitable principles
are generally designed to relieve the borrower from the legal effect of his
defaults under the loan documents. For example, some courts have required that
the lender undertake affirmative and expensive actions to determine the causes
for the borrower's default and the likelihood that the borrower will be able to
reinstate the loan. In some cases, courts have substituted their judgment for
the lenders' judgment and have required that lenders reinstate loans or recast
payment schedules in order to accommodate borrowers who are suffering from
temporary financial disability. In other cases, courts have limited the right of
the lenders to foreclose if the default under the mortgage instrument or deed of
trust is not monetary, such as the borrower's failure to maintain adequately the
property or the borrower's execution of a second mortgage or deed of trust
affecting the property. Finally, some courts have been willing to relieve a
borrower from the consequences of the default if the borrower has not received
adequate notice of the default.
All of the Mortgage Loans will contain "due-on-sale" clauses. These
clauses permit the lender to accelerate the maturity of the loan if the borrower
sells, transfers or conveys the property. The enforceability of these clauses
has been the subject of legislation or litigation in many states, and in some
cases the enforceability of these clauses was limited or denied. However, the
Garn-St. Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 (the "Garn-St. Germain
Act") preempts state constitutional, statutory and case law that prohibits the
enforcement of due-on-sale clauses and permits lenders to enforce these clauses
in accordance with their terms, subject to certain limited exceptions. The
Garn-St. Germain Act does "encourage" lenders to permit assumption of loans at
the original rate of interest or at some other rate less than the average of the
original rate and the market rate.
Exempted from the general rule of enforceability of due-on-sale
clauses are mortgage loans (originated other than by federal savings and loan
associations and federal savings banks) that were made or assumed during the
period beginning on the date a state, by statute or final appellate court
decision having statewide effect, prohibited the exercise of due-on-sale clauses
and ending on October 15, 1982 ("Window Period Loans"). However, the exception
applies only to transfers of property underlying Window Period Loans occurring
between October 15, 1982 and October 15, 1985 and does not restrict enforcement
of a due-on-sale clause in connection with current transfers of property
underlying Window Period Loans unless the property underlying such Window Period
Loan is located in one of the five "window period states" identified below.
Due-on-sale clauses contained in mortgage loans originated by federal savings
and loan associations or federal savings banks are fully enforceable pursuant to
regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, successor to the Federal Home
Loan Bank Board, which preempt state law restrictions on the enforcement of
due-on-sale clauses.
With the expiration of the exemption for Window Period Loans on
October 15, 1985, due-on-sale clauses have become generally enforceable except
in those states whose legislatures exercised their authority to regulate the
enforceability of such clauses with respect to mortgage loans that were (i)
originated or assumed during the "window period", which ended in all cases not
later than October 15, 1982, and (ii) originated by lenders other than national
banks, federal savings institutions and federal credit unions. Freddie Mac,
formerly known as the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") has
taken the position in its published mortgage servicing standards that, out of a
total of eleven "window period states", five states (Arizona, Michigan,
Minnesota, New Mexico and Utah) have enacted statutes extending, on various
terms and for varying periods, the prohibition on enforcement of due-on-sale
clauses with respect to certain categories of Window Period Loans.
The inability to enforce a due-on-sale clause may result in a Mortgage
Loan bearing an interest rate below the current market rate being assumed by a
new home buyer rather than being paid off, which may have an impact upon the
average life of the Mortgage Loans and the number of Mortgage Loans which may be
outstanding until maturity.
MANUFACTURED HOMES. Generally, manufactured housing contracts contain
provisions prohibiting the sale or transfer of the related manufactured homes
without the consent of the obligee on the contract and permitting the
acceleration of the maturity of such contracts by the obligee on the contract
upon any such sale or transfer that is not consented to. Unless otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Servicer will, to the extent
it has knowledge of such conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause to
be exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of the related Contracts
through enforcement of due-on-sale clauses, subject to applicable state law. In
certain cases, the transfer may be made by a delinquent obligor in order to
avoid a repossession proceeding with respect to a Manufactured Home.
In the case of a transfer of a Manufactured Home as to which the
Servicer desires to accelerate the maturity of the related Contract, the
Servicer's ability to do so will depend on the enforceability under state law of
the due-on-sale clause. The Garn-St. Germain Act preempts, subject to certain
exceptions and conditions, state laws prohibiting enforcement of due-on-sale
clauses applicable to the Manufactured Homes. Consequently, in some cases the
Servicer may be prohibited from enforcing a due-on-sale clause in respect of
certain Manufactured Homes.
LEASES AND RENTS
Mortgages that encumber income-producing property often contain an
assignment of rents and leases and/or may be accompanied by a separate
assignment of rents and leases, pursuant to which the borrower assigns to the
lender the borrower's right, title and interest as landlord under each lease and
the income derived therefrom, while (unless rents are to be paid directly to the
lender) retaining a revocable license to collect the rents for so long as there
is no default. If the borrower defaults, the license terminates and the lender
is entitled to collect the rents. Local law may require that the lender take
possession of the property and/or obtain a court-appointed receiver before
becoming entitled to collect the rents. In addition, if bankruptcy or similar
proceedings are commenced by or in respect of the borrower, the lender's ability
to collect the rents may be adversely affected. In the event of borrower
default, the amount of rent the lender is able to collect from the tenants can
significantly affect the value of the lender's security interest.
41
<PAGE>
SUBORDINATE FINANCING
When the mortgagor encumbers mortgaged property with one or more
junior liens, the senior lender is subjected to additional risk. First, the
mortgagor may have difficulty servicing and repaying multiple loans. In
addition, if the junior loan permits recourse to the mortgagor (as junior loans
often do) and the senior loan does not, a mortgagor may be more likely to repay
sums due on the junior loan than those on the senior loan. Second, acts of the
senior lender that prejudice the junior lender or impair the junior lender's
security may create a superior equity in favor of the junior lender. For
example, if the mortgagor and the senior lender agree to an increase in the
principal amount of or the interest rate payable on the senior loan, the senior
lender may lose its priority to the extent an existing junior lender is harmed
or the mortgagor is additionally burdened. Third, if the mortgagor defaults on
the senior loan and/or any junior loan or loans, the existence of junior loans
and actions taken by junior lenders can impair the security available to the
senior lender and can interfere with or delay the taking of action by the senior
lender. Moreover, the bankruptcy of a junior lender may operate to stay
foreclosure or similar proceedings by the senior lender.
APPLICABILITY OF USURY LAWS
Title V of the Depository Institutions Deregulation and Monetary
Control Act of 1980, enacted in March 1980 ("Title V"), provides that state
usury limitations shall not apply to certain types of residential first mortgage
loans originated by certain lenders after March 31, 1980. A similar federal
statute was in effect with respect to mortgage loans made during the first three
months of 1980. The Office of Thrift Supervision is authorized to issue rules
and regulations and to publish interpretations governing implementation of Title
V. The statute authorized any state to reimpose interest rate limits by
adopting, before April 1, 1983, a law or constitutional provision which
expressly rejects application of the federal law. In addition, even where Title
V is not so rejected, any state is authorized by the law to adopt a provision
limiting discount points or other charges on mortgage loans covered by Title V.
Certain states have taken action to reimpose interest rate limits and/or to
limit discount points or other charges. Title V also provides that, subject to
conditions (among other things, governing the terms of any prepayments, late
charges and deferral fees and requiring a 30-day notice period prior to
instituting any action leading to repossession of or foreclosure with respect to
the related unit), state usury limitations shall not apply to any loan that is
secured by a first lien on certain kinds of manufactured housing. In any state
in which application of Title V was expressly rejected or a provision limiting
discount points or other charges has been adopted, no Contract which imposes
finance charges or provides for discount points or charges in excess of
permitted levels has been included in the Trust Fund.
In the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Depositor represents and
warrants that each Mortgage Loan was originated in compliance with applicable
state law, including usury laws, in all material respects.
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACTS
Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose substantial
requirements upon creditors involved in consumer finance. These laws include the
Federal Truth-in-Lending Act, Regulation "Z", the Equal Credit Opportunity Act,
Regulation "B", the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Real Estate Settlement
Procedures Act and related statutes. These laws can impose specific statutory
liabilities upon creditors who fail to comply with their provisions. In some
cases, this liability may affect an assignee's ability to enforce a contract. In
particular, failure to comply with certain requirements of the Federal
Truth-in-Lending Act, as implemented by Regulation Z, could result in obligors'
rescinding the contracts against either originators or assignees, and subject
both originators and assignees of such obligations to monetary penalties.
Contracts and other forms of mortgages often contain provisions
obligating the obligor to pay late charges if payments are not timely made. In
addition to limitations imposed by the FHA with respect to Title 1 Loans, in
certain cases, federal and state law may specifically limit the amount of late
charges that may be collected. Unless otherwise provided in the related
Prospectus Supplement, under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, late
charges will be retained by the Servicer as additional servicing compensation,
and any inability to collect these amounts will not affect payments to
Certificateholders.
Courts have imposed general equitable principles upon repossession and
litigation involving deficiency balances. These equitable principles are
generally designed to relieve a consumer from the legal consequences of a
default.
In several cases, consumers have asserted that the remedies provided
to secured parties under the UCC and related laws violate the due process
protections provided under the 14th Amendment to the Constitution of the United
States. For the most part, courts have upheld the notice provisions of the UCC
and related laws as reasonable or have found that the repossession and resale by
the creditor does not involve sufficient state action to afford constitutional
protection to consumers.
The so-called "Holder-in-Due-Course" Rule of the Federal Trade
Commission (the "FTC Rule") has the effect of subjecting a seller of goods and
certain related creditors and their assignees in a consumer credit transaction
to all claims and defenses which the debtor in the transaction could assert
against the seller of the goods. Liability under the FTC Rule is limited to the
amounts paid by the obligor under the contract, and the assignee of the contract
may also be unable to collect amounts still due thereunder. It is likely that
the majority of the Contracts in a Trust Fund will be subject to the
requirements of the FTC Rule. Accordingly, the Trust Fund, as assignee of the
Contracts, will be subject to any claims or defenses that the obligor under the
Contract may assert against the seller of goods, subject to a maximum liability
equal to the amounts paid by the obligor on the Contract.
ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION
Certain states impose a statutory lien for associated costs on
property that is the subject of a cleanup action by the state on account of
hazardous wastes or hazardous substances released or disposed of on the
property. Such a lien will generally have priority over all subsequent liens on
the property and, in certain of these states, will have priority over prior
recorded liens
42
<PAGE>
including the lien of a mortgage. In addition, under federal environmental
legislation and possibly under state law in a number of states, a secured party
which takes a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or acquires a mortgaged property at a
foreclosure sale or otherwise is deemed an "owner" or "operator" of the property
may be liable for the costs of cleaning up a contaminated site. Although such
costs could be substantial, it is unclear whether they would be imposed on a
secured lender (such as a Trust Fund).
FORMALDEHYDE LITIGATION WITH RESPECT TO MANUFACTURED HOME CONTRACTS
A number of lawsuits are pending in the United States alleging
personal injury from exposure to the chemical formaldehyde, which is present in
many building materials, including such components of manufactured housing as
plywood flooring and wall paneling. Some of these lawsuits are pending against
manufacturers of manufactured housing, suppliers of component parts and related
persons in the distribution process. The Depositor is aware of a limited number
of cases in which plaintiffs have won judgments in these lawsuits.
Under the FTC Rule, the holder of any Manufactured Home Contract
secured by a Manufactured Home with respect to which a formaldehyde claim has
been successfully asserted may be liable to the obligor for the amount paid by
the obligor on the related Manufactured Home Contract and may be unable to
collect amounts still due under the Manufactured Home Contract. In the event an
obligor is successful in asserting such a claim, the related Certificateholders
could suffer a loss if (i) the Depositor fails or cannot be required to
repurchase the affected Manufactured Home Contract for a breach of
representation and warranty and (ii) the Servicer or the Trustee were
unsuccessful in asserting any claim of contribution or subrogation on behalf of
the Certificateholders against the manufacturer or other persons who were
directly liable to the plaintiff for the damages. Typical products liability
insurance policies held by manufacturers and component suppliers of manufactured
homes may not cover liabilities arising from formaldehyde in manufactured
housing, with the result that recoveries from such manufacturers, suppliers or
other persons may be limited to their corporate assets without the benefit of
insurance.
SOLDIERS' AND SAILORS' CIVIL RELIEF ACT
Application of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940, as
amended (the "Relief Act"), would adversely affect, for an indeterminate period
of time, the ability of the Servicer to collect full amounts of interest on
certain of the Mortgage Loans. Any shortfall in interest collections resulting
from the application of the Relief Act or similar legislation, which would not
be recoverable from the related Mortgage Loans, would result in a reduction of
the amounts distributable to the holders of the Offered Certificates of any
series, but, as described in the related Prospectus Supplement, may be covered
by Credit Support. In addition, the Relief Act imposes limitations that would
impair the ability of the Servicer to foreclose on an affected Mortgage Loan or
enforce rights under a Contract during the Mortgagor's period of active duty
status, and, under certain circumstances, during an additional three month
period thereafter. Thus, in the event that the Relief Act or similar legislation
applies to any Mortgage Loan which goes into default there may be delays in
payment on the Certificates in connection therewith. Any other interest
shortfalls, deferrals or forgiveness of payments on the Mortgage Loans resulting
from similar legislation or regulations may result in delays in payments or
losses to Certificateholders in the event that the Credit Support, if any, has
been exhausted or is no longer in effect or does not cover such shortfall.
INSTALLMENT CONTRACTS
The Mortgage Pool may also consist of installment sales contracts.
Under an installment sales contract ("Installment Contract") the seller
(hereinafter referred to in this section as the "lender") retains legal title to
the property and enters into an agreement with the purchaser (hereinafter
referred to in this section as the "borrower") for the payment of the purchase
price, plus interest, over the term of such contract. Only after full
performance by the borrower of the Installment Contract is the lender obligated
to convey title to the property to the purchaser. As with mortgage or deed of
trust financing, during the effective period of the Installment Contract, the
borrower is generally responsible for maintaining the property in good condition
and for paying real estate taxes, assessments and hazard insurance premiums
associated with the property.
The method of enforcing the rights of the lender under an Installment
Contract varies on a state-by-state basis depending upon the extent to which
state courts are willing, or able pursuant to state statute, to enforce the
contract strictly according to its terms. The terms of Installment Contracts
generally provide that upon a default by the borrower, the borrower loses his or
her right to occupy the property, the entire indebtedness is accelerated and the
buyer's equitable interest in the property is forfeited. The lender in such a
situation is not required to foreclose in order to obtain title to the property,
although in some cases a quiet title action is pursued if the borrower has filed
the Installment Contract in local land records and an ejectment action may be
necessary to recover possession. In a few states, particularly in cases of
borrower default during the early years of an Installment Contract, the courts
will permit ejectment of the buyer and a forfeiture of his or her interest in
the property. However, most state legislatures have enacted provisions by
analogy to mortgage law protecting borrowers under Installment Contracts from
the harsh consequences of forfeiture. Under such statutes, a judicial or
nonjudicial foreclosure may be required, the lender may be required to give
notice of default and the borrower may be granted some grace period during which
the Installment Contract may be reinstated upon full payment of the defaulted
amount and the borrower may have a post-foreclosure statutory redemption right.
In other states, courts in equity may permit a borrower with significant
investment in the property under an Installment Contract for the sale of real
estate to share in the proceeds of sale of the property after the indebtedness
is repaid or may otherwise refuse to enforce the forfeiture clause.
Nevertheless, generally the lender's procedures for obtaining possession and
clear title under an Installment Contract in a given state are simpler and less
time consuming and costly than are the procedures for foreclosing and obtaining
clear title to a property subject to one or more liens.
43
<PAGE>
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
GENERAL
The following is a general discussion of the anticipated material
federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of
the Certificates offered hereunder. This discussion is directed solely to
Certificateholders that hold the Certificates as capital assets within the
meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") and it
does not purport to discuss all federal income tax consequences that may be
applicable to particular categories of investors, some of which (such as banks,
insurance companies and foreign investors) may be subject to special rules.
Further, the authorities on which this discussion, and the opinion referred to
below, are based are subject to change or differing interpretations, which could
apply retroactively. Taxpayers and preparers of tax returns (including those
filed by any REMIC or other issuer) should be aware that under applicable
Treasury regulations a provider of advice on specific issues of law is not
considered an income tax return preparer unless the advice (i) is given with
respect to events that have occurred at the time the advice is rendered and is
not given with respect to the consequences of contemplated actions, and (ii) is
directly relevant to the determination of an entry on a tax return. Accordingly,
taxpayers should consult their own tax advisors and tax return preparers
regarding the preparation of any item on a tax return, even where the
anticipated tax treatment has been discussed herein. In addition to the federal
income tax consequences described herein, potential investors should consider
the state and local tax consequences, if any, of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the Certificates. See "State and Other Tax Consequences".
Certificateholders are advised to consult their own tax advisors concerning the
federal, state, local or other tax consequences to them of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the Certificates offered hereunder.
The following discussion addresses certificates ("REMIC Certificates")
representing interests in a Trust Fund, or a portion thereof, which the Trustee
will covenant to elect to have treated as a real estate mortgage investment
conduit ("REMIC") under Sections 860A through 860G (the "REMIC Provisions") of
the Code. The Prospectus Supplement for each series of Certificates will
indicate whether a REMIC election (or elections) will be made for the related
Trust Fund and, if such an election is to be made, will identify all "regular
interests" and "residual interests" in the REMIC. If a REMIC election will not
be made for a Trust Fund, the federal income tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of the related Certificates will be set forth in the
related Prospectus Supplement. For purposes of this tax discussion, references
to a "Certificateholder" or a "holder" are to the beneficial owner of a
Certificate.
The following discussion is based in part upon the rules governing
original issue discount that are set forth in Sections 1271-1273 and 1275 of the
Code and in the Treasury regulations issued thereunder (the "OID Regulations"),
and in part upon the REMIC Provisions and the Treasury regulations issued
thereunder (the "REMIC Regulations"). The OID Regulations do not adequately
address certain issues relevant to, and in some instances provide that they are
not applicable to, securities such as the Certificates.
REMICs
CLASSIFICATION OF REMICs
Upon the issuance of each series of REMIC Certificates, Thacher
Proffitt & Wood, counsel to the Depositor, will deliver its opinion generally to
the effect that, assuming compliance with all provisions of the related Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the related Trust Fund (or each applicable portion
thereof) will qualify as a REMIC and the REMIC Certificates offered with respect
thereto will be considered to evidence ownership of "regular interests" ("REMIC
Regular Certificates") or "residual interests" ("REMIC Residual Certificates")
in that REMIC within the meaning of the REMIC Provisions.
If an entity electing to be treated as a REMIC fails to comply with
one or more of the ongoing requirements of the Code for such status during any
taxable year, the Code provides that the entity will not be treated as a REMIC
for such year and thereafter. In that event, such entity may be taxable as a
corporation under Treasury regulations, and the related REMIC Certificates may
not be accorded the status or given the tax treatment described below. Although
the Code authorizes the Treasury Department to issue regulations providing
relief in the event of an inadvertent termination of REMIC status, no such
regulations have been issued. Any such relief, moreover, may be accompanied by
sanctions, such as the imposition of a corporate tax on all or a portion of the
Trust Fund's income for the period in which the requirements for such status are
not satisfied. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to each REMIC
will include provisions designed to maintain the Trust Fund's status as a REMIC
under the REMIC Provisions. It is not anticipated that the status of any Trust
Fund as a REMIC will be terminated.
CHARACTERIZATION OF INVESTMENTS IN REMIC CERTIFICATES
In general, unless otherwise provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the REMIC Certificates will be "real estate assets" within the
meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code and assets described in Section
7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code in the same proportion that the assets of the REMIC
underlying such Certificates would be so treated. Moreover, if 95% or more of
the assets of the REMIC qualify for any of the foregoing treatments at all times
during a calendar year, the REMIC Certificates will qualify for the
corresponding status in their entirety for that calendar year. Interest
(including original issue discount) on the REMIC Regular Certificates and income
allocated to the class of REMIC Residual Certificates will be interest described
in Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code to the extent that such Certificates are
treated as "real estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of
the Code. In addition, the REMIC Regular Certificates will be "qualified
mortgages" within the meaning of Section 860G(a)(3) of the Code. The
determination as to the percentage of the REMIC's assets that constitute assets
described in the foregoing sections of the Code will be made with respect to
each calendar quarter based on the average adjusted basis of each category of
the assets held by the REMIC during such calendar quarter. The Servicer will
report those determinations to Certificateholders in the manner and at the times
required by applicable Treasury regulations.
44
<PAGE>
The assets of the REMIC will include, in addition to Mortgage Loans,
payments on Mortgage Loans held pending distribution on the REMIC Certificates
and property acquired by foreclosure held pending sale and may include amounts
in reserve accounts. It is unclear whether property acquired by foreclosure held
pending sale and amounts in reserve accounts would be considered to be part of
the Mortgage Loans, or whether such assets (to the extent not invested in assets
described in the foregoing sections) otherwise would receive the same treatment
as the Mortgage Loans for purposes of all of the foregoing sections. In
addition, in some instances the Mortgage Loans may not be treated entirely as
assets described in the foregoing sections. If so, the related Prospectus
Supplement will describe the Mortgage Loans that may not be so treated. The
REMIC Regulations do provide, however, that payments on Mortgage Loans held
pending distribution are considered part of the Mortgage Loans for purposes of
Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code. Furthermore, foreclosure property will qualify
as "real estate assets" under Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code.
TIERED REMIC STRUCTURES
For certain series of REMIC Certificates, two or more separate
elections may be made to treat designated portions of the related Trust Fund as
REMICs ("Tiered REMICs") for federal income tax purposes. Upon the issuance of
any such series of REMIC Certificates, Thacher Proffitt & Wood, counsel to the
Depositor, will deliver its opinion generally to the effect that, assuming
compliance with all provisions of the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
the Tiered REMICs will each qualify as a REMIC and the REMIC Certificates issued
by the Tiered REMICs, respectively, will be considered to evidence ownership of
REMIC Regular Certificates or REMIC Residual Certificates in the related REMIC
within the meaning of the REMIC Provisions.
Solely for purposes of determining whether the REMIC Certificates will
be "real estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code,
and "loans...secured by an interest in real property" under Section
7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code, and whether the income on such Certificates is
interest described in Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code, the Tiered REMICs will
be treated as one REMIC.
TAXATION OF OWNERS OF REMIC REGULAR CERTIFICATES
GENERAL
Except as otherwise stated in this discussion, REMIC Regular
Certificates will be treated for federal income tax purposes as debt instruments
issued by the REMIC and not as ownership interests in the REMIC or its assets.
Moreover, holders of REMIC Regular Certificates that otherwise report income
under a cash method of accounting will be required to report income with respect
to REMIC Regular Certificates under an accrual method.
ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT
Certain REMIC Regular Certificates may be issued with "original issue
discount" within the meaning of Section 1273(a) of the Code. Any holders of
REMIC Regular Certificates issued with original issue discount generally will be
required to include original issue discount in income as it accrues, in
accordance with the method described below, in advance of the receipt of the
cash attributable to such income. In addition, Section 1272(a)(6) of the Code
provides special rules applicable to REMIC Regular Certificates and certain
other debt instruments issued with original issue discount. Regulations have not
been issued under that section.
The Code requires that a prepayment assumption be used with respect to
Mortgage Loans held by a REMIC in computing the accrual of original issue
discount on REMIC Regular Certificates issued by that REMIC, and that
adjustments be made in the amount and rate of accrual of such discount to
reflect differences between the actual prepayment rate and the prepayment
assumption. The prepayment assumption is to be determined in a manner prescribed
in Treasury regulations; as noted above, those regulations have not been issued.
The Conference Committee Report accompanying the Tax Reform Act of 1986 (the
"Committee Report") indicates that the regulations will provide that the
prepayment assumption used with respect to a REMIC Regular Certificate must be
the same as that used in pricing the initial offering of such REMIC Regular
Certificate. The prepayment assumption (the "Prepayment Assumption") used in
reporting original issue discount for each series of REMIC Regular Certificates
will be consistent with this standard and will be disclosed in the related
Prospectus Supplement. However, neither the Depositor, the Servicer nor the
Trustee will make any representation that the Mortgage Loans will in fact prepay
at a rate conforming to the Prepayment Assumption or at any other rate.
The original issue discount, if any, on a REMIC Regular Certificate
will be the excess of its stated redemption price at maturity over its issue
price. The issue price of a particular class of REMIC Regular Certificates will
be the first cash price at which a substantial amount of REMIC Regular
Certificates of that class is sold (excluding sales to bond houses, brokers and
underwriters). If less than a substantial amount of a particular class of REMIC
Regular Certificates is sold for cash on or prior to the date of their initial
issuance (the "Closing Date"), the issue price for such class will be the fair
market value of such class on the Closing Date. Under the OID Regulations, the
stated redemption price of a REMIC Regular Certificate is equal to the total of
all payments to be made on such Certificate other than "qualified stated
interest". "Qualified stated interest" includes interest that is unconditionally
payable at least annually at a single fixed rate, or at a "qualified floating
rate", an "objective rate" a combination of a single fixed rate and one or more
"qualified floating rates" or one "qualified inverse floating rate", or a
combination of "qualified floating rates" or at an "objective rate" that does
not operate in a manner that accelerates or defers interest payments on such
REMIC Regular Certificate.
In the case of REMIC Regular Certificates bearing adjustable interest
rates, the determination of the total amount of original issue discount and the
timing of the inclusion thereof will vary according to the characteristics of
such REMIC Regular Certificates. If the original issue discount rules apply to
such Certificates, the related Prospectus Supplement will describe the
45
<PAGE>
manner in which such rules will be applied with respect to those Certificates in
preparing information returns to the Certificateholders and the Internal Revenue
Service (the "IRS").
Certain classes of the REMIC Regular Certificates may provide for the
first interest payment with respect to such Certificates to be made more than
one month after the date of issuance, a period which is longer than the
subsequent monthly intervals between interest payments. Assuming the "accrual
period" (as defined below) for original issue discount is each monthly period
that ends on a Distribution Date, in some cases, as a consequence of this "long
first accrual period", some or all interest payments may be required to be
included in the stated redemption price of the REMIC Regular Certificate and
accounted for as original issue discount. Because interest on REMIC Regular
Certificates must in any event be accounted for under an accrual method,
applying this analysis would result in only a slight difference in the timing of
the inclusion in income of the yield on the REMIC Regular Certificates.
In addition, if the accrued interest to be paid on the first
Distribution Date is computed with respect to a period that begins prior to the
Closing Date, a portion of the purchase price paid for a REMIC Regular
Certificate will reflect such accrued interest. In such cases, information
returns provided to the Certificateholders and the IRS will be based on the
position that the portion of the purchase price paid for the interest accrued
with respect to periods prior to the Closing Date is treated as part of the
overall cost of such REMIC Regular Certificate (and not as a separate asset the
cost of which is recovered entirely out of interest received on the next
Distribution Date) and that the portion of the interest paid on the first
Distribution Date in excess of interest accrued for a number of days
corresponding to the number of days from the Closing Date to the first
Distribution Date should be included in the stated redemption price of such
REMIC Regular Certificate. However, the OID Regulations state that all or some
portion of such accrued interest may be treated as a separate asset the cost of
which is recovered entirely out of interest paid on the first Distribution Date.
It is unclear how an election to do so would be made under the OID Regulations
and whether such an election could be made unilaterally by a Certificateholder.
Notwithstanding the general definition of original issue discount,
original issue discount on a REMIC Regular Certificate will be considered to be
de minimis if it is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price of the REMIC
Regular Certificate multiplied by its weighted average life. For this purpose,
the weighted average life of the REMIC Regular Certificate is computed as the
sum of the amounts determined, as to each payment included in the stated
redemption price of such REMIC Regular Certificate, by multiplying (i) the
number of complete years (rounding down for partial years) from the issue date
until such payment is expected to be made (presumably taking into account the
Prepayment Assumption) by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount
of the payment, and the denominator of which is the stated redemption price at
maturity of such REMIC Regular Certificate. Under the OID Regulations, original
issue discount of only a de minimis amount (other than de minimis original issue
discount attributable to a so-called "teaser" interest rate or an initial
interest holiday) will be included in income as each payment of stated principal
is made, based on the product of the total amount of such de minimis original
issue discount and a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of such
principal payment and the denominator of which is the outstanding stated
principal amount of the REMIC Regular Certificate. The OID Regulations also
would permit a Certificateholder to elect to accrue de minimis original issue
discount into income currently based on a constant yield method. See "--Taxation
of Owners of REMIC Regular Certificates--Market Discount" for a description of
such election under the OID Regulations.
If original issue discount on a REMIC Regular Certificate is in excess
of a de minimis amount, the holder of such Certificate must include in ordinary
gross income the sum of the "daily portions" of original issue discount for each
day during its taxable year on which it held such REMIC Regular Certificate,
including the purchase date but excluding the disposition date. In the case of
an original holder of a REMIC Regular Certificate, the daily portions of
original issue discount will be determined as follows.
As to each "accrual period," that is, unless otherwise stated in the
related Prospectus Supplement, each period that ends on a date that corresponds
to a Distribution Date and begins on the first day following the immediately
preceding accrual period (or in the case of the first such period, begins on the
Closing Date), a calculation will be made of the portion of the original issue
discount that accrued during such accrual period. The portion of original issue
discount that accrues in any accrual period will equal the excess, if any, of
(i) the sum of (A) the present value, as of the end of the accrual period, of
all of the distributions remaining to be made on the REMIC Regular Certificate,
if any, in future periods and (B) the distributions made on such REMIC Regular
Certificate during the accrual period of amounts included in the stated
redemption price, over (ii) the adjusted issue price of such REMIC Regular
Certificate at the beginning of the accrual period. The present value of the
remaining distributions referred to in the preceding sentence will be calculated
(i) assuming that distributions on the REMIC Regular Certificate will be
received in future periods based on the Mortgage Loans being prepaid at a rate
equal to the Prepayment Assumption and (ii) using a discount rate equal to the
original yield to maturity of the Certificate. For these purposes, the original
yield to maturity of the Certificate will be calculated based on its issue price
and assuming that distributions on the Certificate will be made in all accrual
periods based on the Mortgage Loans being prepaid at a rate equal to the
Prepayment Assumption. The adjusted issue price of a REMIC Regular Certificate
at the beginning of any accrual period will equal the issue price of such
Certificate, increased by the aggregate amount of original issue discount that
accrued with respect to such Certificate in prior accrual periods, and reduced
by the amount of any distributions made on such REMIC Regular Certificate in
prior accrual periods of amounts included in the stated redemption price. The
original issue discount accruing during any accrual period, computed as
described above, will be allocated ratably to each day during the accrual period
to determine the daily portion of original issue discount for such day.
A subsequent purchaser of a REMIC Regular Certificate that purchases
such Certificate at a cost (excluding any portion of such cost attributable to
accrued qualified stated interest) less than its remaining stated redemption
price will also be required to include in gross income the daily portions of any
original issue discount with respect to such Certificate. However, each such
daily portion will be reduced, if such cost is in excess of the REMIC Regular
Certificate's "adjusted issue price", in proportion to the ratio such excess
bears to the aggregate original issue discount remaining to be accrued on such
REMIC Regular Certificate. The adjusted issue price of a REMIC Regular
Certificate on any given day equals the sum of (i) the adjusted issue price (or,
in the case
46
<PAGE>
of the first accrual period, the issue price) of such Certificate at the
beginning of the accrual period which includes such day and (ii) the daily
portions of original issue discount for all days during such accrual period
prior to such day.
MARKET DISCOUNT
A Certificateholder that purchases a REMIC Regular Certificate at a
market discount, that is, in the case of a REMIC Regular Certificate issued
without original issue discount, at a purchase price less than its remaining
stated principal amount, or in the case of a REMIC Regular Certificate issued
with original issue discount, at a purchase price less than its adjusted issue
price will recognize gain upon receipt of each distribution representing stated
redemption price. In particular, under Section 1276 of the Code such a
Certificateholder generally will be required to allocate the portion of each
such distribution representing stated redemption price first to accrued market
discount not previously included in income, and to recognize ordinary income to
that extent. A Certificateholder may elect to include market discount in income
currently as it accrues rather than including it on a deferred basis in
accordance with the foregoing. If made, such election will apply to all market
discount bonds acquired by such Certificateholder on or after the first day of
the first taxable year to which such election applies. In addition, the OID
Regulations permit a Certificateholder to elect to accrue all interest, discount
(including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in income
as interest, based on a constant yield method. If such an election were made
with respect to a REMIC Regular Certificate with market discount, the
Certificateholder would be deemed to have made an election to include currently
market discount in income with respect to all other debt instruments having
market discount that such Certificateholder acquires during the taxable year of
the election or thereafter, and possibly previously acquired instruments.
Similarly, a Certificateholder that made this election for a Certificate that is
acquired at a premium would be deemed to have made an election to amortize bond
premium with respect to all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium
that such Certificateholder owns or acquires. See "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC
Regular Certificates--Premium" below. Each of these elections to accrue
interest, discount and premium with respect to a Certificate on a constant yield
method or as interest may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS.
However, market discount with respect to a REMIC Regular Certificate
will be considered to be de minimis for purposes of Section 1276 of the Code if
such market discount is less than 0.25% of the remaining stated redemption price
of such REMIC Regular Certificate multiplied by the number of complete years to
maturity remaining after the date of its purchase. In interpreting a similar
rule with respect to original issue discount on obligations payable in
installments, the OID Regulations refer to the weighted average maturity of
obligations, and it is likely that the same rule will be applied with respect to
market discount, presumably taking into account the Prepayment Assumption. If
market discount is treated as de minimis under this rule, it appears that the
actual discount would be treated in a manner similar to original issue discount
of a de minimis amount. See "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates--Original Issue Discount" above. Such treatment would result in
discount being included in income at a slower rate than discount would be
required to be included in income using the method described above.
Section 1276(b)(3) of the Code specifically authorizes the Treasury
Department to issue regulations providing for the method for accruing market
discount on debt instruments, the principal of which is payable in more than one
installment. Until regulations are issued by the Treasury Department, certain
rules described in the Committee Report apply. The Committee Report indicates
that in each accrual period market discount on REMIC Regular Certificates should
accrue, at the Certificateholder's option: (i) on the basis of a constant yield
method, (ii) in the case of a REMIC Regular Certificate issued without original
issue discount, in an amount that bears the same ratio to the total remaining
market discount as the stated interest paid in the accrual period bears to the
total amount of stated interest remaining to be paid on the REMIC Regular
Certificate as of the beginning of the accrual period, or (iii) in the case of a
REMIC Regular Certificate issued with original issue discount, in an amount that
bears the same ratio to the total remaining market discount as the original
issue discount accrued in the accrual period bears to the total original issue
discount remaining on the REMIC Regular Certificate at the beginning of the
accrual period. Moreover, the Prepayment Assumption used in calculating the
accrual of original issue discount is also used in calculating the accrual of
market discount. Because the regulations referred to in this paragraph have not
been issued, it is not possible to predict what effect such regulations might
have on the tax treatment of a REMIC Regular Certificate purchased at a discount
in the secondary market.
To the extent that REMIC Regular Certificates provide for monthly or
other periodic distributions throughout their term, the effect of these rules
may be to require market discount to be includible in income at a rate that is
not significantly slower than the rate at which such discount would accrue if it
were original issue discount. Moreover, in any event a holder of a REMIC Regular
Certificate generally will be required to treat a portion of any gain on the
sale or exchange of such Certificate as ordinary income to the extent of the
market discount accrued to the date of disposition under one of the foregoing
methods, less any accrued market discount previously reported as ordinary
income.
Further, under Section 1277 of the Code a holder of a REMIC Regular
Certificate may be required to defer a portion of its interest deductions for
the taxable year attributable to any indebtedness incurred or continued to
purchase or carry a REMIC Regular Certificate purchased with market discount.
For these purposes, the de minimis rule referred to above applies. Any such
deferred interest expense would not exceed the market discount that accrues
during such taxable year and is, in general, allowed as a deduction not later
than the year in which such market discount is includible in income. If such
holder elects to include market discount in income currently as it accrues on
all market discount instruments acquired by such holder in that taxable year or
thereafter, the interest deferral rule described above will not apply.
PREMIUM
A REMIC Regular Certificate purchased at a cost (excluding any portion
of such cost attributable to accrued qualified stated interest) greater than its
remaining stated redemption price will be considered to be purchased at a
premium. The holder of such a REMIC Regular Certificate may elect under Section
171 of the Code to amortize such premium under the constant yield method over
the life of the Certificate. If made, such an election will apply to all debt
instruments having amortizable bond premium that the holder owns or subsequently
acquires. Amortizable premium will be treated as an offset to interest income on
the related debt instrument, rather than as a separate interest deduction. The
OID Regulations also permit Certificateholders to elect to
47
<PAGE>
include all interest, discount and premium in income based on a constant yield
method, further treating the Certificateholder as having made the election to
amortize premium generally. See "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates--Market Discount" above. The Committee Report states that the same
rules that apply to accrual of market discount (which rules will require use of
a Prepayment Assumption in accruing market discount with respect to REMIC
Regular Certificates without regard to whether such Certificates have original
issue discount) will also apply in amortizing bond premium under Section 171 of
the Code.
REALIZED LOSSES
Under Section 166 of the Code, both corporate holders of the REMIC
Regular Certificates and noncorporate holders of the REMIC Regular Certificates
that acquire such Certificates in connection with a trade or business should be
allowed to deduct, as ordinary losses, any losses sustained during a taxable
year in which their Certificates become wholly or partially worthless as the
result of one or more realized losses on the Mortgage Loans. However, it appears
that a noncorporate holder that does not acquire a REMIC Regular Certificate in
connection with a trade or business will not be entitled to deduct a loss under
Section 166 of the Code until such holder's Certificate becomes wholly worthless
(i.e., until its outstanding principal balance has been reduced to zero) and
that the loss will be characterized as a short-term capital loss.
Each holder of a REMIC Regular Certificate will be required to accrue
interest and original issue discount with respect to such Certificate, without
giving effect to any reductions in distributions attributable to defaults or
delinquencies on the Mortgage Loans or the underlying Certificates until it can
be established that any such reduction ultimately will not be recoverable. As a
result, the amount of taxable income reported in any period by the holder of a
REMIC Regular Certificate could exceed the amount of economic income actually
realized by the holder in such period. Although the holder of a REMIC Regular
Certificate eventually will recognize a loss or reduction in income attributable
to previously accrued and included income that as the result of a realized loss
ultimately will not be realized, the law is unclear with respect to the timing
and character of such loss or reduction in income.
TAXATION OF OWNERS OF REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES
GENERAL
As residual interests, the REMIC Residual Certificates will be subject
to tax rules that differ significantly from those that would apply if the REMIC
Residual Certificates were treated for federal income tax purposes as direct
ownership interests in the Mortgage Loans or as debt instruments issued by the
REMIC.
A holder of a REMIC Residual Certificate generally will be required to
report its daily portion of the taxable income or, subject to the limitations
noted in this discussion, the net loss of the REMIC for each day during a
calendar quarter that such holder owned such REMIC Residual Certificate. For
this purpose, the taxable income or net loss of the REMIC will be allocated to
each day in the calendar quarter ratably using a "30 days per month/90 days per
quarter/360 days per year" convention unless otherwise disclosed in the related
Prospectus Supplement. The daily amounts so allocated will then be allocated
among the REMIC Residual Certificateholders in proportion to their respective
ownership interests on such day. Any amount included in the gross income of or
allowed as a loss to any REMIC Residual Certificateholder by virtue of this
paragraph will be treated as ordinary income or loss. The taxable income of the
REMIC will be determined under the rules described below in "--Taxable Income of
the REMIC" and will be taxable to the REMIC Residual Certificateholders without
regard to the timing or amount of cash distributions by the REMIC. Ordinary
income derived from REMIC Residual Certificates will be "portfolio income" for
purposes of the taxation of taxpayers subject to limitations under Section 469
of the Code on the deductibility of "passive losses."
A holder of a REMIC Residual Certificate that purchased such
Certificate from a prior holder of such Certificate also will be required to
report on its federal income tax return amounts representing its daily share of
the taxable income (or net loss) of the REMIC for each day that it holds such
REMIC Residual Certificate. Those daily amounts generally will equal the amounts
of taxable income or net loss determined as described above. The Committee
Report indicates that certain modifications of the general rules may be made, by
regulations, legislation or otherwise to reduce (or increase) the income of a
REMIC Residual Certificateholder that purchased such REMIC Residual Certificate
from a prior holder of such Certificate at a price greater than (or less than)
the adjusted basis (as defined below) such REMIC Residual Certificate would have
had in the hands of an original holder of such Certificate. The REMIC
Regulations, however, do not provide for any such modifications.
Any payments received by a holder of a REMIC Residual Certificate in
connection with the acquisition of such REMIC Residual Certificate will be taken
into account in determining the income of such holder for federal income tax
purposes. Although it appears likely that any such payment would be includible
in income immediately upon its receipt, the IRS might assert that such payment
should be included in income over time according to an amortization schedule or
according to some other method. Because of the uncertainty concerning the
treatment of such payments, holders of REMIC Residual Certificates should
consult their tax advisors concerning the treatment of such payments for income
tax purposes.
The amount of income REMIC Residual Certificateholders will be
required to report (or the tax liability associated with such income) may exceed
the amount of cash distributions received from the REMIC for the corresponding
period. Consequently, REMIC Residual Certificateholders should have other
sources of funds sufficient to pay any federal income taxes due as a result of
their ownership of REMIC Residual Certificates or unrelated deductions against
which income may be offset, subject to the rules relating to "excess inclusions"
and "noneconomic" residual interests discussed below. The fact that the tax
liability associated with the income allocated to REMIC Residual
Certificateholders may exceed the cash distributions received by such REMIC
Residual Certificateholders for the corresponding period may significantly
adversely affect such REMIC Residual Certificateholders' after-tax rate of
return and may cause such after-tax rate of return to be negative.
48
<PAGE>
TAXABLE INCOME OF THE REMIC
The taxable income of the REMIC will equal the income from the
Mortgage Loans and other assets of the REMIC plus any cancellation of
indebtedness income due to the allocation of realized losses to REMIC Regular
Certificates, less the deductions allowed to the REMIC for interest (including
original issue discount and reduced by any premium on issuance) on the REMIC
Regular Certificates (and any other class of REMIC Certificates constituting
"regular interests" in the REMIC not offered hereby), amortization of any
premium on the Mortgage Loans, bad debt losses with respect to the Mortgage
Loans and, except as described below, servicing, administrative and other
expenses.
For purposes of determining its taxable income, the REMIC will have an
initial aggregate basis in its assets equal to the sum of the issue prices of
all REMIC Certificates (or, if a class of REMIC Certificates is not sold
initially, their fair market values). Such aggregate basis will be allocated
among the Mortgage Loans and the other assets of the REMIC in proportion to
their respective fair market values. The issue price of any REMIC Certificates
offered hereby will be determined in the manner described above under
"--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular Certificates--Original Issue Discount."
The issue price of a REMIC Certificate received in exchange for an interest in
the Mortgage Loans or other property will equal the fair market value of such
interests in the Mortgage Loans or other property. Accordingly, if one or more
classes of REMIC Certificates are retained initially rather than sold, the
Trustee may be required to estimate the fair market value of such interests in
order to determine the basis of the REMIC in the Mortgage Loans and other
property held by the REMIC.
Subject to possible application of the de minimis rules, the method of
accrual by the REMIC of original issue discount income and market discount
income with respect to Mortgage Loans that it holds will be equivalent to the
method for accruing original issue discount income for holders of REMIC Regular
Certificates (that is, under the constant yield method taking into account the
Prepayment Assumption). However, a REMIC that acquires loans at a market
discount must include such market discount in income currently, as it accrues,
on a constant yield basis. See "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates" above, which describes a method for accruing such discount income
that is analogous to that required to be used by a REMIC as to Mortgage Loans
with market discount that it holds.
A Mortgage Loan will be deemed to have been acquired with discount (or
premium) to the extent that the REMIC's basis therein, determined as described
above, is less than (or greater than) its stated redemption price. Any such
discount will be includible in the income of the REMIC as it accrues, in advance
of receipt of the cash attributable to such income, under a method similar to
the method described above for accruing original issue discount on the REMIC
Regular Certificates. It is anticipated that each REMIC will elect under Section
171 of the Code to amortize any premium on the Mortgage Loans. Premium on any
Mortgage Loan to which such election applies may be amortized under a constant
yield method, presumably taking into account a Prepayment Assumption. Further,
such an election would not apply to any Mortgage Loan originated on or before
September 27, 1985. Instead, premium on such a Mortgage Loan should be allocated
among the principal payments thereon and be deductible by the REMIC as those
payments become due or upon the prepayment of such Mortgage Loan.
A REMIC will be allowed deductions for interest (including original
issue discount) on the REMIC Regular Certificates (including any other class of
REMIC Certificates constituting "regular interests" in the REMIC not offered
hereby) equal to the deductions that would be allowed if the REMIC Regular
Certificates (including any other class of REMIC Certificates constituting
"regular interests" in the REMIC not offered hereby) were indebtedness of the
REMIC. Original issue discount will be considered to accrue for this purpose as
described above under "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates--Original Issue Discount," except that the de minimis rule and the
adjustments for subsequent holders of REMIC Regular Certificates (including any
other class of REMIC Certificates constituting "regular interests" in the REMIC
not offered hereby) described therein will not apply.
If a class of REMIC Regular Certificates is issued at a price in
excess of the stated redemption price of such class (such excess "Issue
Premium"), the net amount of interest deductions that are allowed the REMIC in
each taxable year with respect to the REMIC Regular Certificates of such class
will be reduced by an amount equal to the portion of the Issue Premium that is
considered to be amortized or repaid in that year. Although the matter is not
entirely certain, it is likely that Issue Premium would be amortized under a
constant yield method in a manner analogous to the method of accruing original
issue discount described above under "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates--Original Issue Discount."
As a general rule, the taxable income of the REMIC will be determined
in the same manner as if the REMIC were an individual having the calendar year
as its taxable year and using the accrual method of accounting. However, no item
of income, gain, loss or deduction allocable to a prohibited transaction will be
taken into account. See "--Prohibited Transactions and Other Possible REMIC
Taxes" below. Further, the limitation on miscellaneous itemized deductions
imposed on individuals by Section 67 of the Code (which allows such deductions
only to the extent they exceed in the aggregate two percent of the taxpayer's
adjusted gross income) will not be applied at the REMIC level so that the REMIC
will be allowed deductions for servicing, administrative and other non-interest
expenses in determining its taxable income. All such expenses will be allocated
as a separate item to the holders of REMIC Certificates, subject to the
limitation of Section 67 of the Code. See "--Possible Pass-Through of
Miscellaneous Itemized Deductions" below. If the deductions allowed to the REMIC
exceed its gross income for a calendar quarter, such excess will be the net loss
for the REMIC for that calendar quarter.
BASIS RULES, NET LOSSES AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The adjusted basis of a REMIC Residual Certificate will be equal to
the amount paid for such REMIC Residual Certificate, increased by amounts
included in the income of the REMIC Residual Certificateholder and decreased
(but not below zero) by distributions made, and by net losses allocated, to such
REMIC Residual Certificateholder.
49
<PAGE>
A REMIC Residual Certificateholder is not allowed to take into account
any net loss for any calendar quarter to the extent such net loss exceeds such
REMIC Residual Certificateholder's adjusted basis in its REMIC Residual
Certificate as of the close of such calendar quarter (determined without regard
to such net loss). Any loss that is not currently deductible by reason of this
limitation may be carried forward indefinitely to future calendar quarters and,
subject to the same limitation, may be used only to offset income from the REMIC
Residual Certificate. The ability of REMIC Residual Certificateholders to deduct
net losses may be subject to additional limitations under the Code, as to which
REMIC Residual Certificateholders should consult their tax advisors.
Any distribution on a REMIC Residual Certificate will be treated as a
non-taxable return of capital to the extent it does not exceed the holder's
adjusted basis in such REMIC Residual Certificate. To the extent a distribution
on a REMIC Residual Certificate exceeds such adjusted basis, it will be treated
as gain from the sale of such REMIC Residual Certificate. Holders of certain
REMIC Residual Certificates may be entitled to distributions early in the term
of the related REMIC under circumstances in which their bases in such REMIC
Residual Certificates will not be sufficiently large that such distributions
will be treated as nontaxable returns of capital. Their bases in such REMIC
Residual Certificates will initially equal the amount paid for such REMIC
Residual Certificates and will be increased by their allocable shares of the
taxable income of the REMIC. However, such bases increases may not occur until
the end of the calendar quarter, or perhaps the end of the calendar year, with
respect to which such REMIC taxable income is allocated to the REMIC Residual
Certificateholders. To the extent such REMIC Residual Certificateholders'
initial bases are less than the distributions to such REMIC Residual
Certificateholders, and increases in such initial bases either occur after such
distributions or (together with their initial bases) are less than the amount of
such distributions, gain will be recognized to such REMIC Residual
Certificateholders on such distributions and will be treated as gain from the
sale of their REMIC Residual Certificates.
The effect of these rules is that a REMIC Residual Certificateholder
may not amortize its basis in a REMIC Residual Certificate, but may only recover
its basis through distributions, through the deduction of any net losses of the
REMIC or upon the sale of its REMIC Residual Certificate. See "Sales of REMIC
Certificates" below. For a discussion of possible modifications of these rules
that may require adjustments to income of a holder of a REMIC Residual
Certificate other than an original holder in order to reflect any difference
between the cost of such REMIC Residual Certificate to such REMIC Residual
Certificateholder and the adjusted basis such REMIC Residual Certificate would
have had in the hands of an original holder, see "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC
Residual Certificates--General" above.
EXCESS INCLUSIONS
Any "excess inclusions" with respect to a REMIC Residual Certificate
will be subject to federal income tax in all events.
In general, the "excess inclusions" with respect to a REMIC Residual
Certificate for any calendar quarter will be the excess, if any, of (i) the sum
of the daily portions of REMIC taxable income allocable to such REMIC Residual
Certificate over (ii) the sum of the "daily accruals" (as defined below) for
each day during such quarter that such REMIC Residual Certificate was held by
such REMIC Residual Certificateholder. The daily accruals of a REMIC Residual
Certificateholder will be determined by allocating to each day during a calendar
quarter its ratable portion of the product of the "adjusted issue price" of the
REMIC Residual Certificate at the beginning of the calendar quarter and 120% of
the "long term Federal rate" in effect on the Closing Date. For this purpose,
the adjusted issue price of a REMIC Residual Certificate as of the beginning of
any calendar quarter will be equal to the issue price of the REMIC Residual
Certificate, increased by the sum of the daily accruals for all prior quarters
and decreased (but not below zero) by any distributions made with respect to
such REMIC Residual Certificate before the beginning of such quarter. The issue
price of a REMIC Residual Certificate is the initial offering price to the
public (excluding bond houses and brokers) at which a substantial amount of the
REMIC Residual Certificates were sold. The "long-term Federal rate" is an
average of current yields on Treasury securities with a remaining term of
greater than nine years, computed and published monthly by the IRS.
For REMIC Residual Certificateholders, excess inclusions (i) will not
be permitted to be offset by deductions, losses or loss carryovers from other
activities, (ii) will be treated as "unrelated business taxable income" to an
otherwise tax-exempt organization and (iii) will not be eligible for any rate
reduction or exemption under any applicable tax treaty with respect to the 30%
United States withholding tax imposed on distributions to REMIC Residual
Certificateholders that are foreign investors. See, however, "--Foreign
Investors in REMIC Certificates" below. Furthermore, for purposes of the
alternative minimum tax, (i) excess inclusions will not be permitted to be
offset by the alternative tax net operating loss deduction and (ii) alternative
minimum taxable income may not be less than the taxpayer's excess inclusions.
The latter rule has the effect of preventing nonrefundable tax credits from
reducing the taxpayer's income tax to an amount lower than the alternative
minimum tax on excess inclusions.
In the case of any REMIC Residual Certificates held by a real estate
investment trust, the aggregate excess inclusions with respect to such REMIC
Residual Certificates, reduced (but not below zero) by the real estate
investment trust taxable income (within the meaning of Section 857(b)(2) of the
Code, excluding any net capital gain), will be allocated among the shareholders
of such trust in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders from
such trust, and any amount so allocated will be treated as an excess inclusion
with respect to a REMIC Residual Certificate as if held directly by such
shareholder. Treasury regulations yet to be issued could apply a similar rule to
regulated investment companies, common trust funds and certain cooperatives; the
REMIC Regulations currently do not address this subject.
NONECONOMIC REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES
Under the REMIC Regulations, transfers of "noneconomic" REMIC Residual
Certificates will be disregarded for all federal income tax purposes if "a
significant purpose of the transfer was to enable the transferor to impede the
assessment or collection of tax". If such transfer is disregarded, the purported
transferor will continue to remain liable for any taxes due with respect to the
income on such "noneconomic" REMIC Residual Certificate. The REMIC Regulations
provide that a REMIC Residual Certificate is noneconomic unless, based on the
Prepayment Assumption and on any required or permitted clean up calls,
50
<PAGE>
or required qualified liquidation provided for in the REMIC's organizational
documents, (1) the present value of the expected future distributions
(discounted using the "applicable Federal rate" for obligations whose term ends
on the close of the last quarter in which excess inclusions are expected to
accrue with respect to the REMIC Residual Certificate, which rate is computed
and published monthly by the IRS) on the REMIC Residual Certificate equals at
least the present value of the expected tax on the anticipated excess
inclusions, and (2) the transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will
receive distributions with respect to the REMIC Residual Certificate at or after
the time the taxes accrue on the anticipated excess inclusions in an amount
sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes. Accordingly, all transfers of REMIC
Residual Certificates that may constitute "noneconomic" residual interests will
be subject to certain restrictions under the terms of the related Pooling and
Servicing Agreement that are intended to reduce the possibility of any such
transfer being disregarded. Such restrictions will require each party to a
transfer to provide an affidavit that no purpose of such transfer is to impede
the assessment or collection of tax, including certain representations as to the
financial condition of the prospective transferee, as to which the transferor is
also required to make a reasonable investigation to determine such transferee's
historic payment of its debts and ability to continue to pay its debts as they
come due in the future. Prior to purchasing a REMIC Residual Certificate,
prospective purchasers should consider the possibility that a purported transfer
of such REMIC Residual Certificate by such a purchaser to another purchaser at
some future date may be disregarded in accordance with the above-described rules
which would result in the retention of tax liability by such purchaser.
The related Prospectus Supplement will disclose whether offered REMIC
Residual Certificates may be considered "noneconomic" residual interests under
the REMIC Regulations; provided, however, that any disclosure that a REMIC
Residual Certificate will not be considered "noneconomic" will be based upon
certain assumptions, and the Depositor will make no representation that a REMIC
Residual Certificate will not be considered "noneconomic" for purposes of the
above-described rules. See "--Foreign Investors in REMIC Certificates--REMIC
Residual Certificates" below for additional restrictions applicable to transfers
of certain REMIC Residual Certificates to foreign persons.
MARK-TO-MARKET RULES
On December 24, 1996, the IRS released final regulations (the
"Mark-to-Market Regulations") relating to the requirement that a securities
dealer mark to market securities held for sale to customers. This mark-to-market
requirement applies to all securities owned by a dealer, except to the extent
that the dealer has specifically identified a security as held for investment.
The Mark-to-Market Regulations provide that for purposes of this mark-to-market
requirement, a REMIC Residual Certificate acquired on or after January 4, 1995
is not treated as a security and thus may not be marked to market. Prospective
purchasers of a REMIC Residual Certificate should consult their tax advisors
regarding the possible application of the mark-to-market requirement to REMIC
Residual Certificates.
POSSIBLE PASS-THROUGH OF MISCELLANEOUS ITEMIZED DEDUCTIONS
Fees and expenses of a REMIC generally will be allocated to the
holders of the related REMIC Residual Certificates. The applicable Treasury
regulations indicate, however, that in the case of a REMIC that is similar to a
single class grantor trust, all or a portion of such fees and expenses should be
allocated to the holders of the related REMIC Regular Certificates. Unless
otherwise stated in the related Prospectus Supplement, such fees and expenses
will be allocated to holders of the related REMIC Residual Certificates in their
entirety and not to the holders of the related REMIC Regular Certificates.
With respect to REMIC Residual Certificates or REMIC Regular
Certificates the holders of which receive an allocation of fees and expenses in
accordance with the preceding discussion, if any holder thereof is an
individual, estate or trust, or a "pass-through entity" beneficially owned by
one or more individuals, estates or trusts, (i) an amount equal to such
individual's, estate's or trust's share of such fees and expenses will be added
to the gross income of such holder and (ii) such individual's, estate's or
trust's share of such fees and expenses will be treated as a miscellaneous
itemized deduction allowable subject to the limitation of Section 67 of the
Code, which permits such deductions only to the extent they exceed in the
aggregate two percent of a taxpayer's adjusted gross income. In addition,
Section 68 of the Code provides that the amount of itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for an individual whose adjusted gross income exceeds a specified
amount will be reduced by the lesser of (i) 3% of the excess of the individual's
adjusted gross income over such amount or (ii) 80% of the amount of itemized
deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year. The amount of additional
taxable income reportable by REMIC Certificateholders that are subject to the
limitations of either Section 67 or Section 68 of the Code may be substantial.
Furthermore, in determining the alternative minimum taxable income of such a
holder of a REMIC Certificate that is an individual, estate or trust, or a
"pass-through entity" beneficially owned by one or more individuals, estates or
trusts, no deduction will be allowed for such holder's allocable portion of
Servicing Fees and other miscellaneous itemized deductions of the REMIC, even
though an amount equal to the amount of such fees and other deductions will be
included in such holder's gross income. Accordingly, such REMIC Certificates may
not be appropriate investments for individuals, estates, or trusts, or
pass-through entities beneficially owned by one or more individuals, estates or
trusts. Such prospective investors should carefully consult with their own tax
advisors prior to making an investment in such Certificates.
SALES OF REMIC CERTIFICATES
If a REMIC Certificate is sold, the selling Certificateholder will
recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on
the sale and its adjusted basis in the REMIC Certificate. The adjusted basis of
a REMIC Regular Certificate generally will equal the cost of such REMIC Regular
Certificate to such Certificateholder, increased by income reported by such
Certificateholder with respect to such REMIC Regular Certificate (including
original issue discount and market discount income) and reduced (but not below
zero) by distributions on such REMIC Regular Certificate received by such
Certificateholder and by any amortized premium. The adjusted basis of a REMIC
Residual Certificate will be determined as described under "--Taxation of Owners
of REMIC Residual Certificates--Basis Rules, Net Losses and Distributions."
Except as provided below, any such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss,
provided such REMIC Certificate is held as a capital asset (generally, property
held for investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code.
51
<PAGE>
Gain from the sale of a REMIC Regular Certificate that might otherwise
be capital gain will be treated as ordinary income to the extent such gain does
not exceed the excess, if any, of (i) the amount that would have been includible
in the seller's income with respect to such REMIC Regular Certificate assuming
that income had accrued thereon at a rate equal to 110% of the "applicable
Federal rate" (generally, a rate based on an average of current yields on
Treasury securities having a maturity comparable to that of the Certificate
based on the application of the Prepayment Assumption to such Certificate, which
rate is computed and published monthly by the IRS), determined as of the date of
purchase of such REMIC Regular Certificate, over (ii) the amount of ordinary
income actually includible in the seller's income prior to such sale. In
addition, gain recognized on the sale of a REMIC Regular Certificate by a seller
who purchased such REMIC Regular Certificate at a market discount will be
taxable as ordinary income in an amount not exceeding the portion of such
discount that accrued during the period such REMIC Certificate was held by such
holder, reduced by any market discount included in income under the rules
described above under "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates--Market Discount" and "--Premium."
REMIC Certificates will be "evidences of indebtedness" within the
meaning of Section 582(c)(1) of the Code, so that gain or loss recognized from
the sale of a REMIC Certificate by a bank or thrift institution to which such
section applies will be ordinary income or loss.
A portion of any gain from the sale of a REMIC Regular Certificate
that might otherwise be capital gain may be treated as ordinary income to the
extent that such Certificate is held as part of a "conversion transaction"
within the meaning of Section 1258 of the Code. A conversion transaction
generally is one in which the taxpayer has taken two or more positions in the
same or similar property that reduce or eliminate market risk, if substantially
all of the taxpayer's return is attributable to the time value of the taxpayer's
net investment in such transaction. The amount of gain so realized in a
conversion transaction that is recharacterized as ordinary income generally will
not exceed the amount of interest that would have accrued on the taxpayer's net
investment at 120% of the appropriate "applicable Federal rate" (which rate is
computed and published monthly by the IRS) at the time the taxpayer enters into
the conversion transaction, subject to appropriate reduction for prior inclusion
of interest and other ordinary income items from the transaction.
Finally, a taxpayer may elect to have net capital gain taxed at
ordinary income rates rather than capital gains rates in order to include such
net capital gain in total net investment income for the taxable year, for
purposes of the rule that limits the deduction of interest on indebtedness
incurred to purchase or carry property held for investment to a taxpayer's net
investment income.
Except as may be provided in Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if
the seller of a REMIC Residual Certificate reacquires a REMIC Residual
Certificate, or acquires any other residual interest in a REMIC or any similar
interest in a "taxable mortgage pool" (as defined in Section 7701(i) of the
Code) during the period beginning six months before, and ending six months
after, the date of such sale, such sale will be subject to the "wash sale" rules
of Section 1091 of the Code. In that event, any loss realized by the REMIC
Residual Certificateholder on the sale will not be deductible, but instead will
be added to such REMIC Residual Certificateholder's adjusted basis in the
newly-acquired asset.
PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS AND OTHER POSSIBLE REMIC TAXES
The Code imposes a tax on REMICs equal to 100% of the net income
derived from "prohibited transactions" (a "Prohibited Transactions Tax"). In
general, subject to certain specified exceptions, a prohibited transaction means
the disposition of a Mortgage Loan, the receipt of income from a source other
than a Mortgage Loan or certain other permitted investments, the receipt of
compensation for services, or gain from the disposition of an asset purchased
with the payments on the Mortgage Loans for temporary investment pending
distribution on the REMIC Certificates. It is not anticipated that the REMIC
will engage in any prohibited transactions in which it would recognize a
material amount of net income.
In addition, certain contributions to a REMIC made after the day on
which the REMIC issues all of its interests could result in the imposition of a
tax on the REMIC equal to 100% of the value of the contributed property (a
"Contributions Tax"). Each Pooling and Servicing Agreement will include
provisions designed to prevent the acceptance of any contributions that would be
subject to such tax.
REMICs also are subject to federal income tax at the highest corporate
rate on "net income from foreclosure property", determined by reference to the
rules applicable to real estate investment trusts. "Net income from foreclosure
property" generally means gain from the sale of a foreclosure property that is
inventory property and gross income from foreclosure property other than
qualifying rents and other qualifying income for a real estate investment trust.
Unless otherwise disclosed in the related Prospectus Supplement, it is not
anticipated that any REMIC will recognize "net income from foreclosure property"
subject to federal income tax.
Unless otherwise disclosed in the related Prospectus Supplement, it is
not anticipated that any material state or local income or franchise tax will be
imposed on any REMIC.
Unless otherwise stated in the related Prospectus Supplement, and to
the extent permitted by then applicable laws, any Prohibited Transactions Tax,
Contributions Tax, tax on net income from foreclosure property or state or local
income or franchise tax that may be imposed on the REMIC will be borne by the
related Servicer or the Trustee in either case out of its own funds, provided
that the Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, has sufficient assets to
do so, and provided further that such tax arises out of a breach of the
Servicer's or the Trustee's obligations, as the case may be, under the related
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in respect of compliance with applicable
laws and regulations. Any such tax not borne by the Servicer or the Trustee will
be charged against the related Trust Fund resulting in a reduction in amounts
payable to holders of the related REMIC Certificates.
52
<PAGE>
TAX AND RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERS OF REMIC RESIDUAL CERTIFICATES TO CERTAIN
ORGANIZATIONS
If a REMIC Residual Certificate is transferred to a "disqualified
organization" (as defined below), a tax would be imposed in an amount
(determined under the REMIC Regulations) equal to the product of (i) the present
value (discounted using the "applicable Federal rate" for obligations whose term
ends on the close of the last quarter in which excess inclusions are expected to
accrue with respect to the REMIC Residual Certificate, which rate is computed
and published monthly by the IRS) of the total anticipated excess inclusions
with respect to such REMIC Residual Certificate for periods after the transfer
and (ii) the highest marginal federal income tax rate applicable to
corporations. The anticipated excess inclusions must be determined as of the
date that the REMIC Residual Certificate is transferred and must be based on
events that have occurred up to the time of such transfer, the Prepayment
Assumption and any required or permitted clean up calls or required qualified
liquidation provided for in the REMIC's organizational documents. Such a tax
would be generally imposed on the transferor of the REMIC Residual Certificate,
except that where such transfer is through an agent for a disqualified
organization, the tax would instead be imposed on such agent. However, a
transferor of a REMIC Residual Certificate would in no event be liable for such
tax with respect to a transfer if the transferee furnishes to the transferor an
affidavit that the transferee is not a disqualified organization and, as of the
time of the transfer, the transferor does not have actual knowledge that such
affidavit is false. Moreover, an entity will not qualify as a REMIC unless there
are reasonable arrangements designed to ensure that (i) residual interests in
such entity are not held by disqualified organizations and (ii) information
necessary for the application of the tax described herein will be made
available. Restrictions on the transfer of REMIC Residual Certificates and
certain other provisions that are intended to meet this requirement will be
included in the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and will be discussed
more fully in any Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering of any REMIC
Residual Certificate.
In addition, if a "pass-through entity" (as defined below) includes in
income excess inclusions with respect to a REMIC Residual Certificate, and a
disqualified organization is the record holder of an interest in such entity,
then a tax will be imposed on such entity equal to the product of (i) the amount
of excess inclusions on the REMIC Residual Certificate that are allocable to the
interest in the pass-through entity held by such disqualified organization and
(ii) the highest marginal federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. A
pass-through entity will not be subject to this tax for any period, however, if
each record holder of an interest in such pass-through entity furnishes to such
pass-through entity (i) such holder's social security number and a statement
under penalty of perjury that such social security number is that of the record
holder or (ii) a statement under penalty of perjury that such record holder is
not a disqualified organization.
For these purposes, a "disqualified organization" means (i) the United
States, any State or political subdivision thereof, any foreign government, any
international organization, or any agency or instrumentality of the foregoing
(not including instrumentalities described in Section 168(h)(2)(D) of the Code
or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation), (ii) any organization (other
than a cooperative described in Section 521 of the Code) that is exempt from
federal income tax, unless it is subject to the tax imposed by Section 511 of
the Code or (iii) any organization described in Section 1381(a)(2)(C) of the
Code. For these purposes, a "pass-through entity" means any regulated investment
company, real estate investment trust, trust, partnership or certain other
entities described in Section 860E(e)(6) of the Code. In addition, a person
holding an interest in a pass-through entity as a nominee for another person
will, with respect to such interest, be treated as a pass-through entity for
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1997, notwithstanding the preceding
two sentences, in the case of a REMIC Residual Certificate held by an "electing
large partnership", all interests in such partnership shall be treated as held
by disqualified organizations (without regard to whether the record holders of
the partnership furnish statements described in the preceding sentence) and the
amount that is subject to tax under the second preceding sentence is excluded
from the gross income of the partnership allocated to the partners (in lieu of
allocating to the partners a deduction for such tax paid by the partners).
TERMINATION
A REMIC will terminate immediately after the Distribution Date
following receipt by the REMIC of the final payment in respect of the Mortgage
Loans or upon a sale of the REMIC's assets following the adoption by the REMIC
of a plan of complete liquidation. The last distribution on a REMIC Regular
Certificate will be treated as a payment in retirement of a debt instrument. In
the case of a REMIC Residual Certificate, if the last distribution on such REMIC
Residual Certificate is less than the REMIC Residual Certificateholder's
adjusted basis in such REMIC Residual Certificate, such REMIC Residual
Certificateholder should (but may not) be treated as realizing a loss equal to
the amount of such difference, and such loss may be treated as a capital loss.
REPORTING AND OTHER ADMINISTRATIVE MATTERS
Solely for purposes of the administrative provisions of the Code, the
REMIC will be treated as a partnership and REMIC Residual Certificateholders
will be treated as partners. Unless otherwise stated in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Servicer, which generally will hold at least a nominal amount of
REMIC Residual Certificates, will file REMIC federal income tax returns on
behalf of the related REMIC, will be designated as and will act as the "tax
matters person" with respect to the REMIC in all respects.
As the tax matters person, the Servicer will, subject to certain
notice requirements and various restrictions and limitations, generally have the
authority to act on behalf of the REMIC and the REMIC Residual
Certificateholders in connection with the administrative and judicial review of
items of income, deduction, gain or loss of the REMIC, as well as the REMIC's
classification. REMIC Residual Certificateholders will generally be required to
report such REMIC items consistently with their treatment on the related REMIC's
tax return and may in some circumstances be bound by a settlement agreement
between the Trustee, as tax matters person, and the IRS concerning any such
REMIC item. Adjustments made to the REMIC tax return may require a REMIC
Residual Certificateholder to make corresponding adjustments on its return, and
an audit of the REMIC's tax return, or the adjustments resulting from such an
audit, could result in an audit of a REMIC Residual Certificateholder's return.
No REMIC will be registered as a tax shelter pursuant to Section 6111 of the
Code because it is not anticipated that any REMIC will have a net loss for any
of the first five taxable years of its existence. Any person that holds a REMIC
Residual Certificate as a nominee for another
53
<PAGE>
person may be required to furnish to the related REMIC, in a manner to be
provided in Treasury regulations, the name and address of such person and other
information.
Reporting of interest income, including any original issue discount,
with respect to REMIC Regular Certificates is required annually, and may be
required more frequently under Treasury regulations. These information reports
generally are required to be sent to individual holders of REMIC Regular
Interests and the IRS; holders of REMIC Regular Certificates that are
corporations, trusts, securities dealers and certain other non-individuals will
be provided interest and original issue discount income information and the
information set forth in the following paragraph upon request in accordance with
the requirements of the applicable regulations. The information must be provided
by the later of 30 days after the end of the quarter for which the information
was requested, or two weeks after the receipt of the request. The REMIC must
also comply with rules requiring a REMIC Regular Certificate issued with
original issue discount to disclose on its face the amount of original issue
discount and the issue date, and requiring such information to be reported to
the IRS. Reporting with respect to the REMIC Residual Certificates, including
income, excess inclusions, investment expenses and relevant information
regarding qualification of the REMIC's assets will be made as required under the
Treasury regulations, generally on a quarterly basis.
As applicable, the REMIC Regular Certificate information reports will
include a statement of the adjusted issue price of the REMIC Regular Certificate
at the beginning of each accrual period. In addition, the reports will include
information required by regulations with respect to computing the accrual of any
market discount. Because exact computation of the accrual of market discount on
a constant yield method would require information relating to the holder's
purchase price that the Servicer will not have, such regulations only require
that information pertaining to the appropriate proportionate method of accruing
market discount be provided. See "--Taxation of Owners of REMIC Regular
Certificates--Market Discount."
The responsibility for complying with the foregoing reporting rules
will be borne by the Trustee, unless otherwise stated in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
BACKUP WITHHOLDING WITH RESPECT TO REMIC CERTIFICATES
Payments of interest and principal, as well as payments of proceeds
from the sale of REMIC Certificates, may be subject to the "backup withholding
tax" under Section 3406 of the Code at a rate of 31% if recipients of such
payments fail to furnish to the payor certain information, including their
taxpayer identification numbers, or otherwise fail to establish an exemption
from such tax. Any amounts deducted and withheld from a distribution to a
recipient would be allowed as a credit against such recipient's federal income
tax. Furthermore, certain penalties may be imposed by the IRS on a recipient of
payments that is required to supply information but that does not do so in the
proper manner.
The Treasury Department recently issued new regulations (the "New
Regulations") which make certain modifications to the withholding, backup
withholding and information reporting rules described above. The New Regulations
attempt to unify certification requirements and modify reliance standards. The
New Regulations will generally be effective for payments made after December 31,
2000, subject to certain transition rules. Prospective investors are urged to
consult their own tax advisors regarding the New Regulations.
FOREIGN INVESTORS IN REMIC CERTIFICATES
A REMIC Regular Certificateholder that is not a "United States person"
(as defined below) and is not subject to federal income tax as a result of any
direct or indirect connection to the United States in addition to its ownership
of a REMIC Regular Certificate will not, unless otherwise disclosed in the
related Prospectus Supplement, be subject to United States federal income or
withholding tax in respect of a distribution on a REMIC Regular Certificate,
provided that the holder complies to the extent necessary with certain
identification requirements (including delivery of a statement, signed by the
Certificateholder under penalties of perjury, certifying that such
Certificateholder is not a United States person and providing the name and
address of such Certificateholder). For these purposes, "United States person"
means a citizen or resident of the United States, a corporation, partnership or
other entity created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States or
any political subdivision thereof, (except, in the case of a partnership, to the
extent provided in regulations) or an estate whose income is subject to United
States federal income tax regardless of its source, or a trust if a court within
the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the
administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the
authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust to the extent
prescribed in regulations by the Secretary of the Treasury, which regulations
have not yet been issued, a trust which was in existence on August 20, 1996
(other than a trust treated as owned by the grantor under subpart E of part I of
subchapter J of chapter 1 of the Code), and which was treated as a United States
person on August 19, 1996, may elect to continue to be treated as a United
States person notwithstanding the previous sentence. It is possible that the IRS
may assert that the foregoing tax exemption should not apply with respect to a
REMIC Regular Certificate held by a REMIC Residual Certificateholder that owns
directly or indirectly a 10% or greater interest in the related REMIC Residual
Certificates. If the holder does not qualify for exemption, distributions of
interest, including distributions in respect of accrued original issue discount,
to such holder may be subject to a tax rate of 30%, subject to reduction under
any applicable tax treaty.
In addition, the foregoing rules will not apply to exempt a United
States shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation from taxation on such
United States shareholder's allocable portion of the interest income received by
such controlled foreign corporation.
Further, it appears that a REMIC Regular Certificate would not be
included in the estate of a non-resident alien individual and would not be
subject to United States estate taxes. However, Certificateholders who are
non-resident alien individuals should consult their tax advisors concerning this
question.
54
<PAGE>
Unless otherwise stated in the related Prospectus Supplement,
transfers of REMIC Residual Certificates to investors that are not United States
Persons will be prohibited under the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
STATE AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES
In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in
"Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences". Prospective investors should consider
the state and local tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and
disposition of the Certificates offered hereunder. State tax law may differ
substantially from the corresponding federal tax law, and the discussion above
does not purport to describe any aspect of the tax laws of any state or other
jurisdiction. Therefore, prospective investors should consult their own tax
advisors with respect to the various tax consequences of investments in the
Certificates offered hereunder.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
GENERAL
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA"), and the Code impose certain requirements on employee benefit plans
and on certain other retirement plans and arrangements, including individual
retirement accounts and annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds
and separate accounts in which such plans, accounts or arrangements are invested
that are subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA or Section
4975 of the Code ("Plans") and on persons who are fiduciaries with respect to
such Plans in connection with the investment of Plan assets. Certain employee
benefit plans, such as governmental plans (as defined in Section 3(32) of
ERISA), and, if no election has been made under Section 410(d) of the Code,
church plans (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA) are not subject to ERISA
requirements. Accordingly, assets of such plans may be invested in Offered
Certificates without regard to the ERISA considerations described below, subject
to the provisions of other applicable federal and state law. Any such plan which
is qualified and exempt from taxation under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the
Code, however, is subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in
Section 503 of the Code.
ERISA generally imposes on Plan fiduciaries certain general fiduciary
requirements, including those of investment prudence and diversification and the
requirement that a Plan's investments be made in accordance with the documents
governing the Plan. In addition, ERISA and the Code prohibit a broad range of
transactions involving assets of a Plan and persons ("Parties in Interest") who
have certain specified relationships to the Plan unless a statutory or
administrative exemption is available. Certain Parties in Interest that
participate in a prohibited transaction may be subject to an excise tax imposed
pursuant to Section 4975 of the Code, unless a statutory or administrative
exemption is available. These prohibited transactions generally are set forth in
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code.
PLAN ASSET REGULATIONS
A Plan's investment in Certificates may cause the Trust Assets to be
deemed Plan assets. Section 2510.3-101 of the regulations of the United States
Department of Labor ("DOL") provides that when Plan acquires an equity interest
in an entity, the Plan's assets include both such equity interest and an
undivided interest in each of the underlying assets of the entity, unless
certain exceptions not applicable to this discussion apply, or unless the equity
participation in the entity by "benefit plan investors" (i.e., Plans and certain
employee benefit plans not subject to ERISA) is not "significant", both as
defined therein. For this purpose, in general, equity participation by benefit
plan investors will be "significant" on any date if 25% or more of the value of
any class of equity interests in the entity is held by benefit plan investors.
Equity participation in a Trust Fund will be significant on any date if
immediately after the most recent acquisition of any Certificate, 25% or more of
any class of Certificates is held by benefit plan investors.
Any person who has discretionary authority or control respecting the
management or disposition of Plan assets, and any person who provides investment
advice with respect to such assets for a fee, is a fiduciary of the investing
Plan. If the Trust Assets constitute Plan assets, then any party exercising
management or discretionary control regarding those assets, such as the Servicer
or any Sub-Servicer, may be deemed to be a Plan "fiduciary" and thus subject to
the fiduciary responsibility provisions and prohibited transaction provisions of
ERISA and the Code with respect to the Trust Assets. In addition, if the Trust
Assets constitute Plan assets, the purchase of Certificates by a Plan, as well
as the operation of the Trust Fund, may constitute or involve a prohibited
transaction under ERISA and the Code.
PROHIBITED TRANSACTION EXEMPTIONS
The DOL has issued an administrative exemption, Prohibited Transaction
Class Exemption 83-1 ("PTCE 83-1"), which generally exempts from the prohibited
transaction provisions of Section 406(a) of ERISA, and from the excise taxes
imposed by Sections 4975(a) and (b) of the Code by reason of Section
4975(c)(1)(A) through (D) of the Code, certain transactions involving
residential mortgage pool investment trusts relating to the purchase, sale and
holding of certificates in the initial issuance of certificates and the
servicing and operation of "mortgage pools" (as defined below). PTCE 83-1
permits, subject to certain general and specific conditions, transactions which
might otherwise be prohibited between Plans and Parties in Interest with respect
to those Plans, related to the servicing and operation of mortgage pools (other
than pools including Multifamily Loans and Contracts) and the acquisition and
holding of certain mortgage pool pass-through certificates representing
interests in such mortgage pools by Plans, whether or not the Plan's assets
would be deemed to include an ownership interest in the mortgage loans in the
mortgage pool. PTCE 83-1 does not provide an exemption for Certificates
subordinate to other certificates of the same series and is not available for
mortgage pools consisting of Multifamily Loans or Contracts.
PTCE 83-1 defines the term "mortgage pool" as an investment pool the
corpus of which (1) is held in trust; and (2) consists solely of (a) interest
bearing obligations secured by either first or second mortgages or deeds of
trust on one- to four-family, residential property; (b) property which had
secured obligations and which has been acquired by foreclosure; and (c)
55
<PAGE>
undistributed cash. Whether or not a pool of assets constitutes a "mortgage
pool" will depend on the assets to be securitized. Not all the assets
securitized under this Prospectus will meet these requirements. If PTCE 83-1 may
be applicable, the Prospectus Supplement for the series of Certificates will
discuss the application of the exemption.
PTCE 83-1 defines the term "mortgage pool pass-through certificate" as
a "certificate representing a beneficial undivided fractional interest in a
mortgage pool and entitling the holder of such certificate to pass-through
payment of principal and interest from the pooled mortgage loans, less any fees
retained by the pool sponsor". The Depositor has been advised that, for purposes
of applying PTCE 83-1, the term "mortgage pool pass-through certificate" would
include (i) Certificates representing interests in a Trust Fund consisting of
Mortgage Loans issued in a series consisting of only a single class of
Certificates; and (ii) Senior Certificates representing interests in a Trust
Fund consisting of Mortgage Loans issued in a series in which there is only one
class of Senior Certificates; provided that the Certificates described in
clauses (i) and (ii) evidence the beneficial ownership of a specified portion of
both future interest payments and future principal payments with respect to the
Mortgage Loans.
It is not clear whether all types of Certificates that may be offered
hereunder would be "mortgage pass-through certificates" for purposes of applying
PTCE 83-1, including, but not limited to, (a) a class of Certificates that
evidences the beneficial ownership of interest payments only or principal
payments only, disproportionate interest and principal payments, or nominal
principal or interest payments, such as the Stripped Interest Certificates and
Stripped Principal Certificates; or (b) Certificates in a series including
classes of Certificates which differ as to timing, sequential order, rate or
amount of distributions of principal or interest or both, or as to which
distributions of principal or interest or both on any class may be made upon the
occurrence of specified events, in accordance with a schedule or formula, or on
the basis of collections from designated portions of the Mortgage Pool; or (c)
Certificates evidencing an interest in a Trust Fund as to which two or more
REMIC elections have been made; or (d) a series including other types of
multiple classes. Accordingly, until further clarification by the DOL, Plans
should not acquire or hold Certificates representing interests described in this
paragraph in reliance upon the availability of PTCE 83-1 without first
consulting with their counsel regarding the application of PTCE 83-1 to the
proposed acquisition and holding of such Certificates.
PTCE 83-1 sets forth three general conditions that must be satisfied
for any transaction involving the purchase, sale and holding of "mortgage pool
pass-through certificates" and the servicing and operation of the "mortgage
pool" to be eligible for exemption: (1) the pool trustee must not be an
affiliate of the pool sponsor; (2) a system of insurance or other protection for
the pooled mortgage loans and property securing such loans, and for indemnifying
certificateholders against reductions in pass-through payments due to property
damage or defaults in loan payments in an amount not less than the greater of
one percent of the aggregate principal balance of all covered pooled mortgages,
or the principal balance of the largest covered mortgage, must be maintained;
and (3) the amount of the payment retained by the pool sponsor together with
other funds inuring to its benefit must be limited to not more than adequate
consideration for forming the mortgage pool plus reasonable compensation for
services provided by the pool sponsor to the mortgage pool. PTCE 83-1 also
imposes additional specific conditions for certain types of transactions
involving an investing Plan and for situations in which the Parties in Interest
are fiduciaries.
If PTCE 83-1 may be applicable, the Prospectus Supplement for a series
of Certificates will set forth whether the Trustee in respect of that series is
affiliated with the Depositor. If the Credit Support for a series of
Certificates constitutes a system of insurance or other protection within the
meaning of PTCE 83-1 and is maintained in an amount not less than the greater of
one percent of the aggregate principal balance of the Single Family Loans or the
principal balance of the largest Single Family Loan, then the Depositor has been
advised that the second general condition referred to above will be satisfied.
It is not expected that the Depositor will receive total compensation for
forming and providing services to the Mortgage Pools which will be more than
adequate consideration. Each Plan fiduciary responsible for making the
investment decision whether to acquire or hold Certificates must make its own
determination as to whether (i) the Certificates constitute "mortgage pool
pass-through certificates" for purposes of applying PTCE 83-1, (ii) the second
and third general conditions will be satisfied, and (iii) the specific
conditions, not discussed herein, of PTCE 83-1 have been satisfied.
It should be noted that in promulgating PTCE 83-1 and its predecessor,
the DOL did not have under its consideration certificates of the exact nature
described herein. There are other class and individual prohibited transaction
exemptions issued by the DOL that could apply to a Plan's acquisition or holding
of Certificates. There can be no assurance that any of those exemptions will
apply with respect to any particular Plan that acquires or holds Certificates
or, even if all of the conditions specified therein were satisfied, that such
exemption would apply to all transactions involving a Trust Fund. The applicable
Prospectus Supplement under "ERISA Considerations" may contain additional
information regarding the application of PTCE 83-1, or other prohibited
transaction exemptions that may be available, with respect to the series offered
thereby, or restrictions on a Plan's acquisition of Certificates.
Any Plan fiduciary considering whether to purchase an Offered
Certificate on behalf of a Plan should consult with its counsel regarding the
applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction
provisions of ERISA and the Code to such investment.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Offered Certificates will not constitute "mortgage related securities" for
purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 ("SMMEA").
Accordingly, investors whose investment authority is subject to legal
restrictions should consult their own legal advisors to determine whether and to
what extent the Offered Certificates constitute legal investments for them.
All depository institutions considering an investment in the
Certificates should review the Federal Financial Institutions Examination
Council's Supervisory Policy Statement on the Selection of Securities Dealers
and Unsuitable Investment Practices (to
56
<PAGE>
the extent adopted by their respective regulators), setting forth, in relevant
part, certain investment practices deemed to be unsuitable for an institution's
investment portfolio, as well as guidelines for investing in certain types of
mortgage related securities.
The foregoing does not take into consideration the applicability of
statutes, rules, regulations, orders, guidelines or agreements generally
governing investments made by a particular investor, including, but not limited
to, "prudent investor" provisions, percentage-of-assets limits and provisions
which may restrict or prohibit investment in securities which are not "interest
bearing" or "income paying".
There may be other restrictions on the ability of certain investors,
including depository institutions, either to purchase Offered Certificates or to
purchase Offered Certificates representing more than a specified percentage of
the investor's assets. Investors should consult their own legal advisors in
determining whether and to what extent the Offered Certificates constitute legal
investments for such investors.
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
The Offered Certificates offered hereby and by the Supplements to this
Prospectus will be offered in series through one or more of the methods
described below. The Prospectus Supplement prepared for each series will
describe the method of offering being utilized for that series and will state
the net proceeds to the Depositor from such sale. The Depositor intends that
Offered Certificates will be offered through the following methods from time to
time and that offerings may be made through more than one of these methods or
that an offering of a particular series of Certificates may be made through a
combination of two or more of these methods; such methods are as follows:
1. by negotiated firm commitment or best efforts underwriting
and public re-offering by underwriters;
2. by placements by the Depositor with institutional investors
through dealers; and
3. by direct placements by the Depositor with institutional
investors.
In addition, if specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a
series of Certificates may be offered in whole or in part in exchange for the
Mortgage Loans (and other assets, if applicable) that would comprise the
Mortgage Pool in respect of such Certificates. If underwriters (each, an
"Underwriter") are used in a sale of any Certificates (other than in connection
with an underwriting on a best efforts basis), such Certificates will be
acquired by the underwriters for their own account and may be resold from time
to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated transactions, at a
fixed public offering price or at varying prices to be determined at the time of
sale or at the time of commitment therefor.
The Offered Certificates may be distributed in a firm commitment
underwriting subject to the terms and conditions of an underwriting agreement.
In such event, the Prospectus Supplement may also specify that the underwriter
will not be obligated to pay for any Offered Certificates agreed to be purchased
by purchasers pursuant to purchase agreements acceptable to the Depositor. In
connection with the sale of Offered Certificates, an underwriter may receive
compensation from the Depositor or from purchasers of Offered Certificates in
the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. The Prospectus Supplement
will describe any such compensation paid by the Depositor.
Alternatively, the Prospectus Supplement may specify that Offered
Certificates will be distributed by the underwriter acting as agent or in some
cases as principal with respect to Offered Certificates that they have
previously purchased or agreed to purchase. If the underwriter acts as agent in
the sale of Offered Certificates, the underwriter will receive a selling
commission with respect to such Offered Certificates, depending on market
conditions, expressed as a percentage of the aggregate Certificate Balance or
notional amount of such Offered Certificates as of the Cut-off Date. The exact
percentage for each series of Certificates will be disclosed in the related
Prospectus Supplement. To the extent that the underwriter elects to purchase
Offered Certificates as principal, the underwriter may realize losses or profits
based upon the difference between its purchase price and the sales price. The
Prospectus Supplement with respect to any series offered other than through
underwriters will contain information regarding the nature of such offering and
any agreements to be entered into between the Depositor and purchasers of
Offered Certificates of such series.
The related underwriting agreement may require that the Depositor
indemnify the underwriter against certain civil liabilities, including
liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"),
or that it will contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make
in respect thereof.
The Depositor anticipates that the Offered Certificates will be sold
primarily to institutional investors. Purchasers of Offered Certificates,
including dealers, may, depending on the facts and circumstances of such
purchases, be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities
Act in connection with reoffers and sales by them of Offered Certificates.
Certificateholders should consult with their legal advisors in this regard prior
to any such reoffer or sale.
As to each series of Certificates, only those classes rated in an
investment grade rating category by a Rating Agency will be offered hereby. Any
unrated class may be initially retained by the Depositor, and may be sold by the
Depositor at any time to one or more institutional investors.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the Certificates, including
certain federal income tax consequences, will be passed upon for the Depositor
by Thacher Proffitt & Wood, New York, New York.
57
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A new Trust Fund will be formed with respect to each series of
Certificates and no Trust Fund will engage in any business activities or have
any assets or obligations prior to the issuance of the related series of
Certificates. Accordingly, no financial statements with respect to any Trust
Fund will be included in this Prospectus or in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
RATING
It is a condition to the issuance of any class of Offered Certificates
that they shall have been rated in one of the four highest rating categories by
a Rating Agency.
Ratings on mortgage pass-through certificates address the likelihood
of receipt by certificateholders of all distributions on the underlying mortgage
loans. These ratings address the structural, legal and issuer-related aspects
associated with such certificates, the nature of the underlying mortgage loans
and the credit quality of the provider of Credit Support, if any. Ratings on
mortgage pass-through certificates do not represent any assessment of the
likelihood of principal prepayments by mortgagors or of the degree by which such
prepayments might differ from those originally anticipated. As a result,
certificateholders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield, and, in
addition, holders of Stripped Interest Certificates in extreme cases might fail
to recoup their initial investments.
A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold
securities and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the
assigning rating organization. Each security rating should be evaluated
independently of any other security rating.
58
<PAGE>
INDEX OF PRINCIPAL DEFINITIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Accrual Certificates ...............................................................................3, 8, 19
Accrued Certificate Interest .............................................................................20
Affiliated Sellers .......................................................................................13
Alliance .................................................................................................18
Alliance Funding Division ................................................................................18
Amount Available .........................................................................................27
ARM Loans ................................................................................................14
Bankruptcy Code ..........................................................................................10
Bankruptcy Loan ..........................................................................................10
Bankruptcy Plan ..........................................................................................10
Book-Entry Certificates ..................................................................................19
Cedelbank ................................................................................................ 4
Cedelbank Participants ...................................................................................24
CERCLA ...................................................................................................12
Certificate Account ...................................................................................2, 15
Certificate Balance ...................................................................................... 2
Certificate Owners .......................................................................................23
Certificateholders .......................................................................................ii
Certificates ............................................................................................. 1
Code ..................................................................................................... 3
Commercial Properties .................................................................................... 1
Commission ...............................................................................................ii
Compensating Interest ....................................................................................21
Contracts ................................................................................................13
Convertible Mortgage Loan ................................................................................14
Covered Trust ........................................................................................11, 32
CPR ......................................................................................................17
Credit Support .........................................................................................i, 2
Curtailment .............................................................................................. 4
Cut-off Date ............................................................................................. 3
Deferred Interest ........................................................................................ 8
Definitive Certificates ..................................................................................19
Depositor .............................................................................................1, 18
Determination Date .......................................................................................19
DOL ......................................................................................................55
DTC ...............................................................................................ii, 4, 23
Due Period ............................................................................................... 4
Effective Date ...........................................................................................18
Eligible Account .........................................................................................26
ERISA .................................................................................................5, 55
Euroclear ................................................................................................ 4
Euroclear Participants ...................................................................................24
Exchange Act .............................................................................................ii
FDIC .....................................................................................................11
FHA ...................................................................................................... i
FHA Claims Administration Agreement ......................................................................34
FHA Claims Administrator .................................................................................34
FHA Insurance Amount .....................................................................................34
FHA insured .............................................................................................. i
FHA Regulations ..........................................................................................34
FHA Reserve ..............................................................................................34
First Liens .............................................................................................. 9
Freddie Mac ..............................................................................................41
FTC Rule .................................................................................................42
Garn-St Germain Act ......................................................................................41
HUD ......................................................................................................34
Indirect Participants ....................................................................................23
Installment Contract .....................................................................................43
Insurance Proceeds .......................................................................................27
L/C Bank .................................................................................................33
Lee ......................................................................................................19
Lee Servicing Division ...................................................................................18
Liquidation Proceeds .....................................................................................27
Manufactured Home Contracts ..............................................................................13
Manufactured Homes ....................................................................................... 1
Monthly Advance .......................................................................................4, 21
Moody's ..................................................................................................26
Mortgage Loan Purchase Price .............................................................................26
Mortgage Loan Schedule ...................................................................................25
Mortgage Loans ........................................................................................i, 13
Mortgage Notes ...........................................................................................13
Mortgage Pool ..........................................................................................i, 1
Mortgage Rate .........................................................................................1, 14
Mortgaged Properties ..................................................................................1, 13
Mortgages ................................................................................................13
Mortgagor ................................................................................................ 8
</TABLE>
59
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S> <C>
Multifamily Loan .....................................................................................28, 55
Multifamily Loans ........................................................................................13
Multifamily Properties ................................................................................1, 13
National Housing Act ..................................................................................... 1
Net Liquidation Proceeds .................................................................................27
Net Mortgage Rate ........................................................................................21
New Regulations ..........................................................................................54
Nonrecoverable Monthly Advance ...........................................................................21
Nonrecoverable Servicing Advances ........................................................................29
Note Margin ..............................................................................................18
Offered Certificates ..................................................................................... i
OTS ......................................................................................................18
Parties in Interest ......................................................................................55
Pass-Through Rate ........................................................................................ 2
Permitted Instruments ....................................................................................27
Plan Payment .............................................................................................10
Plans ....................................................................................................55
Pooling and Servicing Agreement .......................................................................... 2
Pre-Funding Account ......................................................................................28
Principal and Interest Account ........................................................................2, 14
Principal Prepayment ..................................................................................... 4
Qualified Substitute Mortgage Loan .......................................................................26
Rating Agency ............................................................................................ 6
Record Date ..............................................................................................19
Released Mortgaged Property Proceeds .....................................................................27
Relief Act ...........................................................................................12, 43
REMIC Regular Certificates ............................................................................... 5
REMIC Residual Certificates .............................................................................. 5
Remittance Date .......................................................................................... 3
REO Property .............................................................................................27
S&P ......................................................................................................26
Sellers ..................................................................................................13
Senior Certificates ...................................................................................3, 19
Servicing Fee ............................................................................................30
Single Family Loans ......................................................................................13
Single Family Properties ..............................................................................1, 13
SMMEA ....................................................................................................56
SPA ......................................................................................................17
Stripped Interest Certificates ...........................................................................19
Stripped Principal Certificates .......................................................................3, 19
Sub-Servicer .............................................................................................29
Sub-Servicing Agreement ..................................................................................29
Subordinate Certificates ..............................................................................3, 19
Termination Price ........................................................................................22
Title I .................................................................................................. 1
Title I Lenders ..........................................................................................34
Title I Loans ............................................................................................11
Title V ..................................................................................................42
Transfer Report ..........................................................................................34
Trust Assets .............................................................................................ii
Trust Fund ............................................................................................... i
Trustee .................................................................................................. 1
Trustee's Mortgage File ..................................................................................25
Unaffiliated Sellers .....................................................................................13
Voting Rights ............................................................................................12
Warranting Party .........................................................................................26
Window Period Loans ......................................................................................41
</TABLE>
60
<PAGE>
You should rely on the information contained or incorporated by
reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We have
not authorized anyone to provide you with any other information or to make any
representations not contained in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus.
This prospectus supplement and the prospectus does not constitute an offer to
sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, the securities offered hereby by
anyone in any jurisdiction in which the person making such offer or solicitation
is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is unlawful to make any such
offer or solicitation. We represent the accuracy of this information in this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus only as of the dates on
their respective covers.
$700,000,000
AFC MORTGAGE LOAN ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
SERIES 1999-2
SUPERIOR BANK FSB
DEPOSITOR
$375,000,000 CLASS 1A CERTIFICATES
VARIABLE PASS-THROUGH RATE
$325,000,000 CLASS 2A CERTIFICATES
VARIABLE PASS-THROUGH RATE
-----------------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
-----------------------
MERRILL LYNCH & CO.
J.P. MORGAN & CO.
JUNE 15, 1999
Dealers will be required to deliver a prospectus supplement and
prospectus when acting as underwriters of the certificates offered hereby and
with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, all
dealers selling the offered certificates, whether or not participating in this
offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus
until ninety days after the date of this prospectus supplement.
